ML15217A601: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
 
Line 16: Line 16:


=Text=
=Text=
{{#Wiki_filter:Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   1. Which of the following describes the purpose and function of the Anticipatory Reactor Trip System (ARTS)?   The purpose of ARTS is to initiate a reactor trip to minimize the __(1)__. ARTS initiates a reactor trip by opening contacts in series with the Control Rod Drive Trip Breaker
{{#Wiki_filter:Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
__(2)__. A. (1) severity of a Main Steam line break accident (2) Shunt Trip Coils B. (1) severity of a Main Steam line break accident (2) Undervoltage Coils C. (1) probability of actuation of the Power Operated Relief Valve (PORV)
: 1.       Which of the following describes the purpose and function of the Anticipatory Reactor Trip System (ARTS)?
(2) Shunt Trip Coils D. (1) probability of actuation of the Power Operated Relief Valve (PORV)
The purpose of ARTS is to initiate a reactor trip to minimize the __(1)__.
(2) Undervoltage Coils Answer: D   Explanation/Justification:
ARTS initiates a reactor trip by opening contacts in series with the Control Rod Drive Trip Breaker
A. Incorrect  
__(2)__.
- minimize PORV lifting is ARTS purpose per Tech Spec Bases 3.3.16. ARTS trips are in series with UV coils  
A.     (1) severity of a Main Steam line break accident (2) Shunt Trip Coils B.     (1) severity of a Main Steam line break accident (2) Undervoltage Coils C.     (1) probability of actuation of the Power Operated Relief Valve (PORV)
- See Tech Spec Bases 3.3.4. MS line break is plausible because it is one of the design bases events for SFRCS and an SFRCS trip causes an ARTS trip. See Tech Spec Bases 3.3.11. Shunt Trip Coils is plausible because the shunt trip is actuated by UV sensing relay in parallel with CRD breaker UV coil, so Shunt Trip will trip when ARTS trips.
(2) Shunt Trip Coils D.     (1) probability of actuation of the Power Operated Relief Valve (PORV)
B. Incorrect  
(2) Undervoltage Coils Answer: D Explanation/Justification:
- minimize PORV lifting is ARTS purpose per Tech Spec Bases 3.3.16. MS line break is plausible because it is one of the design bases events for SFRCS and an SFRCS trip causes an ARTS trip. See Tech Spec Bases 3.3.11.
A. Incorrect - minimize PORV lifting is ARTS purpose per Tech Spec Bases 3.3.16. ARTS trips are in series with UV coils - See Tech Spec Bases 3.3.4. MS line break is plausible because it is one of the design bases events for SFRCS and an SFRCS trip causes an ARTS trip. See Tech Spec Bases 3.3.11. Shunt Trip Coils is plausible because the shunt trip is actuated by UV sensing relay in parallel with CRD breaker UV coil, so Shunt Trip will trip when ARTS trips.
C. Incorrect  
B. Incorrect - minimize PORV lifting is ARTS purpose per Tech Spec Bases 3.3.16. MS line break is plausible because it is one of the design bases events for SFRCS and an SFRCS trip causes an ARTS trip. See Tech Spec Bases 3.3.11.
- ARTS trip s are in series with UV coils - See Tech Spec Bases 3.3.4. Plausible because shunt trip is actuated by UV sensing relay in parallel with CRD breaker UV coil. Part 1 is correct.
C. Incorrect - ARTS trips are in series with UV coils - See Tech Spec Bases 3.3.4. Plausible because shunt trip is actuated by UV sensing relay in parallel with CRD breaker UV coil. Part 1 is correct.
D. Correct - PORV - see Tech Spec Bases 3.3.16; UV Trip  
D. Correct - PORV - see Tech Spec Bases 3.3.16; UV Trip - See Tech Spec Bases 3.3.4. See also DB-OP-06403 R20 RPS and NI Operating Procedure Attachment 4.
- See Tech Spec Bases 3.3.4. See also DB
Sys #       System           Category                                                             KA Statement 000007       Reactor Trip     Generic                                                             Knowledge of the purpose and function of major system components and controls K/A#     2.1.28               K/A Importance           4.1                   Exam Level           RO References provided to Candidate           None                           Technical  
-OP-06403 R20 RPS and NI Operating Procedure Attachment 4.
Sys # System Category KA Statement 000007 Reactor Trip Generic Knowledge of the purpose and function of major system components and controls K/A# 2.1.28 K/A Importance 4.1 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
Tech Spec Bases 3.3.16 and 3.3.4; DB-OP-06403 R20 Attachment 4 Question Source:            New Question Cognitive Level:              Low - Recall                                10 CFR Part 55 Content:                (CFR: 41.7)
Objective:      OPS-GOP-303-05K


Tech Spec Bases 3.3.16 and 3.3.4; DB-OP-06403 R20 Attachment 4 Question Source:
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
New  Question Cognitive Level:
: 2.       The plant is operating at 100% power.
Low - Recall  10 CFR Part 55 Content:
The following conditions are noted:
(CFR: 41.7)
* 4-1-D PZR RLF VLV OPEN alarm
Objective:
* Containment Air Cooler 1 Suction Temperature TI1356 is 160 ºF
OPS-GOP-303-05K Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   2. The plant is operating at 100%
* Containment Air Cooler 2 Suction Temperature TI1357 is 155 ºF
power. The following conditions are noted
* Computer alarm T770 RC PRZR PRESS RLF OUT TMP, RC12-2 high Which of the following describes:
4-1-D PZR RLF VLV OPEN alarm   Containment Air Cooler 1 Suction Temperature TI1356 is 160  
(1) the event that has occurred?
ºF   Containment Air Cooler 2 Suction Temperature TI1357 is 155  
(2) its effect, if any, on indicated Pressurizer (PZR) level?
ºF   Computer alarm T770 RC PRZR PRESS RLF OUT TMP, RC12
A.       (1) Partially open PZR Power Operated Relief Valve (2) No effect on PZR level B.       (1) Partially open PZR Power Operated Relief Valve (2) PZR level indicates higher than actual C.       (1) Partially open PZR Code Safety Relief Valve (2) No effect on PZR level D.       (1) Partially open PZR Code Safety Relief Valve (2) PZR level indicates higher than actual Answer: D Explanation/Justification:
-2 high   Which of the followin g describes:
A. Incorrect - Safety valve open indicated by computer alarm. See DB-OP-02513 R11 step 2.5.2. PORV open would have T773 computer alarm.
(1) the event that has occurred?   (2) its effect, if any, on indicated Pressurizer (PZR) level
See DB-OP-02513 R11 step 2.2.4. PZR level reads high due to reference leg heat up. Elevated CAC suction temperatures indicate reference leg heat up. See DB-OP-06003 R30 PZR Operating Procedure step 2.2.9. Plausible because of similarities in computer alarm nomenclature; PORV leak symptoms step 2.4.3 lists no change in PZR level. See DB-OP-02513 R11 step 2.4.3.
?    A. (1) Partially open P ZR Power Operated Relief Valve (2) No effect on PZR level B. (1) Partially open PZR Power Operated Relief Valve (2) PZR level indicates higher than actual C. (1) Partially open PZR Code Safety Relief Valve (2) No effect on PZR level D. (1) Partially open PZR Code Safety Relief Valve (2) PZR level indicates higher than actual Answer: D   Explanation/Justification:
B. Incorrect - Safety valve open indicated by computer alarm. See DB-OP-02513 R11 step 2.5.2. PORV open would have T773 computer alarm.
A. Incorrect  
See DB-OP-02513 R11 step 2.2.4. Plausible because of similarities in computer alarm nomenclature. Part 2 is correct.
- Safety valve open indicated by computer alarm. See DB
C. Incorrect - PZR level reads high due to reference leg heat up. Elevated CAC suction temperatures indicate reference leg heat up. See DB-OP-06003 R30 PZR Operating Procedure step 2.2.9. Plausible because DB-OP-02513 R11 section 2.5 symptoms for leaking safety is silent on PZR level. Part 1 is correct.
-OP-02513 R11 step 2.5.2. PORV open would have T773 computer alarm. See DB-OP-02513 R11 step 2.2.4. PZR level reads high due to reference leg heat up. Elevated CAC suction temperatures indicate reference leg heat up. See DB
D. Correct - Safety valve open indicated by computer alarm. See DB-OP-02513 R11 step 2.5.2. PZR level reads high due to reference leg heat up.
-OP-06003 R30 PZR Operating Procedure step 2.2.9. Plausible because of similarities in computer alarm nomenclature; PORV leak symptoms step 2.4.3 lists no change in PZR level. See DB-OP-02513 R11 step 2.4.3. B. Incorrect  
See DB-OP-06003 R30 PZR Operating Procedure step 2.2.9.
- Safety valve open indicated by computer alarm. See DB
Sys #       System             Category                                                           KA Statement 000008       Pressurizer       AK2 Knowledge of the interrelations between the Pressurizer       Sensors and detectors (PZR)              Vapor Space Accident and the following:
-OP-02513 R11 step 2.5.2. PORV open would have T773 computer alarm.
Vapor Space Accident K/A#     AK2.02                K/A Importance        2.7*                 Exam Level             RO References provided to Candidate           None                         Technical  
See DB-OP-025 13 R1 1 step 2.2.4. Plausible because of similarities in computer alarm nomenclature. Part 2 is correct.
C. Incorrect  
- PZR level reads high due to reference leg heat up. Elevated CAC suction temperatures indicate reference leg heat up. See DB-OP-06003 R30 PZR Operating Procedure step 2.2.9. Plausible because DB
-OP-02513 R11 section 2.5 symptoms for leaking safety is silent on PZR level. Part 1 is correct.
D. Correct - Safety valve open indicated by computer alarm. See DB
-OP-02513 R11 step 2.5.2. PZR level reads high due to reference leg heat up. See DB-OP-06003 R30 PZR Operating Procedure step 2.2.9.
Sys # System Category KA Statement 000008 Pressurizer (PZR) Vapor Space Accident AK2 Knowledge of the interrelations between the Pressurizer Vapor Space Accident and the following:
Sensors and detectors K/A# A K 2.0 2 K/A Importan ce  2.7* Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
DB-OP-02513 R11 step 2.5.2; DB-OP-06003 R30 step 2.2.9 Question Source:            New Question Cognitive Level:              High - Comprehension                      10 CFR Part 55 Content:              (CFR 41.7 / 45.7)
Objective:      OPS-GOP-113-01K


DB-OP-02513 R11 step 2.5.2; DB-OP-06003 R30 step 2.2.9 Question Source:
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
New  Question Cognitive Level:
: 3.       The plant was tripped from 100% power due to a Reactor Coolant System (RCS) leak.
High - Comprehension 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR 4 1.7 / 45.7) Objective:
OPS-GOP-113-01 K Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   3. The plant was tripped from 100% power due to a Reactor Coolant System (RCS) leak.
The operators have performed all required actions prior to implementing the applicable Symptom Mitigation Section of the governing procedure.
The operators have performed all required actions prior to implementing the applicable Symptom Mitigation Section of the governing procedure.
The plant has been stabilized. Current conditions
The plant has been stabilized. Current conditions:
:    The RCS leak has been isolated.
* The RCS leak has been isolated.
RCS pressure is 1 27 5 psig. RCS Thot is 540  
* RCS pressure is 1275 psig.
ºF. Incore temperatures are 5 45 ºF. Borated Water Storage Tank (BWST) level is 3 8 feet. Which of the following Technical Specification s ACTIONS are required to be met for current conditions
* RCS Thot is 540 ºF.
?    A. Restore RCS pressure to  2064.8 psig within 30 minutes per LCO 3.4.1 RCS Pressure, Temperature, and Flow Departure from Nucleate Boiling (DNB) Limits
* Incore temperatures are 545 ºF.
. B. Restore RCS cooldown rate to within limits within 30 minutes per LCO 3.4.3 RCS Pressure and Temperature (P/T) Limits
* Borated Water Storage Tank (BWST) level is 38 feet.
. C. Immediately initiate action to lower incore temperature to 535 ºF per LCO 3.4.6 RCS Loops  
Which of the following Technical Specifications ACTIONS are required to be met for current conditions?
- MODE 4. D. Restore BWST level to > 38.6 feet within one hour per LCO 3.5.4 Borated Water Storage Tank.
A.     Restore RCS pressure to  2064.8 psig within 30 minutes per LCO 3.4.1 RCS Pressure, Temperature, and Flow Departure from Nucleate Boiling (DNB) Limits.
Answer: D   Explanation/Justification:
B.     Restore RCS cooldown rate to within limits within 30 minutes per LCO 3.4.3 RCS Pressure and Temperature (P/T) Limits.
A. Incorrect  
C.     Immediately initiate action to lower incore temperature to 535 ºF per LCO 3.4.6 RCS Loops - MODE 4.
- LCO 3.4.1 is not applicable. LCO 3.4.1 applies in MODE 1 only and the plant is in MODE 3 due to the reactor trip. Plausible because LCO 3.4.1 pressure limit is not met due to low RCS pressure from SBLOCA and Action would be correct. B. Incorrect  
D.     Restore BWST level to > 38.6 feet within one hour per LCO 3.5.4 Borated Water Storage Tank.
- LCO 3.4.3 is met. RCS P/T is within the limits of Figure 1 of the PTLR and RCS did not cool down 10 0 ºF. Plausible because LCO 3.4.3 is applicable at all times and required Action and Completion Time would be correct. C. Incorrect  
Answer: D Explanation/Justification:
- LCO 3.4.6 is not applicable. LCO 3.4.6 applies in MODE 4 and the plant is in MODE 3 due to the reactor trip. Plausible for determining that the require d RCS loop is not in operation because all RCPs were stopped. Action would place plant in compliance with LCO 3.4.6 NOTE b and Completion Time is consistent with Condition A.
A. Incorrect - LCO 3.4.1 is not applicable. LCO 3.4.1 applies in MODE 1 only and the plant is in MODE 3 due to the reactor trip. Plausible because LCO 3.4.1 pressure limit is not met due to low RCS pressure from SBLOCA and Action would be correct.
D. Correct - LCO 3.5.4 is applicable because the plant is in MODE 3 due to the reactor trip. BWST is inoperable due to low water volume, so Condition B applies which has one hour completion time. See also DB
B. Incorrect - LCO 3.4.3 is met. RCS P/T is within the limits of Figure 1 of the PTLR and RCS did not cool down 100 ºF. Plausible because LCO 3.4.3 is applicable at all times and required Action and Completion Time would be correct.
-OP-02003 R16 Window 3 C step 3.3   Sys # System Category KA Statement 000009 Small Break LOCA Generic Knowledge of less than or equal to one hour Technical Specification action statements for systems K/A# 2.2.39 K/A Importanc e  3.9 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  
C. Incorrect - LCO 3.4.6 is not applicable. LCO 3.4.6 applies in MODE 4 and the plant is in MODE 3 due to the reactor trip. Plausible for determining that the required RCS loop is not in operation because all RCPs were stopped. Action would place plant in compliance with LCO 3.4.6 NOTE b and Completion Time is consistent with Condition A.
D. Correct - LCO 3.5.4 is applicable because the plant is in MODE 3 due to the reactor trip. BWST is inoperable due to low water volume, so Condition B applies which has one hour completion time. See also DB-OP-02003 R16 Window 3-1-C step 3.3 Sys #       System             Category                                                             KA Statement 000009       Small Break       Generic                                                             Knowledge of less than or equal to one hour LOCA                                                                                    Technical Specification action statements for systems K/A#     2.2.39               K/A Importance          3.9                   Exam Level           RO References provided to Candidate             None                         Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
LCO 3.5.4; DB-OP-02003 R16 Window 3-1-C Question Source:            New Question Cognitive Level:                High - Comprehension                        10 CFR Part 55 Content:              (CFR: 41.7 / 41.10 / 43.2
                                                                                                                          / 45.13)
Objective:      OPS-GOP-343-01K


LCO 3.5.4; DB-OP-02003 R16 Window 3 C  Question Source:
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
New    Question Cognitive Level:
: 4.       The plant is operating at 100% power.
High - Comprehension 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
A Design Basis Loss of Coolant Accident (DBLOCA) occurs.
(CFR: 41.7 / 41.10 / 43.2 / 45.13) Objective:
Which of the following describes the bases for the Borated Water Storage Tank (BWST) level at which the operators transfer Low Pressure Injection (LPI) Suction to the Emergency Sump?
OPS-GOP-343-01K Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   4. The plant is operating at 100% power. A Design Basis Loss of Coolant Accident (DBLOCA) occurs. Which of the following describes the bases for the Borated Water Storage Tank (BWST) level at which the operators transfer Low Pressure Injection (LPI) Suction to the Emergency Sump?
The specified BWST level for transfer of LPI suction to the Emergency Sump is designed to __(1)__ and
The specified BWST level for transfer of LPI suction to the Emergency Sump is designed to __(1)__ and __(2)__. A. (1) maximize Core cooling during the DBLOCA Injection Phase (2) minimize Containment pressure during the DBLOCA Injection Phase B. (1) maximize Core cooling during the DBLOCA Injection Phase (2) ensure sufficient LPI Pump NPSH prior to the completion of the transfer of LPI Suction to the Emergency Sump C. (1) ensure sufficient LPI Pump NPSH during the DBLOCA Recirculation Phase (2) ensure sufficient LPI Pump NPSH prior to the completion of the transfer of LPI Suction to the Emergency Sump D. (1) ensure sufficient LPI Pump NPSH during the DBLOCA Recirculation Phase (2) minimize Containment pressure during the DBLOCA Injection Phase Answer: C   Explanation/Justification:
__(2)__.
A. Incorrect  
A.     (1) maximize Core cooling during the DBLOCA Injection Phase (2) minimize Containment pressure during the DBLOCA Injection Phase B.     (1) maximize Core cooling during the DBLOCA Injection Phase (2) ensure sufficient LPI Pump NPSH prior to the completion of the transfer of LPI Suction to the Emergency Sump C.     (1) ensure sufficient LPI Pump NPSH during the DBLOCA Recirculation Phase (2) ensure sufficient LPI Pump NPSH prior to the completion of the transfer of LPI Suction to the Emergency Sump D.     (1) ensure sufficient LPI Pump NPSH during the DBLOCA Recirculation Phase (2) minimize Containment pressure during the DBLOCA Injection Phase Answer: C Explanation/Justification:
- Plausible misconception because Injection Phase water from the BWST is colder than Recirculation Phase water from the Containment Sump. Both items occur with larger Injection Phase volumes, but are not the bases of the transfer setpoint.
A. Incorrect - Plausible misconception because Injection Phase water from the BWST is colder than Recirculation Phase water from the Containment Sump. Both items occur with larger Injection Phase volumes, but are not the bases of the transfer setpoint.
B. Incorrect  
B. Incorrect - Plausible because it contains one of the correct items.
- Plausible because it contains one of the correct items.
C. Correct - See System Description for Decay Heat Removal System SD-042 R6 item 2.1.2.3 page 2-6 D. Incorrect - Plausible because it contains one of the correct items.
C. Correct - See System Description for Decay Heat Removal System SD
Sys #       System           Category                                                               KA Statement 000011     Large Break       EK3 Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they        Criteria for shifting to recirculation mode LOCA              apply to the Large Break LOCA: Criteria for shifting to recirculation mode K/A#     EK3.15             K/A Importance           4.3                     Exam Level             RO References provided to Candidate           None                           Technical  
-042 R6 item 2.1.2.3 page 2
-6 D. Incorrect  
- Plausible because it contains one of the correct items.
Sys # System Category KA Statement 000011 Large Break LOCA EK3 Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as the y apply to the Large Break LOCA: Criteria for shifting to recirculation mode Criteria for shifting to recirculation mode K/A# EK3.15 K/A Importance 4.3 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
SD-042 R6 item 2.1.2.3 page 2-6 Question Source:          New Question Cognitive Level:              Low - Memory                                  10 CFR Part 55 Content:                  (CFR 41.5 / 41.10 / 45.6 /
45.13)
Objective:      OPS-GOP-309-04K


SD-042 R6 item 2.1.2.3 page 2
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
-6 Question Source:
: 5.       The plant is operating at 70% power.
New  Question Cognitive Level:
* RCS Loop 1 flow is 74 mpph
Low - Memory 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
* RCS Loop 2 flow is 75 mpph RCP 2-2 trips (1) Which of the following is the signal the ICS will receive for Tave input?
(CFR 41.5 / 41.10 / 45.6 / 45.13) Objective:
(2) How will the trip of RCP 2-2 impact SG levels?
OPS-GOP-309-04K Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   5. The plant is operating at 70% power
A.     (1) Loop 2 Tave (2) SG 1 level will be higher than SG 2 Level B.     (1) Loop 1 Tave (2) SG 1 level will be higher than SG 2 Level C.     (1) Loop 1 Tave (2) SG 2 level will be higher than SG 1 Level D.     (1) Loop 2 Tave (2) SG 2 level will be higher than SG 1 Level Answer: B Explanation/Justification:
. RCS Loop 1 flow is 74 mpph RCS Loop 2 flow is 75 mpph RCP 2-2 trips   (1) Which of the following is the signal the ICS will receive for Tave input?
(2) How will the trip of RCP 2
-2 impact SG levels?
A. (1) Loop 2 Tave (2) SG 1 level will be higher than SG 2 Level B. (1) Loop 1 Tave (2) SG 1 level will be higher than SG 2 Level C. (1) Loop 1 Tave (2) SG 2 level will be higher than SG 1 Level D. (1) Loop 2 Tave (2) SG 2 level will be higher than SG 1 Level Answer: B Explanation/Justification:
A. Incorrect. Plausible since Loop 2 Tave is the normal controlling Tave Loop. Since a Loop 2 RCP trips, Loop 1 will have the highest flow FW flow and therefore SG level will be higher in SG 1 which is correct.
A. Incorrect. Plausible since Loop 2 Tave is the normal controlling Tave Loop. Since a Loop 2 RCP trips, Loop 1 will have the highest flow FW flow and therefore SG level will be higher in SG 1 which is correct.
B. Correct. The Smart Analog Selector Switch (SASS) for Tave automatically selects the Loop with the Highest RCS Flow when a RCP is stopped. Since a Loop 2 RCS trips, Loop 1 will have the highest flow and Loop 1 Tave will be selected. ICS will ratio FW flow to the Steam Generators based on RCS flow or about 2.5 to 1 with the 2 RCP loop SG receiving the higher Feedwater Flow and will operate at a higher Steam Generator Level. C. Incorrect. Plausible Since a Loop 2 RCP trips, Loop 1 will have the highest flow FW flow and therefore SG level will be higher in SG 1.
B. Correct. The Smart Analog Selector Switch (SASS) for Tave automatically selects the Loop with the Highest RCS Flow when a RCP is stopped.
Since a Loop 2 RCS trips, Loop 1 will have the highest flow and Loop 1 Tave will be selected. ICS will ratio FW flow to the Steam Generators based on RCS flow or about 2.5 to 1 with the 2 RCP loop SG receiving the higher Feedwater Flow and will operate at a higher Steam Generator Level.
C. Incorrect. Plausible Since a Loop 2 RCP trips, Loop 1 will have the highest flow FW flow and therefore SG level will be higher in SG 1.
D. Incorrect. Plausible since Loop 2 Tave is the normal controlling Tave Loop.
D. Incorrect. Plausible since Loop 2 Tave is the normal controlling Tave Loop.
Sys # System Category KA Statement 000015/0 00017 Reactor Coolant Pump (RCP) Malfunctions AK1 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to Reactor Coolant Pump Malfunctions (Loss of RC Flow):
Sys #       System           Category                                                               KA Statement 000015/0     Reactor           AK1 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following         Consequences of an RCPS failure 00017        Coolant          concepts as they apply to Reactor Coolant Pump Malfunctions (Loss Pump (RCP)        of RC Flow):
Consequences of an RCPS failure K/A# AK1.02 K/A Importance 3.7 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  
Malfunctions K/A#     AK1.02               K/A Importance         3.7                   Exam Level             RO References provided to Candidate           None                         Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
DB-OP-02515 R12 RCP and Motor Abnormal Operation Attachment 1 RCP Shutdown Question Source:          Bank - #172683 Question Cognitive Level:              High - Comprehension                        10 CFR Part 55 Content:                (CFR 41.8 / 41.10 / 45.3)
Objective:      OPS-GOP-115 05K


DB-OP-02515 R12 RCP and Motor Abnormal Operation Attachment 1 RCP Shutdown Question Source:
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
Bank - #172683  Question Cognitive Level:
: 6.       The plant is operating at 100% power.
High - Comprehension 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
* Component Cooling Water (CCW) Pump 1 is operating.
(CFR 41.8 / 41.10 / 45.3)
A CCW System leak occurs.
Objective:
* CCW Surge Tank Level side 1 lowers to 33 inches and stabilizes
OPS-GOP-115 05K Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   6. The plant is operating at 100% power. Component Cooling Water (CCW) Pump 1 is operating. A CCW System leak occurs.
* CCW Surge Tank Level side 2 lowers to 30 inches and continues lowering slowly NO operator actions have been taken.
CCW Surge Tank Level side 1 lowers to 3 3 inches and stab i lizes    CCW Surge Tank Level side 2 lowers to 30 inches and continues lowering slowly NO operator actions have been taken.
Which of the following is correct regarding the status of CCW loads?
Which of the following is correct regarding the status of CCW loads?
A. Neither MU Pump has CCW cooling because CC1460 CCW to MU Pump Coolers has closed. B. The Pressurizer Quench Tank Cooler has no CCW cooling because CC1411B CCW to Containment has closed. C. The Control Rod Drive Mechanisms have no CCW cooling because CC5097 Non-Essential CCW Containment Building Return Line 1 Isolation has closed. D. Reactor Coolant Pump 1
A.     Neither MU Pump has CCW cooling because CC1460 CCW to MU Pump Coolers has closed.
-1 Seal Cooler has no CCW cooling because CC1495 CCW to Aux Building Non-Essential Header has closed. Answer: C Explanation/Justification:
B.     The Pressurizer Quench Tank Cooler has no CCW cooling because CC1411B CCW to Containment has closed.
A. Incorrect  
C.     The Control Rod Drive Mechanisms have no CCW cooling because CC5097 Non-Essential CCW Containment Building Return Line 1 Isolation has closed.
- flow through MU pump #1 oil coolers still exists via the #1 Essential Header supply and operating CCW Pump 1. See OS
D.     Reactor Coolant Pump 1-1 Seal Cooler has no CCW cooling because CC1495 CCW to Aux Building Non-Essential Header has closed.
-0021 sheet 2 R3 1 , F-27. Plausible because CC1460 is closed at 35 inches to isolate the non
Answer: C Explanation/Justification:
-essential supply to both MU Pumps. See OS-0021 sheet 1 R37, CL-3. B. Incorrect  
A. Incorrect - flow through MU pump #1 oil coolers still exists via the #1 Essential Header supply and operating CCW Pump 1. See OS-0021 sheet 2 R31, F-27. Plausible because CC1460 is closed at 35 inches to isolate the non-essential supply to both MU Pumps. See OS-0021 sheet 1 R37, CL-3.
- Quench Tank Cooler is isolated by CC1495. See OS-0021 sheet 2 R3 1, C-19 and OS-0021 sheet 1 R37, B-10. Plausible for misconception that the Quench Tank Cooler is in Containment with the Quench Tank instead of outside Containment.
B. Incorrect - Quench Tank Cooler is isolated by CC1495. See OS-0021 sheet 2 R31, C-19 and OS-0021 sheet 1 R37, B-10. Plausible for misconception that the Quench Tank Cooler is in Containment with the Quench Tank instead of outside Containment.
C. Correct - See OS-0021 sheet 2 R3 1 , C-28 and OS-0021 sheet 1 R37 J
C. Correct - See OS-0021 sheet 2 R31, C-28 and OS-0021 sheet 1 R37 J-11, CL-7.
-11, CL-7. D. Incorrect  
D. Incorrect - RCP 1-1 seal cooler is isolated by CC1411B. See OS-0001B sheet 1 R26, J-3 and OS-0021 sheet 2 R30, D-29. Plausible because RCP Seal Return Coolers are supplied by CC1495. See OS-0021 sheet 2 R30, D-20.
- RCP 1-1 seal cooler is isolated by CC1411B. See OS
Sys #       System           Category                                                                 KA Statement 000026     Loss of           AA1 Ability to operate and / or monitor the following as they apply to   Loads on the CCWS in the control room Component        the Loss of Component Cooling Water:
-0001B sheet 1 R26, J
Cooling Water (CCW)
-3 and OS-0021 sheet 2 R30, D
K/A#     AA1.02             K/A Importance           3.2                     Exam Level             RO References provided to Candidate           None                             Technical  
-29. Plausible because RCP Seal Return Coolers are supplied by CC1495. See OS
-0021 sheet 2 R30, D
-20. Sys # System Category KA Statement 000026 Loss of Component Cooling Water (CCW)
AA1 Ability to operate and / or monitor the following as they apply to the Loss of Component Cooling Water:
Loads on the CCWS in the control room K/A# AA1.02 K/A Importance 3.2 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
OS-0021 sheet 2 R31, C-28; OS-0021 sheet 1 R37 J-11, CL-7.
Question Source:          New Question Cognitive Level:              High - Comprehension                          10 CFR Part 55 Content:            (CFR 41.7 / 45.5 / 45.6)
Objective:      OPS-GOP-123-04K


OS-0021 sheet 2 R31, C
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
-28; OS-0021 sheet 1 R37 J-11, CL-7. Question Source:
: 7.       The plant is operating at 100% power.
N ew  Question Cognitive Level:
All attempts to trip the Reactor from the Control Room have failed.
High - Comprehension 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR 41.7 / 45.5 / 45.6)
Objective:
OPS-GOP-123-04K Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   7. The plant is operating at 100% power. All attempts to trip the Reactor from the Control Room have failed.
An operator is dispatched to the Low Voltage Switchgear Rooms to open Reactor Trip Breakers.
An operator is dispatched to the Low Voltage Switchgear Rooms to open Reactor Trip Breakers.
Which pair of Reactor Trip Breakers located in the Low Voltage Switchgear Rooms will trip the Reactor when opened
Which pair of Reactor Trip Breakers located in the Low Voltage Switchgear Rooms will trip the Reactor when opened?
?    A. A and B     B. C and D     C. A and C     D. B and D   Answer: A   Explanation/Justification:
A.     A and B B.     C and D C.     A and C D.     B and D Answer: A Explanation/Justification:
A. Correct - DB-OP-02000 directs opening of Trip Breakers A, B, and C in the Low Voltage Switchgear Rooms. See DB
A. Correct - DB-OP-02000 directs opening of Trip Breakers A, B, and C in the Low Voltage Switchgear Rooms. See DB-OP-02000 R27 step 3.3 RNO. A and B open will cause a reactor trip. See DB-OP-06402 R25 CRD Operating Procedure Attachment 4 CRD System Power Diagram (page 162)
-OP-02000 R27 step 3.3 RNO. A and B open will cause a reactor trip. See DB
B. Incorrect - Trip Breaker D is in the CRD Cabinet Room. Plausible because C and D open would trip the reactor.
-OP-06402 R25 CRD Operating Procedure Attachment 4 CRD System Power Diagram (page 162)
B. Incorrect  
- Trip Breaker D is in the CRD Cabinet Room. Plausible because C and D open would trip the reactor.
C. Incorrect - CRDMs still energized via B and D. Plausible because both breakers are in the Low Voltage Switchgear Rooms.
C. Incorrect - CRDMs still energized via B and D. Plausible because both breakers are in the Low Voltage Switchgear Rooms.
D. Incorrect  
D. Incorrect - CRDMs still energized via A and C. Plausible for faulty recall of CRD power supply diagram.
- CRDMs still energized via A and C. Plausible for faulty recall of CRD power supply diagram.
Sys #       System           Category                                                               KA Statement 000029     Anticipated       EK2 Knowledge of the interrelations between the following and an       Breakers, relays, and disconnects Transient        ATWS:
Sys # System Category KA Statement 000029 Anticipated Transient Without Scram (ATWS) EK2 Knowledge of the interrelations between the following and an ATWS: Breakers, relays, and disconnects K/A# EK2.06 K/A Importance 2.9* Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  
Without Scram (ATWS)
K/A#     EK2.06             K/A Importance           2.9*                   Exam Level             RO References provided to Candidate           None                           Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
DB-OP-02000 R27 step 3.3; DB-OP-06402 R25 Attachment 4 (page 162)
Question Source:          Bank - 165796 Modified Question Cognitive Level:                Low - Recall                                10 CFR Part 55 Content:              (CFR 41.7 / 45.7)
Objective:      OPS-GOP-302-05K


DB-OP-02000 R27 step 3.3; DB
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
-OP-06402 R25 Attachment 4 (page 162)
: 8.       The plant WAS operating at 100% power.
Question Source:
* A Steam Generator Tube Rupture (SGTR) occurred on Steam Generator (SG) 2.
Bank - 165796 Modified Question Cognitive Level:
* All operator actions were completed in accordance with the governing procedures.
Low - Recall  10 CFR Part 55 Content:
The Reactor Coolant System (RCS) is now at 500 °F and 1000 psig with SG 2 isolated.
(CFR 41.7 / 45.7)
* All four Reactor Coolant Pumps (RCPs) are running.
Objective:
* The operators initiate an RCS Cooldown in accordance with the governing procedures.
OPS-GOP-302-0 5 K Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   8. The plant WAS operating at 100%
power. A Steam Generator Tube Rupture (SGTR) occurred on Steam Generator (SG)
: 2. All operator actions were completed in accordance with the governing procedures.
The Reactor Coolant System (RCS) is now at 500 °F and 1000 psig with SG 2 isolated. All four Reactor Coolant Pumps (RCPs) are running.
The operators initiate an RCS Cooldown in accordance with the governing procedures.
Which of the following describes the criteria for securing an RCP during an SGTR?
Which of the following describes the criteria for securing an RCP during an SGTR?
The first RCP stopped during the RCS Cooldown should be i n _____. A. RCS Loop 1 to maximize cool i n g of SG 2 from reverse heat transfer B. RCS Loop 1 to maximize RCS pressure control from Pressurizer Spray C. RCS Loop 2 to minimize heat addition to the RCS from RCP operation D. RCS Loop 2 to minimize contamination of SG 2 from flow through ruptured tube Answer: B Explanation/Justification:
The first RCP stopped during the RCS Cooldown should be in _____.
A. Incorrect  
A.     RCS Loop 1 to maximize cooling of SG 2 from reverse heat transfer B.     RCS Loop 1 to maximize RCS pressure control from Pressurizer Spray C.     RCS Loop 2 to minimize heat addition to the RCS from RCP operation D.     RCS Loop 2 to minimize contamination of SG 2 from flow through ruptured tube Answer: B Explanation/Justification:
-Plausible because stopping a Loop 1 RCP puts 70% of total RCS flow through Loo p 2, which would tend to raise reverse heat transfer. Additional cooling of an isolated SG is desirable to raise maximum RCS Cooldown with an isolated SG. See DB-OP-06903 R47 Plant Cooldown section 5.0 Cooldown with one SG step 5.4. Reverse heat transfe r is described in DB
A. Incorrect -Plausible because stopping a Loop 1 RCP puts 70% of total RCS flow through Loop 2, which would tend to raise reverse heat transfer.
-OP-02000 NOTE 8.44 (page 120)
Additional cooling of an isolated SG is desirable to raise maximum RCS Cooldown with an isolated SG. See DB-OP-06903 R47 Plant Cooldown section 5.0 Cooldown with one SG step 5.4. Reverse heat transfer is described in DB-OP-02000 NOTE 8.44 (page 120)
B. Correct - All RCPs left running per DB
B. Correct - All RCPs left running per DB-OP-02000 Section 8. At step 8.52, exit to DB-OP-06903 Plant Cooldown with REFER TO DB-OP-02531 SGTL. DB-OP-02531 step 4.13 for RCS Cooldown is REFER TO DB-OP-02543 Rapid Cooldown. DB-OP-02543 step 4.17 directs stop of Loop 1 RCP to maximize PZR spray capability.
-OP-02000 Section 8. At step 8.52, exit to DB-OP-06903 Plant Cooldown with REFER TO DB
C. Incorrect - Loop 1 preferred for first RCP stopped. Plausible misconception because stopping RCPs will lower RCS heat input. RCPs are stopped to minimize RCS heat input during Lack of Heat Transfer event - see Bases and Deviation document for DB-OP-02000 R20 Step 6.3 D. Incorrect - Loop 1 preferred for first RCP stopped. Plausible for misconception that pressure control is not the highest priority.
-OP-02531 SGTL. DB-OP-02531 step 4.13 for RCS Cooldown is REFER TO DB
Sys #       System           Category                                                               KA Statement 000038       Steam           EK3 Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they        Criteria for securing RCP Generator        apply to the SGTR:
-OP-02543 Rapid Cooldown. DB-OP-02543 step 4.17 directs stop of Loop 1 RCP to maximize PZR spray capability.
Tube Rupture (SGTR)
C. Incorrect  
K/A#     EK3.08             K/A Importance           4.1                   Exam Level             RO References provided to Candidate             None                         Technical  
- Loop 1 preferred for first RCP stopped. Plausible misconception because stopping RCPs will lower RCS heat input. RCPs are stopped to minimize RCS heat input during Lack of Heat Transfer event  
- see Bases and Deviation document for DB
-OP-02000 R20 Step 6.3 D. Incorrect  
- Loop 1 preferred for first RCP stopped. Plausible for misconception that pressure control is not the highest priority. Sys # System Category KA Statement 000038 Steam Generator Tube Rupture (SGTR) EK3 Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as the y apply to the SGTR
: Criteria for securing RCP K/A# EK3.08 K/A Importance 4.1 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
DB-OP-02000 R27 step 8.52; DB-OP-02531 R20 SGTL step 4.13; DB-OP-02543 R9 step 4.17 Question Source:          New Question Cognitive Level:                Low - Memory                              10 CFR Part 55 Content:                  (CFR 41.5 / 41.10 / 45.6 /
45.13)
Objective:


DB-OP-02000 R27 step 8.52; DB
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
-OP-02531 R20 SGTL step 4.13; DB-OP-02543 R9 step 4.17 Question Source:
: 9.       The plant is operating at 100% power.
New    Question Cognitive Level:
* Auxiliary Feed Water (AFW) Pump 1 is out of service.
Low - Memory  10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR 41.5 / 41.10 / 45.6 /
45.13) Objective:
 
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   9. The plant is operating at 100% power. Auxiliary Feed Water (AFW) Pump 1 is out of service.
Both Main Feed Water Pumps trip.
Both Main Feed Water Pumps trip.
AFW Pump 2 trips when it starts.
* AFW Pump 2 trips when it starts.
Both Steam Generators (SGs) are at 1000 psig and 24 inches Startup Level When the RO enables the Motor Driven Feedwater Pump (MDFP) Discharge Valves, the
Both Steam Generators (SGs) are at 1000 psig and 24 inches Startup Level When the RO enables the Motor Driven Feedwater Pump (MDFP) Discharge Valves, the:
:    The CONTROL VALVE OFF light for FW 6459 SG 1 level control valve goes OFF   The CONTROL VALVE OFF light for FW 6460 SG 2 level control valve stays LIT   The RO verifies LIC 6459 and LIC 6460 are set to minimum output.
* The CONTROL VALVE OFF light for FW 6459 SG 1 level control valve goes OFF
Which of the following describes the sequence for restoring level in both SGs that establishes feedwater flow THE FASTEST without running out the MDFP
* The CONTROL VALVE OFF light for FW 6460 SG 2 level control valve stays LIT The RO verifies LIC 6459 and LIC 6460 are set to minimum output.
?
Which of the following describes the sequence for restoring level in both SGs that establishes feedwater flow THE FASTEST without running out the MDFP?
(1) Start the MDFP (2) Raise SG 1 level to 49 inches at full flow using LIC 6459 as required   (3) Raise SG 2 level to 49 inches at full flow using LIC 6460 as required   (4) Direct local operator to throttle close d FW6398 MDFP TO AUXILIARY FEED LINE 1 ISOLATION (5) Direct local operator to throttle close d FW6397 MDFP TO AUXILIARY FEED LINE 2 ISOLATION A. 1, 2, 4, 3 B. 1, 3, 5, 2 C. 4, 1, 2, 3 D. 5, 1, 3, 2 Answer: B     Explanation/Justification:
(1) Start the MDFP (2) Raise SG 1 level to 49 inches at full flow using LIC 6459 as required (3) Raise SG 2 level to 49 inches at full flow using LIC 6460 as required (4) Direct local operator to throttle closed FW6398 MDFP TO AUXILIARY FEED LINE 1 ISOLATION (5) Direct local operator to throttle closed FW6397 MDFP TO AUXILIARY FEED LINE 2 ISOLATION A.       1, 2, 4, 3 B.       1, 3, 5, 2 C.       4, 1, 2, 3 D.       5, 1, 3, 2 Answer: B Explanation/Justification:
A. Incorrect  
A. Incorrect - This method results in runout of the MDFP from full flow through both feed lines. FW6460 is failed open and not yet isolated in this sequence. Plausible for candidate reverse interpretation of the Control Valve Off lights.
- This method results in runout of the MDFP from full flow through both feed lines. FW6460 is failed open and not yet isolated in this sequence. Plausible for candidate reverse interpretation of the Control Valve Off lights.
B. Correct - FW6460 is failed open (see DB-OP-06225 R21 step 5.1.4 and OS-0012A sheet 1 R26, B-16) and FW6459 is closed. When the MDFP is started, MDFP flow will be limited to 800 gpm by the Cavitating Venturi. See OS-0017A sheet 1 R31, G-10. When proper level is reached, FW6460 is isolated by local operator closing FW6397. See OS-0012A sheet 1 R26, B-17. Full flow can then be established to SG 1 using LIC 6459 without running out the MDFP. See DB-OP-06225 R21 CAUTION 5.1.10. Faster to start MDFP first, then throttle closed manual valve.
B. Correct - FW6460 is failed open (see DB
C. Incorrect - This method throttles the wrong manual valve. Plausible for candidate reverse interpretation of the Control Valve Off lights and misconception that MDFP connects to AFW lines downstream of Cavitating Venturis.
-OP-06225 R21 step 5.1.4 and OS
D. Incorrect - Faster to start MDFP first, then throttle closed manual valve. Plausible for misconception that MDFP connects to AFW lines downstream of Cavitating Venturis.
-0012A sheet 1 R26, B
Sys #         System           Category                                                               KA Statement 000054       Loss of Main     AA1 Ability to operate and / or monitor the following as they apply to AFW controls, including the use of alternate AFW Feedwater        the Loss of Main Feedwater (MFW):                                       sources (MFW)
-16) and FW6459 is closed. When the MDFP is started, MDFP flow will be limited to 800 gpm by the Cavitating Venturi. See OS
K/A#       AA1.01             K/A Importance             4.5                   Exam Level           RO References provided to Candidate           None                           Technical  
-0017A sheet 1 R31, G
-10. When proper level is reached, FW6460 is isolated by local operator closing FW6397. See OS-0012A sheet 1 R26, B
-17. Full flow can then be established to SG 1 using LIC 6459 without running out the MDFP. See DB
-OP-06225 R21 CAUTION 5.1.10. Faster to start MDFP first, then throttle closed manual valve.
C. Incorrect  
- This method throttles the wrong manual valve. Plausible for candidate reverse interpretation of the Control Valve Off lights and misconception that MDFP connects to AFW lines downstream of Cavitating Venturis.
D. Incorrect  
- Faster to start MDFP first, then throttle closed manual valve. Plausible for misconception that MDFP connects to AFW lines downstream of Cavitating Venturis.
Sys # System Category KA Statement 000054 Loss of Main Feedwater (MFW) AA1 Ability to operate and / or monitor the following as they apply to the Loss of Main Feedwater (MFW):
AFW controls, including the use of alternate AFW sources K/A# AA1.01 K/A Importance 4.5 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
OS-0012A sheet 1 R26; OS-0017A sheet 1 R31; DB-OP-06225 R21 step 5.1.4 and CAUTION 5.1.10 Question Source:          New Question Cognitive Level:                High - Comprehension                          10 CFR Part 55 Content:              (CFR 41.7 / 45.5 / 45.6)
Objective:        OPS-GOP-303-05K


OS-0012A sheet 1 R26; OS-0017A sheet 1 R31; DB-OP-06225 R21 step 5.1.4 and CAUTION 5.1.10 Question Source:
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
New  Question Cognitive Level:
: 10.     The Plant has experienced a complete loss of AC Power.
High - Comprehension 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
* Performance of DB-OP-02521 Loss of AC Bus Power Sources is in progress.
(CFR 41.7 / 45.5 / 45.6)
At 1 hour following the beginning of the event AC power is still lost.
Objective:
* Battery 1P is in service supplying Panel D1P only.
OPS-GOP-303-05K Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   10. The Plant has experienced a complete loss of AC Power.
* Batteries 1N, 2P and 2N are isolated from all loads.
Performance of DB
How long will it be before DC power is no longer available?
-OP-02521 Loss of AC Bus Power Sources is in progress.
A.       less than 2 hours B.     approximately 8 hours C.     approximately 16 hours D.     greater than 24 hours Answer: D Explanation/Justification: DC Bus Load shedding is performed to reduce Discharge Rate and therefore extend battery life.
At 1 hour following the beginning of the event AC power is still lost. Battery 1P is in service supplying Panel D1P only. Batteries 1N, 2P and 2N are isolated from all loads. How long will it be before DC power is no longer available?
A. Incorrect - Plausible because the batteries are designated as having a 1500 amp-hour rating based on an 8 hour discharge rate.
A. less than 2 hours B. approximately 8 hours C. approximately 16 hours D. greater than 24 hours Answer: D Explanation/Justification:
B. Incorrect - Plausible if it is assumed there are 250V loads required to remain energized following load shedding C. Incorrect - Plausible since one battery (1P) will remain in service and 16 hours is a multiple of 8.hours D. Correct - Approximately 39 hours for D1P followed by D2P. See DB-OP-02521 R23 Attachment 17 (page 129) last paragraph.
DC Bus Load shedding is performed to reduce Discharge Rate and therefore extend battery life.
Sys #       System             Category                                                                 KA Statement 000055     Loss of             EK1 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following           Effect of battery discharge rates on capacity Offsite and        concepts as they apply to the Station Blackout :
A. Incorrect  
Onsite Power (Station Blackout)
- Plausible because the batteries are designated as having a 1500 amp
K/A#     EK1.01               K/A Importance           3.3                     Exam Level             RO References provided to Candidate                                           Technical  
-hour rating based on an 8 hour discharge rate.
B. Incorrect  
- Plausible if it is assumed there are 250V loads required to remain energized following load shedding C. Incorrect  
- Plausible since one battery (1P) will remain in service and 16 hours is a multiple of 8.hours D. Correct - Approximately 39 hours for D1P followed by D2P. See DB-OP-02521 R23 Attachment 17 (page 129) last paragraph.
Sys # System Category KA Statement 000055 Loss of Offsite and Onsite Power (Station Blackout) EK1 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to the Station Blackout :
Effect of battery discharge rates on capacity K/A# EK1.01 K/A Importance 3.3 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
DB-OP-02521 R23 Attachment 17 page 129 last paragraph Question Source:          Bank - DB 2013 NRC Exam #48 Question Cognitive Level:                Low - Recall                                10 CFR Part 55 Content:                  (CFR 41.8 / 41.10 / 45.3)
Objective:      OPS-SYS-121-11K


DB-OP-02521 R2 3 Attachment 17 page 129 last paragraph Question Source:
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
Bank - DB 2013 NRC Exam #48 Question Cognitive Level:
: 11.     The plant has been operating at 100% power for one year.
Low - Recall  10 CFR Part 55 Content:
A Loss of Offsite Power occurs.
(CFR 41.8 / 41.10 / 45.3)
Objective:
OPS-SYS-121-11 K Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   11. The plant ha s been operating at 100% power for one year. A Loss of Offsite Power occurs.
NO operator actions are taken.
NO operator actions are taken.
Reactor Coolant System (RCS) temperatures stabilize post
Reactor Coolant System (RCS) temperatures stabilize post-trip.
-trip.
Which of the following describes the values of RCS Thot and Tcold?
Which of the following describes the values of RCS Thot and Tcold?
(1) RCS Thot will be _____.   (2) RCS Tcold will be
(1) RCS Thot will be _____.
_____. A. (1) 5 9 6 to 600 °F   (2) 55 0 to 55 4 °F     B. (1) 59 6 to 600 °F   (2) 5 30 to 5 34 °F     C. (1) 55 0 to 55 4 °F   (2) 55 0 to 55 4 °F     D. (1) 55 0 to 55 4 °F   (2) 5 30 to 5 34 °F   Answer: A   Explanation/Justification:
(2) RCS Tcold will be _____.
A. Correct - LOP causes loss of RCPs and SFRCS Isolation Trip on reverse FW dP due to loss of MFW pumps on loss of AC oil pumps. Lowest SG safety valve lift pressure is 1050 psig (1065 psia). Tsat SG 552.3  
A.     (1) 596 to 600 °F (2) 550 to 554 °F B.     (1) 596 to 600 °F (2) 530 to 534 °F C.     (1) 550 to 554 °F (2) 550 to 554 °F D.     (1) 550 to 554 °F (2) 530 to 534 °F Answer: A Explanation/Justification:
°F. Full power core T 46 °F, so Thot about 59 8 °F B. Incorrect  
A. Correct - LOP causes loss of RCPs and SFRCS Isolation Trip on reverse FW dP due to loss of MFW pumps on loss of AC oil pumps. Lowest SG safety valve lift pressure is 1050 psig (1065 psia). Tsat SG 552.3 °F. Full power core T 46 °F, so Thot about 598 °F B. Incorrect - T > 50 °F. See DB-OP-06903 R47 Plant Cooldown Section 6.0 Cooldown on Natural Circulation step 6.3. Part 1 is correct. 530 to 534 °F Tcold plausible because this is normal MODE 3 Tave for a reactor startup.
- T > 50 °F. See DB-OP-06903 R47 Plant Cooldown Section 6.0 Cooldown on Natural Circulation step 6.3. Part 1 is correct.
C. Incorrect - LOP causes loss of RCPs so RCS T should be near the full power value of 46 °F, not zero. Part 2 is correct. Plausible because post-trip forced flow T approaches zero.
5 30 to 5 34 °F Tcold plausible because this is normal MODE 3 Tave for a reactor startup. C. Incorrect  
D. Incorrect - Plausible T for normal MODE 3 Tave for a reactor startup following sustained operation at lower power (40-45%).
- LOP causes loss of RCPs so RCS T should be near the full power value of 46 °F, not zero. Part 2 is correct. Plausible because post-trip forced flow T approaches zero.
Sys #       System           Category                                                               KA Statement 000056       Loss of           AA2 Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to   RCS hot-leg and cold-leg temperatures Offsite Power    the Loss of Offsite Power:
D. Incorrect  
K/A#     AA2.57               K/A Importance           3.9                     Exam Level             RO References provided to Candidate           Steam Tables                   Technical  
- Plausible T for normal MODE 3 Tave for a reactor startup following sustained operation at lower power (40-45%). Sys # System Category KA Statement 000056 Loss of Offsite Power AA2 Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Loss of Offsite Power:
RCS hot-leg and cold
-leg temperatures K/A# AA2.57 K/A Importance 3.9 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate Steam Tables Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
TS Table 3.7.1-1; DB-OP-06903 R47 Plant Cooldown Section 6.0 Cooldown on Natural Circulation step 6.3 Question Source:            New Question Cognitive Level:                High - Comprehension                          10 CFR Part 55 Content:              (CFR: 43.5 / 45.13)
Objective:        OPS-GOP-303-04K


TS Table 3.7.1
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
-1; DB-OP-06903 R47 Plant Cooldown Section 6.0 Cooldown on Natural Circulation step 6.3 Question Source:
: 12.     The plant experienced a loss of 120V AC Essential Panel Y3.
New  Question Cognitive Level:
* The problem with Y3 has been corrected.
High - Comprehension 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
* Y3 has been re-energized from Transformer XY3.
(CFR: 43.5 / 45.13)
* Y3 will be transferred from Transformer XY3 to Inverter YV3 as part of the recovery process.
Objective:
Which of the following describes the correct sequence of steps to swap Y3 from XY3 to YV3?
OPS-GOP-303-04K Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   12. The plant experienced a loss of 120V AC Essential Panel Y3. The problem with Y3 has been corrected.
A.     1. Depress the ALTERNATE SOURCE TO LOAD pushbutton on YV3.
Y3 has been re-energized from Transformer XY3.
Y3 will be transferred from Transformer XY3 to Inverter YV3 as part of the recovery process.
Which of the following describes the correct sequence of steps to swap Y3 from XY3 to YV3?   A. 1. Depress the ALTERNATE SOURCE TO LOAD pushbutton on YV3.
: 2. Place Inverter YV3 MANUAL BYPASS SWITCH in the ALTERNATE position
: 2. Place Inverter YV3 MANUAL BYPASS SWITCH in the ALTERNATE position
: 3. Check YV3 ALTERNATE SOURCE SUPPLYING LOAD RED light ON.
: 3. Check YV3 ALTERNATE SOURCE SUPPLYING LOAD RED light ON.
B. 1. Depress the ALTERNATE SOURCE TO LOAD pushbutton on YV3. 2. Place the MANUAL BYPASS SWITCH on YV3 in the NORMAL position
B.     1. Depress the ALTERNATE SOURCE TO LOAD pushbutton on YV3.
. 3. Depress the INVERTER TO LOAD pushbutton on YV3.     C. 1. Place the MANUAL BYPASS SWITCH on YV3 in the NORMAL position.
: 2. Place the MANUAL BYPASS SWITCH on YV3 in the NORMAL position.
: 3. Depress the INVERTER TO LOAD pushbutton on YV3.
C.     1. Place the MANUAL BYPASS SWITCH on YV3 in the NORMAL position.
: 2. Depress the INVERTER TO LOAD pushbutton on YV3.
: 2. Depress the INVERTER TO LOAD pushbutton on YV3.
: 3. Depress the ALTERNATE SOURCE TO LOAD pushbutton on YV3. D. 1. Place the MANUAL BYPASS SWITCH on YV3 in the NORMAL position.
: 3. Depress the ALTERNATE SOURCE TO LOAD pushbutton on YV3.
D.     1. Place the MANUAL BYPASS SWITCH on YV3 in the NORMAL position.
: 2. Depress the ALTERNATE SOURCE TO LOAD pushbutton on YV3.
: 2. Depress the ALTERNATE SOURCE TO LOAD pushbutton on YV3.
: 3. Check YV3 INVERTER SUPPLYING LOAD yellow light ON.
: 3. Check YV3 INVERTER SUPPLYING LOAD yellow light ON.
Answer: B Explanation/Justification: A. Incorrect  
Answer: B Explanation/Justification:
- this is sequence for transfer from YV3 to XY3. Plausible for inversion of normal and alternate sources.
A. Incorrect - this is sequence for transfer from YV3 to XY3. Plausible for inversion of normal and alternate sources.
B. Correct - see DB-OP-06319 R29 Instrument AC System Procedure section 3.44 (page 87) C. Incorrect  
B. Correct - see DB-OP-06319 R29 Instrument AC System Procedure section 3.44 (page 87)
- plausible candidate inversion of switch functions.
C. Incorrect - plausible candidate inversion of switch functions.
D. Incorrect  
D. Incorrect - plausible because it is 2 of the 3 required actions in proper order.
- plausible because it is 2 of the 3 required actions in proper order.
Sys #       System             Category                                                               KA Statement 000057     Loss of Vital     AA1 Ability to operate and / or monitor the following as they apply to Manual inverter swapping AC Electrical      the Loss of Vital AC Instrument Bus:
Sys # System Category KA Statement 000057 Loss of Vital AC Electrical Instrument Bus AA1 Ability to operate and / or monitor the following as they apply to the Loss of Vital AC Instrument Bus:
Instrument Bus K/A#     AA1.01               K/A Importance           3.7*                   Exam Level           RO References provided to Candidate           None                             Technical  
Manual inverter swapping K/A# AA1.01 K/A Importance 3.7* Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
DB-OP-06319 R29 Instrument AC System Procedure section 3.44 (page 87)
Question Source:            New Question Cognitive Level:                Low - Recall                                  10 CFR Part 55 Content:              (CFR 41.7 / 45.5 / 45.6)
Objective:      OPS-SYS-408-05K


DB-OP-06319 R29 Instrument AC System Procedure section 3.44 (page 87)
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
Question Source:
: 13.     The plant is operating at 100% power.
New  Question Cognitive Level:
* Charger DBC2P is aligned to Battery 2P
Low - Recall  10 CFR Part 55 Content:
* Charger DBC2N is aligned to Battery 2N The following conditions are observed:
(CFR 41.7 / 45.5 / 45.6)
* Annunciator 1-6-G DC BUS 2 TRBL alarms
Objective:
* CHARGER DBC2N indicator II 6284 reads zero amps
OPS-SYS-408-05K Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   13. The plant is operating at 100% power.
* BATTERY 2N indicator II 6290 reads 100 amps DISCHARGE Which of the following will eventually occur if NO operator actions are taken?
Charger DBC2P is aligned to Battery 2P Charger DBC2N is aligned to Battery 2N The following conditions are observed:
A.     Power Operated Relief Valve (PORV) RC2A wont open if required B.     Battery Charger DBC2PN automatically charges Battery 2N C.     Reactor Protection System Channel 3 de-energizes D.     Main Feed Pump 1 Emergency Bearing Oil Pump wont start if required Answer: A Explanation/Justification:
Annunciator 1-6-G DC BUS 2 TRBL alarm s    CHARGER DBC 2N indicator II 628 4 reads zero amps   BATTERY 2N indicator II 629 0 reads 100 amps DISCHARGE Which of the following will eventually occur if NO operator actions are taken
A. Correct - With no operator action, battery 2N will continue to discharge and voltage will continue to lower on 125V DC Panel D2N until the RC2A solenoid coils will no longer function. RC2A is a D2N load. See DB-OP-02540 R08 Loss of D2N and DBN Attachment 1 (page 13)
?    A. Power Operated Relief Valve (PORV) RC2A won't open if required B. Battery Charger DBC2PN automatically charges Battery 2N C. Reactor Protection System Channel 3 de-energizes D. Main Feed Pump 1 Emergency Bearing Oil Pump won't start if required Answer: A Explanation/Justification:
B. Incorrect - Swing charger must be manually aligned. Plausible because this is a procedure-driven manual action. See DB-OP-02001 R30 Window 1-6-G step 3.7.3 C. Incorrect - Rectifier YRF4 will continue to supply 120V AC panel Y4 via Inverter YV4. See UFSAR R30 8.3.2.1.5 (page 8.3-46). Plausible because Y4 would be supplied from battery 2N during a concurrent loss of AC input. RPS Channel 3 supplied from Y4.
A. Correct - With no operator action, battery 2N will continue to discharge and voltage will continue to lower on 125V DC Panel D2N until the RC2A solenoid coils will no longer function. RC2A is a D2N load. See DB
D. Incorrect - MFP 1 EBOP is DC MCC 1 load. Plausible for loss of either DBC1P or DBC1N. See OS-0060 sheet 1 R29 Sys #       System             Category                                                               KA Statement 000058     Loss of DC         AK1 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following         Battery charger equipment and instrumentation Power              concepts as they apply to Loss of DC Power:
-OP-02540 R08 Loss of D2N and DBN Attachment 1 (page 13)
K/A#     AK1.01               K/A Importance           2.8                   Exam Level             RO References provided to Candidate           None                           Technical  
B. Incorrect  
- Swing charger must be manually aligned.
Plausible because this is a procedure
-driven manual action. See DB
-OP-02001 R30 Window 1-6-G step 3.7.3 C. Incorrect  
- Rectifier YRF4 will continue to supply 120V AC panel Y4 via Inverter YV4. See UFSAR R30 8.3.2.1.5 (page 8.3
-46). Plausible because Y 4 would be supplied from battery 2N during a concurrent loss of AC input.
RPS Channel 3 supplied from Y4.
D. Incorrect  
- MFP 1 EBOP is DC MCC 1 load. Plausible for loss of either DBC1P or DBC1N. See OS-0060 sheet 1 R29 Sys # System Category KA Statement 000058 Loss of DC Power AK1 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to Loss of DC Power:
Battery charger equipment and instrumentation K/A# AK1.01 K/A Importance 2.8 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
DB-OP-02540 R8 Attachment 1 Question Source:            New Question Cognitive Level:                  High - Comprehension                      10 CFR Part 55 Content:                (CFR 41.8 / 41.10 / 45.3)
Objective:      OPS-GOP-137-03K


DB-OP-02540 R8 Attachment 1 Question Source: New  Question Cognitive Level:
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
High - Comprehension 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
: 14.     The plant is operating at 100% power.
(CFR 41.8 / 41.10 / 45.3)
* Component Cooling Water (CCW) Pump 1 is operating.
Objective:
OPS-GOP-137-03K Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   14. The plant is operating at 100% power.
Component Cooling Water (CCW) Pump 1 is operating.
The Control Room receives a report of a Service Water (SW) rupture on SW Pump 1 strainer.
The Control Room receives a report of a Service Water (SW) rupture on SW Pump 1 strainer.
Bus C1 locks out concurrent with the rupture report.
* Bus C1 locks out concurrent with the rupture report.
The C1 lockout can NOT be reset.
* The C1 lockout can NOT be reset.
 
Which of the following describes the action to allow restoration of normal SW operating parameters in the affected loop?
Which of the following describes the action to allow restoration of normal SW operating parameters in the affected loop
A.       Align the Backup SW Pump to SW Loop 1 in SLOW speed.
?    A. Align the Backup SW Pump to SW Loop 1 in SLOW speed.
B.       Align the Backup SW Pump to SW Loop 1 in FAST speed.
B. Align the Backup SW Pump to SW Loop 1 in FAST speed.
C.       Align SW Pump 3 to SW Loop 1.
C. Align SW Pump 3 to SW Loop 1.
D.       Align SW Pump 2 to SW Loop 1 and 2.
D. Align SW Pump 2 to SW Loop 1 and 2.
Answer: B Explanation/Justification:
Answer: B   Explanation/Justification:
A. Incorrect - SLOW speed is used for Dilution Pump function of BUSW Pump, which provides lower head than a SW pump. Plausible because aligning BUSW Pump to Loop 1 bypasses the effect of the C1 lockout and strainer rupture.
A. Incorrect  
B. Correct - Aligning the BUSW Pump to Loop 1 in FAST speed bypasses the effect of the C1 lockout and strainer rupture. See OS-0020 sheet 1 R95 and DB-OP-02511 R16 Loss of SW Pumps/Systems Attachment 5. FAST speed provides the same operating characteristics as a SW pump.
- SLOW speed is used for Dilution Pump function of BUSW Pump, which provides lower head than a SW pump. Plausible because aligning BUSW Pump to Loop 1 bypasses the effect of the C1 lockout and strainer rupture. B. Correct - Aligning the BUSW Pump to Loop 1 in FAST speed bypasses the effect of the C1 lockout and strainer rupture. See OS-0020 sheet 1 R95 and DB
C. Incorrect - Aligning SW Pump 3 as 1 requires power available from Bus C1 which is locked out. See DB-OP-02511 R16 Loss of SW Pumps/Systems Attachment 1. Plausible because aligning SW Pump 3 as 1 bypasses the effect of the strainer rupture.
-OP-02511 R16 Loss of SW Pumps/Systems Attachment 5. FAST speed provides the same operating characteristics as a SW pump. C. Incorrect  
D. Incorrect - No procedure guidance exists for single SW Pump supplying both loops since this makes both loops inoperable. Plausible because lineup could be established via SW pump 3 piping.
- Aligning SW Pump 3 as 1 requires power available from Bus C1 which is locked out. See DB
Sys #       System           Category                                                               KA Statement 000062      Loss of         AA2 Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to   The valve lineups necessary to restart the SWS Nuclear          the Loss of Nuclear Service Water:                                      while bypassing the portion of the system causing Service                                                                                  the abnormal condition Water K/A#       AA2.03             K/A Importance           2.6                     Exam Level             RO References provided to Candidate           None                           Technical  
-OP-02511 R16 Loss of SW Pumps/Systems Attachment 1. Plausible because aligning SW Pump 3 as 1 bypasses the effect of the strainer rupture.
D. Incorrect  
- No procedure guidance exists for single SW Pump supplying both loops since this makes both loops inoperable. Plausible because l ineup could be established via SW pump 3 piping.
Sys # System Category KA Statement 0000 62 Loss of Nuclear Service Water AA2 Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Loss of Nuclear Service Water:
The valve lineups necessary to restart the SWS while bypassing the portion of the system causing the abnormal conditio n K/A# AA2.03 K/A Importance 2.6 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
OS-0020 sheet 1 R95; DB-OP-02511 R16 step 4.1.7 and Attachment 5 step 10; DB-OP-06261, Note 4.1.3 Question Source:          New Question Cognitive Level:              High - Comprehension                          10 CFR Part 55 Content:              (CFR: 43.5 / 45.13)
Objective:      OPS-GOP-111-02K


OS-0020 sheet 1 R95; DB
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
-OP-02511 R16 step 4.1.7 and Attachment 5 step 10; DB-OP-06261, Note 4.1.3 Question Source:
: 15.     The plant is operating at 100% power.
New  Question Cognitive Leve l: High - Comprehension 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
PI810 INSTRUMENT AIR HEADER PRESS lowers to 50 psig and stabilizes.
(CFR: 43.5 / 45.13)
The operators perform the required abnormal procedure actions then implement DB-OP-02000 RPS, SFAS, SFRCS Trip or SG Tube Rupture.
Objective:
During the performance of Attachment 1 Primary Inventory Control Actions the following indications are noted:
OPS-GOP-111-02K Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   15. The plant is operating at 100% power. PI810 INSTRUMENT AIR HEADER PRESS lowers to 50 psig and stabilizes.
* Letdown Flow FI MU7 45 gpm
The operators perform the required abnormal procedure actions then implement DB
* RCP 1-1 Seal Injection Flow FI MU30C 15 gpm
-OP-02000 RPS, SFAS, SFRCS Trip or SG Tube Rupture.
* RCP 1-2 Seal Injection Flow FI MU30D zero gpm
During the performance of Attachment 1 Primary Inventory Control Actions the following indications are noted: Letdown Flow FI MU7 45 gpm RCP 1-1 Seal Injection Flow FI MU30C 15 gpm RCP 1-2 Seal Injection Flow FI MU30D zero gpm RCP 2-1 Seal Injection Flow FI MU30A 15 gpm RCP 2-2 Seal Injection Flow FI MU30B 15 gpm Which of the following additional failures is consistent with these indications?
* RCP 2-1 Seal Injection Flow FI MU30A 15 gpm
A. RCP tripped during the transient B. Essential DC Distribution Panel D2P de
* RCP 2-2 Seal Injection Flow FI MU30B 15 gpm Which of the following additional failures is consistent with these indications?
-energized C. Inadvertent SFAS Level 3 actuation of Channel 2 only D. Seal Injection Isolation valve Air Volume Tank leak Answer: D   Explanation/Justification:
A.     RCP tripped during the transient B.     Essential DC Distribution Panel D2P de-energized C.     Inadvertent SFAS Level 3 actuation of Channel 2 only D.       Seal Injection Isolation valve Air Volume Tank leak Answer: D Explanation/Justification:
A. Incorrect  
A. Incorrect - Plausible because seal injection flow lowers when an RCP is stopped, but only to around 3 gpm. See Makeup & Purification System Description SD-048 R04 page 2-9 B. Incorrect - D2P loss would also close MU66A and MU3, resulting in zero flow on FI MU7 and FI MU30A See DB-OP-06405 R13 SFAS Procedure step 3.2.4 (page 11) and Attachment 4 Page 4 of 4 (page 79)
- Plausible because seal injection flow lowers when an RCP is stopped, but only to around 3 gpm. See Makeup & Purification System Description SD
C. Incorrect -SFAS Level 3 on Actuation Channel 2 would also have closed MU66A, resulting in zero gpm on FI MU30A, too. See DB-OP-02000 Table 4 (page 427)
-048 R04 page 2
D. Correct - Question is written for Air Volume Tanks which serve the same purpose as backup Nitrogen supply at D-B. The Air Volume Tanks are supplied from the Instrument Air System via check valves which prevent back-leakage from the tanks to the depressurized Instrument Air supply.
-9   B. Incorrect  
MU3 letdown isolation and MU66 valves are equipped with Air Volume Tank to maintain them open. Air Volume Tank leak for MU66D would result in its closure and zero flow on FI MU30D. See DB-OP-02528 R22 Instrument Air System Malfunctions Attachment 18 Failure Position of Pneumatic Valves (page 110), Makeup & Purification System Description SD-048 R04 2.4.8 (pages 2-24 and 2-25) and OS-0002 sheet 2 Sys #       System           Category                                                               KA Statement 000065       Loss of          AA2 Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to   Whether backup nitrogen supply is controlling Instrument        the Loss of Instrument Air:                                             valve position Air K/A#     AA2.07               K/A Importance           2.8*                   Exam Level             RO References provided to Candidate            None                           Technical  
- D2P loss would also close MU66A and MU3, resulting in zero flow on FI MU7 and FI MU30A See DB
-OP-06405 R13 SFAS Procedure step 3.2.4 (page 11) and Attachment 4 Page 4 of 4 (page 79)
C. Incorrect  
-SFAS Level 3 on Actuation Channel 2 would also have closed MU66A, resulting in zero gpm on FI MU30A, too. See DB
-OP-0 2000 Table 4 (page 427)
D. Correct - Question is written for Air Volume Tanks which serve the same purpose as backup Nitrogen supply at D-B. The Air Volume Tanks are supplied from the Instrument Air System via check valves which prevent back
-leakage from the tanks to the depressurized Instrument Air supply.
MU3 letdown isolation and MU66 valves are equipped with Air Volume Tank to maintain them open. Air Volume Tank leak for MU66D would result in its closure and zero flow on FI MU30D. See DB-OP-02528 R22 Instrument Air System Malfunctions Attachment 18 Failure Position of Pneumatic Valves (page 110), Makeup & Purification System Description SD
-048 R04 2.4.8 (pages 2
-24 and 2-25) and OS
-0002 sheet 2 Sys # System Category KA Statement 000065 Loss o f Instrument Air AA2 Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Loss of Instrument Air:
Whether backup nitrogen supply is controlling valve position K/A# AA2.07 K/A Importance 2.8* Exam Level RO References provided to Candidat e None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
OS-0002 sheet 2 R21; DB-OP-02528 R22 Attachment 18 Question Source:            New Question Cognitive Level:                High - Comprehension                          10 CFR Part 55 Content:            (CFR: 43.5 / 45.13)
Objective:        OPS-GOP-128-08K


OS-0002 sheet 2 R21; DB-OP-02528 R22 Attachment 18 Question Source:
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
New    Question Cognitive Level:
: 16.     The plant is operating at 25% power.
High - Comprehension 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 43.5 / 45.13)
Objective:
OPS-GOP-128-08K Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   16. The plant is operating at 2 5% power.
An event occurs.
An event occurs.
The following conditions are noted:
The following conditions are noted:
8-5-A SWYD ACB 34560 TRIP alarm 8-5-B SWYD ACB 34561 TRIP alarm 14-6-D ICS IN TRACK alarm Turbine Bypass Valves and Atmospheric Vent Valves are open JI 6003 MEGAWATTS indicates 43 MWe Which of the following describes the response of the following controls during the event?
* 8-5-A SWYD ACB 34560 TRIP alarm
(1) Main Generator Voltage Regulator (2) Main Turbine DEHC Load Control A. (1) remains in AUTO (2) transfers to MANUAL B. (1) transfers to MANUAL (2) remains in AUTO C. (1) remains in AUTO (2) remains in AUTO D. (1) transfers to MANUAL (2) transfers to MANUAL Answer: A Explanation/Justification:
* 8-5-B SWYD ACB 34561 TRIP alarm
A. Correct - Load rejection has occurred. See DB
* 14-6-D ICS IN TRACK alarm
-OP-02520 R 7 Load Rejection 2.1 Symptoms. Part 1  
* Turbine Bypass Valves and Atmospheric Vent Valves are open
- Automatic Voltage Regulator trips to manual on loss of potential transformer signals or Generator Field Breaker trip. See DB
* JI 6003 MEGAWATTS indicates 43 MWe Which of the following describes the response of the following controls during the event?
-OP-02016 R25 Window 16 B. Field breaker stays closed on Load Rejection because the main generator transformer lockout relays don't actuate.
(1) Main Generator Voltage Regulator (2) Main Turbine DEHC Load Control A.       (1) remains in AUTO (2) transfers to MANUAL B.       (1) transfers to MANUAL (2) remains in AUTO C.       (1) remains in AUTO (2) remains in AUTO D.       (1) transfers to MANUAL (2) transfers to MANUAL Answer: A Explanation/Justification:
B. Incorrect  
A. Correct - Load rejection has occurred. See DB-OP-02520 R 7 Load Rejection 2.1 Symptoms. Part 1 - Automatic Voltage Regulator trips to manual on loss of potential transformer signals or Generator Field Breaker trip. See DB-OP-02016 R25 Window 16-4-B. Field breaker stays closed on Load Rejection because the main generator transformer lockout relays dont actuate.
- Part 1 incorrect. Part 2 incorrect. Part 1 plausible for generator trip. Part 2 plausible because Power Load Unbalance circuit actuates to place turbine in MANUAL and this signal does not interface with the ICS transfer to MANUAL logic. See M
B. Incorrect - Part 1 incorrect. Part 2 incorrect. Part 1 plausible for generator trip. Part 2 plausible because Power Load Unbalance circuit actuates to place turbine in MANUAL and this signal does not interface with the ICS transfer to MANUAL logic. See M-00175 R4 Logic String 1.
-00175 R4 Logic String 1.
C. Incorrect - Part 2 is incorrect. Part 1 correct. Plausible because Power Load Unbalance circuit actuates to place turbine in MANUAL and this signal does not interface with the ICS transfer to MANUAL logic.
C. Incorrect  
D. Incorrect - Part 1 incorrect. Part 2 correct. Plausible for generator trip.
- Part 2 is incorrect. Part 1 correct. Plausible because Power Load Unbalance circuit actuates to place turbine in MANUAL and this signal does not interface with the ICS transfer to MANUAL logic.
Sys #       System           Category                                                                   KA Statement 000077       Generator         AK2 Knowledge of the interrelations between Generator Voltage and         Turbine / generator control Voltage and      Electric Grid Disturbances and the following:
D. Incorrect  
Electric Grid Disturbances K/A#       AK2.07             K/A Importance           3.6                     Exam Level             RO References provided to Candidate             None                           Technical  
- Part 1 incorrect. Part 2 correct. Plausible for generator trip. Sys # System Category KA Statement 000077 Generator Voltage and Electric Grid Disturbances AK2 Knowledge of the interrelations between Generator Voltage and Electric Grid Disturbances and the following:
Turbine / generator control K/A# AK2.07 K/A Importance 3.6 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
DB-OP-02520 R 7 Load Rejection 2.1 Symptoms; DB-OP-02016 R25 Window 16-4-B Question Source:            New Question Cognitive Level:                High - Comprehension                          10 CFR Part 55 Content:                (CFR: 41.4, 41.5, 41.7, 41.10 / 45.8)
Objective:      OPS-GOP-120-01K


DB-OP-02520 R 7 Load Rejection 2.1 Symptoms
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
; DB-OP-02016 R25 Window 16 B  Question Source:
: 17. The plant has experienced a Loss of ALL Feedwater.
New  Question Cognitive Level:
The following conditions exist:
High - Comprehension 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
* Incore temperatures 620 ºF stable
(CFR: 41.4, 41.5, 41.7, 41.10 / 45.8) Objective:
* Reactor Coolant System (RCS) pressure 1770 psig stable
OPS-GOP-120-01K Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   17. The plant has experienced a Loss of ALL Feedwater. The following conditions exist:
* Steam Generator (SG) levels 10 inches stable
Incore temperatures 620 ºF stable   Reactor Coolant System (RCS) pressure 1770 psig stable   Steam Generator (SG) levels 10 inches stable   SG pressures 700 psig slowly lowering The local operator reports Auxiliary Feedwater Pump Turbine (AFPT) 1 Trip Throttle Valve (TTV) is reset. The operator is standing by to open ICS38C AFPT1 TTV to restore feedwater.
* SG pressures 700 psig slowly lowering The local operator reports Auxiliary Feedwater Pump Turbine (AFPT) 1 Trip Throttle Valve (TTV) is reset. The operator is standing by to open ICS38C AFPT1 TTV to restore feedwater.
Which of the following describes establishing Auxiliary Feed Water (AFW) flow to SG 1?
Which of the following describes establishing Auxiliary Feed Water (AFW) flow to SG 1?
As ICS38C is opened, the desired initial flow to SG 1 on AUX FW FLOW FI6426 is __(1)__.
An indication of SG heat transfer being established is RCS pressure __(2)__ and SG 1 PRESS PI SP12B __(3)__.
A.      (1) 100 gpm (2) lowering (3) rising B.      (1) 100 gpm (2) stable (3) lowering C.      (1) full flow (2) lowering (3) rising D.      (1) full flow (2) stable (3) lowering Answer: C Explanation/Justification:
A. Incorrect - No AFW flow limit for dry SG during Lack of Heat Transfer (LOHT). See DB-OP-02000 R27 Attachment 5 Section B NOTE 4 (page 285). Plausible because items 2 & 3 are correct (see Correct Answer explanation), item 1 is the correct flow limit if not in LOHT because all RCPs would be stopped for lack of adequate subcooling margin.
B. Incorrect - No AFW flow limit for dry SG during Lack of Heat Transfer (LOHT). See DB-OP-02000 R27 Attachment 5 Section B NOTE 4 (page 285). Plausible because item 1 is the correct flow limit if not in LOHT, items 2 & 3 plausible because they are the initial response to the initiation of AFW to SG 1 before heat transfer is established. See Bases and Deviation Document for DB-OP-02000 R20 step 6.11 (page 94).
C. Correct - Specific Rule 4 requires full continuous AFW flow until SG reaches setpoint. AFW flow is limited to about 800 gpm by the Cavitating Venturi. See DB-OP-02000 R27 Attachment 5 Section B step 5 (page 285) and Specific Rule 4.3.1 (page 246). RCS is saturated, so RCS pressure will lower as voids condense due to primary to secondary heat transfer. SG pressure will rise. See Areva Technical Document 74-1152414-10 Part II Section 3.3 Indication of Primary to Secondary Coupling page Vol.3, II.B-10 D. Incorrect - items 2 & 3 are the initial response to the initiation of AFW to SG 1 before heat transfer is established. See Bases and Deviation Document for DB-OP-02000 R20 step 6.11 (page 94). Plausible for initial response and item 1 being correct


As ICS38C is opened, the desired initial flow to SG 1 on AUX FW FLOW FI6426 is __(1)__. An indication of SG heat transfer being established is RCS pressure __(2)__ and SG 1 PRESS P I SP12B __(3)__. A. (1) 100 gpm (2) lowering (3) rising B. (1) 100 gpm (2) stable  (3) lowering C. (1) full flow  (2) lowering (3) rising D. (1) full flow (2) stable (3) lowering Answer: C  Explanation/Justification:
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG Sys #     System         Category                                             KA Statement BW/E04     Inadequate     Generic                                               Ability to interpret control room indications to Heat Transfer                                                        verify the status and operation of a system, and
A. Incorrect
          - Loss Of                                                            understand how operator actions and directives Secondary                                                            affect plant and system conditions Heat Sink K/A#     2.2.44           K/A Importance       4.2       Exam Level           RO References provided to Candidate     None             Technical  
- No AFW flow limit for dry SG during Lack of Heat Transfer (LOHT). See DB
-OP-02000 R27 Attachment 5 Section B NOTE 4 (page 285). Plausible because items 2 & 3 are correct (see Correct Answer explanation), item 1 is the correct flow limit if not in LOHT because all RCPs would be stopped for lack of adequate subcooling margin. B. Incorrect - No AFW flow limit for dry SG during Lack of Heat Transfer (LOHT). See DB
-OP-02000 R27 Attachment 5 Section B NOTE 4 (page 285). Plausible because item 1 is the correct flow limit if not in LOHT, items 2 & 3 plausible because they are the initial response to the initiation of AFW to SG 1 before heat transfer is established
. See Bases and Deviation Document for DB
-OP-02000 R20 step 6.11 (page 94).
C. Correct - Specific Rule 4 requires full continuous AFW flow until SG reaches setpoint. AFW flow is limited to about 800 gpm by the Cavitating Venturi. See DB
-OP-02000 R27 Attachment 5 Section B step 5 (page 285) and Specific Rule 4.3.1 (page 246). RCS is saturated, so RCS pressure will lower as voids condense due to primary to secondary heat transfer. SG pressure will rise. See Areva Technical Document 74
-1152414-10 Part II Section 3.3 Indication of Primary to Secondary Coupling page Vol.3, II.B
-10 D. Incorrect
- items 2 & 3 are the initial response to the initiation of AFW to SG 1 before heat transfer is established. See Bases and Deviation Document for DB
-OP-02000 R20 step 6.11 (page 94). Plausible for initial response and item 1 being correct
 
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   Sys # System Category KA Statement BW/E04 Inadequate Heat Transfer
- Loss Of Secondary Heat Si nk Generic Ability to interpret control room indications to verify the status and operation of a system, and understand how operator actions and directives affect plant and system conditions K/A# 2.2.44 K/A Importance 4.2 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
DB-OP-02000 R27 Attachment 5 Section B step 5 (page 285) and Specific Rule 4.3.1 (page 246);
Areva Technical Document 74-1152414-10 Part II Section 3.3 page Vol.3, II.B-10 Question Source:        New Question Cognitive Level:          High - Comprehension          10 CFR Part 55 Content:                (CFR: 41.5 / 43.5 / 45.12)
Objective:    OPS-GOP-305-02K


DB-OP-02000 R27 Attachment 5 Section B step 5 (page 285) and Specific Rule 4.3.1 (page 246); Areva Technical Document 74
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
-1152414-10 Part II Section 3.3 page Vol.3, II.B
: 18.     The plant is experiencing an unisolable steam leak in Containment.
-10 Question Source:
Which of the following describes an action required of the Reactor Operator and the reason for the action?
New    Question Cognitive Level:
A.     Open the Atmospheric Vent Valve on the affected Steam Generator to blow it down to atmosphere to ensure compliance with TNC 8.7.1 Steam Generator Pressure/Temperature Limitation.
High - Comprehension 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
B.     Open the Atmospheric Vent Valve on the affected Steam Generator to blow it down to atmosphere to ensure compliance with LCO 3.6.1 Containment.
(CFR: 41.5 / 43.5 / 45.12)
C.     After blowing down the affected Steam Generator, close its Atmospheric Vent Valve to ensure compliance with LCO 3.6.1 Containment.
Objective:
D.     After blowing down the affected Steam Generator, close its Atmospheric Vent Valve to ensure compliance with TNC 8.7.1 Steam Generator Pressure/Temperature Limitation.
OPS-GOP-305-02K Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   18. The plant is experiencing an unisolable steam leak in Containment.
Answer: C Explanation/Justification:
Which of the following describes an action required of the Reactor Operator and the reason for the action?   A. Open the Atmospheric Vent Valve on the affected Steam Generator to blow it down to atmosphere to ensure compliance with TNC 8.7.1 Steam Generator Pressure/Temperature Limitation. B. Open the Atmospheric Vent Valve on the affected Steam Generator to blow it down to atmosphere to ensure compliance with LCO 3.6.1 Containment. C. After blowing down the affected Steam Generator, close its Atmospheric Vent Valve to ensure compliance with LCO 3.6.1 Containment.
A. Incorrect - Plausible because AVV is opened for steam leak in Containment and opening AVV would reduce SG pressure if TNC 8.7.1 was applicable. .
D. After blowing down the affected Steam Generator, close its Atmospheric Vent Valve to ensure compliance with TNC 8.7.1 Steam Generator Pressure/Temperature Limitation.
B. Incorrect - Plausible because AVV is opened for steam leak in Containment and opening #2 AVV limits containment pressure rise.
Answer: C   Explanation/Justification:
C. Correct - 2 AVV must be closed following SG blowdown to isolate direct path from containment atmosphere through steam rupture to outside atmosphere via AVV. See DBOPBASES R20 step 7.26 (page 138).
A. Incorrect  
D. Incorrect - Plausible because closing AVV after SG blowdown is correct action.
- Plausible because AVV is opened for steam leak in Containment and opening AVV would reduce SG pressure if TNC 8.7.1 was applicable. . B. Incorrect  
Sys #       System           Category                                                             KA Statement BW/E05     Steam Line       EK3 Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they     RO or SRO function within the control room team Rupture -        apply to the (Excessive Heat Transfer):                             as appropriate to the assigned position, in such a Excessive                                                                              way that procedures are adhered to and the Heat Transfer                                                                          limitations in the Facilities license and amendments are not violated.
- Plausible because AVV is opened for steam leak in Containment and opening #2 AVV limits containment pressure rise. C. Correct - 2 AVV must be closed following SG blowdown to isolate direct path from containment atmosphere through steam rupture to outside atmosphere via AVV. See DBOPBASES R20 step 7.26 (page 138).
K/A#     EK3.4               K/A Importance           3.8                 Exam Level             RO References provided to Candidate           None                         Technical  
D. Incorrect  
- Plausible because closing AVV after SG blowdown is correct action.
Sys # System Category KA Statement BW/E05 Steam Line Rupture - Excessive Heat Transfer EK3 Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to the (Excessive Heat Transfer):
RO or SRO function within the control room team as appropriate to the assigned position, in such a way that procedures are adhered to and the limitations in the Facilities license and amendments are not violated.
K/A# EK3.4 K/A Importance 3.8 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
Bases and Deviation Document for DB-OP-02000 R20 Step 7.26 page 138 Question Source:          New Question Cognitive Level:              Low - Recall                              10 CFR Part 55 Content:                  (CFR: 41.5 / 41.10, 45.6, 45.13)
Objective:      OPS-GOP-306-03K


Bases and Deviation Document for DB
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
-OP-02000 R20 Step 7.2 6 page 1 38  Question Source:
: 19.     The plant is operating at 100% power.
New  Question Cognitive Level:
A power reduction to 70% is started.
Low - Recall  10 CFR Part 55 Content:
* The Integrated Control System (ICS) is in Full Automatic
(CFR: 41.5 / 41.10, 45.6, 45.13) Objective:
* The Unit Load Demand (ULD) is in Automatic with its Rate of Change set to 0.5%/min.
OPS-G OP-306-03K Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   19. The plant is operating at 100% power. A power reduction to 70% is started. The Integrated Control System (ICS) is in Full Automatic The Unit Load Demand (ULD) is in Automatic with its Rate of Change set to 0.5%/min.
At 85% power, the following conditions are noted:
At 85% power, the following conditions are noted:
Annunciator 5 E CRD ASYMMETRIC ROD alarms ASYMMETRY FAULT light on the Rod Control Panel is lit.
* Annunciator 5-2-E CRD ASYMMETRIC ROD alarms
Control Rod 7
* ASYMMETRY FAULT light on the Rod Control Panel is lit.
-1 indicates 7% higher than Group 7 average Which of the following identifies:
* Control Rod 7-1 indicates 7% higher than Group 7 average Which of the following identifies:
(1) the power level limit (power < value) for the initial attempt to realign Control Rod 7
(1) the power level limit (power < value) for the initial attempt to realign Control Rod 7-1?
-1?   (2) the control station to use for the power change to the power level limit
(2) the control station to use for the power change to the power level limit?
?    A. (1) 60%   (2) ULD     B. (1) 42%   (2) ULD     C. (1) 60%   (2) Rod Control Panel in MANUAL D. (1) 42%   (2) Rod Control Panel in MANUAL Answer: A   Explanation/Justification:
A.     (1) 60%
A. Correct - event is misaligned rod. See DB
(2) ULD B.     (1) 42%
-OP-02516 R14 CRD Malfunctions step 2.2.1
(2) ULD C.     (1) 60%
; 60% correct per step 4.2.2
(2) Rod Control Panel in MANUAL D.     (1) 42%
. ULD is preferred station per DB-OP-02504 R20 Rapid Shutdown step 4.1.
(2) Rod Control Panel in MANUAL Answer: A Explanation/Justification:
B. Incorrect  
A. Correct - event is misaligned rod. See DB-OP-02516 R14 CRD Malfunctions step 2.2.1; 60% correct per step 4.2.2. ULD is preferred station per DB-OP-02504 R20 Rapid Shutdown step 4.1.
- 42% is 3-RCP limit for recovering a misaligned rod. Part 2 is correct. Plausible for misapplication of power limit.
B. Incorrect - 42% is 3-RCP limit for recovering a misaligned rod. Part 2 is correct. Plausible for misapplication of power limit.
C. Incorrect  
C. Incorrect - ULD is preferred station per DB-OP-02504 R20 Rapid Shutdown step 4.1. Part 2 is correct. Plausible because control rod will be recovered with the Rod Control Panel in MANUAL.
- ULD is preferred station per DB
D. Incorrect - 60% is 4-RCP limit for recovering a misaligned rod. ULD is the preferred station for the power change per DB-OP-02504 R20 Rapid Shutdown step 4.1. Plausible for misapplication of power limit and because control rod will be recovered with the Rod Control Panel in MANUAL.
-OP-02504 R20 Rapid Shutdown step 4.1.
Sys #       System           Category                                                                 KA Statement 000005     Inoperable/St    AA1 Ability to operate and / or monitor the following as they apply to   Reactor and turbine power uck Control      the Inoperable / Stuck Control Rod:
Part 2 is correct. Plausible because control rod will be recovered with the Rod Control Panel in MANUAL.
Rod K/A#     AA1.04             K/A Importance           3.9                     Exam Level             RO References provided to Candidate           None                           Technical  
D. Incorrect  
- 60% is 4-RCP limit for recovering a misaligned rod. ULD is the preferred station for the power change per DB-OP-02504 R20 Rapid Shutdown step 4.1. Plausible for misapplication of power limit and because control rod will be recovered with the Rod Control Panel in MANUAL.
Sys # System Category KA Statement 000005 Inoperable/Stuck Control Rod AA1 Ability to operate and / or monitor the following as they apply to the Inoperable / Stuck Control Rod:
Reactor and turbine power K/A# AA1.04 K/A Importance 3.9 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
DB-OP-02516 R14 CRD Malfunctions steps 2.2.1 and 4.2.2; DB-OP-02504 R20 Rapid Shutdown step 4.1.
Question Source:          New Question Cognitive Level:              High - Comprehension                          10 CFR Part 55 Content:                (CFR 41.7 / 45.5 / 45.6)
Objective:      OPS-GOP-116-03K


DB-OP-02516 R14 CRD Malfunctions step s 2.2.1 and 4.2.2; DB-OP-02504 R20 Rapid Shutdown step 4.1.
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
Question Source:
: 20.     The plant is operating at 100% power.
New  Question Cognitive Level:
Assuming NO operator actions have been taken, which of the following describes the plant response to a leak on the reference leg of the selected Pressurizer Level Transmitter?
High - Comprehension 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
Makeup Tank level __(1)__.
(CFR 41.7 / 45.5 / 45.6)
Pressurizer Heaters __(2)__.
Objective:
A.     (1) lowers (2) de-energize B.     (1) lowers (2) remain energized C.     (1) rises (2) de-energize D.     (1) rises (2) remain energized Answer: D Explanation/Justification:
OPS-GOP-116-03K Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   20. The plant is operating at 100% power. Assuming NO operator actions have been taken, which of the following describes the plant response to a leak on the reference leg of the selected Pressurizer Level Transmitter?
A. Incorrect - MUT rises and PZR heaters stay energized. Plausible because this is plant response to variable leg leak (level input failing low). See DB-OP-02513 R11 Pressurizer System Abnormal Operation steps 2.6.4 and 2.6.5.
Makeup Tank level __(1)__. Pressurizer Heaters __(2)__. A. (1) lowers (2) de-energize     B. (1) lowers (2) remain energized C. (1) rises (2) de-energize     D. (1) rises (2) remain energized Answer: D Explanation/Justification:
B. Incorrect - response describes letdown leak. Plausible because item 2 is correct. See DB-OP-02522 R13 Small RCS Leaks Attachment 13 Background Information Letdown System Leaks (page 50).
A. Incorrect  
C. Incorrect -response describes significant RCS leak after automatic transfer of MU Pump suction to the BWST at 17 inch MU Tank level. See OS-0002 sheet 2 R21 DUN 13-0024-001-001 CL-8. Plausible for misconception of significant potential RCS mass loss from reference leg leak. See DB-OP-02522 R13 Small RCS Leaks Attachment 12 Align MU Pump Recirc to the BWST (page 47).
- MUT rises and PZR heaters stay energized. Plausible because this is plant response to variable leg leak (level input failing low
D. Correct - PZR level indication uses a wet reference leg dP transmitter - see RCS System Description SD-039A R06 section 2.5.1.10 (page 2-55)
). See DB-OP-02513 R11 Pressurizer System Abnormal Operation steps 2.6.4 and 2.6.5.
Reference leg leak causes level input to indicate higher than actual level. High level causes PZR Level Control Valve MU32 to throttle closed to lower MU flow. Lower MU flow with constant letdown flow causes MU Tank level to rise. See DB-OP-02513 R11 Pressurizer System Abnormal Operation step 2.6.3. PZR heaters are affected by low level, not high level, so they remain energized. DB-OP-02513 R11 step 2.6.5 Sys #       System           Category                                                                 KA Statement 000028     Pressurizer     AK1 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following           PZR reference leak abnormalities (PZR) Level      concepts as they apply to Pressurizer Level Control Malfunctions:
B. Incorrect  
Control Malfunction K/A#     AK1.01             K/A Importance           2.8*                   Exam Level             RO References provided to Candidate         None                           Technical  
- response describes letdown leak
. Plausible because item 2 is correct. See DB-OP-02522 R13 Small RCS Leaks Attachment 13 Background Information Letdown System Leaks (page 50). C. Incorrect  
-response describes significant RCS leak after automatic transfer of MU Pump suction to the BWST at 1 7 inch MU Tank level. See OS-0002 sheet 2 R21 DUN 13-0024-001-001 CL-8. Plausible for misconception of significant potential RCS mass loss from reference leg leak. See DB-OP-02522 R13 Small RCS Leaks Attachment 12 Align MU Pump Recirc to the BWST (page 47). D. Correct - PZR level indication uses a wet reference leg dP transmitter  
- see RCS System Description SD
-039A R06 section 2.5.1.10 (page 2
-55) Reference leg leak causes level input to indicate higher than actual level. High level causes PZR Level Control Valve MU32 to throttle closed to lower MU flow. Lower MU flow with constant letdown flow causes MU Tank level to rise. See DB-OP-02513 R11 Pressurizer System Abnormal Operation step 2.6.3. PZR heaters are affected by low level, not high level, so they remain energized.
DB-OP-02513 R11 step 2.6.5 Sys # System Category KA Statement 000028 Pressurizer (PZR) Level Control Malfunction AK1 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to Pressurizer Level Control Malfunctions:
PZR reference leak abnormalities K/A# AK1.01 K/A Importance 2.8* Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
SD-039A R06 section 2.5.1.10 (page 2-55); DB-OP-02513 R11 steps 2.6.3 and 2.6.5.
Question Source:          New Question Cognitive Level:              High - Comprehension                          10 CFR Part 55 Content:              (CFR 41.8 / 41.10 / 45.3)
Objective:      OPS-GOP-113-05K


SD-039A R06 section 2.5.1.10 (page 2
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
-55); DB-OP-02513 R11 step s 2.6.3 and 2.6.5.
: 21.     The plant is in MODE 3 with Tave at 532 &deg;F.
Question Source:
Which of the following will cause a loss of Source Range Nuclear Instrument (NI) 1?
New  Question Cognitive Level:
A.     120V AC Distribution Panel Y4 breaker Y408 RPS Channel 4 in OFF B.     120V AC Distribution Panel Y3 breaker Y308 RPS Channel 3 in OFF C.     Reactor Protection System Channel 2 SYSTEM AC POWER breaker in OFF D.     Reactor Protection System Channel 1 SYSTEM AC POWER breaker in OFF Answer: C Explanation/Justification:
High - Comprehension 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
A. Incorrect - Y408 powers RPS Channel 4 which powers NI-3. See DB-OP-06403 R20 RPS and NI Operating Procedure steps 3.1.4 and 3.1.17.
(CFR 41.8 / 41.10 / 45.3)
Plausible for incorrect concept of RPS Channel number to NI.
Objective:
B. Incorrect - Y308 powers RPS Channel 3 which powers NI-4. See DB-OP-06403 R20 RPS and NI Operating Procedure steps 3.1.4 and 3.1.18.
OPS-GOP-113-05K Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   21. The plant is in MODE 3 with Tave at 532 &deg;F. Which of the following will cause a loss of Source Range Nuclear Instrument (NI) 1?
Plausible for incorrect concept of RPS Channel number to NI.
A. 120V AC Distribution Panel Y 4 breaker Y 4 0 8 RPS Channel 4 in OFF     B. 120V AC Distribution Panel Y3 breaker Y308 RPS Channel 3 in OFF     C. Reactor Protection System Channel 2 SYSTEM AC POWER breaker in OFF D. Reactor Protection System Channel 1 SYSTEM AC POWER breaker in OFF Answer: C   Explanation/Justification:
C. Correct - SYSTEM AC POWER breaker open de-energizes RPS cabinet 2 which de-energizes NI-1. See DB-OP-06403 R20 RPS and NI Operating Procedure steps 3.1.6 and 3.1.17.
A. Incorrect  
D. Incorrect - RPS Channel 1 powers NI-2. See DB-OP-06403 R20 RPS and NI Operating Procedure step 3.1.17. Plausible for misconception that RPS Channel number equals NI Channel number.
- Y 408 powers RPS Channel 4 which powers NI
Sys #       System             Category                                                           KA Statement 000032     Loss of           AK2 Knowledge of the interrelations between the Loss of Source     Power supplies, including proper switch positions Source            Range Nuclear Instrumentation and the following:
-3. See DB-OP-06403 R20 RPS and NI Operating Procedure steps 3.1.4 and 3.1.17. Plausible for incorrect concept of RPS Channel number to NI. B. Incorrect  
Range Nuclear Instrumentati on K/A#     AK2.01               K/A Importance         2.7*                   Exam Level           RO References provided to Candidate           None                           Technical  
- Y308 powers RPS Channel 3 which powers NI
-4. See DB
-OP-06403 R20 RPS and NI Operating Procedure steps 3.1.4 and 3.1.18. Plausible for incorrect concept of RPS Channel number to NI.
C. Correct - SYSTEM AC POWER breaker open de
-energizes RPS cabinet 2 which de
-energizes NI
-1. See DB
-OP-06403 R20 RPS and NI Operating Procedure steps 3.1.6 and 3.1.17. D. Incorrect - RPS Channel 1 powers NI
-2. See DB
-OP-06403 R20 RPS and NI Operating Procedure step 3.1.17. Plausible for misconception that RPS Channel number equals NI Channel number.
Sys # System Category KA Statement 000032 Loss of Source Range Nuclear Instrumentati on AK2 Knowledge of the interrelations between the Loss of Source Range Nuclear Instrumentation and the following:
Power supplies, including proper switch positions K/A# AK2.01 K/A Importance 2.7* Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
DB-OP-06403 R20 RPS and NI Operating Procedure steps 3.1.3, 3.1.4, 3.1.6 and 3.1.17 Question Source:          New Question Cognitive Level:              Low - Memory                              10 CFR Part 55 Content:              (CFR 41.7 / 45.7)
Objective:      OPS-SYS-502-03K


DB-OP-06403 R20 RPS and NI Operating Procedure steps 3.1.3, 3.1.4, 3.1.6 and 3.1.17 Question Source: New  Question Cognitive Level:
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
Low - Memory 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
: 22.     The plant experienced a Loss of Coolant Accident (LOCA) inside Containment.
(CFR 41.7 / 45.7)
Objective:
OPS-SYS-502-03K Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   22. The plant experienced a Loss of Coolant Accident (LOCA) inside Containment.
A 10 gpm non-isolable leak from the Containment Sump to the Auxiliary Building is discovered.
A 10 gpm non-isolable leak from the Containment Sump to the Auxiliary Building is discovered.
Containment pressure is 35 psia. What will be the approximate leak rate when Containment pressure lowers to 20 psia?
Containment pressure is 35 psia.
A. 8.4 gpm   B. 7.6 gpm   C. 5.0 gpm   D. 2.5 gpm Answer: C Explanation/Justification:
What will be the approximate leak rate when Containment pressure lowers to 20 psia?
A. Incorrect  
A.     8.4 gpm B.     7.6 gpm C.     5.0 gpm D.     2.5 gpm Answer: C Explanation/Justification:
- see explanation of correct answer. For this distracter 50 and 35 were used for the dP values. F 2 = (10 x 5.916) / 7.071= 8.37. Plausible for gauge to absolute pressure relationship inversion. B. Incorrect  
A. Incorrect - see explanation of correct answer. For this distracter 50 and 35 were used for the dP values. F2 = (10 x 5.916) / 7.071= 8.37.
- This distracter based on using 35 and 20 for dP values.
Plausible for gauge to absolute pressure relationship inversion.
F 2 = (10 x 4.472) / 5.916 = 7.56. Plausible for candidate using values given as gauge pressures (containment pressure  
B. Incorrect - This distracter based on using 35 and 20 for dP values. F2 = (10 x 4.472) / 5.916 = 7.56. Plausible for candidate using values given as gauge pressures (containment pressure - zero).
- zero). C. Correct - dP for calculation is containment pressure  
C. Correct - dP for calculation is containment pressure - atmospheric pressure. dP1 = 35 psia - 15 psia = 20 psi; dP2 = 20 psia - 15 psia = 5 psi.
- atmospheric pressure. dP 1 = 35 psia  
Relationship is (F1 / dP1 ) = (F2 / dP2 ). F2 = (F1 x dP2 ) / dP1 . F2 = (10 x 2.236) / 4.472 = 5.0 D. Incorrect - see explanation of correct answer. This distracter based on linear ratio of dPs (20 and 5) to leak rates. F2 = (10 x 5) / 20 = 2.5.
- 15 psia = 20 psi; dP 2 = 20 psia  
Plausible for candidate forgetting the square root in relationship.
- 15 psia = 5 psi.
Sys #       System             Category                                                                   KA Statement 000069     Loss of           AK1 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following             Effect of pressure on leak rate Containment        concepts as they apply to Loss of Containment Integrity:
Relationship is (F 1 / dP 1 ) = (F 2 / dP 2 ). F 2 = (F 1 x dP 2 ) / dP 1 . F 2 = (10 x 2.236)
Integrity K/A#     AK1.01               K/A Importance             2.6                   Exam Level               RO References provided to Candidate             None                             Technical  
/ 4.472 = 5.0   D. Incorrect  
- see explanation of correct answer. This distracter based on linear ratio of dPs (20 and 5) to leak rates.
F 2 = (10 x 5) / 20 =
2.5. Plausible for candidate forgetting the square root in relationship.
Sys # System Category KA Statement 000069 Loss of Containment Integrity AK1 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to Loss of Containment Integrity:
Effect of pressure on leak rate K/A# AK1.01 K/A Importance 2.6 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==


Question Source:
Question Source:           Bank - ANO 2011 #24 Question Cognitive Level:                 High - Comprehension                         10 CFR Part 55 Content:                 (CFR 41.8 / 41.10 / 45.3)
Bank - ANO 2011 #24 Question Cognitive Level:
Objective:       OPS-GOP-311-03K
High - Comprehension 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
 
(CFR 41.8 / 41.10 / 45.3)
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
Objective:
: 23.     A power change from 60% power to 100% power is in progress.
OPS-GOP-311-03K Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   23. A power change from 60% power to 100% power is in progress. The Integrated Control System (ICS) is in Automatic The Load Control Panel is in Automatic with its Rate of Change set to 0.5%/min.
* The Integrated Control System (ICS) is in Automatic
Annunciator 2 A LETDOWN RAD HI alarms.
* The Load Control Panel is in Automatic with its Rate of Change set to 0.5%/min.
Annunciator 2-1-A LETDOWN RAD HI alarms.
Which of the following would meet the REQUIRED operator actions for these conditions?
Which of the following would meet the REQUIRED operator actions for these conditions?
(1) Perform Source Check of RI 1998 FAILED FUEL IN LETDOWN INDICATOR to determine if the radiation monitor is operating properly.   (2) Press OPEN on the standby Mixed Bed Demineralizer inlet valve switch HISMU10A or HISMU10B and observe Letdown Flow FI MU7 rises.
(1) Perform Source Check of RI 1998 FAILED FUEL IN LETDOWN INDICATOR to determine if the radiation monitor is operating properly.
(3) Divert Letdown to the Clean Waste Receiver Tank and batch to the Reactor Coolant System at the present Boron concentration.   (4) Press MAN on the ICS Load Control Panel and observe the ULD SETPOINT changes to the current ULD OUTPUT.
(2) Press OPEN on the standby Mixed Bed Demineralizer inlet valve switch HISMU10A or HISMU10B and observe Letdown Flow FI MU7 rises.
A. 1 and 2   B. 2 and 3   C. 1 and 4   D. 3 and 4   Answer: C   Explanation/Justification:
(3) Divert Letdown to the Clean Waste Receiver Tank and batch to the Reactor Coolant System at the present Boron concentration.
A. Incorrect  
(4) Press MAN on the ICS Load Control Panel and observe the ULD SETPOINT changes to the current ULD OUTPUT.
- item 2 placing the standby Mixed Bed Demineralizer in service not a requirement and would not, by itself, raise letdown flow. See DB-OP-02535 R09 High Activity in the RCS step 4.10 which lists it as a potential action to evaluate.
A.       1 and 2 B.       2 and 3 C.       1 and 4 D.       3 and 4 Answer: C Explanation/Justification:
See also DB
A. Incorrect - item 2 placing the standby Mixed Bed Demineralizer in service not a requirement and would not, by itself, raise letdown flow. See DB-OP-02535 R09 High Activity in the RCS step 4.10 which lists it as a potential action to evaluate. See also DB-OP-06006 R35 step 3.20.2. Item 1 is correct - see DB-OP-02535 R09 High Activity in the RCS step 4.5. Plausible because additional RCS cleanup may be desirable.
-OP-06006 R35 step 3.20.2. Item 1 is correct  
B. Incorrect - item 2 incorrect (see above); item 3 is also not a requirement. Plausible because additional RCS cleanup may be desirable and feed and bleed of RCS would provide some activity reduction.
- see DB-OP-02535 R09 High Activity in the RCS step 4.5. Plausible because additional RCS cleanup may be desirable.
C. Correct - See DB-OP-02535 R09 High Activity in the RCS steps 4.1 and 4.5 D. Incorrect - item 3 incorrect (see above). Plausible because feed and bleed of RCS would provide some activity reduction.
B. Incorrect  
Sys #       System           Category                                                               KA Statement 000076       High Reactor     AA1 Ability to operate and / or monitor the following as they apply to Failed fuel-monitoring equipment Coolant          the High Reactor Coolant Activity:
- item 2 incorrect (see above); item 3 is also not a requirement. Plausible because additional RCS cleanup may be desirable and feed and bleed of RCS would provide some activity reduction. C. Correct - See DB-OP-02535 R09 High Activity in the RCS steps 4.1 and 4.5 D. Incorrect  
Activity K/A#       AA1.04             K/A Importance           3.2                     Exam Level           RO References provided to Candidate           None                           Technical  
- item 3 incorrect (see above). Plausible because feed and bleed of RCS would provide some activity reduction.
Sys # System Category KA Statement 000076 High Reactor Coolant Activity AA1 Ability to operate and / or monitor the following as they apply to the High Reactor Coolant Activity:
Failed fuel
-monitoring equipment K/A# AA1.04 K/A Importance 3.2 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
DB-OP-02535 R09 High Activity in the RCS steps 4.1 and 4.5 Question Source:          New Question Cognitive Level:                Low - Memory                                  10 CFR Part 55 Content:              (CFR 41.7 / 45.5 / 45.6)
Objective:      OPS-GOP-135-02K


DB-OP-02535 R09 High Activity in the RCS steps 4.1 and 4.5 Question Source:
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
New  Question Cognitive Level:
: 24.     The plant is operating at 90% power.
Low - Memory 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
Which of the following conditions will cause an Integrated Control System (ICS) Runback?
(CFR 41.7 / 45.5 / 45.6)
A.       Reactor Coolant Pump 1-1 current 300 amps B.       Main Feed Pump 1 Lube Oil pressure 10 psig C.       Main Feed Pump 2 discharge pressure 1470 psig D.       Deaerator Storage Tank 1 level 6.0 feet Answer: C Explanation/Justification:
Objective:
A. Incorrect - Plausible because RCP trip causes a runback and current is 40 amps high. See DB-OP-02014 R14 Window 14-3-C B. Incorrect - MFP trips at 4 psig lube oil pressure. Plausible because MFPT trip causes a runback and lube oil pressure is low.
OPS-GOP-135-02K Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   24. The plant is operating at 90% power. Which of the following conditions will cause an Integrated Control System (ICS) Runback
C. Correct - MFP high discharge pressure runback actuates at 1433 psig. See DB-OP-02014 R14 Window 14-3-D.
?    A. Reactor Coolant Pump 1
D. Incorrect - Low DAST level runback occurs at 4.0 feet. See DB-OP-02014 R14 Window 14-3-D. Plausible because 6.0 feet is below the low level alarm.
-1 current 300 amps B. Main Feed Pump 1 Lube Oil pressure 1 0 psig     C. Main Feed Pump 2 discharge pressure 1 4 7 0 psig     D. Deaerator Storage Tank 1 level 6.0 feet   Answer: C   Explanation/Justification:
Sys #       System           Category                                                             KA Statement BW/A01       Plant           AK2 Knowledge of the interrelations between the (Plant Runback)       Components, and functions of control and safety Runback          and the following:                                                    systems, including instrumentation, signals, interlocks, failure modes, and automatic and manual features.
A. Incorrect  
K/A#     AK2.1               K/A Importance           3.7                 Exam Level             RO References provided to Candidate           None                           Technical  
- Plausible because RCP trip causes a runback and current is 40 amps high. See DB-OP-02014 R14 Window 14 C B. Incorrect - MFP trips at 4 psig lube oil pressure. Plausible because MFPT trip causes a runback and lube oil pressure is low.
C. Correct - MFP high discharge pressure runback actuates at 1433 psig. See DB
-OP-02014 R14 Window 14 D. D. Incorrect  
- Low DAST level runback occurs at 4.0 feet. See DB
-OP-02014 R14 Window 14 D. Plausible because 6.0 feet is below the low level alarm.
Sys # System Category KA Statement BW/A01 Plant Runback AK2 Knowledge of the interrelations between the (Plant Runback) and the following:
Components, and functions of control and safety systems, including instrumentation, signals, interlocks, failure modes, and automatic and manual features.
K/A# AK2.1 K/A Importance 3.7 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
DB-OP-02014 R14 Window 14-3-D Question Source:          New Question Cognitive Level:              Low - Recall                                10 CFR Part 55 Content:                (CFR: 41.7 / 45.7)
Objective:      OPS-SYS-514-03K


DB-OP-02014 R14 Window 14 D  Question Source:
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
New  Question Cognitive Level:
: 25.     The plant is operating at 100% power.
Low - Recall  10 CFR Part 55 Content:
* Auxiliary Feed Water (AFW) Pump 1 is out of service.
(CFR: 41.7 / 45.7)
Objective:
OPS-SYS-514-03K Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   25. The plant is operating at 100% power.
Auxiliary Feed Water (AFW) Pump 1 is out of service.
The following alarms actuate:
The following alarms actuate:
11-1-E CLNG TWR BASIN LVL LO 15-1-F HP CNDSR PRESS HI annunciator 15-2-F LP CNDSR PRESS HI annunciator 15-3-F CNDSR PIT FLOODED annunciator After the control room operators take the prescribed actions to stabilize the plant , which of the following is correct?
* 11-1-E CLNG TWR BASIN LVL LO
F eed Water is being supplied by __(1)__. Equipment issues due to local water level are being addressed per __(2)__. A. (1) AFW Pump 2 only (2) DB-OP-06272 Station Drainage and Discharge System B. (1) AFW Pump 2 only (2) DB-OP-02517 Circulating Water System Malfunctions C. (1) AFW Pump 2 and the Motor Driven Feed Pump (2) DB-OP-06272 Station Drainage and Discharge System D. (1) AFW Pump 2 and the Motor Driven Feed Pump (2) DB-OP-02517 Circulating Water System Malfunctions Answer: B   Explanation/Justification:
* 15-1-F HP CNDSR PRESS HI annunciator
A. Incorrect  
* 15-2-F LP CNDSR PRESS HI annunciator
-Flooding mitigation would be addressed using DB-OP-02517. DB-OP-06272 is plausible since it provides guidance for normal station drains operation.
* 15-3-F CNDSR PIT FLOODED annunciator After the control room operators take the prescribed actions to stabilize the plant, which of the following is correct?
B. Correct - Flooding is in progress in the Condenser Pit. MDFP would not be running because of flooding. See DB
Feed Water is being supplied by __(1)__.
-OP-02517 Attachment 3 step 4.0. Leak isolation and flooding issues are addressed using DB
Equipment issues due to local water level are being addressed per __(2)__.
-OP-02517 Attachment 3.   . C. Incorrect  
A.     (1) AFW Pump 2 only (2) DB-OP-06272 Station Drainage and Discharge System B.     (1) AFW Pump 2 only (2) DB-OP-02517 Circulating Water System Malfunctions C.     (1) AFW Pump 2 and the Motor Driven Feed Pump (2) DB-OP-06272 Station Drainage and Discharge System D.     (1) AFW Pump 2 and the Motor Driven Feed Pump (2) DB-OP-02517 Circulating Water System Malfunctions Answer: B Explanation/Justification:
- MDFP would not have been started.
A. Incorrect -Flooding mitigation would be addressed using DB-OP-02517. DB-OP-06272 is plausible since it provides guidance for normal station drains operation.
DB-OP-02517 used for flooding issues. Plausible because MDFP would be started by DB
B. Correct - Flooding is in progress in the Condenser Pit. MDFP would not be running because of flooding. See DB-OP-02517 Attachment 3 step 4.0. Leak isolation and flooding issues are addressed using DB-OP-02517 Attachment 3. .
-OP-02000 Specific Rule 4 step 4.1 if not for the flooding.
C. Incorrect - MDFP would not have been started. DB-OP-02517 used for flooding issues. Plausible because MDFP would be started by DB-OP-02000 Specific Rule 4 step 4.1 if not for the flooding. DB-OP-06272 is plausible since it provides guidance for normal station drains operation.
DB-OP-06272 is plausible since it provides guidance for normal station drains operation.
D. Incorrect - MDFP would not have been started. Part 2 is correct. Plausible because MDFP would be started by DB-OP-02000 Specific Rule 4 step 4.1 if not for the flooding.
D. Incorrect - MDFP would not have been started. Part 2 is correct. Plausible because MDFP would be started by DB
Sys #       System             Category                                                               KA Statement BW/A07       Flooding           AA2 Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to   Facility conditions and selection of appropriate the (Flooding):                                                        procedures during abnormal and emergency operations K/A#       AA2.1                 K/A Importance           3.0                     Exam Level             RO References provided to Candidate             None                           Technical  
-OP-02000 Specific Rule 4 step 4.1 if not for the flooding.
Sys # System Category KA Statement BW/A07 Flooding AA2 Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the (Flooding):
Facility conditions and selection of appropriate procedures during abnormal and emergency operations K/A# AA2.1 K/A Importance 3.0 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
DB-OP-02517 R06 Circulating Water System Malfunctions steps 2.3, 4.3.1, and Attachment 3.
Question Source:            New Question Cognitive Level:                  High - Comprehension                          10 CFR Part 55 Content:              (CFR: 43.5 / 45.13)
Objective:        OPS-GOP-117-04K


DB-OP-02517 R06 Circulating Water System Malfunctions steps 2.3, 4.3.1, and Attachment 3.
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
Question Source:
: 26.     Plant conditions:
New  Question Cognitive Level:
* The plant tripped from 100% power due to a loss of offsite power.
High - Comprehension 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
* A Reactor Coolant System (RCS) Cooldown has been initiated to comply with Technical Specification requirements.
(CFR: 43.5 / 45.13)
* RCS Cooldown rate is 10 &deg;F/hr.
Objective:
The following conditions are observed:
OPS-GOP-117-04K Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   26. Plant conditions:
* RCS pressure stable
The plant tripped from 100% power due to a loss of offsite power.
* Makeup Tank level sudden rise
A Reactor Coolant System (RCS) Cooldown has been initiated to comply with Technical Specification requirements.
* Pressurizer (PZR) level sudden rise
RCS Cooldown rate is 10  
* Both RCS Tsat meters indicate 30 &deg;F subcooling margin (SCM)
&deg;F/hr. The following conditions are observed:
* Reactor Vessel Head Vent temperature T012 indicates 19 &deg;F subcooled Which of the following describes the REQUIRED operator action(s) for these conditions?
RCS pressure stable Makeup Tank level sudden rise Pressurizer (PZR) level sudden rise Both RCS Tsat meters indicate 30 &deg;F subcooling margin (SCM)
A.     Turn on PZR heaters to compress the RCS steam bubble that is NOT in the PZR.
Reactor Vessel Head Vent temperature T012 indicates 19 &deg;F subcooled Which of the following describes the REQUIRED operator action(s) for these conditions?
B.     Initiate full MU/HPI flow to compress the RCS steam bubble that is NOT in the PZR.
A. Turn on PZR heaters to compress the RCS steam bubble that is NOT in the PZR.
C.     Open the RCS Loop 1 and Loop 2 High Point Vents to vent off the steam bubble(s) in the Hot Leg(s).
B. Initiate full MU/HPI flow to compress the RCS steam bubble that is NOT in the PZR.
D.     Throttle open the AVVs for RCS Cooldown rate of 100 &deg;F/hr to condense the steam bubble(s) in the Hot Leg(s).
C. Open the RCS Loop 1 and Loop 2 High Point Vents to vent off the steam bubble(s) in the Hot Leg(s).
Answer: A Explanation/Justification:
D. Throttle open the AVVs for RCS Cooldown rate of 10 0 &deg;F/hr to condense the steam bubble(s) in the Hot Leg(s). Answer: A   Explanation/Justification:
A. Correct - steam bubble exists in a location other than the PZR. See DB-OP-06903 R47 Plant Cooldown steps 6.4 and 6.5 (page 80).
A. Correct - steam bubble exists in a location other than the PZR. See DB
B. Incorrect - full MU/HPI is NOT REQUIRED because SCM  20 &deg;F per Tsat meters. See DB-OP-02000 step 4.1 (page 18) and Specific Rule 3.2.1 (page 241). Plausible because full MU/HPI flow would compress the non-PZR steam bubble.
-OP-06903 R47 Plant Cooldown steps 6.4 and 6.5 (page 80). B. Incorrect  
C. Incorrect - not required by procedure. Plausible because opening the Loop High Point Vents is an action for Lack of Heat Transfer. See DB-OP-02000 step 6.14 RNO (page 62). Inadequate local heat transfer led to the Hot Leg steam bubble formation. .
- full MU/HPI is NOT REQUIRED because SCM  20 &deg;F per Tsat meters. See DB-OP-02000 step 4.1 (page 18) and Specific Rule 3.2.1 (page 241). Plausible because full MU/HPI flow would compress the non
D. Incorrect - not required by procedure. Plausible because raising the steaming rate of the SGs promotes natural circulation flow which would help condense the steam bubble(s).
-PZR steam bubble.
Sys #       System           Category                                                               KA Statement BW/E09      Natural           EK3 Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they       Manipulation of controls required to obtain desired Circulation      apply to the (Natural Circulation Cooldown):                           operating results during abnormal, and Cooldown                                                                                emergency situations K/A#     EK3.3               K/A Importance           3.8                   Exam Level             RO References provided to Candidate           None                           Technical  
C. Incorrect  
- not required by procedure. Plausible because opening the Loop High Point Vents is an action for Lack of Heat Transfer. See DB-OP-02000 step 6.14 RNO (page 62). Inadequate local heat transfer led to the Hot Leg steam bubble formation. . D. Incorrect  
- not required by procedure. Plausible because raising the steaming rate of the SGs promotes natural circulation flow which would help condense the steam bubble(s).
Sys # System Category KA Statement BW/E 09 Natural Circulation Cooldown EK3 Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to the (Natural Circulation Cooldown):
Manipulation of controls required to obtain desired operating results during abnormal, and emergency situations K/A# EK3.3 K/A Importance 3.8 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
DB-OP-06903 R47 Plant Cooldown steps 6.4 and 6.5 (page 80).
Question Source:          Bank -#178901 Question Cognitive Level:              High - Comprehension                        10 CFR Part 55 Content:                (CFR: 41.5 / 41.10, 45.6, 45.13)
Objective:      OPS-GOP-206-03K


DB-OP-06903 R47 Plant Cooldown steps 6.4 and 6.5 (page 80).
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
Question Source:
: 27.     The plant is operating at 100% power.
Bank -#178901    Question Cognitive Level:
A Loss of Offsite Power occurs.
High - Comprehension 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
NO operator actions have been taken.
(CFR: 41.5 / 41.10, 45.6, 45.13) Objective:
Which of the following annunciator alarms has the highest priority for operator response under these conditions?
OPS-GOP-206-03K Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   27. The plant is operating at 100% power. A Loss of Offsite Power occurs.
A.     1-1-A EDG 1 TRBL B.     9-1-F INST AIR HDR PRESS LO C.     10-2-G AFPT 1 OVRSPD TRIP D.     14-2-D ICS/NNI 118 VAC PWR TRBL Answer: C Explanation/Justification:
N O operator actions have been taken.
A. Incorrect - Plausible because 1-1-A indicates potential EDG problem. EDG trip would require Specific Rule 6 implementation for loss of power to Bus C1, but lower priority than Specific Rule 4. See DB-OP-02000 R27 Specific Rule 6.1. (page 250).
Which of the following annunciator alarms has the highest priority for operator response under these conditions
B. Incorrect - Plausible because action is required per DB-OP-02000 R27 step 4.7. Specific Rule 4 has higher priority.
?    A. 1-1-A EDG 1 TRBL     B. 9-1-F INST AIR HDR PRESS LO C. 10-2-G AFPT 1 OVRSPD TRIP D. 14-2-D ICS/NNI 118 VAC PWR TRBL Answer: C   Explanation/Justification:
C. Correct - operators perform Attachments 5 and 6 to start the MDFP per Specific Rule 4.1. See DB-OP-02000 R27 page 245. Specific Rule 4 is the highest priority condition. See Bases and Deviation Document R20 Specific Rule Prioritization (page 8).
A. Incorrect  
D. Incorrect - Plausible because action is required per DB-OP-02000 R27 step 4.6. Specific Rule 4 has higher priority.
- Plausible because 1-1-A indicates potential EDG problem. EDG trip would require Specific Rule 6 implementation for loss of power to Bus C1, but lower priority than Specific Rule 4
Sys #       System           Category                                                             KA Statement BW/E13       EOP Rules         Generic                                                               Ability to prioritize and interpret the significance of each annunciator or alarm K/A#     2.4.45               K/A Importance         4.1                 Exam Level               RO References provided to Candidate           None                         Technical  
. See DB-OP-02000 R27 Specific Rule 6.1. (page 250).
B. Incorrect  
- Plausible because action is required per DB
-OP-02000 R27 step 4.7. Specific Rule 4 has higher priority.
C. Correct - operators perform Attachments 5 and 6 to start the MDFP per Specific Rule 4.1. See DB
-OP-02000 R27 page 245. Specific Rule 4 is the highest priority condition. See Bases and Deviation Document R20 Specific Rule Prioritization (page 8).
D. Incorrect  
- Plausible because action is required per DB
-OP-02000 R27 step 4.6. Specific Rule 4 has higher priority.
Sys # System Category KA Statement BW/E13 EOP Rules Generic Ability to prioritize and interpret the significance of each annunciator or alarm K/A# 2.4.45 K/A Importance 4.1 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
DB-OP-02000 R27 Specific Rule 4.1 (page 245);
Bases and Deviation Document R20 Specific Rule Prioritization (page 8)
Question Source:            New Question Cognitive Level:              High - Comprehension                    10 CFR Part 55 Content:                    (CFR: 41.10 / 43.5 / 45.3 /
45.12)
Objective:      OPS-GOP-300-05K


DB-OP-02000 R27 Specific Rule 4.1 (page 245); Bases and Deviation Document R20 Specific Rule Prioritization (page 8)
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
Question Source:
: 28.     The plant is operating at 35% power.
New  Question Cognitive Level:
RCP 2-1 Upthrust Bearing temperature is 220 &deg;F.
High - Comprehension 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
What operator actions are REQUIRED?
(CFR: 41.10 / 43.5 / 45.3 / 45.12) Objective:
A.     Trip the Reactor and stop RCP 2-1.
OPS-GOP-300-05K Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   28. The plant is operating at 35% power. RCP 2-1 Upthrust Bearing temperature is 220
B.     Perform a Rapid Shutdown and stop RCP 2-1.
&deg;F. What operator actions are REQUIRED?   A. Trip the Reactor and stop RCP 2
C.     Stop RCP 2-1 and notify I & C to reduce the RPS High Flux Trip setpoints.
-1. B. Perform a Rapid Shutdown and stop RCP 2-1. C. Stop RCP 2
D.     Lower CCW temperature to 85 &deg;F and start RCP 2-1 AC Lift Oil Pump.
-1 and notify I & C to reduce the RPS High Flux Trip setpoints.
Answer: C Explanation/Justification:
D. Lower CCW temperature to 85  
A. Incorrect - Reactor trip not required. Plausible because these are the actions for reactor critical with 3 RCPs operating. See DB-OP-02515 R12 RCP and Motor Abnormal Operation step 4.6.1 RNO.
&deg;F and start RCP 2-1 AC Lift Oil Pump.
B. Incorrect - Rapid Shutdown not required. Power is 35%, Rapid Shutdown required if power is > 72%. See DB-OP-02515 R12 RCP and Motor Abnormal Operation Attachment 1 RCP Shutdown step 1. Plausible because these would be the correct actions at full power.
Answer: C   Explanation/Justification:
C. Correct - See DB-OP-02515 R12 RCP and Motor Abnormal Operation step 4.6.1 RNO and Attachment 1 RCP Shutdown steps 3 and 7.
A. Incorrect  
D. Incorrect - RCP stop required for bearing temperature 190 &#xba;F per DB-OP-02515 R12 RCP and Motor Abnormal Operation step 4.6.1 RNO.
- Reactor trip not required. Plausible because these are the actions for reactor critical with 3 RCPs operating. See DB
Plausible because these are the actions for bearing temperature above 185 &#xba;F but less than 190 &#xba;F. See DB-OP-06005 R31 RCP Operation steps 4.2.3 and 4.2.5.
-OP-02515 R12 RCP and Motor Abnormal Operation step 4.6.1 RNO.
Sys #       System             Category                                                                 KA Statement 003         Reactor           Generic                                                                   Ability to evaluate plant performance and make Coolant                                                                                      operational judgments based on operating Pump                                                                                        characteristics, reactor behavior, and instrument System                                                                                      interpretation (RCPS)
B. Incorrect  
K/A#     2.1.7               K/A Importance           4.4                   Exam Level                 RO References provided to Candidate           None                         Technical  
- Rapid Shutdown not required. Power is 35%, Rapid Shutdown required if power is > 72%. See DB
-OP-02515 R12 RCP and Motor Abnormal Operation Attachment 1 RCP Shutdown step 1. Plausible because these would be the correct actions at full power.
C. Correct - See DB-OP-02515 R12 RCP and Motor Abnormal Operation step 4.
6.1 RNO and Attachment 1 RCP Shutdown steps 3 and 7.
D. Incorrect  
- RCP stop required for bearing temperature 190 &#xba;F per DB-OP-02515 R12 RCP and Motor Abnormal Operation step 4.6.1 RNO. Plausible because these are the actions for bearing temperature above 185  
&#xba;F but less than 190  
&#xba;F. See DB
-OP-06005 R31 RCP Operation steps 4.2.3 and 4.2.5.
Sys # System Category KA Statement 003 Reactor Coolant Pump Syste m (RCPS) Generic Ability to evaluate plant performance and make operational judgments based on operating characteristics, reactor behavior, and instrument interpretation K/A# 2.1.7 K/A Importance 4.4 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
DB-OP-02515 R12 RCP and Motor Abnormal Operation step 4.6.1 RNO and Attachment 1 RCP Shutdown steps 3 and 7.
Question Source:          New Question Cognitive Level:                High - Comprehension                      10 CFR Part 55 Content:                    (CFR: 41.5 / 43.5 / 45.12 /
45.13)
Objective:      OPS-SYS-105-08K


DB-OP-02515 R12 RCP and Motor Abnormal Operation step 4.6.1 RNO and Attachment 1 RCP Shutdown steps 3 and 7.
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
Question Source:
: 29.     The plant is operating at 70% power.
New  Question Cognitive Level:
* Core T (Reactor Coolant System Thot - Tcold) is 33 &#xba;F Reactor Coolant Pump (RCP) 1-2 breaker opens spuriously.
High - Comprehension 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
NO operator actions are taken.
(CFR: 41.5 / 43.5 / 45.12 / 45.13) Objective:
OPS-SYS-105-08K Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   29. The plant is operating at 70% power. Core T (Reactor Coolant System Thot  
- Tcold) is 33 &#xba;F   Reactor Coolant Pump (RCP) 1
-2 breaker opens spuriously.
N O operator actions are taken.
Which of the following describes the change in Core T when the plant stabilizes?
Which of the following describes the change in Core T when the plant stabilizes?
Core T will _____.
Core T will _____.
A. go to approximately 1 &#xba;F following the automatic reactor trip B. lower to approximately 25 &#xba;F due to the reduction in RCS flow C. remain at 33 &#xba;F since reactor power d oes not change D. rise to approximately 4 4 &#xba;F due to the reduction in RCS flow Answer: D   Explanation/Justification:
A.     go to approximately 1 &#xba;F following the automatic reactor trip B.     lower to approximately 25 &#xba;F due to the reduction in RCS flow C.     remain at 33 &#xba;F since reactor power does not change D.     rise to approximately 44 &#xba;F due to the reduction in RCS flow Answer: D Explanation/Justification:
A. Incorrect  
A. Incorrect - reactor does not trip from stop of RCP at 70% power. Plausible for RCP trip at higher power.
- reactor does not trip from stop of RCP at 70% power. Plausible for RCP trip at higher power.
B. Incorrect - Plausible for misapplication of Q=mT. This value is 75% of the given value pf 33 &#xba;F.
B. Incorrect  
C. Incorrect - Plausible for misapplication of Q=mT.
- Plausible for misapplication of Q=mT. This value is 75% of the given value pf 33  
D. Correct - for power constant at 70% with RCS flow reduction to 75%, T = 33 &#xf7; 0.75 = 44 &#xba;F. See DB-PF-06703 R22 Miscellaneous Operation Curves CC2.2 and CC2.3 Sys #       System             Category                                                               KA Statement 003         Reactor           K3 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the RCPS     RCS Coolant            will have on the following:
&#xba;F. C. Incorrect  
Pump System (RCPS)
- Plausible for misapplication of Q=mT. D. Correct - for power constant at 70% with RCS flow reduction to 75%, T = 33 &#xf7; 0.75 = 44  
K/A#     K3.01               K/A Importance           3.7                   Exam Level             RO References provided to Candidate           None                           Technical  
&#xba;F. See DB-PF-06703 R22 Miscellaneous Operation Curves CC2.2 and CC2.3 Sys # System Category KA Statement 003 Reactor Coolant Pump System (RCPS) K3 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the RCPS will have on the following:
RCS K/A# K3.01 K/A Importance 3.7 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
DB-PF-06703 R22 CC2.2 and CC2.3 Question Source:            New Question Cognitive Level:                Low - Recall                                10 CFR Part 55 Content:          (CFR: 41.7 / 45.6)
Objective:      OPS-SYS-105-03K


DB-PF-06703 R22 CC2.2 and CC2.3 Question Source:
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
New  Question Cognitive Level:
: 30.     A Lack of Heat Transfer event has occurred.
Low - Recall  10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.7 / 45.6)
Objective:
OPS-SYS-105-03K Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   30. A Lack of Heat Transfer event has occurred.
The operators are performing the actions for Recovery from MU/HPI PORV Cooling.
The operators are performing the actions for Recovery from MU/HPI PORV Cooling.
Reactor Coolant System (RCS) Subcooling Margin (SCM) has been restored. Letdown flow has been established through Orifice Block MU4 and Letdown Flow Control MU6.
* Reactor Coolant System (RCS) Subcooling Margin (SCM) has been restored.
The normal Makeup System alignment has been established with flow through Pressurizer Level Control Valve MU32 only.
* Letdown flow has been established through Orifice Block MU4 and Letdown Flow Control MU6.
The operators close the Power Operated Relief Valve (PORV) RC2A.  
* The normal Makeup System alignment has been established with flow through Pressurizer Level Control Valve MU32 only.
 
The operators close the Power Operated Relief Valve (PORV) RC2A.
MU 6 fails closed.
MU6 fails closed.
Which of the following describes the operator action required to offset the MU6 failure when controlling RCS pressure?
Which of the following describes the operator action required to offset the MU6 failure when controlling RCS pressure?
A. Raise flow through MU4.
A.       Raise flow through MU4.
B. Raise flow through MU32.
B.       Raise flow through MU32.
C. Lower flow through MU4.
C.       Lower flow through MU4.
D. Lower flow through MU32.
D.       Lower flow through MU32.
Answer: D   Explanation/Justification: A. Incorrect  
Answer: D Explanation/Justification:
- MU4 block orifice valve is already full open, so flow cannot be raised. Plausible for candidate inversion of MU4 operation and MU6 operation. MU6 is a throttle valve. Raising letdown flow would restore the letdown  
A. Incorrect - MU4 block orifice valve is already full open, so flow cannot be raised. Plausible for candidate inversion of MU4 operation and MU6 operation. MU6 is a throttle valve. Raising letdown flow would restore the letdown - makeup flow balance for RCS pressure control.
- makeup flow balance for RCS pressure control.
B. Incorrect - Plausible if candidate misses that SG heat transfer must be established to recover from MU/HPI PORV Cooling and focuses on the cooling effect of raising MU flow. Lowering RCS temperature lowers RCS pressure.
B. Incorrect  
C. Incorrect - closing MU4 orifice block valve makes the letdown - makeup flow imbalance worse, causing a higher rise in RCS pressure. Plausible for candidate inversion of the effect of letdown flow on solid RCS pressure control.
- Plausible if candidate misses that SG heat transfer must be established to recover from MU/HPI PORV Cooling and focuses on the cooling effect of raising MU flow. Lowering RCS temperature lowers RCS pressure. C. Incorrect  
D. Correct - MU6 closure lowers letdown flow which raises RCS pressure. MU32 must be throttled closed to compensate. DB-OP-02000 R27 CAUTION 6.9 and step 7 (page 402)
- closing MU4 orifice block valve makes the letdown  
Sys #       System           Category                                                                 KA Statement 004         Chemical and     K6 Knowledge of the effect of a loss or malfunction on the following     Methods of pressure control of solid plant (PZR Volume            CVCS components:                                                          relief and water inventory)
- makeup flow imbalance worse, causing a higher rise in RCS pressure. Plausible for candidate inversion of the effect of letdown flow on solid RCS pressure control.
Control System K/A#       K6.26               K/A Importance           3.8                   Exam Level               RO References provided to Candidate           None                           Technical  
D. Correct - MU6 closure lowers letdown flow which raises RCS pressure. MU32 must be throttled closed to compensate
. DB-OP-02000 R27 CAUTION 6.9 and step 7 (page 402)
Sys # System Category KA Statement 004 Chemical and Volume Control System K6 Knowledge of the effect of a loss or malfunction on the following CVCS components:
Methods of pressure control of solid plant (PZR relief and water inventory)
K/A# K6.26 K/A Importance 3.8 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
DB-OP-02000 R27 CAUTION 6.9 and step 7 (page 402)
Question Source:            New Question Cognitive Level:                High - Comprehension                        10 CFR Part 55 Content:                  (CFR: 41.7 / 45.7)
Objective:      OPS-GOP-305-05K


DB-OP-02000 R27 CAUTION 6.9 and step 7 (page 402)  Question Source:
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
New  Question Cognitive Level:
: 31.     The Decay Heat Removal System design feature which can provide flow to the Makeup (MU) and High Pressure Injection (HPI) Systems is called Piggyback operation.
High - Comprehension 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
Which of the following describes the Design Basis of Piggyback operation?
(CFR: 41.7 / 45.7)
Objective:
OPS-GOP-305-05K Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   31. The Decay Heat Removal System design feature which can provide flow to the Makeup (MU) and High Pressure Injection (HPI) System s is called Piggyback operation.
W hich of the following describes the Design Basis of Piggyback operation?
Piggyback operation was designed to ensure _______.
Piggyback operation was designed to ensure _______.
A. maximum HPI flow following a loss of all MU flow capability B. maximum MU/HPI flow during a Lack of Heat Transfer event C. adequate NPSH for the MU Pumps during Injection Phase of a Loss of Coolant Accident D. adequate NPSH for the HPI Pumps during Recirculation Phase of a Loss of Coolant Accident Answer: D   Explanation/Justification:
A.     maximum HPI flow following a loss of all MU flow capability B.     maximum MU/HPI flow during a Lack of Heat Transfer event C.     adequate NPSH for the MU Pumps during Injection Phase of a Loss of Coolant Accident D.     adequate NPSH for the HPI Pumps during Recirculation Phase of a Loss of Coolant Accident Answer: D Explanation/Justification:
A. Incorrect  
A. Incorrect - not the design basis. Plausible because HPI Piggyback operation is initiated for this event. See DB-OP-02512 R14 Makeup and Purification System Malfunctions step 4.1.11 RNO B. Incorrect - not the design basis. Plausible because MU/HPI Piggyback operation is initiated for this event. See DB-OP-02000 R27 step 6.3.3 (page 56) and Attachment 8 step 2.b (page 314)
- not the design basis. Plausible because HPI Piggyback operation is initiated for this event. See DB
C. Incorrect - not the design basis. Plausible because there is no MU flow limit based on NPSH when Piggybacked. See DB-OP-02000 R27 Specific Rule 3.2.4 (page 241)
-OP-02512 R14 Makeup and Purification System Malfunctions step 4.1.11 RNO B. Incorrect  
D. Correct - see UFSAR Section 6.3.2.11 page 6.3-6 Sys #       System           Category                                                                 KA Statement 005         Residual         K4 Knowledge of RHRS design feature(s) and/or interlock(s) which         Lineup for "piggy-back" mode with high-pressure Heat            provide or the following:                                                injection Removal System (RHRS)
- not the design basis. Plausible because MU/HPI Piggyback operation is initiated for this event. See DB-OP-02000 R27 step 6.3.3 (page 56) and Attachment 8 step 2.b (page 314)
K/A#     K4.08               K/A Importance           3.1*                 Exam Level               RO References provided to Candidate           None                         Technical  
C. Incorrect  
- not the design basis. Plausible because there is no MU flow limit based on NPSH when Piggybacked. See DB
-OP-02000 R27 Specific Rule 3.2.4 (page 241)
D. Correct - see UFSAR Section 6.3.2.11 page 6.3
-6   Sys # System Category KA Statement 005 Residual Heat Removal System (RHRS) K 4 Knowledge of RHRS design feature(s) and/or interlock(s) which provide or the following
: Lineup for "piggy
-back" mode with high
-pressure injection K/A# K4.08 K/A Importance 3.1* Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
UFSAR Section 6.3.2.11 page 6.3-6 Question Source:          New Question Cognitive Level:              Low - Memory                                10 CFR Part 55 Content:                (CFR: 41.7)
Objective:      OPS-SYS-303-06K


UFSAR Section 6.3.2.11 page 6.3
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
-6 Question Source:
: 32.     The plant is operating at 100% power.
New  Question Cognitive Level:
Which of the following will prevent High Pressure Injection Pump 1 from starting?
Low - Memory 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
_____ Lockout Relays actuated A.     Emergency Diesel Generator 1 B.     Emergency Diesel Generator 2 C.     4160V AC Bus C1 D.     4160V AC Bus D1 Answer: C Explanation/Justification:
(CFR: 41.7)
A. Incorrect - C1 remains energized from its normal source (Bus C2) via AC110 and nothing interferes with an automatic start of HPI Pump 1. The EDG lockouts do not affect AC110. See OS-0041A CD-2 (sheet 1). Plausible because HPI Pump 1 wont automatically start during a LOCA concurrent with loss of offsite power, which is its design function B. Incorrect - EDG 2 supports HPI Pump 2. Plausible for inversion of HPI pump power supplies.
Objective:
C. Correct - See OS-0003 R36 CL-2.
OPS-SYS-303-06K Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   32. The plant is operating at 100% power. Which of the following will prevent High Pressure Injection Pump 1 from starting?
D. Incorrect - plausible for inversion of HPI pump power supplies.
_____ Lockout Relays actuated A. Emergency Diesel Generator 1 B. Emergency Diesel Generator 2 C. 4160V AC Bus C1 D. 4160V AC Bus D1 Answer: C   Explanation/Justification:
Sys #       System             Category                                                             KA Statement 006         Emergency         K2 Knowledge of bus power supplies to the following:                 ECCS pumps Core Cooling System (ECCS)
A. Incorrect - C1 remains energized from its normal source (Bus C2) via AC110 and nothing interferes with an automatic start of HPI Pump 1.
K/A#     K2.01               K/A Importance           3.6                 Exam Level           RO References provided to Candidate             None                        Technical  
The EDG lockouts do not affect AC110. See OS
-0041A CD-2 (sheet 1). Plausible because HPI Pump 1 won't automatically start during a LOCA concurrent with loss of offsite power, which is its design function B. Incorrect  
- EDG 2 supports HPI Pump 2. Plausible for inversion of HPI pump power supplies.
C. Correct - See OS-0003 R36 CL
-2. D. Incorrect  
- plausible for inversion of HPI pump power supplies.
Sys # System Category KA Statement 006 Emergency Core Cooling System (ECCS) K2 Knowledge of bus power supplies to the following:
ECCS pumps K/A# K2.01 K/A Importance 3.6 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate No ne Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
OS-0003 R36 CL-2 Question Source:          New Question Cognitive Level:                Low - Memory                              10 CFR Part 55 Content:            (CFR: 41.7)
Objective:      OPS-SYS-302-03K


OS-0003 R36 CL
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
-2  Question Source:
: 33.       The plant is operating at 100% power.
New  Question Cognitive Level:
Which of the following describes:
Low - Memory  10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(1) An inadvertent SFAS Incident Level trip that requires entry into DB-OP-02000 RPS, SFAS, SFRCS Trip or SG Tube Rupture?
(CFR: 41.7)
Objective:
OPS-SYS-302-03K Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   33. The plant is operating at 100% power. Which of the following describes:   (1) An inadvertent SFAS Incident Level trip that requires entry into DB
-OP-02000 RPS, SFAS, SFRCS Trip or SG Tube Rupture?
(2) The DB-OP-02000 Response Not Obtained action for the Verify Turbine Valves closed Immediate Action?
(2) The DB-OP-02000 Response Not Obtained action for the Verify Turbine Valves closed Immediate Action?
A. (1) 3   (2) Initiate and Isolate SFRCS B. (1) 2   (2) Initiate and Isolate SFRCS C. (1) 3   (2) Stop BOTH EHC Fluid Pumps D. (1) 2   (2) Stop BOTH EHC Fluid Pumps Answer: A   Explanation/Justification:
A.       (1) 3 (2) Initiate and Isolate SFRCS B.       (1) 2 (2) Initiate and Isolate SFRCS C.       (1) 3 (2) Stop BOTH EHC Fluid Pumps D.       (1) 2 (2) Stop BOTH EHC Fluid Pumps Answer: A Explanation/Justification:
A. Correct -SFAS Level 3 requires DB-OP-2000 entry. See DB-OP-02000 R27 step 1.2.2. Initiate & Isolate SFRCS per step 3.5 RNO.
A. Correct -SFAS Level 3 requires DB-OP-2000 entry. See DB-OP-02000 R27 step 1.2.2. Initiate & Isolate SFRCS per step 3.5 RNO.
B. Incorrect  
B. Incorrect - Inadvertent Level 2 does NOT require entry into DB-OP-02000. Part 2 is correct. Plausible because Level 2 isolates letdown which requires a plant shutdown if not corrected. See DB-OP-02512 R14 Makeup and Purification System Malfunctions step 4.3.8 RNO.
- Inadvertent Level 2 does NOT require entry into DB
C. Incorrect - Initiate & Isolate SFRCS per step 3.5 RNO. Part 1 correct. Stop both EHC pumps plausible because that is the RNO action for tripping the turbine in the turbine trip procedure. See DB-OP-02500 R13 Turbine Trip step 4.1 RNO.
-OP-02000. Part 2 is correct. Plausible because Level 2 isolates letdown which requires a plant shutdown if not corrected. See DB
D. Incorrect - Inadvertent Level 2 does NOT require entry into DB-OP-02000. See DB-OP-02000 R27 step 1.2.2. Initiate & Isolate SFRCS per step 3.5 RNO. Plausible because Level 2 isolates letdown which requires a plant shutdown if not corrected. See DB-OP-02512 R14 Makeup and Purification System Malfunctions step 4.3.8 RNO. Stop both EHC pumps plausible because that is the RNO action for tripping the turbine in the turbine trip procedure. See DB-OP-02500 R13 Turbine Trip step 4.1 RNO.
-OP-02512 R14 Makeup and Purification System Malfunctions step 4.3.8 RNO. C. Incorrect  
Sys #       System             Category                                                           KA Statement 006         Emergency         Generic                                                             Knowledge of EOP entry conditions and Core Cooling                                                                          immediate action steps System (ECCS)
- Initiate & Isolate SFRCS per step 3.5 RNO. Part 1 correct. Stop both EHC pumps plausible because that is the RNO action for tripping the turbine in the turbine trip procedure. See DB
K/A#       2.4.1               K/A Importance           4.6               Exam Level             RO References provided to Candidate             None                       Technical  
-OP-02500 R13 Turbine Trip step 4.1 RNO.
D. Incorrect  
- Inadvertent Level 2 does NOT require entry into DB
-OP-02000. See DB-OP-02000 R27 step 1.2.2. Initiate & Isolate SFRCS per step 3.5 RNO. Plausible because Level 2 isolates letdown which requires a plant shutdown if not corrected. See DB
-OP-02512 R14 Makeup and Purification System Malfunctions step 4.3.8 RNO. Stop both EHC pumps plausible because that is the RNO action for tripping the turbine in the turbine trip procedure. See DB
-OP-02500 R13 Turbine Trip step 4.1 RNO.
Sys # System Category KA Statement 006 Emergency Core Cooling System (ECCS) Generic Knowledge of EOP entry conditions and immediate action steps K/A# 2.4.1 K/A Importance 4.6 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
DB-OP-02000 R27 steps 1.2.2 and 3.5 Question Source:            New Question Cognitive Level:                Low - Recall                            10 CFR Part 55 Content:              (CFR: 41.10 / 43.5 / 45.13)
Objective:        OPS-GOP-304-03K


DB-OP-02000 R27 steps 1.2.2 and 3.5 Question Source:
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
New    Question Cognitive Level:
: 34.     The plant is operating at 100% power.
Low - Recall  10 CFR Part 55 Content:
The following conditions are noted in the control room:
(CFR: 41.10 / 43.5 / 45.13)
* LI225 Quench Tank Level 9 feet and slowly lowering
Objective:
* LI1721 Reactor Coolant Drain Tank Level 20 inches and slowly rising
OPS-GOP-304-03 K Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   34. The plant is operating at 100% power. The following conditions are noted in the control room:
* Quench Tank Circ Pump GREEN light is LIT Which of the following is occurring?
LI225 Quench Tank Level 9 feet and slowly lowering LI1721 Reactor Coolant Drain Tank Level 20 inches and slowly rising Quench Tank Circ Pump GREEN light is LIT Which of the following is occurring?
A.     Pressurizer Code Safety Valve leakage B.     Pressurizer Power Operated Relief Valve leakage C.     Pressurizer High Point Vent line valves leaking by D.     Quench Tank Demineralized Water makeup valves leaking by Answer: D Explanation/Justification:
A. Pressurizer Code Safety Valve leakage B. Pressurizer Power Operated Relief Valve leakage C. Pressurizer High Point Vent line valves leaking by D. Quench Tank Demineralized Water makeup valves leaking by Answer: D   Explanation/Justification:
A. Incorrect - safety valve leakage would raise Quench Tank temperature which would start the Circ Pump. See OS-0001A sheet 3 CL-9 (sheet 4).
A. Incorrect  
Plausible because the Circ Pump is not required to drain the Quench Tank. See DB-OP-06004 R10 Quench Tank NOTE 4.2.4.
- safety valve leakage would raise Quench Tank temperature which would start the Circ Pump. See OS
B. Incorrect - same as Safety Valve leakage.
-0001A sheet 3 CL
C. Incorrect - same as Safety Valve leakage.
-9 (sheet 4). Plausible because the Circ Pump is not required to drain the Quench Tank. See DB
D. Correct - Demin Water in-leakage causes Quench Tank level rise. At 9.5 ft, RC225A opens to start water transfer to the RCDT See OS 0001A sheet 3 R26 C-43 and sheet 4 R24 CL-10. Demin Water in-leakage would not cause a rise in Quench Tank temperature, so Circ Pump would not start. See OS-0001A Sheet 3 R26 CL-9.
-OP-06004 R10 Quench Tank NOTE 4.2.4.
Sys #       System           Category                                                             KA Statement 007         Pressurizer     A3 Ability to monitor automatic operation of the PRTS, including:     Components which discharge to the PRT Relief Tank
B. Incorrect  
            /Quench Tank System (PRTS)
- same as Safety Valve leakage.
K/A#     A3.01               K/A Importance           2.7*                   Exam Level           RO References provided to Candidate           None                           Technical  
C. Incorrect  
- same as Safety Valve leakage.
D. Correct - Demin Water in
-leakage causes Quench Tank level rise. At 9.5 ft, RC225A opens to start water transfer to the RCDT See OS 0001A sheet 3 R 26 C-43 and sheet 4 R24 CL
-10. Demin Water in
-leakage would not cause a rise in Quench Tank temperature, so Circ Pump would not start. See OS-0001A Sheet 3 R26 CL-9. Sys # System Category KA Statement 007 Pressurizer Relief Tank /Quench Tank System (PRTS) A3 Ability to monitor automatic operation of the PRTS, including:
Components which discharge to the PRT K/A# A3.01 K/A Importance 2.7* Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
OS-0001A sheets 3 & 4 CL-9 and CL-10 Question Source:          New Question Cognitive Level:              High - Comprehension                        10 CFR Part 55 Content:              (CFR: 41.7 / 45.5)
Objective:      OPS-SYS-104-04K


OS-0001A sheets 3 & 4 CL
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
-9 and CL-10 Question Source:
: 35.     Emergency Diesel Generator 1 Jacket Cooling Water (JCW) Heat Exchanger is being returned to service following maintenance.
New  Question Cognitive Level:
* The Component Cooling Water (CCW) side of the heat exchanger was isolated and drained for the maintenance activity.
High - Comprehension 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
* The CCW side of the heat exchanger will be filled and vented.
(CFR: 41.7 / 45.5)
* Fill water will be provided from the CCW Surge Tank volume.
Objective:
OPS-SYS-104-04K Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   35. Emergency Diesel Generator 1 Jacket Cooling Water (JCW) Heat Exchanger is being returned to service following maintenance.
The Component Cooling Water (CCW) side of the heat exchanger was isolated and drained for the maintenance activity.
The CCW side of the heat exchanger will be filled and vented. Fill water will be provided from the CCW Surge Tank volume.
Which of the following describes:
Which of the following describes:
(1) the preferred status of CCW Pump 1 during the JCW Heat Exchanger 1 CCW fill and vent evolution
(1) the preferred status of CCW Pump 1 during the JCW Heat Exchanger 1 CCW fill and vent evolution?
(2) the method to maintain CCW Surge Tank level?
(2) the method to maintain CCW Surge Tank level?
(1) CCW Pump 1 should be _____.
(1) CCW Pump 1 should be _____.
(2) Maintain CCW Surge Tank level 51 to 53 inches by _____ as required.
(2) Maintain CCW Surge Tank level 51 to 53 inches by _____ as required.
A. (1) stopped to minimize potential air entrainment (2) opening DW2643 using HIS 2643 DEMIN WTR MAKEUP B. (1) stopped to minimize potential air entrainment (2) opening SW23 4 and SW233 SW HEADER 1 TIE TO CCW SYSTEM ISOLATION valves C. (1) operating to ensure complete filling of the JCW Heat Exchanger (2) opening DW2643 using HIS 2643 DEMIN WTR MAKEUP D. (1) operating to ensure complete filling of the JCW Heat Exchanger (2) opening SW23 4 and SW233 SW HEADER 1 TIE TO CCW SYSTEM ISOLATION valves Answer: A   Explanation/Justification:
A.     (1) stopped to minimize potential air entrainment (2) opening DW2643 using HIS 2643 DEMIN WTR MAKEUP B.     (1) stopped to minimize potential air entrainment (2) opening SW234 and SW233 SW HEADER 1 TIE TO CCW SYSTEM ISOLATION valves C.     (1) operating to ensure complete filling of the JCW Heat Exchanger (2) opening DW2643 using HIS 2643 DEMIN WTR MAKEUP D.     (1) operating to ensure complete filling of the JCW Heat Exchanger (2) opening SW234 and SW233 SW HEADER 1 TIE TO CCW SYSTEM ISOLATION valves Answer: A Explanation/Justification:
A. Correct - CCW pump OFF to minimize air entrainment per DB
A. Correct - CCW pump OFF to minimize air entrainment per DB-OP-06262 R36 CCW System Procedure step 2.2.17. Demin Water makeup per section 3.23.
-OP-06262 R36 CCW System Procedure step 2.2.17. Demin Water makeup per section 3.23.
B. Incorrect - Demin Water makeup per section 3.23. Part 1 is correct. Plausible because SW is emergency backup to demin water. See DB-OP-06262 R36 section 5.1.
B. Incorrect  
C. Incorrect - CCW pump OFF to minimize air entrainment. Part 2 is correct. Plausible for higher pressure = better fill.
- Demin Water makeup per section 3.23. Part 1 is correct. Plausible because SW is emergency backup to demin water. See DB-OP-06262 R36 section 5.1.
D. Incorrect - CCW pump OFF to minimize air entrainment. Demin Water makeup per section 3.23. Plausible for higher pressure = better fill and because SW is backup to demin water.
C. Incorrect  
Sys #       System           Category                                                               KA Statement 008         Component       A4.02 Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: Filling and draining operations of the CCWS Cooling                                                                                including the proper venting of the components Water System (CCWS)
- CCW pump OFF to minimize air entrainment. Part 2 is correct. Plausible for higher pressure = better fill.
K/A#     A4.02             K/A Importance           2.5*                 Exam Level             RO References provided to Candidate                                       Technical  
D. Incorrect - CCW pump OFF to minimize air entrainment. Demin Water makeup per section 3.23. Plausible for higher pressure = better fill and because SW is backup to demin water. Sys # System Category KA Statement 008 Component Cooling Water System (CCWS) A4.02 Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room:
Filling and draining operations of the CCWS including the proper venting of the components K/A# A4.02 K/A Importance 2.5* Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
DB-OP-06262 R36 CCW System Procedure step 2.2.17 and Section 3.23.
Question Source:        New Question Cognitive Level:            Low - Memory                                  10 CFR Part 55 Content:                (CFR: 41.7 / 45.5)
Objective:      OPS-SYS-304-07K


DB-OP-06262 R36 CCW System Procedure step 2.2.17 and Section 3.23.
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
Question Source:
: 36.     The plant is operating at 100% power.
New  Question Cognitive Level: Low - Memory 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
* Component Cooling Water (CCW) Pump 1 is operating.
(CFR: 41.7 / 45.5)
Objective:
OPS-SYS-304-07K Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   36. The plant is operating at 100% power. Component Cooling Water (CCW) Pump 1 is operating.
PI810 INSTRUMENT AIR HEADER PRESS lowers to 50 psig and stabilizes.
PI810 INSTRUMENT AIR HEADER PRESS lowers to 50 psig and stabilizes.
The operators perform the required abnormal procedure actions then implement DB
The operators perform the required abnormal procedure actions then implement DB-OP-02000 RPS, SFAS, SFRCS Trip or SG tube Rupture.
-OP-02000 RPS, SFAS, SFRCS Trip or SG tube Rupture. During the performance of the applicable abnormal procedure in parallel with DB
During the performance of the applicable abnormal procedure in parallel with DB-OP-02000, the operators take actions to mitigate the effects of this failure.
-OP-02000, the operators take actions to mitigate the effects of this failure.
Which of the following describes an impact of the low Instrument Air pressure and the operator action to mitigate its effects?
Which of the following describes an impact of the low Instrument Air pressure and the operator action to mitigate its effects
A.       CCW Pump 1 experiences run-out when Decay Heat Cooler 1 outlet valve CC1467 fails open. The operators manually isolate CCW flow to Decay Heat Cooler 1 to restore normal CCW Pump flow rate.
?    A. CCW Pump 1 experiences run
B.       The CCW Containment Header experiences flow starvation when Decay Heat Cooler 2 outlet valve CC1469 fails open. The operators manually isolate CCW flow to Decay Heat Cooler 2 to restore normal CCW Containment Header flow rate.
-out when Decay Heat Cooler 1 outlet valve CC1467 fails open. The operators manually isolate CCW flow to Decay Heat Cooler 1 to restore normal CCW Pump flow rate.
C.       The Control Rod Drive (CRD) Booster Pump experiences flow starvation when the Spent Fuel Pool (SFP) Heat Exchanger Outlet Valves CC1454 and CC1457 fail open. The operators manually isolate CCW flow to the SFP Heat Exchangers to restore normal CRD Booster Pump flow rate D.       Reactor Coolant Pumps lose CCW flow through their seal coolers when CCW to Aux Building Non-essential Header isolation valve CC1495 fails closed. The operators open the manual bypass valve CC43 to restore Reactor Coolant Pump Seal Cooling.
B. The CCW Containment Header experiences flow starvation when Decay Heat Cooler 2 outlet valve CC1469 fails open. The operators manually isolate CCW flow to Decay Heat Cooler 2 to restore normal CCW Containment Header flow rate.
Answer: A Explanation/Justification:
C. The Control Rod Drive (CRD) Booster Pump experiences flow starvation when the Spent Fuel Pool (SFP) Heat Exchanger Outlet Valves CC1454 and CC1457 fail open. The operators manually isolate CCW flow to the SFP Heat Exchangers to restore normal CRD Booster Pump flow rate D. Reactor Coolant Pumps lose CCW flow through their seal coolers when CCW to Aux Building Non
A. Correct - On a loss of instrument air, the DH cooler outlet valves fail open and the Aux Building Non-essential header isolation valve fails closed. See DB-OP-02528 R22 Instrument Air System Malfunctions Attachment 18 Failure Position of Pneumatic Valves (page 106). All of the valves on the Containment header are motor operated and do not reposition. CCW flow for this condition consists of 1350 gpm minimum flow through the EDG cooler (SD-016 2.1.2.3), 6000 gpm through the DH cooler (SD-016 2.1.2.5) and 2375 gpm flow through the Containment Header - 1400 gpm RCP cooling (SD-016 2.1.2.6), 175 gpm CRD cooling (SD-016 2.2.5), and 800 gpm letdown coolers (SD-016 Table 1.2-2). This nominal total of 9725 gpm is greater than the maximum single pump CCW flow of 9216 gpm per SD-016 2.2.2, so runout occurs. DB-OP-02528 Attachment 8 CCW System Actions CAUTION 1 second bullet also describes the run-out damage concern for CCW Pump 1. DHR HX is isolated per Attachment 8 CCW System Actions step 3. .
-essential Header isolation valve CC1495 fails closed. The operators open the manual bypass valve CC43 to restore Reactor Coolant Pump Seal Cooling.
B. Incorrect - CCW Pump 1 is supplying the Containment Header, so flow starvation affecting letdown cooling on CCW Pump 2 wont occur. Plausible because CC1469 fails open (DB-OP-02528 R22 Attachment 18 page 106) and its isolation is directed by DB-OP-02528 R22 Attachment 8 step 3.
Answer: A   Explanation/Justification:
C. Incorrect - CCW System flow is not affected when CC1454 and CC1457 fail open because their supply is isolated when CC1495 fails closed. See OS-0021 sheet 2 and sheet 1. Plausible because CC1454 and CC1457 fail open.
A. Correct - On a loss of instrument air, the DH cooler outlet valves fail open and the Aux Building Non
D. Incorrect - RCP cooling is supplied by the Containment Header. See OS-0021 sheet 2. Plausible because this header supplies the RCP Seal Return Coolers, CC1495 fails closed (DB-OP-02528 R22 Attachment 18 page 106), and CC43 is directed to be opened per DB-OP-02528 R22 Attachment 8 CCW System Actions step 4.
-essential header isolation valve fails closed. See DB-OP-02528 R22 Instrument Air System Malfunctions Attachment 18 Failure Position of Pneumatic Valves (page 106). All of the valves on the Containment header are motor operated and do not reposition. CCW flow for this condition consists of 1350 gpm minimum flow through the EDG cooler (SD
Sys #       System           Category                                                                     KA Statement 008         Component         A2 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or       Effect of loss of instrument and control air on the Cooling          operations on the CCWS, and (b) based on those predictions, use               position of the CCW valves that are air operated Water            procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those System            malfunctions or operations:
-016 2.1.2.3), 6000 gpm through the DH cooler (SD
(CCWS)
-016 2.1.2.5) and 23 75 gpm flow through the Containment Header  
K/A#     A2.05               K/A Importance             3.3*                     Exam Level               RO References provided to Candidate             None                             Technical  
- 1400 gpm RCP cooling (SD
-016 2.1.2.6), 175 gpm CRD cooling (SD
-016 2.2.5), and 800 gpm letdown coolers (SD
-016 Table 1.2
-2). This nominal total of 9725 gpm is greater than the maximum single pump CCW flow of 9216 gpm per SD
-016 2.2.2, so runout occurs. DB
-OP-02528 Attachment 8 CCW System Actions CAUTION 1 second bullet also describes the run
-out damage concern for CCW Pump 1. DHR HX is isolated per Attachment 8 CCW System Actions step 3. .
B. Incorrect  
- CCW Pump 1 is supplying the Containment Header, so flow starvation affecting letdown cooling on CCW Pump 2 won't occur. Plausible because CC1469 fails open (DB-OP-02528 R22 Attachment 18 page 106) and its isolation is directed by DB
-OP-02528 R22 Attachment 8 step 3.
C. Incorrect  
- CCW System flow is not affected when CC1454 and CC1457 fail open because their supply is isolated when CC1495 fails closed. See OS
-0021 sheet 2 and sheet 1. Plausible because CC1454 and CC1457 fail open. D. Incorrect  
- RCP cooling is supplied by the Containment Header. See OS
-0021 sheet 2. Plausible because this header supplies the RCP Seal Return Coolers, CC1495 fails closed (DB
-OP-02528 R22 Attachment 18 page 106), and CC43 is directed to be opened per DB
-OP-02528 R22 Attachment 8 CCW System Actions step 4.
Sys # System Category KA Statement 008 Component Cooling Water System (CCWS) A2 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the CCWS, and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations: Effect of loss of instrument and control air on the position of the CCW valves that are air operated K/A# A2.05 K/A Importance 3.3* Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
DB-OP-02528 R22 Attachment 18 page 106, Attachment 8 page 62; SD-016 R5 Question Source:          New Question Cognitive Level:                High - Comprehension                              10 CFR Part 55 Content:                  (CFR: 41.5/43.5/45.3/45.13)
Objective:        OPS-SYS-304-07K


DB-OP-02528 R22 Attachment 18 page 1 06 , Attachment 8 page 62; SD-016 R5  Question Source:
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
New  Question Cognitive Level:
: 37.     The following conditions exist:
High - Comprehension 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.5/43.5/45.3/45.13)
Objective:
OPS-SYS-304-07K Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG     37. The following conditions exist:
Reactor Coolant System pressure is 485 psig.
Reactor Coolant System pressure is 485 psig.
Quench tank pressure is 20 psig.
Quench tank pressure is 20 psig.
The Pressurizer Power Operated Relief Valve (PORV) RC2A lifts. What is the PORV tailpipe downstream temperature
The Pressurizer Power Operated Relief Valve (PORV) RC2A lifts.
?    A. 235 to 245 &#xba;F   B. 260 to 270 &#xba;F   C. 330 to 340
What is the PORV tailpipe downstream temperature?
&#xba;F   D. 460 to 470
A.     235 to 245 &#xba;F B.     260 to 270 &#xba;F C.     330 to 340 &#xba;F D.     460 to 470 &#xba;F Answer: C Explanation/Justification:
&#xba;F   Answer: C   Explanation/Justification:
A. Incorrect - plausible because it is saturation temperature for 20 psia (common error)
A. Incorrect  
B. Incorrect - plausible because it is 1205 BTU/lb expanded to 35 psia, but at constant entropy C. Correct - enthalpy at 500 psia 100% quality is 1205 BTU/lb. expand to 35 psia = 335 &#xba;F D. Incorrect - plausible because it is saturation temperature for 500 psia (common error).
- plausible because it is saturation temperature for 20 psia (common error)
Sys #       System           Category                                                               KA Statement 010         Pressurizer       K5 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following         Constant enthalpy expansion through a valve Pressure          concepts as they apply to the PZR PCS:
B. Incorrect  
Control System (PZR PCS)
- plausible because it is 1205 BTU/lb expanded to 35 psia, but at constant entropy C. Correct - enthalpy at 500 psia 100% quality is 1205 BTU/lb. expand to 35 psia = 335  
K/A#     K5.02               K/A Importance           2.6                     Exam Level           RO References provided to Candidate           Steam Tables with Mollier     Technical  
&#xba;F D. Incorrect  
- plausible because it is saturation temperature for 500 psia (common error). Sys # System Category KA Statement 010 Pressurizer Pressure Control System (PZR PCS) K5 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as the y apply to the PZR PCS:
Constant enthalpy expansion through a valve K/A# K5.02 K/A Importance 2.6 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate Steam Tables with Mollier Diagram  Technical  


==References:==
==References:==


Question Source:
Diagram Question Source:           Bank # 167005 Question Cognitive Level:               High - Comprehension                       10 CFR Part 55 Content:             (CFR: 41.5 / 45.7)
Bank # 167005 Question Cognitive Level:
Objective:       OPS-SYS-104-03K
High - Comprehension 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
 
(CFR: 41.5 / 45.7)
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
Objective:
: 38.     The plant was operating at 100% power.
OPS-SYS-104-03K Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   38. The plant was operating at 100% power.
A manual Reactor trip was initiated, but the Control Rod Drive (CRD) breakers did NOT open.
A manual Reactor trip was initiated, but the Control Rod Drive (CRD) breakers did NOT open. Reactor was shut down from the Control Room by alternate means.
Reactor was shut down from the Control Room by alternate means.
NO Trip Confirm signal was generated The CRD breakers are still closed Which of the following describes Steam Generator (SG) pressure control for these conditions?
* NO Trip Confirm signal was generated
SG pressures are being maintained at about __(1)__ by the __(2)__. A. (1) 880 psig (2) Turbine Bypass Valves B. (1) 880 psig (2) Atmospheric Vent Valves C. (1) 995 psig (2) Turbine Bypass Valves D. (1) 995 psig (2) Atmospheric Vent Valves Answer: A   Explanation/Justification:
* The CRD breakers are still closed Which of the following describes Steam Generator (SG) pressure control for these conditions?
A. Correct - The turbine was manually tripped per Immediate Action 3.4. Reactor Shutdown by de
SG pressures are being maintained at about __(1)__ by the __(2)__.
-energizing E2 and F2 leaves the CRD trip breakers closed. The reactor tripped status input to the ICS turbine header pressure control logic is the Trip Confirm signal. See DB
A.       (1) 880 psig (2) Turbine Bypass Valves B.       (1) 880 psig (2) Atmospheric Vent Valves C.       (1) 995 psig (2) Turbine Bypass Valves D.       (1) 995 psig (2) Atmospheric Vent Valves Answer: A Explanation/Justification:
-OP-06402 R25 CRD Operating Procedure Attachment 2 Rod Control Panel Indicating Lights item 1 (page 147). Since there is no Trip Confirm signal and the turbine is tripped, there is no bias added to the Turbine Header Pressure set point of 880 psig. See DB
A. Correct - The turbine was manually tripped per Immediate Action 3.4. Reactor Shutdown by de-energizing E2 and F2 leaves the CRD trip breakers closed. The reactor tripped status input to the ICS turbine header pressure control logic is the Trip Confirm signal. See DB-OP-06402 R25 CRD Operating Procedure Attachment 2 Rod Control Panel Indicating Lights item 1 (page 147). Since there is no Trip Confirm signal and the turbine is tripped, there is no bias added to the Turbine Header Pressure set point of 880 psig. See DB-OP-06401 R23 ICS Operating Procedure Attachment 9 (page 103).
-OP-06401 R23 ICS Operating Procedure Attachment 9 (page 103).
B. Incorrect - SG pressure control transfers from the TBVs to the AVVs on low vacuum of closure of either MSIV. See DB-OP-06401 R23 Attachment 10 item 5 (page 106). Neither of these conditions exists. Plausible because part 1 is correct SG pressure control is based on individual SG pressure signals when the turbine stop valves are closed. See DB-OP-06401 R23 Attachment 10 item 2. Individual SG pressure signal control is often confused with AVV control.
B. Incorrect  
C. Incorrect - no 115 psi bias signal because there is no Trip Confirm signal. Part 2 is correct. Plausible because this is the normal response to a reactor trip.
- SG pressure control transfers from the TBVs to the AVVs on low vacuum of closure of either MSIV. See DB
D. Incorrect - both parts are incorrect. Plausible because 995 psig is normal pressure control set point post-trip and misapplication of pressure signal transfer to AVVs.
-OP-06401 R23 Attachment 10 item 5 (page 106). Neither of these conditions exists. Plausible because part 1 is correct SG pressure control is based on individual SG pressure signals when the turbine stop valves are closed. See DB
Sys #       System             Category                                                                KA Statement 012         Reactor           K3 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the RPS will   Steam Dump System Protection        have on the following:
-OP-06401 R23 Attachment 10 item 2. Individual SG pressure signal control is often confused with AVV control.
System (RPS)
C. Incorrect  
K/A#     K3.03                 K/A Importance           3.1*                   Exam Level             RO References provided to Candidate             None                           Technical  
- no 115 psi bias signal because there is no Trip Confirm signal. Part 2 is correct. Plausible because this is the normal response to a reactor trip.
D. Incorrect  
- both parts are incorrect. Plausible because 995 psig is normal pressure control set point post
-trip and misapplication of pressure signal transfer to AVVs.
Sys # System Categor y KA Statement 012 Reactor Protection System (RPS) K3 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the RPS will have on the following
: Steam Dump System K/A# K3.03 K/A Importance 3.1* Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
DB-OP-06402 R25 (page 147); DB-OP-06401 R23 (page 103)
Question Source:            New Question Cognitive Level:                High - Comprehension                        10 CFR Part 55 Content:                (CFR: 41.7 / 45.6)
Objective:      OPS-SYS-501-06K


DB-OP-06402 R25 (page 147); DB
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
-OP-06401 R23 (page 103)
: 39.     The plant is operating at 100% power.
Question Source:
Two of the Reactor Protection System (RPS) trip functions utilize variable setpoints that are calculated by Trip Setpoint Calculators.
New  Question Cognitive Level:
Which of the following sets of Trip Setpoint Calculator malfunctions will cause BOTH RPS Channels to trip?
High - Comprehension 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(1) RPS Channel 1 Flux/Delta Flux/Flow Trip setpoint fails __(1)__.
(CFR: 41.7 / 45.6)
(2) RPS Channel 2 RCS Pressure/Temperature Trip setpoint fails __(2)__.
Objective:
A.       (1) low (2) low B.       (1) low (2) high C.       (1) high (2) low D.       (1) high (2) high Answer: B Explanation/Justification:
OPS-SYS-501-06K Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   39. The plant is operating at 100% power. Two of the Reactor Protection System (RPS) trip functions utilize variable setpoints that are calculated by Trip Setpoint Calculator
A. Incorrect - P-T bistable trips when RCS pressure is lower than the calculated setpoint. The P-T setpoint calculator output failing low drives the variable low pressure trip setpoint even farther below actual RCS pressure. Setpoint pressure calculation is 16.25 Thot - 7885.5 psig, so normal full power setpoint is about 1945 psig. Plausible because item 1 is correct and candidate can easily invert parameter - setpoint relationship when answering part 2.
: s. Which of the following sets of Trip Setpoint Calculator malfunctions will cause BOTH RPS Channel s to tr ip?   (1) RPS Channel 1 Flux/Delta Flux/Flow Trip setpoint fails __(1)__.   (2) RPS Channel 2 RCS Pressure/Temperature Trip setpoint fails __(2)__. A. (1) low   (2) low     B. (1) low   (2) high   C. (1) high (2) low     D. (1) high (2) high   Answer: B   Explanation/Justification:
B. Correct - Flux/Delta Flux Flow bistable trips when reactor power signal is higher than the calculated setpoint. Setpoint calculator output low = trip because actual NI power is above the failed low setpoint. See UFSAR 7.2.1.2.2 item 7 (page 7.2-6). Pressure/Temperature (aka Variable Low RC Pressure) bistable trips when RCS pressure signal is lower than the calculated setpoint. Setpoint calculator output high = trip because actual RCS pressure is below the failed high setpoint. See UFSAR 7.2.1.2.2 item 4 (page 7.2-5) and TRM Table 8.3.1-2 C. Incorrect - Flux/Delta Flux Flow bistable trips when reactor power signal is higher than the calculated setpoint. The setpoint calculator failing high drives the Flux/Delta Flux/Flow high power trip setpoint even higher above actual power. P-T bistable trips when RCS pressure is lower than the calculated setpoint. The P-T setpoint calculator output failing low drives the variable low pressure trip setpoint even farther below actual RCS pressure. Both plausible because candidate can easily invert parameter - setpoint relationship when answering. Item 1 also plausible if candidate equates setpoint calculator high failure with high Delta Flux input which would cause a trip.
A. Incorrect  
D. Incorrect - Flux/Delta Flux Flow bistable trips when reactor power signal is higher than the calculated setpoint. The setpoint calculator failing high drives the Flux/Delta Flux/Flow high power trip setpoint even higher above actual power. Part 2 is correct. Plausible because candidate can easily invert parameter - setpoint relationship when answering Sys #       System           Category                                                                 KA Statement 012         Reactor           K6 Knowledge of the effect of a loss or malfunction of the following     Trip setpoint calculators Protection        will have on the RPS:
- P-T bistable trips when RCS pressure is lower than the calculated setpoint. The P
System (RPS)
-T setpoint calculator output failing low drives the variable low pressure trip setpoint even farther below actual RCS pressure. Setpoint pressure calculation is 16.25 Thot  
K/A#       K6.11               K/A Importance           2.9*                   Exam Level             RO References provided to Candidate           None                           Technical  
- 7885.5 psig, so normal full power setpoint is about 1945 psig. Plausible because item 1 is correct and candidate can easily invert parameter  
- setpoint relationship when answering part 2. B. Correct - Flux/Delta Flux Flow bistable trips when reactor power signal is higher than the calculated setpoint. Setpoint calculator output low = trip because actual NI power is above the failed low setpoint. See UFSAR 7.2.1.2.2 item 7 (page 7.2
-6). Pressure/Temperature (aka Variable Low RC Pressure) bistable trips when RCS pressure signal is lower than the calculated setpoint. Setpoint calculator output high = trip because actual RCS pressure is below the failed high setpoint. See UFSAR 7.2.1.2.2 item 4 (page 7.2-5) and TRM Table 8.3.1
-2 C. Incorrect  
- Flux/Delta Flux Flow bistable trips when reactor power signal is higher than the calculated setpoint. The setpoint calculator failing high drives the Flux/Delta Flux/Flow high power trip setpoint even higher above actual power.
P-T bistable trips when RCS pressure is lower than the calculated setpoint. The P
-T setpoint calculator output failing low drives the variable low pressure trip setpoint even farther below actual RCS pressure. Both plausible because candidate can easily invert parameter  
- setpoint relationship when answering. Item 1 also plausible if candidate equates setpoint calculator high failure with high Delta Flux input which would cause a trip.
D. Incorrect  
- Flux/Delta Flux Flow bistable trips when reactor power signal is higher than the calculated setpoint. The setpoint calculator failing high drives the Flux/Delta Flux/Flow high power trip setpoint even higher above actual power. Part 2 is correct. Plausible because candidate can easily invert parameter  
- setpoint relationship when answering Sys # System Category KA Statement 012 Reactor Protection System (RPS) K6 Knowledge of the effect of a loss or malfunction of the following will have on the RPS:
Trip setpoint calculators K/A# K6.11 K/A Importance 2.9* Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
UFSAR 7.2.1.2.2; TRM Table 8.3.1-2 Question Source:            New Question Cognitive Level:                High - Comprehension                        10 CFR Part 55 Content:                  (CFR: 41.7 / 45/7)
Objective:      OPS-SYS-504-05K


UFSAR 7.2.1.2.2; TRM Table 8.3.1
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
-2 Question Source:
: 40.     The plant is operating at 100% power.
New    Question Cognitive Level:
A Design Bases Loss of Coolant Accident (DBLOCA) occurs.
High - Comprehension 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
Which of the following describes:
(CFR: 41.7 / 45/
(1) the definition of a Safety Features Actuation System (SFAS) safety train?
: 7) Objective:
(2) the operational implication of the failure of one SFAS safety train on the DBLOCA Analyses assumptions?
OPS-SYS-504-05K Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   40. The plant is operating at 100% power
. A Design Bases Loss of Coolant Accident (DBLOCA) occurs. Which of the following describes:
(1) the definition of a Safety Features Actuation System (SFAS) safety trai n?   (2) the operational implication of the failure of one SFAS safety train on the DBLOCA Analyses assumptions?
(1) SFAS Channels __(1)__ Output Modules comprise Safety Actuation Train 1.
(1) SFAS Channels __(1)__ Output Modules comprise Safety Actuation Train 1.
(2) DBLOCA Analyses assumptions __(2)__ met. A. (1) 1 and 4   (2) are   B. (1) 1 and 3 (2) are     C. (1) 1 and 4   (2) are NOT D. (1) 1 and 3 (2) are NOT Answer: B   Explanation/Justification:
(2) DBLOCA Analyses assumptions __(2)__ met.
A. Incorrect  
A.       (1) 1 and 4 (2) are B.       (1) 1 and 3 (2) are C.       (1) 1 and 4 (2) are NOT D.       (1) 1 and 3 (2) are NOT Answer: B Explanation/Justification:
- SFAS Channels 1 and 3 Output Modules comprise Actuation Channel 1. See Bases 3.3.
A. Incorrect - SFAS Channels 1 and 3 Output Modules comprise Actuation Channel 1. See Bases 3.3.7 2nd paragraph. Part 2 is correct. Plausible for Channels 1 & 4 Output Modules = Safety Train 1.
7 2 nd paragraph. Part 2 is correct. Plausible for Channels 1 & 4 Output Modules = Safety Train 1.
B. Correct - SFAS Channels 1 and 3 Output Modules comprise Actuation Channel 1. See Bases 3.3.7 2nd paragraph. DBLOCA Analyses assumptions are met. See UFSAR R30 6.3.2.11.
B. Correct - SFAS Channels 1 and 3 Output Modules comprise Actuation Channel 1. See Bases 3.3.7 2 nd paragraph. DBLOCA Analyses assumptions are met. See UFSAR R30 6.3.2.11. C. Incorrect - SFAS Channels 1 and 3 Output Modules comprise Actuation Channel 1. See Bases 3.3.7 2 nd paragraph. DBLOCA Analyses assumptions are met. See UFSAR R30 6.3.2.11. Plausible for Channels 1 & 4 Output Modules = Safety Train 1 and single Safety Train actuation provides insufficient ECCS.
C. Incorrect - SFAS Channels 1 and 3 Output Modules comprise Actuation Channel 1. See Bases 3.3.7 2nd paragraph. DBLOCA Analyses assumptions are met. See UFSAR R30 6.3.2.11. Plausible for Channels 1 & 4 Output Modules = Safety Train 1 and single Safety Train actuation provides insufficient ECCS.
D. Incorrect  
D. Incorrect - DBLOCA Analyses assumptions are met. See UFSAR R30 6.3.2.11. Part 1 is correct. Plausible for single Safety Train actuation provides insufficient ECCS.
- DBLOCA Analyses assumptions are met. See UFSAR R30 6.3.2.11. Part 1 is correct. Plausible for single Safety Train actuatio n provides insufficient ECCS.
Sys #       System           Category                                                             KA Statement 013         Engineered       K5 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following         Definitions of safety train and ESF channel Safety            concepts as they apply to the ESFAS:
Sys # System Category KA Statement 013 Engineered Safety Features Actuation System (ESFAS) K5 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to the ESFAS:
Features Actuation System (ESFAS)
Definitions of safety train and ESF channel K/A# K5.01 K/A Importance 2.8 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  
K/A#     K5.01               K/A Importance         2.8                   Exam Level             RO References provided to Candidate         None                           Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
Bases 3.3.7 2nd paragraph; UFSAR R30 6.3.2.11 page 6.3-8 Question Source:            New Question Cognitive Level:              Low - Recall                                10 CFR Part 55 Content:                (CFR: 41.5 / 45.7)
Objective:      OPS-SYS-506-05K


Bases 3.3.7 2 nd paragraph; UFSAR R30 6.3.2.11 page 6.3-8 Question Source:
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
New  Question Cognitive Level:
: 41.     The plant is operating at 100% power.
Low - Recall  10 CFR Part 55 Content:
* Containment Air Coolers 1 and 2 are operating.
(CFR: 41.5 / 45.7)
Objective:
O PS-SYS-506-05K Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   41. The plant is operating at 100% power. Containment Air Coolers 1 and 2 are operating.
The following events occur:
The following events occur:
Large Break Loss of Coolant Accident Loss of Offsite Power Bus D1 Lockout NO operator actions are taken. Five minutes after the above events, what is the status of the Containment Air Cooler (CAC) Fans?     CAC Fan 1 speed is __(1)__. CAC Fan 2 speed is __(2)__. A. (1) slow (2) zero     B. (1) zero (2) slow     C. (1) zero   (2) zero     D. (1) slow   (2) slow   Answer: A   Explanation/Justification:
* Large Break Loss of Coolant Accident
A. Correct - CACs start in SLOW from SFAS Level 2 signal. See DB-OP-02000 R27 page 418. CAC 2 is at zero speed because it has no power due to D1 lockout. B. Incorrect  
* Loss of Offsite Power
- backwards.
* Bus D1 Lockout NO operator actions are taken.
Plausible for misconception of D 1 power to CAC 1
Five minutes after the above events, what is the status of the Containment Air Cooler (CAC) Fans?
(#1 bus to #1 component). C. Incorrect  
CAC Fan 1 speed is __(1)__.
- Plausible because this would be the status of both CAC s following LOP only. See OS
CAC Fan 2 speed is __(2)__.
-0020 sheet 2 CL
A.     (1) slow (2) zero B.     (1) zero (2) slow C.     (1) zero (2) zero D.     (1) slow (2) slow Answer: A Explanation/Justification:
-11. Fans are normally in FAST speed. See OS
A. Correct - CACs start in SLOW from SFAS Level 2 signal. See DB-OP-02000 R27 page 418. CAC 2 is at zero speed because it has no power due to D1 lockout.
-0033A Note 13.
B. Incorrect - backwards. Plausible for misconception of D1 power to CAC 1 (#1 bus to #1 component).
D. Incorrect  
C. Incorrect - Plausible because this would be the status of both CACs following LOP only. See OS-0020 sheet 2 CL-11. Fans are normally in FAST speed. See OS-0033A Note 13.
- Plausible because this would be the status without the D1 lockout.
D. Incorrect - Plausible because this would be the status without the D1 lockout.
Sys # System Category KA Statement 022 Containment Cooling System (CCS) K2 Knowledge of power supplies to the following:
Sys #       System               Category                                                           KA Statement 022         Containment           K2 Knowledge of power supplies to the following:                   Containment cooling fans Cooling System (CCS)
Containment cooling fans K/A# K2.01 K/A Importance 3.0* Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  
K/A#     K2.01                   K/A Importance     3.0*                   Exam Level             RO References provided to Candidate         None                           Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
DB-OP-02000 R27 page 418; OS-0020 sheet 2 Question Source:          New Question Cognitive Level:              High - Comprehension                          10 CFR Part 55 Content:            (CFR: 41.7)
Objective:      OPS-SYS-305-05K


DB-OP-02000 R27 page 418; OS-0020 sheet 2 Question Source:
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
New  Question Cognitive Level:
: 42.     The plant has experienced a Containment Design Basis Loss of Coolant Accident.
High - Comprehension 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.7)
Objective:
OPS-SYS-305-05K Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   42. The plant has experienced a Containment Design Basis Loss of Coolant Accident.
Following the transfer of Low Pressure Injection (LPI) Suction to the Emergency Sump, a small rise in Containment pressure is noted.
Following the transfer of Low Pressure Injection (LPI) Suction to the Emergency Sump, a small rise in Containment pressure is noted.
Which of the following describes the reason for this pressure rise?
Which of the following describes the reason for this pressure rise?
Heat removal from Containment is reduced because _____.
Heat removal from Containment is reduced because _____.
A. LPI and Spray discharge temperatures rise significantly when suction is transferred to the sump     B. throttling of the Containment Spray Discharge Valve lowers the heat removal from Spray     C. stopping High Pressure Injection Pump for the transfer lowers core cooling flow     D. establishing Long Term Boron Dilution after the transfer lowers flow through the Decay Heat Cooler Answer: A   Explanation/Justification:
A.     LPI and Spray discharge temperatures rise significantly when suction is transferred to the sump B.     throttling of the Containment Spray Discharge Valve lowers the heat removal from Spray C.     stopping High Pressure Injection Pump for the transfer lowers core cooling flow D.     establishing Long Term Boron Dilution after the transfer lowers flow through the Decay Heat Cooler Answer: A Explanation/Justification:
A. Correct - See UFSAR R30 Section 6.2.1.3.2 page 6.2
A. Correct - See UFSAR R30 Section 6.2.1.3.2 page 6.2-11 Long-term Containment Analysis. Containment pressure rises for the first 2000 seconds (half hour) after swap to sump.
-11 Long-term Containment Analysis. Containment pressure rises for the first 2000 seconds (half hour) after swap to sump.
B. Incorrect - per UFSAR Section 6.2.1.3.2 page 6.2-11 Long-term Containment Analysis, the majority of heat removal from Containment during recirculation is performed by the CAC and the Decay Heat Removal Cooler, so throttling of spray flow has a minor effect. Plausible because Containment Spray flow is lowered by throttling.
B. Incorrect  
C. Incorrect - Plausible because HPI is stopped prior to swap to sump. See DB-OP-02000 R28 steps 10.12 and 10.13.
- per UFSAR Section 6.2.1.3.2 page 6.2
D. Incorrect - Plausible because Long Term Boron Dilution is established following swap to sump. DB-OP-02000 R28 steps 10.13 and 10.17.
-11 Long-term Containment Analysis, the majority of heat removal from Containment during recirculation is performed by the CAC and the Decay Heat Removal Cooler, so throttling of spray flow has a minor effect. Plausible because Containment Spray flow is lowered by throttling.
Sys #       System           Category                                                             KA Statement 026         Containment       A1 Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters (to       Containment pressure Spray System      prevent exceeding design limits) associated with operating the CSS (CSS)            controls including:
C. Incorrect  
K/A#       A1.01               K/A Importance           3.9                   Exam Level           RO References provided to Candidate           None                         Technical  
- Plausible because HPI is stopped prior to swap to sump. See DB-OP-02000 R28 steps 10.12 and 10.13.
D. Incorrect  
- Plausible because Long Term Boron Dilution is established following swap to sump.
DB-OP-02000 R28 steps 10.13 and 10.17.
Sys # System Category KA Statement 026 Containment Spray System (CSS) A1 Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding design limits) associated with operating the CSS controls including: Containment pressure K/A# A1.01 K/A Importance 3.9 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
UFSAR R30 Section 6.2.1.3.2 page 6.2-11, Question Source:            New Question Cognitive Level:                Low - Memory                              10 CFR Part 55 Content:              (CFR: 41.5 / 45.5)
Objective:      OPS-SYS-306-02K


UFSAR R30 Section 6.2.1.3.2 page 6.2
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
-11 ,  Question Source:
: 43.     The plant is operating at 100% power.
New    Question Cognitive Level:
A large break Loss of Coolant Accident occurs.
Low - Memory  10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.5 / 45.5)
Objective:
OPS-SYS-306-02K Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   43. The plant is operating at 100% power. A large break Loss of Coolant Accident occurs.
The operators take all required procedure actions and are preparing to transfer Low Pressure Injection (LPI) Suction to the Emergency Sump.
The operators take all required procedure actions and are preparing to transfer Low Pressure Injection (LPI) Suction to the Emergency Sump.
At this point it is observed that the Main Steam Isolation Valves (MSIVs) MS100 and MS101 are closed.
At this point it is observed that the Main Steam Isolation Valves (MSIVs) MS100 and MS101 are closed.
Which of the following describes why the MSIVs are closed
Which of the following describes why the MSIVs are closed?
?    A. Manual closure required by procedure B. Manual trip of all Reactor Coolant Pumps C. Automatic Steam Feed Rupture Control System Actuation D. Automatic Safety Features Actuation System Level 4 Actuation Answer: C   Explanation/Justification:
A.     Manual closure required by procedure B.     Manual trip of all Reactor Coolant Pumps C.     Automatic Steam Feed Rupture Control System Actuation D.     Automatic Safety Features Actuation System Level 4 Actuation Answer: C Explanation/Justification:
A. Incorrect  
A. Incorrect - no manual SFRCS trip is directed in the routing for a Large LOCA. Plausible because Containment isolation is desirable.
- no manual SFRCS trip is directed in the routing for a Large LOCA. Plausible because Containment isolation is desirable.
B. Incorrect - RCP trip causes Actuation Only SFRCS trip. Plausible because manual trip of all RCPs will be performed and candidate may have misconception that this causes an SFRCS Isolation trip.
B. Incorrect  
C. Correct - trip of all RCPs is required for loss of Subcooling Margin per Specific Rule 2. Trip of all RCPs causes Steam & Feed Rupture Control System (SFRCS) Actuation Only Trip which starts Auxiliary Feed Water (does NOT close MSIVs). SFAS Level 2 actuation raises the SG level control setpoint from 49 inches to 124 inches, so full AFW flow is supplied to both SGs. Since the RCS and the SGs are no longer hydraulically coupled due to the LOCA, SG pressures lower rapidly. An SFRCS Isolation trip occurs at 630 psig and closes the MSIVs. See DB-OP-02000 R27 Specific Rule 2 (page 240), step 5.7 (page 42), Table 2 (page 419), and Table 1 (page 415). MSIVs are Containment Isolation Valves D. Incorrect - SA Level 4 actuates Level 3 Containment Isolation (the highest), but it does not close MSIVs. See DB-OP-02000 R27 Table 2 (page 421) and UFSAR 6.2.4.2.1 page 6.2-57. Plausible because Containment Isolation is desirable.
- RCP trip causes Actuation Only SFRCS trip. Plausible because manual trip of all RCPs will be performed and candidate may hav e misconception that this causes an SFRCS Isolation trip.
Sys #       System             Category                                                                 KA Statement 039         Main and           K4 Knowledge of MRSS design feature(s) and/or interlock(s) which         Reactor building isolation Reheat            provide for the following:
C. Correct - trip of all RCPs is required for loss of Subcooling Margin per Specific Rule 2. Trip of all RCPs causes Steam & Feed Rupture Control System (SFRCS) Actuation Only Trip which starts Auxiliary Feed Water (does NOT close MSIVs). SFAS Level 2 actuation raises the SG level control setpoint from 49 inches to 124 inches, so full AFW flow is supplied to both SGs. Since the RCS and the SGs are no longer hydraulically coupled due to the LOCA, SG pressures lower rapidly. An SFRCS Isolation trip occurs at 630 psig and closes the MSIVs. See DB
Steam System (MRSS)
-OP-02000 R27 Specific Rule 2 (page 240), step 5.7 (page 42), Table 2 (page 419), and Table 1 (page 415). MSIVs are Containment Isolation Valves D. Incorrect - SA Level 4 actuates Level 3 Containment Isolation (the highest), but it does not close MSIVs. See DB
K/A#     K4.07               K/A Importance             3.4                 Exam Level               RO References provided to Candidate             None                           Technical  
-OP-02000 R27 Table 2 (page 421) and UFSAR 6.2.4.2.1 page 6.2
-57. Plausible because Containment Isolation is desirable.
Sys # System Category KA Statement 039 Main and Reheat Steam System (MRSS) K4 Knowledge of MRSS design feature(s) and/or interlock(s) which provide for the following:
Reactor building isolation K/A# K4.07 K/A Importance 3.4 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
DB-OP-02000 R27 Specific Rule 2, step 5.7, Table 2, and Table 1 Question Source:            New Question Cognitive Level:                High - Comprehension                        10 CFR Part 55 Content:                  (CFR: 41.7)
Objective:      OPS-SYS-202-06K


DB-OP-02000 R27 Specific Rule 2, step 5.7, Table 2, and Table 1 Question Source:
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
New    Question Cognitive Level:
: 44.     The plant is at 45% power.
High - Comprehension 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
* Reactor Coolant Pump 1-1 is NOT operating.
(CFR: 41.7)
Objective:
OPS-SYS-202-06K Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   44. The plant is at 45% power.
Reactor Coolant Pump 1
-1 is NOT operating.
The reactor trips.
The reactor trips.
Which of the following describes the response of Integrated Control System (ICS) Rapid Feedwater Reduction (RFR)? RFR will _____.
Which of the following describes the response of Integrated Control System (ICS) Rapid Feedwater Reduction (RFR)?
A. NOT actuate since one Steam Generator is on Low Level Limits B. actuate causing Main Feedwater Pump speed to go to approximately 4600 rpm     C. NOT actuate because one Main Feedwater Pump is tripped D. actuate causing the Main Feedwater Control Valve s to go to 15% open Answer: B   Explanation/Justification:
RFR will _____.
A. Incorrect  
A.     NOT actuate since one Steam Generator is on Low Level Limits B.     actuate causing Main Feedwater Pump speed to go to approximately 4600 rpm C.     NOT actuate because one Main Feedwater Pump is tripped D.     actuate causing the Main Feedwater Control Valves to go to 15% open Answer: B Explanation/Justification:
- RFR actuates. SG Low Level Limits is not an input to RFR actuation logic. See M-533 00178 R13 Logic String 11. Plausible for confusion of single SG release from RFR at Low Level Limits or after 2.5 minutes. See M
A. Incorrect - RFR actuates. SG Low Level Limits is not an input to RFR actuation logic. See M-533 00178 R13 Logic String 11. Plausible for confusion of single SG release from RFR at Low Level Limits or after 2.5 minutes. See M-533-00178 R13 Logic String 15 and DB-OP-02000 R27 step 2.1.4.
-533-00178 R13 Logic String 15 and DB
B. Correct - RFR actuates. See M-533 00178 R13 Logic String 11. MFPT to target speed per Logic string 11 FWD27.1 and FWD27.2 and M-533-00176-2 R FW21.9. Target speed 4600 rpm per DB-OP-02000 R27 step 2.1.4.
-OP-02000 R27 step 2.1.4.
C. Incorrect - RFR actuates. See M-533 00178 R13 Logic String 11. Plausible because both MFPTs tripped would prevent RFR actuation.
B. Correct - RFR actuates. See M
D. Incorrect - MFW Control valves close. Plausible for inversion with SUFW valves.
-533 00178 R13 Logic String 11. MFPT to target speed per Logic string 11 FWD27.1 and FWD27.2 and M
Sys #       System           Category                                                             KA Statement 059         Main             K4.18 Knowledge of MFW design feature(s) and/or interlock(s) which   Automatic feedwater reduction on plant trip Feedwater        provide for the following:
-533-00176-2 R FW21.9. Target speed 4600 rpm per DB-OP-02000 R27 step 2.1.4.
(MFW)
C. Incorrect  
System K/A#     K4.18             K/A Importance             2.8*                 Exam Level           RO References provided to Candidate           None                         Technical  
- RFR actuates. See M
-533 00178 R13 Logic String 11. Plausible because both MFPTs tripped would prevent RFR actuation.
D. Incorrect  
- MFW Control valves close. Plausible for inversion with SUFW valves.
Sys # System Category KA Statement 059 Main Feedwater (MFW) System K4.18 Knowledge of MFW design feature(s) and/or interlock(s) which provide for the following:
Automatic feedwater reduction on plant trip K/A# K4.18 K/A Importance 2.8* Exam Level R O References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
DB-OP-02000 R27 step 2.1.4; M-533-00178 R13 Logic String 11 Question Source:          Bank #168736 Question Cognitive Level:              High - Comprehension                        10 CFR Part 55 Content:            (CFR: 41.7)
Objective:      OPS-SYS-207-06K


DB-OP-02000 R27 step 2.1.4; M
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
-533-00178 R13 Logic String 11 Question Source:
: 45.     The plant is operating at 100% power.
Bank #168736 Question Cognitive Level:
High - Comprehensi on 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.7)
Objective:
O PS-SYS-207-06K Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   45. The plant is operating at 100% power.
Computer point T879 SG 1 AFW NOZZLE TEMP alarms.
Computer point T879 SG 1 AFW NOZZLE TEMP alarms.
T879 indicates 210  
* T879 indicates 210 &#xba;F and rising.
&#xba;F and rising.
* The high temperature condition is confirmed locally at Auxiliary Feedwater (AFW) to Steam Generator (SG) 1 Line Stop valve AF608.
The high temperature condition is confirmed locally at Auxiliary Feedwater (AFW) to Steam Generator (SG) 1 Line Stop valve AF608. Which of the following describes the operational implications of this condition as described in DB
Which of the following describes the operational implications of this condition as described in DB-OP-06233 Auxiliary Feedwater System?
-OP-06233 Auxiliary Feedwater System
A.     AFW flow to SG 1 may be limited by line voiding. Only one Emergency Feedwater Train is inoperable during mitigation of the condition.
?    A. AFW flow to SG 1 may be limited by line voiding. Only one Emergency Feedwater Train is inoperable during mitigation of the condition.
B.     AFW Train 1 is steam bound and may NOT produce sufficient flow. Mitigation of the condition requires all three Emergency Feedwater Trains to be made inoperable for a short period of time.
B. AFW Train 1 is steam bound and may NOT produce sufficient flow. Mitigation of the condition requires all three Emergency Feedwater Trains to be made inoperable for a short period of time.
C.     AF608 may not close if needed due to being outside of its Environmental Qualification temperature. NO Emergency Feedwater Trains are inoperable during mitigation of the condition.
C. AF608 may not close if needed due to being outside of its Environmental Qualification temperature. NO Emergency Feedwater Trains are inoperable during mitigation of the condition.
D.     Water hammer could induce a steam break on SG 1 if AFW flow is initiated. Mitigation of the condition requires two Emergency Feedwater Trains to be made inoperable for a short period of time Answer: B Explanation/Justification:
D. Water hammer could induce a steam break on SG 1 if AFW flow is initiated. Mitigation of the condition requires two Emergency Feedwater Trains to be made inoperable for a short period of time Answer: B   Explanation/Justification:
A. Incorrect - DB-OP-06233 R37 NOTE 4.9.5 references step 2.1.6 which states all three EFW Trains are inoperable while AF608 is closed for venting. Plausible because flow could be limited and AF608 closure effect on the other two trains could be overlooked.
A. Incorrect  
- DB-OP-06233 R37 NOTE 4.9.5 references step 2.1.6 which states all three EFW Trains are inoperable while AF608 is closed for venting. Plausible because flow could be limited and AF608 closure effect on the other two trains could be overlooked.
B. Correct - See DB-OP-06233 R37 Section 4.9 Discovery and Resolution of Steam Binding in AFW Train 1 Components.
B. Correct - See DB-OP-06233 R37 Section 4.9 Discovery and Resolution of Steam Binding in AFW Train 1 Components.
C. Incorrect  
C. Incorrect - Plausible because AF608 is an EQ valve, no lineup changes would be required for cooling it down.
- Plausible because AF608 is an EQ valve, no lineup changes would be required for cooling it down.
D. Incorrect - All three EFW Trains inoperable while AF608 is closed for venting - See DB-OP-06233 R37 step 2.1.6. Plausible because water hammer could induce an AFW line break; MDFP and AFW Train 1 both discharge through AF608.
D. Incorrect  
Sys #       System           Category                                                               KA Statement 061         Auxiliary /       K5 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following         Feed line voiding and water hammer Emergency        concepts as they apply to the AFW:
- All three EFW Trains inoperable while AF608 is closed for venting  
Feedwater (AFW)
- See DB-OP-06233 R37 step 2.1.6. Plausible because water hammer could induce an AFW line break; MDFP and AFW Train 1 both discharge through AF608.
System K/A#     K5.05               K/A Importance         2.7                   Exam Level             RO References provided to Candidate         None                           Technical  
Sys # System Category KA Statement 061 Auxiliary / Emergency Feedwater (AFW) System K5 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as the y apply to the AFW:
Feed line voiding and water hammer K/A# K5.05 K/A Importance 2.7 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
DB-OP-06233 R37 Section 4.9 and step 2.1.6 Question Source:            New Question Cognitive Level:              High - Comprehension                        10 CFR Part 55 Content:              (CFR: 41.5 / 45.7)
Objective:      OPS-SYS-213-13K


DB-OP-06233 R37 Section 4.9 and step 2.1.6 Question Source:
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
New  Question Cognitive Level:
: 46.     If the Auxiliary Feedwater (AFW) Pumps start automatically, the Control Room contacts an operator to locally shift the AFW Pump recirculation flow path.
High - Comprehension 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.5 / 45.7)
Objective:
OPS-SYS-213-13K Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   46. If the Auxiliary Feedwater (AFW) Pumps start automatically, the Control Room contacts an operator to locally shift the AFW Pump recirculation flow path.
Performing this action maintains which of the following?
Performing this action maintains which of the following?
A. AFW Pump seal and bearing temperatures within limits B. Condensate Storage Tank chemistry parameters within specification C. Offsite radioactive material releases As Low As Reasonably Achievable D. The margin assumed in the Condensate Storage Tank Capacity analysis Answer: D   Explanation/Justification:
A.       AFW Pump seal and bearing temperatures within limits B.       Condensate Storage Tank chemistry parameters within specification C.       Offsite radioactive material releases As Low As Reasonably Achievable D.       The margin assumed in the Condensate Storage Tank Capacity analysis Answer: D Explanation/Justification:
A. Incorrect  
A. Incorrect - local operator opens AF50 & AF51, then closes AF59. See DB-OP-02000 R27 step 4.18 (page 34) and Bases and Deviation Document for DB-OP-02000 R20 step 4.18 (page 43). Plausible because pumps are self-cooled. Without the installed restriction orifices RO 501 and RO 555, candidate could determine that pump flows go up because two valves are opened and one is closed on the recirc line. See OS-0010 R23 sheet 1.
- local operator opens AF50 & AF51, then closes AF59. See DB-OP-02000 R27 step 4.18 (page 34) and Bases and Deviation Document for DB
B. Incorrect - Plausible because this is the reason for the normal lineup having AF59 open. See Bases and Deviation Document for DB-OP-02000 R20 step 4.18 (page 43)
-OP-02000 R20 step 4.18 (page 43). Plausible because pumps are self
C. Incorrect - Plausible for secondary side radioactive contamination because closing AF59 isolates the flow path to the CST overflow and ultimately the environment. See OS-0010 R23 sheet 1 D. Correct - AF59 normally open to direct AFP recirc water to the storm drain to prevent degradation of chemistry of the CSTs if AFW pumps start with suction from SW. After AFW pumps start, local operator opens AF50 & AF51, then closes AF59 to shift recirc to CSTs to preserve CST inventory. See DB-OP-02000 R27 step 4.18 (page 34) and Bases and Deviation Document for DB-OP-02000 R20 step 4.18 (page 43)
-cooled. Without the installed restriction orifices RO 501 and RO 555, candidate could determine that pump flows go up because two valves are opened and one is closed on the recirc line. See OS
Sys #       System           Category                                                             KA Statement 061         Auxiliary /       Generic                                                               Knowledge of local auxiliary operator tasks during Emergency                                                                              an emergency and the resultant operational Feedwater                                                                              effects (AFW)
-0010 R23 sheet 1.
System K/A#       2.4.35             K/A Importance         3.8                     Exam Level           RO References provided to Candidate           None                           Technical  
B. Incorrect  
- Plausible because this is the reason for the normal lineup having AF59 open. See Bases and Deviation Document for DB
-OP-02000 R20 step 4.18 (page 43)
C. Incorrect  
- Plausible for secondary side radioactive contamination because closing AF5 9 isolates the flow path to the CST overflow and ultimately the environment. See OS
-0010 R23 sheet 1 D. Correct - AF59 normally open to direct AFP recirc water to the storm drain to prevent degradation of chemistry of the CSTs if AFW pumps start with suction from SW. After AFW pumps start, local operator opens AF50 & AF51, then closes AF59 to shift recirc to CSTs to preserve CST inventory. See DB-OP-02000 R27 step 4.18 (page 34) and Bases and Deviation Document for DB
-OP-02000 R20 step 4.18 (page 43)
Sys # System Category KA Statement 061 Auxiliary / Emergency Feedwater (AFW) System Generic Knowledge of local auxiliary operator tasks during  
 
an emergency and the resultant operational effects K/A# 2.4.35 K/A Importance 3.8 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
DB-OP-02000 R27 step 4.18 (page 34) and Bases and Deviation Document for DB-OP-02000 R20 step 4.18 (page 43)
Question Source:          New Question Cognitive Level:              Low - Memory                                  10 CFR Part 55 Content:              (CFR: 41.10 / 43.5 / 45.13)
Objective:      OPS-SYS-213-11K


DB-OP-02000 R27 step 4.18 (page 34) and Bases and Deviation Document for DB
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
-OP-02000 R20 step 4.18 (page 43) Question Source:
: 47.     The plant is at 100% power.
New  Question Cognitive Level:
Low - Memory 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.10 / 43.5 / 45.13)
Objective:
OPS-SYS-213-11K Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   47. The plant is at 100% power.
120V AC Panel YAR will be transferred to its alternate supply from 120V AC Panel YBR.
120V AC Panel YAR will be transferred to its alternate supply from 120V AC Panel YBR.
The governing procedure requires the following before YAR is transferred:   Divers e Scram System (DSS) Channel 1 is de
The governing procedure requires the following before YAR is transferred:
-energized Caldon Cabinet C5757E is de
* Diverse Scram System (DSS) Channel 1 is de-energized
-energized These actions are performed in accordance with the applicable procedures.
* Caldon Cabinet C5757E is de-energized These actions are performed in accordance with the applicable procedures.
Which of the following describes the effect on
Which of the following describes the effect on:
(1) DSS and (2) Integrated Control System (ICS) Unit Load Demand (ULD)?
(1) DSS and (2) Integrated Control System (ICS) Unit Load Demand (ULD)?
A. (1) DSS will trip the Reactor if required.
A.       (1) DSS will trip the Reactor if required.
(2) ICS ULD can be operated in AUTO.
B.      (1) DSS will trip the Reactor if required.
(2) ICS ULD can NOT be operated in AUTO.
C.      (1) DSS will NOT trip the Reactor if required.
(2) ICS ULD can be operated in AUTO.
(2) ICS ULD can be operated in AUTO.
B. (1) DSS will trip the Reactor if required.
D.       (1) DSS will NOT trip the Reactor if required.
(2) ICS ULD can NOT be operated in AUTO.
(2) ICS ULD can NOT be operated in AUTO.
C. (1) DSS will NOT trip the Reactor if required.
Answer: C Explanation/Justification:
(2) ICS ULD can be operated in AUTO. D. (1) DSS will NOT trip the Reactor if required.
A. Incorrect - part 2 is correct. Part 1 is incorrect because DSS is a 2/2 coincidence energize to trip system. Plausible for examinee misconception of DSS as 1/2 de-energize to trip system.
(2) ICS ULD can NOT be operated in AUTO. Answer: C   Explanation/Justification:
B. Incorrect - Part 1 is incorrect because DSS is a 2/2 coincidence energize to trip system. Plausible for examinee misconception of DSS as 1/2 de-energize to trip system. Part 2 is incorrect because ICS ULD can be operated in AUTO using MFW Flow Venturis for thermal power calculation.
A. Incorrect  
Plausible because ULD is placed in MANUAL prior to taking LEFM signal to bypass (DB-OP-06407 R15 step 4.20.3.c.3) or for examinee misconception that Venturis cant provide input to ULD heat balance.
- part 2 is correct. Part 1 is incorrect because DSS is a 2/2 coincidence energize to trip system. Plausible for examinee misconception of DSS as 1/2 de
C. Correct - DSS is a 2/2 coincidence energize to trip system. See DB-OP-06402 R25 CRD Operating Procedure NOTE 4.18 (page113). Leading Edge Flow Meter (LEFM) signal is bypassed in ULD when de-energizing Caldon cabinet. See DB-OP-06407 R15 NNI Operating Procedure step 4.20.3.c.4 (page 40). ICS ULD can be operated in AUTO using MFW Flow Venturis for thermal power calculation. See NOTE and step 4.20.3.c.5 D. Incorrect - Part 1 is correct. . Part 2 is incorrect because ICS ULD can be operated in AUTO using MFW Flow Venturis for thermal power calculation. Plausible because ULD is placed in MANUAL prior to taking LEFM signal to bypass (DB-OP-06407 R15 step 4.20.3.c.3) or for examinee misconception that Venturis cant provide input to ULD heat balance.
-energize to trip system.
Sys #       System             Category                                                                 KA Statement 062         AC Electrical       A1 Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters (to           Effect on instrumentation and controls of switching Distribution        prevent exceeding design limits) associated with operating the ac       power supplies System              distribution system controls including:
B. Incorrect - Part 1 is incorrect because DSS is a 2/2 coincidence energize to trip system. Plausible for examinee misconception of DSS as 1/2 de-energize to trip system. Part 2 is incorrect because ICS ULD can be operated in AUTO using MFW Flow Venturis for thermal power calculation. Plausible because ULD is placed in MANUAL prior to taking LEFM signal to bypass (DB
K/A#     A1.03                 K/A Importance             2.5                   Exam Level             RO References provided to Candidate             None                         Technical  
-OP-06407 R15 step 4.20.3.c.3) or for examinee misconception that Venturis can't provide input to ULD heat balance.
C. Correct - DSS is a 2/2 coincidence energize to trip system. See DB
-OP-06402 R25 CRD Operating Procedure NOTE 4.18 (page113). Leading Edge Flow Meter (LEFM) signal is bypassed in ULD when de
-energizing Caldon cabinet. See DB
-OP-06407 R15 NNI Operating Procedure step 4.20.3.c.4 (pa ge 40). ICS ULD can be operated in AUTO using MFW Flow Venturis for thermal power calculation. See NOTE and step 4.20.3.c.5 D. Incorrect  
- Part 1 is correct. . Part 2 is incorrect because ICS ULD can be operated in AUTO using MFW Flow Venturis for thermal power calculation. Plausible because ULD is placed in MANUAL prior to taking LEFM signal to bypass (DB
-OP-06407 R15 step 4.20.3.c.3) or for examinee misconception that Venturis can't provide input to ULD heat balance.
Sys # System Category KA Statement 062 AC Electrical Distribution System A1 Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding design limits) associated with operating the ac distribution system controls including:
Effect on instrumentation and controls of switching power supplies K/A# A1.03 K/A Importance 2.5 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
DB-OP-06402 R25 CRD Operating Procedure NOTE 4.18; DB-OP-06407 R15 NNI Operating Procedure step 4.20.3.c.4 and 4.20.3.c.5)
Question Source:            New Question Cognitive Level:                  Low - Memory                              10 CFR Part 55 Content:                (CFR: 41.5 / 45.5)
Objective:      OPS-SYS-408-02K


DB-OP-06402 R25 CRD Operating Procedure NOTE 4.18; DB-OP-06407 R15 NNI Operating Procedure step 4.20.3.c.4 and 4.20.3.c.5)
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
Question Source:
: 48.     The plant is at 100% power.
New  Question Cognitive Level:
Which of the following will cause a rise in Charger DBC1N amps?
Low - Memory 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
A.     Start of Main Turbine Generator Emergency Bearing Oil Pump B.     Start of Low Pressure Injection Pump 1 C.     Closing AF3870 Auxiliary Feedpump 1 to Steam Generator 1 discharge valve D.     Start of Main Generator Emergency Seal Oil Pump Answer: A Explanation/Justification:
(CFR: 41.5 / 45.5)
A. Correct -EBOP powered from DC MCC 1 so its start raises load on Charger DBC1N. See OS-0060 sheet 1 R25.
Objective:
B. Incorrect - No effect on Charger DBC 1N. Plausible for inversion with HPI Pump1 which has a DC lube oil pump.
OPS-SYS-408-02K Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   48. The plant is at 100% power.
C. Incorrect - AF3870 is powered from D1P, so no effect on Charger DBC1N. Plausible because AF3870 is powered from a Train 1 DC bus. See OS-0060 sheet 1.
Which of the following will cause a rise in Charger DBC1N amps
D. Incorrect - Emergency Seal Oil Pump source is DC MCC 2, so Charger DBC1N output would not be affected. Plausible for confusion with Emergency Bearing Oil Pump power supply. See OS-0060 sheet 1 R25.
?    A. Start of Main Turbine Generator Emergency Bearing Oil Pump B. Start of Low Pressure Injection Pump 1 C. Closing AF3870 Auxiliary Feedpump 1 to Steam Generator 1 discharge valve D. Start of Main Generator Emergency Seal Oil Pump Answer: A   Explanation/Justification:
Sys #       System           Category                                                             KA Statement 063         DC Electrical     K1 Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause-effect         Battery charger and battery Distribution      relationships between the DC electrical system and the following System            systems:
A. Correct -EBOP powered from DC MCC 1 so its start raises load on Charger DBC1N. See OS-00 60 sheet 1 R2
K/A#     K1.03               K/A Importance         2.9                   Exam Level           RO References provided to Candidate           None                           Technical  
: 5. B. Incorrect  
- No effect on Charger DBC 1N. Plausible for inversion with HPI Pump1 which has a DC lube oil pump. C. Incorrect  
- AF3870 is powered from D1P, so no effect on Charger DBC1N. Plausible because AF3870 is powered from a Train 1 DC bus. See OS-0060 sheet 1.
D. Incorrect  
- Emergency Seal Oil Pump source is DC MCC 2, so Charger DBC1N output would not be affected. Plausible for confusion with Emergency Bearing Oil Pump power supply. See OS-0060 sheet 1 R25.
Sys # System Category KA Statement 063 DC Electrical Distribution System K1 Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause
-effect relationships between the DC electrical system and the following systems: Battery charger and battery K/A# K1.03 K/A Importance 2.9 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
OS-0060 sheet 1 R25 Question Source:          Bank # 167376 modified Question Cognitive Level:              High - Comprehension                      10 CFR Part 55 Content:              (CFR: 41.2 to 41.9 / 45.7 to 45.8)
Objective:      OPS-SYS-409-10K


OS-00 60 sheet 1 R2 5  Question Source:
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
Bank # 167376 modifie d    Question Cognitive Level:
: 49.     The plant is at 100% power.
High - Comprehension 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
* Component Cooling Water (CCW) Pump 1 is operating.
(CFR: 41.2 to 41.9 / 45.7 to 45.8) Objective:
A Loss of Offsite Power occurs.
OPS-SYS-409-10K Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   49. The plant is at 100% power. Component Cooling Water (CCW) Pump 1 is operating.
Five minutes later, EDG 1 trips.
A Loss of Offsite Power occurs. Five minutes later, EDG 1 trips. NO operator actions have been taken.
NO operator actions have been taken.
 
Which of the following describes the status of CCW Pump 1 and Service Water (SW) Pump 1 breakers?
Which of the following describes the status of CCW Pump 1 and Service Water (SW) Pump 1 breakers?   (1) CCW Pump 1 breaker is _____.
(1) CCW Pump 1 breaker is _____.
(2) SW Pump 1 breaker is _____.
(2) SW Pump 1 breaker is _____.
A. (1) open   (2) open     B. (1) open   (2) closed     C. (1) closed   (2) closed     D. (1) closed   (2) open   Answer: D   Explanation/Justification:
A.       (1) open (2) open B.       (1) open (2) closed C.       (1) closed (2) closed D.       (1) closed (2) open Answer: D Explanation/Justification:
A. Incorrect  
A. Incorrect - CCW Pump 1 breaker remains closed. Bus UV does not affect CCW Pump 1 breaker. See OS-0021 sheet 1 R37 CL-2. Part 2 is correct. Plausible for misconception that Bus UV opens CCW Pump breaker.
- CCW Pump 1 breaker remains closed. Bus UV does not affect CCW Pump 1 breaker. See OS
B. Incorrect - CCW Pump 1 breaker remains closed. Bus UV does not affect CCW Pump 1 breaker. See OS-0021 sheet 1 R37 CL-2. SW Pump 1 breaker opens on Bus UV. See OS-0020 sheet 2 R51 CL-3. Plausible for candidate inversion of pump responses to Bus UV.
-0021 sheet 1 R37 CL
C. Incorrect - SW Pump 1 breaker opens on Bus UV. See OS-0020 sheet 2 R51 CL-3. Part 1 is correct. Plausible for misconception that SW Pump responds the same as CCW pump.
-2. Part 2 is correct. Plausible for misconception that Bus UV opens CCW Pump breaker.
D. Correct - CCW and SW Pumps are the major loads that sequence on to the EDG for a non-SFAS condition. CCW Pump 1 breaker remains closed. Bus UV does not affect CCW Pump 1 breaker. See OS-0021 sheet 1 R37 CL-2. SW Pump 1 breaker opens on Bus UV. See OS-0020 sheet 2 R51 CL-3.
B. Incorrect  
Sys #       System           Category                                                               KA Statement 064         Emergency         K3 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the ED/G     Systems controlled by automatic loader Diesel            system will have on the following:
- CCW Pump 1 breaker remains closed. Bus UV does not affect CCW Pump 1 breaker. See OS
Generator (ED/G)
-0021 sheet 1 R37 CL
System K/A#     K3.01               K/A Importance           3.8*                   Exam Level             RO References provided to Candidate           None                           Technical  
-2. SW Pump 1 breaker opens on Bus UV. See OS
-0020 sheet 2 R51 CL
-3. Plausible for candidate inversion of pump responses to Bus UV.
C. Incorrect  
- SW Pump 1 breaker opens on Bus UV. See OS
-0020 sheet 2 R51 CL
-3. Part 1 is correct. Plausible for misconception that SW Pump responds the same as CCW pump.
D. Correct - CCW and SW Pumps are the major loads that sequence on to the EDG for a non
-SFAS condition. CCW Pump 1 breaker remains closed. Bus UV do es not affect CCW Pump 1 breaker. See OS-0021 sheet 1 R37 CL-2. SW Pump 1 breaker opens on Bus UV. See OS-0020 sheet 2 R51 CL
-3. Sys # System Category KA Statement 064 Emergency Diesel Generator (ED/G) System K3 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the ED/G system will have on the following: Systems controlled by automatic loader K/A# K3.01 K/A Importance 3.8* Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
OS-0021 sheet 3 R12 CL-13 and sheet 1 CL-2; OS-0020 sheet 2 R51 CL-3 Question Source:          New Question Cognitive Level:              Low - Recall                                  10 CFR Part 55 Content:            (CFR: 41.7 / 45.6)
Objective:      OPS-SYS-405-19K


OS-0021 sheet 3 R12 CL
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
-13 and sheet 1 CL
: 50.     The plant is at 100% power.
-2; OS-0020 sheet 2 R51 CL
-3 Question Source:
New  Question Cognitive Level:
Low - Recall  10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.7 / 45.6)
Objective:
OPS-SYS-405-19K Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   50. The plant is at 100% power.
Emergency Diesel Generator (EDG) 1 is started and loaded for a normal surveillance test.
Emergency Diesel Generator (EDG) 1 is started and loaded for a normal surveillance test.
EDG 1 Jacket Water (JW) Thermostatic Control Valve JW112 is stu ck closed.
* EDG 1 Jacket Water (JW) Thermostatic Control Valve JW112 is stuck closed.
NO operator actions are taken.
* NO operator actions are taken.
Which ONE of the following describes the effect on EDG 1?
Which ONE of the following describes the effect on EDG 1?
EDG 1 __(1)__ temperature(s) rise(s) until EDG 1 stops from __(2)__. A. (1) JW only (2) high JW temperature trip     B. (1) JW and Lube Oil (2) high JW temperature trip C. (1) JW only (2) the engine seizing up D. (1) JW and Lube Oil (2) the engine seizing up Answer: B   Explanation/Justification:
EDG 1 __(1)__ temperature(s) rise(s) until EDG 1 stops from __(2)__.
A. Incorrect  
A.     (1) JW only (2) high JW temperature trip B.     (1) JW and Lube Oil (2) high JW temperature trip C.     (1) JW only (2) the engine seizing up D.     (1) JW and Lube Oil (2) the engine seizing up Answer: B Explanation/Justification:
- JW112 stuck closed prevents cooling of the JW and lube oil. See OS
A. Incorrect - JW112 stuck closed prevents cooling of the JW and lube oil. See OS-0041A sheet 1 R32. Part 2 is correct. Plausible for misconception of lube oil cooling directly by CCW.
-0041A sheet 1 R32. Part 2 is correct. Plausible for misconception of lube oil cooling directly by CCW.
B. Correct - JW112 stuck closed prevents cooling of the JW and lube oil. See OS-0041A sheet 1 R32. High JW temperature trips EDG because EDG start was manual, not Emergency. See DB-OP-02001 R30 Window 1-1-B.
B. Correct - JW112 stuck closed prevents cooling of the JW and lube oil. See OS
C. Incorrect - JW112 stuck closed prevents cooling of the JW and lube oil. See OS-0041A sheet 1 R32. High JW temperature trips EDG because EDG start was manual, not Emergency. See DB-OP-02001 R30 Window 1-1-B. Plausible for misconception of lube oil cooling directly by CCW and misapplication of Emergency start bypass of JW temperature trip. See DB-OP-02000 Bases and Deviation Document R20 page 455.
-0041A sheet 1 R32. High JW temperature trips EDG because EDG start was manual, not Emergency. See DB
D. Incorrect - High JW temperature trips EDG because EDG start was manual, not Emergency. See DB-OP-02001 R30 Window 1-1-B. Part 1 is correct. Plausible for misapplication of Emergency start bypass of JW temperature trip. See DB-OP-02000 Bases and Deviation Document R20 page 455.
-OP-02001 R30 Window 1 B. C. Incorrect  
Sys #       System           Category                                                             KA Statement 064         Emergency         K1 Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause-effect         D/G cooling water system Diesel            relationships between the ED/G system and the following systems:
- JW112 stuck closed prevents cooling of the JW and lube oil. See OS
Generator (ED/G)
-0041A sheet 1 R32. High JW temperature trips EDG because EDG start was manual, not Emergency. See DB
System K/A#     K1.02               K/A Importance         3.1                   Exam Level           RO References provided to Candidate           None                         Technical  
-OP-02001 R30 Window 1 B. Plausible for misconception of lube oil cooling directly by CCW and misapplication of Emergency start bypass of JW temperature trip. See DB
-OP-02000 Bases and Deviation Document R20 page 455.
D. Incorrect  
- High JW temperature trips EDG because EDG start was manual, not Emergency. See DB
-OP-02001 R30 Window 1 B. Part 1 is correct. Plausible for misapplication of Emergency start bypass of JW temperature trip. See DB
-OP-02000 Bases and Deviation Document R20 page 455.
Sys # System Category KA Statement 064 Emergency Diesel Generator (ED/G) System K1 Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause
-effect relationships between the ED/G system and the following systems:
D/G cooling water system K/A# K1.02 K/A Importance 3.1 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
OS-0041A sheet 1 R32; DB-OP-02001 R30 Window 1-1-B Question Source:          New Question Cognitive Level:              Low - Recall                              10 CFR Part 55 Content:              (CFR: 41.2 to 41.9 / 45.7 to 45.8)
Objective:      OPS-SYS-406-06K


OS-0041A sheet 1 R32; DB
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
-OP-02001 R30 Window 1-1-B  Question Source:
: 51.     A release of Clean Waste Monitor Tank (CWMT) 1 is in progress using CWMT Transfer Pump 1.
New    Question Cognitive Level:
Low - Recall    10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.2 to 41.9 / 45.7 to 45.8) Objective:
OPS-SYS-406-06K Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   51. A release of Clean Waste Monitor Tank (CWMT) 1 is in progress using CWMT Transfer Pump 1.
Which of the following describes how, if at all, that the release can be stopped from the Control Room?
Which of the following describes how, if at all, that the release can be stopped from the Control Room?
A. Release can NOT be stopped from the Control Room. Local valve operation is required.
A.       Release can NOT be stopped from the Control Room. Local valve operation is required.
B. Push HIS1708 CWMT Transfer Pump 1 STOP button.
B.       Push HIS1708 CWMT Transfer Pump 1 STOP button.
C. Press CLOSE on HIS1771 Clean Waste System Outlet Flow Valve. D. Press the TEST button on RE1770A module until the HIGH alarm comes in.
C.       Press CLOSE on HIS1771 Clean Waste System Outlet Flow Valve.
Answer: D   Explanation/Justification:
D.       Press the TEST button on RE1770A module until the HIGH alarm comes in.
A. Incorrect  
Answer: D Explanation/Justification:
- Plausible because all actions to stop release are local per DB
A. Incorrect - Plausible because all actions to stop release are local per DB-OP-03011 R23 Radioactive Liquid Batch Release. See step 4.9.25.e (page 74), 4.9.32 (page 78), and 4.9.33 (page 79). See OS-0028A sheet 4 R14 B. Incorrect - CWMT Transfer Pump control is local only. See OS-0028A sheet 4 R14. Plausible because this is how the release is normally terminated. See DB-OP-03011 R23 Radioactive Liquid Batch Release step 4.9.33 (page 79).
-OP-03011 R23 Radioactive Liquid Batch Release.
C. Incorrect - WC1771 control is local only. See OS-0028A sheet 4 R14. Plausible because WC1771 is closed to stop release. See DB-OP-03011 R23 Radioactive Liquid Batch Release steps 4.9.25.e (page 74) and 4.9.32 (page 78).
See step 4.9.25.e (page 74), 4.9.32 (page 78), and 4.9.33 (page 79). See OS
D. Correct -Trip check of monitor prior to release is performed in this manner. See DB-OP-03011 R23 Radioactive Liquid Batch Release step 4.9.18 (page 71).
-0028A sheet 4 R14 B. Incorrect  
Sys #       System           Category                                                               KA Statement 073         Process           A4 Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room:     Effluent release Radiation Monitoring (PRM)
- CWMT Transfer Pump control is local only. See OS
System K/A#     A4.01               K/A Importance           3.9                   Exam Level           RO References provided to Candidate           None                           Technical  
-0028A sheet 4 R14. Plausible because this is how the release is normally terminated. See DB
-OP-03011 R23 Radioactive Liquid Batch Release step 4.9.33 (page 79).
C. Incorrect  
- WC1771 control is local only. See OS
-0028A sheet 4 R14. Plausible because WC1771 is closed to stop release. See DB
-OP-03011 R23 Radioactive Liquid Batch Release steps 4.9.25.e (page 74) and 4.9.32 (page 78).
D. Correct -Trip check of monitor prior to release is performed in this manner. See DB
-OP-03011 R23 Radioactive Liquid Batch Release step 4.9.18 (page 71).
Sys # System Category KA Statement 073 Process Radiation Monitoring (PRM) System A4 Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room:
Effluent release K/A# A4.01 K/A Importance 3.9 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
DB-OP-03011 R23 Radioactive Liquid Batch Release step 4.9.18 (page 71)
Question Source:          New Question Cognitive Level:              Low - Memory                                10 CFR Part 55 Content:              (CFR: 41.7 / 45.5 to 45.8)
Objective:      OPS-SYS-115-06K


DB-OP-03011 R23 Radioactive Liquid Batch Release step 4.9.18 (page 71)
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
Question Source:
: 52.     The plant is operating at 100% power.
New  Question Cognitive Level:
* Component Cooling Water (CCW) Pump 1 is operating.
Low - Memory  10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.7 / 45.5 to 45.8)
Objective:
OPS-SYS-115-06K Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   52. The plant is operating at 100% power. Component Cooling Water (CCW) Pump 1 is operating.
Which of the following describes the impact of extended cold weather operation on the Service Water (SW) System and the actions required to mitigate the potential consequences?
Which of the following describes the impact of extended cold weather operation on the Service Water (SW) System and the actions required to mitigate the potential consequences?
Extended cold weather operation causes SW supply header pressures to __(1)__. To mitigate the potential consequences on SW Loop 2, the operators __(2)__. A. (1) rise   (2) establish flow through the standby Turbine Plant Cooling Water Heat Exchanger B. (1) rise   (2) establish flow through the standby CCW Heat Exchanger C. (1) lower   (2) throttle closed on the operating Loop 2 SW Pump discharge valve D. (1) lower   (2) align Circulating Water to supply SW secondary loads Answer: A   Explanation/Justification:
Extended cold weather operation causes SW supply header pressures to __(1)__.
A. Correct - Lower SW temperature during cold weather operation causes temperature control valves to throttle closed which raises SW supply header pressures. With CCW Pump 1 operating, SW Loop 2 is the secondary loop. Standby TPCW HX is used for pressure control of secondary loop. See DB
To mitigate the potential consequences on SW Loop 2, the operators __(2)__.
-OP-06261 R63 SW System Operating Procedure Section 3.13.
A.     (1) rise (2) establish flow through the standby Turbine Plant Cooling Water Heat Exchanger B.     (1) rise (2) establish flow through the standby CCW Heat Exchanger C.     (1) lower (2) throttle closed on the operating Loop 2 SW Pump discharge valve D.     (1) lower (2) align Circulating Water to supply SW secondary loads Answer: A Explanation/Justification:
B. Incorrect  
A. Correct - Lower SW temperature during cold weather operation causes temperature control valves to throttle closed which raises SW supply header pressures. With CCW Pump 1 operating, SW Loop 2 is the secondary loop. Standby TPCW HX is used for pressure control of secondary loop. See DB-OP-06261 R63 SW System Operating Procedure Section 3.13.
- With CCW Pump 1 operating, SW Loop 2 is the secondary loop. Standby TPCW HX is used for pressure control of secondary loop.
B. Incorrect - With CCW Pump 1 operating, SW Loop 2 is the secondary loop. Standby TPCW HX is used for pressure control of secondary loop.
See DB-OP-06261 R63 SW System Operating Procedure section 3.8. Plausible because SW pressure rise is correct.
See DB-OP-06261 R63 SW System Operating Procedure section 3.8. Plausible because SW pressure rise is correct.
C. Incorrect  
C. Incorrect - SW supply pressure rises. Plausible because throttling closed on SW pump discharge valve would raise SW pump discharge pressure.
- SW supply pressure rises. Plausible because throttling closed on SW pump discharge valve would raise SW pump discharge pressure.
D. Incorrect - SW supply pressure rises. Plausible because Circ Water automatically aligns to supply secondary loads during a low pressure condition.
D. Incorrect  
Sys #       System         Category                                                                 KA Statement 076         Service         A2 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or   Service water header pressure Water          operations on the SWS; and (b) based on those predictions, use System          procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those (SWS)          malfunctions or operations:
- SW supply pressure rises. Plausible because Circ Water automatically aligns to supply secondary loads during a low pressure condition.
K/A#     A2.02             K/A Importance             2.7                   Exam Level           RO References provided to Candidate           None                             Technical  
Sys # System Category KA Statement 076 Service Water System (SWS) A2 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the SWS; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:
Service water header pressure K/A# A2.02 K/A Importance 2.7 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
DB-OP-06261 R63 SW System Operating Procedure step 2.2.9 Question Source:          New Question Cognitive Level:              High - Comprehension                          10 CFR Part 55 Content:              (CFR: 41.5 / 43.5 / 45/3 /
45/13)
Objective:      OPS-SYS-305-03K


DB-OP-06261 R63 SW System Operating Procedure step 2.2.9 Question Source:
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
New    Question Cognitive Level:
: 53.     The plant is operating at 100% power.
High - Comprehension 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
Which of the following will result in the stable readings on the gauges below?
(CFR: 41.5 / 43.5 / 45/3 / 45/13) Objective: OPS-SYS-305-03K Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   53. The plant is operating at 100% power. Which of the following will result in the stable readings on the gauges below?
A.       Instrument Air Dryer Switching Failure B.       Leak on the air header to the Atmospheric Vent Valves C.       Leak on the air header to the Turbine Plant Cooling Water Heat Exchanger temperature control valves D.       Leak on the process air header to the Moisture Separator Reheater Demineralizer skid resin transfer system Answer: D Explanation/Justification:
A. Instrument Air Dryer Switching Failure     B. Leak on the air header to the Atmospheric Vent Valves C. Leak on the air header to the Turbine Plant Cooling Water Heat Exchanger temperature control valves D. Leak on the process air header to the Moisture Separator Reheater Demineralizer skid resin transfer system   Answer: D   Explanation/Justification:
A. Incorrect - IA and SA pressure would be about equal and lower for this failure. See DB-OP-02528 R19 Attachment 24 (page 124). Plausible for misdiagnosis since both headers have low pressure. See DB-OP-02528 R22 step 2.2.2.
A. Incorrect  
B. Incorrect - IA pressure would still lower. This is an IA leak which is downstream of IA450. See OS-0019A sheet 2 R19 H-20. Plausible for misconception of header supplying valves.
- IA and SA pressure would be about equal and lower for this failure. See DB
C. Incorrect - IA pressure would still lower. This is an IA leak which is downstream of IA72. See OS-0019A sheet 2 R19 D-22 and DB-OP-02528 R22 Attachment 17 (page 101). Plausible for misconception of header supplying valves.
-OP-02528 R19 Attachment 24 (page 124). Plausible for misdiagnosis since both headers have low pressure. See DB
D. Correct - Leak is on station air header See DB-OP-02528 R22 Instrument Air System Malfunctions step 4.1.6 and Attachment 24 Background Information page 124 2nd paragraph. MSRD skid resin transfer air is on SA header. See OS-0019B sheet 2 R21 D-30.
-OP-02528 R22 step 2.2.2.
Sys #       System           Category                                                               KA Statement 078         Instrument       A4 Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room:     Pressure gauges Air System (IAS)
B. Incorrect  
K/A#     A4.01               K/A Importance             3.1                   Exam Level           RO References provided to Candidate           None                           Technical  
- IA pressure would still lower. This is an IA leak which is downstream of IA450. See OS
-0019A sheet 2 R19 H-20. Plausible for misconception of header supplying valves.
C. Incorrect  
- IA pressure would still lower. This is an IA leak which is downstream of IA72. See OS
-0019A sheet 2 R19 D-22 and DB-OP-025 28 R22 Attachment 17 (page 101). Plausible for misconception of header supplying valves.
D. Correct - Leak is on station air header See DB
-OP-02528 R22 Instrument Air System Malfunctions step 4.1.6 and Attachment 24 Background Information page 124 2 nd paragraph. MSRD skid resin transfer air is on SA header. See OS
-0019 B sheet 2 R21 D
-30. Sys # System Category KA Statement 078 Instrument Air System (IAS) A4 Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room:
Pressure gauges K/A# A4.01 K/A Importance 3.1 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
DB-OP-02528 R22 step 4.1.6 and Attachment 24 (page 124); OS-0019B sheet 2 R21 Question Source:          Oconee 2010 #53 modified Question Cognitive Level:              High - Comprehension                          10 CFR Part 55 Content:            (CFR: 41.7 / 45.5 to 45.8)
Objective:      OPS-GOP-128-01K


DB-OP-02528 R22 step 4.1.6 and Attachment 24 (page 124); OS
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
-0019 B sheet 2 R21 Question Source:
: 54.     The plant is operating at 100% power.
Oconee 2010 #53 modified Question Cognitive Level:
All Control Room Instrument Air (IA) and Station Air (SA) System pressure indicators lower to 80 psig and stabilize.
High - Comprehension 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.7 / 45.5 to 45.8)
Objective:
OPS-GOP-128-01K Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   54. The plant is operating at 100% power. All Control Room Instrument Air (IA) and Station Air (SA) System pressure indicators lower to 80 psig and stabilize.
Which of the following lists the correct order of automatic actions that occurred?
Which of the following lists the correct order of automatic actions that occurred?
(1) Station A ir Compressor (SAC) 1 start ed  (2) IA Dryer Bypass Valves IA932 and IA962 opene d  (3) Emergency Instrument Air Compressor (EIAC) started A. 1, 2, 3   B. 1, 3, 2   C. 3 , 1 , 2   D. 3 , 2 , 1   Answer: B   Explanation/Justification:
(1) Station Air Compressor (SAC) 1 started (2) IA Dryer Bypass Valves IA932 and IA962 opened (3) Emergency Instrument Air Compressor (EIAC) started A.     1, 2, 3 B.     1, 3, 2 C.     3, 1, 2 D.     3, 2, 1 Answer: B Explanation/Justification:
A. Incorrect  
A. Incorrect - See DB-OP-02528 R22 IA Malfunctions page 123. Plausible for misconception that EIAC is last resort action.
- See DB-OP-02528 R22 IA Malfunctions page 123. Plausible for misconception that EIAC is last resort action.
B. Correct - See DB-OP-02528 R22 IA Malfunctions page 123.
B. Correct - See DB-OP-02528 R22 IA Malfunctions page 123.
C. Incorrect  
C. Incorrect - See DB-OP-02528 R22 IA Malfunctions page 123. Plausible for off-normal lineup of EIAC operating in LEAD status.
- See DB-OP-02528 R22 IA Malfunctions page 123. Plausible for off
D. Incorrect - See DB-OP-02528 R22 IA Malfunctions page 123. Plausible for off-normal lineup of EIAC operating in LEAD status and dryers bypassed earlier to support that status.
-normal lineup of EIAC operating in LEAD status.
Sys #       System           Category                                                               KA Statement 078         Instrument       A3 Ability to monitor automatic operation of the IAS, including:       Air pressure Air System (IAS)
D. Incorrect  
K/A#     A3.01             K/A Importance           3.1                   Exam Level             RO References provided to Candidate           None                           Technical  
- See DB-OP-02528 R22 IA Malfunctions page 123. Plausible for off
-normal lineup of EIAC operating in LEAD status and dryers bypassed earlier to support that status.
Sys # System Category KA Statement 078 Instrument Air System (IAS) A3 Ability to monitor automatic operation of the IAS, including:
Air pressure K/A# A3.01 K/A Importance 3.1 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
DB-OP-02528 R22 IA Malfunctions page 123 Question Source:          New Question Cognitive Level:              Low - Memory                                10 CFR Part 55 Content:            (CFR: 41.7 / 45.5)
Objective:      OPS-SYS-602-08K


DB-OP-02528 R22 IA Malfunctions page 123 Question Source:
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
New  Question Cognitive Level:
: 55.     The plant is operating at 100% power.
Low - Memory  10 CFR Part 55 Content:
* HIS 2022A SFAS CHANNEL 1 ACTUATE switch arcs across its TRIP position contacts and causes a Channel 1 Manual SFAS Actuation.
(CFR: 41.7 / 45.5)
* The circuit problem that caused the actuation clears a few moments later.
Objective:
Which of the following describes the effect of the inadvertent Channel 1 Manual SFAS Actuation on Containment and the actions required to mitigate the potential consequences?
OPS-SYS-602-08K Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   55. The plant is operating at 100% power. HIS 2022A SFAS CHANNEL 1 ACTUATE switch arcs across its TRIP position contacts and causes a Channel 1 Manual SFAS Actuation.
A.     The Containment Peak Pressure Analysis is challenged by rising Containment air temperature. Reset SFAS and return Containment Air Cooler Fan 1 to FAST speed per DB-OP-06910 Trip Recovery.
The circuit problem that caused the actuation clears a few moments later. Which of the following describes the effect of the inadvertent Channel 1 Manual SFAS Actuation on Containment and the actions required to mitigate the potential consequences?
B.     Containment Equipment Qualification is challenged by Containment Spray Pump 1 operation. Block SFAS and stop Containment Spray Pump 1 per DB-OP-02000 Attachment 9 Miscellaneous Post Accident Actions.
A. The Containment Peak Pressure Analysis is challenged by rising Containment air temperature. Reset SFAS and return Containment Air Cooler Fan 1 to FAST speed per DB
C.     The Containment Vessel Negative Pressure Analysis is challenged by isolation of five Containment Vacuum Relief Valves. Reset SFAS and reopen the Containment Vacuum Relief Isolation Valves per DB-OP-06910 Trip Recovery.
-OP-06910 Trip Recovery.
D.     The Containment Fire Hazards Analysis is challenged by loss of Component Cooling Water (CCW) to all Reactor Coolant Pumps. Block SFAS and reopen the CCW Containment Isolation Valves per DB-OP-02000 Attachment 9 Miscellaneous Post Accident Actions.
B. Containment Equipment Qualification is challenged by Containment Spray Pump 1 operation. Block SFAS and stop Containment Spray Pump 1 per DB
Answer: C Explanation/Justification:
-OP-02000 Attachment 9 Miscellaneous Post Accident Actions.
A. Incorrect - Containment temperature rise from shift of one CAC to SLOW is minimal. Heat input to Containment is lowered significantly because the operators trip the reactor and all RCPs in response to the SFAS. Plausible because recovery actions are correct (see DB-OP-06910 steps 6.3.2 and 6.3.3.e).
C. The Containment Vessel Negative Pressure Analysis is challenged by isolation of five Containment Vacuum Relief Valves. Reset SFAS and reopen the Containment Vacuum Relief Isolation Valves per DB-OP-06910 Trip Recovery.
B. Incorrect - Manual Containment Spray actuation is a separate circuit. See DB-OP-06405 R13 SFAS Operating Procedure step 5.2.2.b (page 65).
D. The Containment Fire Hazards Analysis is challenged by loss of Component Cooling Water (CCW) to all Reactor Coolant Pump
Plausible because Manual SFAS Actuation actuates all of the Level 4 Containment Isolation functions, but does not start the Spray Pump. See DB-OP-06405 R13 SFAS Operating Procedure step 5.2.2.a (page 65). Stop of a Containment Spray Pump that was inadvertently started could be performed per DB-OP-02000 Attachment 9.
: s. Block SFAS and reopen the CCW Containment Isolation Valve s per DB-OP-02000 Attachment 9 Miscellaneous Post Accident Actions.
C. Correct - SFAS Manual Actuation Channel initiates SA Levels 1-4 of Containment Isolation, but does NOT start the Containment Spray Pump.
Answer: C   Explanation/Justification:
See DB-OP-06405 R13 SFAS Operating Procedure step 5.2.2.a (page 65). Channel 1 SA Level 2 isolates 5 of the 10 Containment Vacuum Breakers. See DB-OP-02000 R27 page 418. At least 6 vacuum breakers are required per the Inadvertent Containment Spray analysis. See UFSAR R30 page 6.2-14. Trip Recovery provides guidance for SFAS reset and reopening the Vacuum breaker isolation valves. See DB-OP-06910 R27 steps 6.3.2 (page 47) and 6.3.3.g (page 49). Attachment 9 does NOT provide guidance for reopening the vacuum breaker isolations.
A. Incorrect  
See DB-OP-02000 R27 page 322.
- Containment temperature rise from shift of one CAC to SLOW is minimal. Heat input to Containment is lowered significantly because the operators trip the reactor and all RCPs in response to the SFAS. Plausible because recovery actions are correct (see DB
D. Incorrect - Major fire hazard in Containment is the RCP lube oil system per FHAR R26 9.1.3.1 (page 9-12). Operators stop all RCPs when CCW and seal injection are both lost per DB-OP-02515 R12 RCP and Motor Operation step 4.4.1, which mitigates the challenge. Plausible because CCW supplies cooling for the RCP oil coolers. CCW valves could be reopened per Attachment 9 step 2.6.
-OP-06910 steps 6.3.2 and 6.3.3.e). B. Incorrect  
Sys #       System           Category                                                                 KA Statement 103         Containment       A2 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or   Phase A and B isolation System            operations on the containment system and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:
- Manual Containment Spray actuation is a separate circuit. See DB-OP-06405 R13 SFAS Operating Procedure step 5.2.2.b (page 65). Plausible because Manual SFAS Actuation actuates all of the Level 4 Containment Isolation functions, but does not start the Spray Pump. See DB-OP-06405 R13 SFAS Operating Procedure step 5.2.2.a (page 65). Stop of a Containment Spray Pump that was inadvertently started could be performed per DB
K/A#     A2.03               K/A Importance             3.5*                   Exam Level           RO References provided to Candidate             None                             Technical  
-OP-02000 Attachment 9.
C. Correct - SFAS Manual Actuation Channel initiates SA Levels 1
-4 of Containment Isolation, but does NOT start the Containment Spray Pump. See DB-OP-06405 R13 SFAS Operating Procedure step 5.2.2.a (page 65). Channel 1 SA Level 2 isolates 5 of the 10 Containment Vacuum Breakers. See DB
-OP-02000 R27 page 418. At least 6 vacuum breakers are required per the Inadvertent Containment Spray analysis. See UFSAR R30 page 6.2
-14. Trip Recovery provides guidance for SFAS reset and reopening the Vacuum breaker isolation valves. See DB
-OP-06910 R2 7 steps 6.3.2 (page 47) and 6.3.3.g (page 49). Attachment 9 does NOT provide guidance for reopening the vacuum breaker isolations. See DB-OP-02000 R27 page 322.
D. Incorrect  
- Major fire hazard in Containment is the RCP lube oil system per FHAR R26 9.1.3.1 (page 9
-12). Operators stop all RCPs when CCW and seal injection are both lost per DB
-OP-02515 R12 RCP and Motor Operation step 4.4.1, which mitigates the challenge.
Plausible because CCW supplies cooling for the RCP oil coolers.
CCW valves could be reopened per Attachment 9 step 2.6.
Sy s # System Category KA Statement 103 Containment System A2 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the containment system and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:
Phase A and B isolation K/A# A2.03 K/A Importance 3.5* Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
DB-OP-06405 R13 SFAS Operating Procedure step 5.2.2.a (page 65), DB-OP-02000 R27 page 418, UFSAR R30 page 6.2-14, DB-OP-06910 R27 steps 6.3.2 (page 47) and 6.3.3.g (page 49)
Question Source:            New Question Cognitive Level:                High - Comprehension                          10 CFR Part 55 Content:              (CFR: 41.5 / 43.5 / 45.3 /
45.13)
Objective:      OPS-SYS-108-02K


DB-OP-06405 R13 SFAS Operating Procedure step 5.2.2.a (page 65), DB-OP-02000 R27 page 418, UFSAR R30 page 6.2
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
-14, DB-OP-06910 R2 7 steps 6.3.2 (page 47) and 6.3.3.g (page 49)
: 56.     The following plant conditions exist:
Question Source:
New    Question Cognitive Level:
High - Comprehension 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.5 / 43.5 / 45.3 / 45.13) Objective:
OPS-SYS-108-02K Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   56. The following plant conditions exist:
The plant is in Mode 3.
The plant is in Mode 3.
Control Rod Drive (CRD) Trip Breakers C and D have been closed locally.
Control Rod Drive (CRD) Trip Breakers C and D have been closed locally.
Which condition listed below will prevent the closing of CRD Trip Breakers A and B when the TRIP RESET pushbutton on the Rod Control Panel is depressed?
Which condition listed below will prevent the closing of CRD Trip Breakers A and B when the TRIP RESET pushbutton on the Rod Control Panel is depressed?
A. Annunciator 5 G, RPS CH 1 TRIP, is lit.
A.     Annunciator 5-1-G, RPS CH 1 TRIP, is lit.
B. The operating CRD Booster Pump flow is 1 16 gpm. C. The ELECTRONIC TRIP D light on the Rod Control Panel is lit.
B.     The operating CRD Booster Pump flow is 116 gpm.
D. The APSR GROUP IN LIMIT light on the Rod Control Panel is off. Answer: B   Explanation/Justification:
C.     The ELECTRONIC TRIP D light on the Rod Control Panel is lit.
A. Incorrect  
D.     The APSR GROUP IN LIMIT light on the Rod Control Panel is off.
- 2 channels of RPS tripped would be required to prevent breaker closure. See DB
Answer: B Explanation/Justification:
-OP-02005 R18 Window 5 G NOTE 2.1
A. Incorrect - 2 channels of RPS tripped would be required to prevent breaker closure. See DB-OP-02005 R18 Window 5-1-G NOTE 2.1. Plausible because CRD Operating Procedure resets all RPS trips prior to breaker closure. See DB-OP-06402 R25 step 3.7.5.
. Plausible because CRD Operating Procedure resets all RPS trips prior to breaker closure. See DB
-OP-06402 R25 step 3.7.5.
B. Correct - Minimum CRD flow for breaker closure is 146 gpm. See DB-OP-06402 R25 CRD Operating Procedure step 3.7.7.
B. Correct - Minimum CRD flow for breaker closure is 146 gpm. See DB-OP-06402 R25 CRD Operating Procedure step 3.7.7.
C. Incorrect  
C. Incorrect - this light is expected to be lit and goes off when the Trip Reset button is pressed. See DB-OP-06402 R25 NOTE 3.7.15.c. and step 3.7.15.e. Plausible for misconception on Source Interruption Device actuated by UV on one Power Supply Train, not two. See DB-OP-06402 R25 NOTE 3.7.16.a. One of the other items that will light the ELECTRONIC TRIP D light is CRD Trip Breaker D open. See DB-OP-06402 R25 page 150.
- this light is expected to be lit and goes off when the Trip Reset button is pressed. See DB
D. Incorrect - APSR (Group 8) IN LIMIT is not required to close a CRD breaker. Plausible because Group 1-7 IN LIMITS are required. See DB-OP-06402 R25 NOTE 3.7.11-14 and step 3.7.14.
-OP-06402 R25 NOTE 3.7.15.c. and step 3.7.15.e. Plausible for misconception on Source Interruption Device actuated by UV on one Power Supply Train, not two. See DB-OP-06402 R25 NOTE 3.7.16.a. One of the other items that will light the ELECTRONIC TRIP D light is CRD Trip Breaker D open. See DB
Sys #       System               Category                                                               KA Statement 001         Control Rod         K4 Knowledge of CRDS design feature(s) and/or interlock(s) which       Resetting of CRDM circuit breakers Drive                provide for the following:
-OP-06402 R25 page 150.
K/A#     K4.11                 K/A Importance             2.7                 Exam Level             RO References provided to Candidate               None                         Technical  
D. Incorrect  
- APSR (Group 8) IN LIMIT is not required to close a CRD breaker. Plausible because Group 1-7 IN LIMITS are required. See DB-OP-06402 R25 NOTE 3.7.11
-14 and step 3.7.14.
Sys # System Category KA Statement 001 Control Rod Drive K4 Knowledge of CRDS design feature(s) and/or interlock(s) which provide for the following:
Resetting of CRDM circuit breakers K/A# K4.11 K/A Importance 2.7 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None   Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
DB-OP-06402 R25 CRD Operating Procedure step 3.7.7 Question Source:            Bank - #167286 Question Cognitive Level:                  Low - Recall                                10 CFR Part 55 Content:              (CFR: 41.7)
Objective:      OPS-SYS-501-07K


DB-OP-06402 R25 CRD Operating Procedure step 3.7.7 Question Source:
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
Bank - #167286      Question Cognitive Level:
: 57.     The Data Acquisition and Display System/Safety Parameter Display System (DADS/SPDS) computer is being used to perform a Reactor Coolant System Water Inventory Balance calculation.
Low - Recall 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.7)
* DADS/SPDS automatic data retrieval is being utilized.
Objective:
* NO computer points are out of service.
OPS-SYS-501-07K Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   57. The Data Acquisition and Display System/Safety Parameter Display System (DADS/SPDS) computer is being used to perform a Reactor Coolant System Water Inventory Balance calculation.
DADS/SPDS automatic data retrieval is being utilized.
NO computer points are out of service.
Which of the following describes the requirements for using the computer for this calculation?
Which of the following describes the requirements for using the computer for this calculation?
A. NO parameter values must be manually entered. There are NO restrictions on maintaining steady state plant conditions after the final values are entered. B. Reactor Coolant Pump Seal Leakage Indicator values must be manually entered. Steady state plant conditions must be maintained for at least 15 minutes after the final values are entered. C. Reactor Coolant Pump Seal Leakage Indicator values must be manually entered. There are NO restrictions on maintaining steady state plant conditions after the final values are entered. D. Reactor Coolant Pump Seal Leakage Indicator and Quench Tank parameter values must be manually entered. Steady state plant conditions must be maintained for at least 15 minutes after the final values are entered. Answer: B   Explanation/Justification:
A.     NO parameter values must be manually entered. There are NO restrictions on maintaining steady state plant conditions after the final values are entered.
A. Incorrect  
B.     Reactor Coolant Pump Seal Leakage Indicator values must be manually entered. Steady state plant conditions must be maintained for at least 15 minutes after the final values are entered.
- Plausible because this is how an automated data retrieval calculation would work if RCP Seal Leakage totalizers had computer points.
C.     Reactor Coolant Pump Seal Leakage Indicator values must be manually entered. There are NO restrictions on maintaining steady state plant conditions after the final values are entered.
B. Correct - manual entry of RCP Seal Leakage readings required per DB
D.     Reactor Coolant Pump Seal Leakage Indicator and Quench Tank parameter values must be manually entered. Steady state plant conditions must be maintained for at least 15 minutes after the final values are entered.
-SP-03357 R19 RCS Water Inventory Balance step 4.1.12.b. 15 minute wait period required per step 4.1.8. C. Incorrect  
Answer: B Explanation/Justification:
- Plausible for misconception that final data time = end of calculation.
A. Incorrect - Plausible because this is how an automated data retrieval calculation would work if RCP Seal Leakage totalizers had computer points.
D. Incorrect  
B. Correct - manual entry of RCP Seal Leakage readings required per DB-SP-03357 R19 RCS Water Inventory Balance step 4.1.12.b. 15 minute wait period required per step 4.1.8.
- Per step 4.1.12, Quench Tank level is NOT manually entered for computer calculation. Plausible because RCP Seal Leakage Indicator values are recorded on an attachment entitled Attachment 1 RCP Seals Leak Rate and Quench Tank In
C. Incorrect - Plausible for misconception that final data time = end of calculation.
-Leakage Calculation Sheet. 15 minute wait period is correct.
D. Incorrect - Per step 4.1.12, Quench Tank level is NOT manually entered for computer calculation. Plausible because RCP Seal Leakage Indicator values are recorded on an attachment entitled Attachment 1 RCP Seals Leak Rate and Quench Tank In-Leakage Calculation Sheet. 15 minute wait period is correct.
Sys # System Category KA Statement 002 Reactor Coolant System (RCS) A4 Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room:
Sys #       System           Category                                                               KA Statement 002         Reactor           A4 Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room:     RCS leakage calculation program using the Coolant                                                                                  computer System (RCS)
RCS leakage calculation program using the computer K/A# A4.01 K/A Importance 3.5* Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  
K/A#     A4.01               K/A Importance           3.5*                   Exam Level             RO References provided to Candidate             None                           Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
DB-SP-03357 R19 RCS Water Inventory Balance steps 4.1.12.b and 4.1.8.
Question Source:          New Question Cognitive Level:                Low - Recall                                  10 CFR Part 55 Content:              (CFR: 41.7 / 45.5 to 45.8)
Objective:      OPS-SYS-525-01S
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
: 58.      The plant is operating at 100% power.
* Component Cooling Water (CCW) Pump 1 is operating.
A Loss of Offsite Power occurs.
NO operator actions have been taken.
Which of the following additional malfunctions will cause ZERO Makeup Pumps to be operating one minute after the Loss of Offsite Power?
A.      Bus C1 locks out.
B.      Containment Pressure rises to 18.0 psia.
C.      Emergency Diesel Generator 2 does NOT start.
D.      Safety Features Actuation System Channel 4 Sequencer does NOT actuate.
Answer: C Explanation/Justification:
A. Incorrect. Since MU Pump 2 was previously running and is not affected by C1 lockout, it restarts. Plausible because bus lockout trips and locks out its associated MU Pump. See OS-00002 sheet 3 R33 CL-10.
B. Incorrect. Plausible for Containment pressure above 18.4 psia which would cause SFAS Level 3 start of LPI Pump 2 which would trip MU Pump 2 after auto-restart. See OS-00002 sheet 3 R33 CL-10.
C. Correct - MU Pump 2 was running prior to the LOP per normal alignment. Previously running MU Pump load sheds on bus UV, then restarts 2.5 seconds after its associated EDG breaker closes. Since EDG doesnt start, zero MU Pumps will be running. See OS-0002 sheet 4 R24 CL-15.
D. Incorrect. Plausible for misconception that MU Pump starts from Sequencer.
Sys #        System          Category                                                              KA Statement 011          Pressurizer    K2 Knowledge of bus power supplies to the following:                  Charging pumps Level Control System K/A#      K2.01              K/A Importance          3.1                    Exam Level              RO References provided to Candidate          None                          Technical


DB-SP-03357 R19 RCS Water Inventory Balance steps 4.1.12.b and 4.1.8.
==References:==
Question Source:
OS-0002 sheet 4 R24 CL-15 Question Source:           New Question Cognitive Level:             Low - Memory                               10 CFR Part 55 Content:               (CFR: 41.7)
New    Question Cognitive Level:
Objective:       OPS-SYS-106-14K
Low - Recall  10 CFR Part 55 Content:
 
(CFR: 41.7 / 45.5 to 45.8)
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
Objective:
: 59.     The plant is at 100% power.
OPS-SYS-525-01S Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG  58. The plant is operating at 100% power. Component Cooling Water (CCW) Pump 1 is operating.
* Power Range Nuclear Instrument (NI) 5 Power indicates 100%
A Loss of Offsite Power occurs. NO operator actions have been taken
* NI 5 Imbalance indicates -10%.
. Which of the following additional malfunctions will cause ZERO Makeup Pumps to be operating one minute after the Loss of Offsite Power?
Which of the following describes the effect of the loss of NI 5 upper detector power supply?
A. Bus C1 locks out.
(1) NI 5 Power indicates _____.
B. Containment Pressure rises to 18.0 psia. C. Emergency Diesel Generator 2 does NOT start. D. Safety Features Actuation System Channel 4 Sequencer does NOT actuate.
(2) NI 5 Imbalance indicates _____.
Answer: C  Explanation/Justification:
A.     (1) 55%
A. Incorrect. Since MU Pump 2 was previously running and is not affected by C1 lockout, it restarts. Plausible because bus lockout trips and locks out its associated MU Pump. See OS
(2) -55%
-00002 sheet 3 R33 CL
B.     (1) 55%
-10. B. Incorrect. Plausible for Containment pressure above 18.4 psia which would cause SFAS Level 3 start of LPI Pump 2 which would trip MU Pump 2 after auto
(2) +45%
-restart. See OS
C.     (1) 45%
-00002 sheet 3 R33 CL
(2) -55%
-10. C. Correct - MU Pump 2 was running prior to the LOP per normal alignment. Previously running MU Pump load sheds on bus UV, then restarts 2.5 seconds after its associated EDG breaker closes. Since EDG doesn't start, zero MU Pumps will be running. See OS
D.     (1) 45%
-0002 sheet 4 R2 4 CL-15. D. Incorrect. Plausible for misconception that MU Pump starts from Sequencer. Sys # System Category KA Statement 011 Pressurizer Level Control System K2 Knowledge of bus power supplies to the following:
(2) +45%
Charging pumps K/A# K2.01 K/A Importance 3.1 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None  Technical Referenc es: OS-0002 sheet 4 R2 4 CL-15  Question Source:
Answer: A Explanation/Justification:
New   Question Cognitive Level:
A. Correct - Imbalance = Power upper - Power lower, so prior to the failure, Power upper = 45% and Power lower = 55%. When the upper detector power supply cable becomes disconnected, Power upper = 0, so total power = 55% and imbalance = -55%.
Low - Memory 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
B. Incorrect - Imbalance = -55%. Part 1 is correct. Plausible for inversion of Imbalance relationship (Lower - Upper).
(CFR: 41.7)
C. Incorrect - Power = 55%. Part 2 is correct. Plausible for inversion of power values.
Objective:
D. Incorrect - both parts wrong. Plausible for inversion of Imbalance relationship (Lower - Upper).
OPS-SYS-106-14K Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   59. The plant is at 100% power. Power Range Nuclear Instrument (NI) 5 Power indicates 100%   NI 5 Imbalance indicates -10%. Which of the following describes the effect of the loss of NI 5 upper detector power supply
Sys #       System           Category                                                                 KA Statement 015         Nuclear           K6 Knowledge of the effect of a loss or malfunction on the following     Component interconnections Instrumentati    will have on the NIS:
?    (1) NI 5 Power indicates
on System K/A#     K6.03               K/A Importance           2.6                     Exam Level             RO References provided to Candidate           None                           Technical  
_____.   (2) NI 5 Imbalance indicates _____.
A. (1) 55%   (2) -55%     B. (1) 55%   (2) +45%     C. (1) 45%   (2) -55%     D. (1) 45%   (2) +45%
Answer: A   Explanation/Justification:
A. Correct - Imbalance = Power upper  
- Power lower, so prior to the failure, Power upper = 45% and Power lower = 55%. When the upper detector power supply cable becomes disconnected, Power upper = 0, so total power = 55% and imbalance =  
-55%. B. Incorrect - Imbalance =  
-55%. Part 1 is correct. Plausible for inversion of Imbalance relationship (Lower  
- Upper). C. Incorrect  
- Power = 55%. Part 2 is correct. Plausible for inversion of power values.
D. Incorrect  
- both parts wrong. Plausible for inversion of Imbalance relationship (Lower  
- Upper). Sys # System Category KA Statement 015 Nuclear Instrumentation System K6 Knowledge of the effect of a loss or malfunction on the following will have on the NIS:
Component interconnections K/A# K6.03 K/A Importance 2.6 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
UFSAR R30 pages 7.2-2 and 7.8-2 Question Source:          New Question Cognitive Level:              High - Comprehension                        10 CFR Part 55 Content:              (CFR: 41.7 / 45.7)
Objective:      OPS-SYS-502-03K


UFSAR R30 pages 7.2
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
-2 and 7.8-2  Question Sourc e: New    Question Cognitive Level:
: 60.     The plant is at 100% power.
High - Comprehension 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
The Reactor Coolant System (RCS) Loop 1 Flow signal shorts to ground in the Non-Nuclear Instrumentation (NNI) cabinet.
(CFR: 41.7 / 45.7)
Objective:
OPS-SYS-502-03K Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   60. The plant is at 100% power. The Reactor Coolant System (RCS) Loop 1 Flow signal shorts to ground in the No n-Nuclear Instrumentation (NNI) cabinet.
Which of the following describes the effect, if any, on plant protection systems?
Which of the following describes the effect, if any, on plant protection systems?
A. No effect on plant protection systems.
A.       No effect on plant protection systems.
B. One Reactor Protection System (RPS) channel trips.
B.       One Reactor Protection System (RPS) channel trips.
C. One Steam Feed Rupture Control System (SFRCS) channel trips. D. One RPS channel and one SFRCS channel trip.
C.       One Steam Feed Rupture Control System (SFRCS) channel trips.
Answer: A   Explanation/Justification:
D.       One RPS channel and one SFRCS channel trip.
A. Correct - RPS provides RCS Flow signal to NNI. See DB
Answer: A Explanation/Justification:
-OP-06403 R20 RPS and NI Operating Procedure step 4.3.3. RPS isolation amplifier prevents fault from feeding back into protection system, so RPS does not trip on Flux/Flux/Flow. See UFSAR R30 section 7.1.2.3.
A. Correct - RPS provides RCS Flow signal to NNI. See DB-OP-06403 R20 RPS and NI Operating Procedure step 4.3.3. RPS isolation amplifier prevents fault from feeding back into protection system, so RPS does not trip on Flux/Flux/Flow. See UFSAR R30 section 7.1.2.3.
B. Incorrect  
B. Incorrect - RPS isolation amplifier prevents fault from feeding back into protection system. See UFSAR R30 section 7.1.2.3. Plausible because RPS provides RCS Flow signal to NNI and channel would trip on Flux/Flux/Flow if isolation amplifier didnt prevent fault from feeding back into RPS cabinet. See DB-OP-06403 R20 step 4.3.3.
- RPS isolation amplifier prevents fault from feeding back into protection system.
C. Incorrect - SFRCS monitors RCP motor current for pump status input, so failure doesnt affect SFRCS. See UFSAR R30 7.4.1.3.10.4 (page 7.4-8). Plausible for misconception that SFRCS monitors flow for RCP status.
See UFSAR R30 section 7.1.2.3. Plausible because RPS provides RCS Flow signal to NNI and channel would trip on Flux/Flux/Flow if isolation amplifier didn't prevent fault from feeding back into RPS cabinet. See DB-OP-06403 R20 step 4.3.3.
D. Incorrect - RPS isolation amplifier prevents fault from feeding back into protection system, so RPS does not trip on Flux/Flux/Flow. SFRCS monitors RCP motor current for pump status input, so failure doesnt affect SFRCS. Plausible because RPS provides RCS Flow signal to NNI and RPS channel would trip on Flux/Flux/Flow if isolation amplifier didnt prevent fault from feeding back into RPS cabinet. Plausible for misconception that SFRCS monitors flow for RCP status.
C. Incorrect - SFRCS monitors RCP motor current for pump status input, so failure doesn't affect SFRCS. See UFSAR R30 7.4.1.3.10.4 (page 7.4
Sys #       System           Category                                                                 KA Statement 016         Non-nuclear       K5 Knowledge of the operational implication of the following             Separation of control and protection circuits Instrumentati    concepts as they apply to the NNIS:
-8). Plausible for misconception that SFRCS monitors flow for RCP status.
on K/A#     K5.01               K/A Importance           2.7*                   Exam Level               RO References provided to Candidate           None                           Technical  
D. Incorrect  
- RPS isolation amplifier prevents fault from feeding back into protection system, so RPS does not trip on Flux/Flux/Flow. SFRCS monitors RCP motor current for pump status input, so failure doesn't affect SFRCS. Plausible because RPS provides RCS Flow signal to NNI and RPS channel would trip on Flux/Flux/Flow if isolation amplifier didn't prevent fault from feeding back into RPS cabinet. Plausible for misconception that SFRCS monitors flow for RCP status.
Sys # System Category KA Statement 016 Non-nuclear Instrumentati on K5 Knowledge of the operational implication of the following concepts as they apply to the NNIS: Separation of control and protection circuits K/A# K5.01 K/A Importance 2.7* Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
UFSAR R30 section 7.1.2.3 Question Source:          New Question Cognitive Level:              Low - Memory                                  10 CFR Part 55 Content:                (CFR: 41.5 / 45.7)
Objective:      OPS-SYS-507-12K


UFSAR R30 section 7.1.2.3 Question Source:
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
New    Question Cognitive Level:
: 61.     The plant is operating at 100% power.
Low - Memory  10 CFR Part 55 Content:
The operating Spent Fuel Pool (SFP) Pump 1 trips and can NOT be restarted.
(CFR: 41.5 / 45.7)
Which ONE of the following describes the preferred order of the listed options for SFP cooling?
Objective:
(1) Use SFP Pump 2 (2) Use Decay Heat Train 2 (3) Makeup from Demineralized Water A.     1, 2, 3 B.       1, 3, 2 C.     2, 1, 3 D.     2, 3, 1 Answer: A Explanation/Justification:
OPS-SYS-507-12K Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   61. The plant is operating at 100% power
A. Correct - See DB-OP-02547 R4 SFP Cooling Malfunctions step 4.1.12 and DB-OP-06021 R26 SFP Operating Procedure section 3.19 B. Incorrect - Demin water 3rd option per DB-OP-02547 R4 SFP Cooling Malfunctions step 4.1.12 RNO. Plausible because Demin Water makeup is normal source to make up for evaporation.
. The operating Spent Fuel P ool (SFP) Pump 1 trips and can NOT be restarted.
C. Incorrect - Plausible because DH train has larger cooling capability than SFP train.
Which ONE of the following describes the preferred order of the listed options for SFP cooling
D. Incorrect - Plausible because DH train has larger cooling capability than Demin Water makeup.
(1) Use SFP Pump 2 (2) Use Decay Heat Train 2 (3) Makeup from Demineralized Water A. 1, 2, 3     B. 1, 3, 2     C. 2 , 1 , 3     D. 2 , 3 , 1   Answer: A   Explanation/Justification:
Sys #       System           Category                                                             KA Statement 033         Spent Fuel       Generic                                                               Knowledge of abnormal condition procedures Pool Cooling K/A#     2.4.11             K/A Importance         4.0                     Exam Level           RO References provided to Candidate         None                             Technical  
A. Correct - See DB-OP-02547 R4 SFP Cooling Malfunctions step 4.1.12 and DB-OP-06021 R26 SFP Operating Procedure section 3.19 B. Incorrect  
- Demin water 3 rd option per DB
-OP-02547 R4 SFP Cooling Malfunctions step 4.1.12 RNO. Plausible because Demin Water makeup is normal source to make up for evaporation.
C. Incorrect  
- Plausible because DH train has larger cooling capability than SFP train.
D. Incorrect  
- Plausible because DH train has larger cooling capability than Demin Water makeup.
Sys # System Category KA Statement 033 Spent Fuel Pool Cooling Generic Knowledge of abnormal condition procedures K/A# 2.4.11 K/A Importance 4.0 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
DB-OP-02547 R4 SFP Cooling Malfunctions step 4.1.12, DB-OP-06021 page 2 Question Source:            New Question Cognitive Level:              Low - Recall                                10 CFR Part 55 Content:            (CFR: 41.10 / 43.5 / 45.13)
Objective:      OPS-GOP-147-01K


DB-OP-02547 R4 SFP Cooling Malfunctions step 4.1.12, DB-OP-06021 page 2 Question Source:
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
New    Question Cognitive Level:
: 62.     The plant is in MODE 3 following a transient.
Low - Recall 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
* Reactor Coolant System (RCS) Tave is 545 &#xba;F
(CFR: 41.10 / 43.5 / 45.13) Objective:
* All Reactor Coolant Pumps (RCPs) are operating.
OPS-GOP-147-01K Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   62. The plant is in MODE 3 following a transient. Reactor Coolant System (RCS) Tave is 5 45 &#xba;F   All Reactor Coolant Pumps (RCPs) are operating. The operators will perform an RCS cool down to 532  
The operators will perform an RCS cool down to 532 &#xba;F using the Turbine Bypass Valves.
&#xba;F using the Turbine Bypass Valves
Which of the following Steam Generator (SG) pressure changes produces an RCS cool down to 532 &#xba;F at the maximum allowable rate?
. Which of the following Steam Generator (SG) pressure changes produces a n RCS cool down to 532  
A.     Lower SG pressure by 50 psia over 4 minutes.
&#xba;F at the maximum allowable rate
B.     Lower SG pressure by 50 psia over 8 minutes.
?    A. Lower SG pressure by 50 psi a over 4 minutes.
C.     Lower SG pressure by 100 psia over 8 minutes.
B. Lower SG pressure by 50 psi a over 8 minutes.
D.     Lower SG pressure by 100 psia over 16 minutes.
C. Lower SG pressure by 100 psi a over 8 minutes.
Answer: C Explanation/Justification:
D. Lower SG pressure by 100 psi a over 16 minutes.
A. Incorrect - 50 psi lowering only cools down to about 538 &#xba;F. Plausible because rate is correct.
Answer: C   Explanation/Justification:
B. Incorrect - 50 psi lowering only cools down to about 538 &#xba;F. Plausible because rate would be correct for heatup or natural circulation cooldown.
A. Incorrect  
See DB-OP-06903 R47 Plant Cooldown step 6.2 (page 80).
- 50 psi lowering only cools down to about 538 &#xba;F. Plausible because rate is correct.
C. Correct - Maximum cooldown rate for forced circulation is 100 &#xba;F/hr or 1.67 &#xba;F/min. See DB-OP-06910 Trip Recovery R27 step 2.2.1.a. SG pressure from 1000 psia to 900 psia equals cooldown from 545 &#xba;F to 532 &#xba;F. 13 &#xba;F &#xf7; 1.67 &#xba;F/min = 8 min.
B. Incorrect  
D. Incorrect - Cooldown rate is only 50 &#xba;F/hr. Plausible because final temperature is correct and rate would be correct for heatup natural circulation cooldown.
- 50 psi lowering only cools down to about 538 &#xba;F. Plausible because rate would be correct for heatup or natural circulation cooldown. See DB-OP-06903 R47 Plant Cooldown step 6.2 (page 80).
Sys #       System           Category                                                               KA Statement 035         Steam             A1 Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters (to         S/G pressure Generator        prevent exceeding design limits) associated with operating the S/GS controls including:
C. Correct - Maximum cooldown rate for forced circulation is 100  
K/A#     A1.02               K/A Importance           3.5                   Exam Level             RO References provided to Candidate           Steam Tables                 Technical  
&#xba;F/hr or 1.67 &#xba;F/min. See DB-OP-06910 Trip Recovery R27 step 2.2.1.a. SG pressure from 1000 psia to 900 psia equals cooldown from 545  
&#xba;F to 532 &#xba;F. 13 &#xba;F &#xf7; 1.67 &#xba;F/min = 8 min.
D. Incorrect  
- Cooldown rate is only 50  
&#xba;F/hr. Plausible because final temperature is correct and rate would be correct for heatup natural circulation cooldown. Sys # System Category KA Statement 035 Steam Generator A1 Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding design limits) associated with operating the S/GS controls including:
S/G pressure K/A# A1.02 K/A Importance 3.5 Exam Level R O References provided to Candidate Steam Tables Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
DB-OP-06910 Trip Recovery R27 step 2.2.1.a Question Source:          New Question Cognitive Level:              High - Comprehension                        10 CFR Part 55 Content:                (CFR: 41.5 / 45.5)
Objective:      OPS-SYS-201-08K


DB-OP-06910 Trip Recovery R27 step 2.2.1.a Question Source:
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
New    Question Cognitive Level:
: 63.     The plant is at 8% power following a mid-cycle outage.
High - Comprehension 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
* The Rod Control Panel is in AUTO.
(CFR: 41.5 / 45.5)
* The Reactor Demand Station is in HAND.
Objective:
OPS-SYS-201-08K Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   63. The plant is at 8% power following a mid
-cycle outage.
The Rod Control Panel is in AUTO.
The Reactor Demand Station is in HAND.
Main Steam Isolation Valve (MSIV) MS101 10% Closed limit switch spuriously actuates.
Main Steam Isolation Valve (MSIV) MS101 10% Closed limit switch spuriously actuates.
MS101 remains full open.
* MS101 remains full open.
Without operator actions, what effect, if any, will this have on the steady state values of Reactor Power and Reactor Coolant System (RCS) Tave?
Without operator actions, what effect, if any, will this have on the steady state values of Reactor Power and Reactor Coolant System (RCS) Tave?
A. Reactor Power lowers. RCS Tave rises.
A.     Reactor Power lowers. RCS Tave rises.
B. No effect on Reactor power. RCS Tave rises. C. Reactor Power lowers. No effect on RCS Tave.
B.     No effect on Reactor power. RCS Tave rises.
D. No effect on Reactor Power. No effect on RCS Tave.
C.     Reactor Power lowers. No effect on RCS Tave.
Answer: D   Explanation/Justification:
D.     No effect on Reactor Power. No effect on RCS Tave.
A. Incorrect  
Answer: D Explanation/Justification:
- Reactor Demand Station in HAND with Rod Control Panel in AUTO maintains Reactor power constant. Tave doesn't change. Plausible for misapplication of AVV steam flow of 5% per valve and the natural reactivity feedback that would make power lower if not for the status of rod control.
A. Incorrect - Reactor Demand Station in HAND with Rod Control Panel in AUTO maintains Reactor power constant. Tave doesnt change.
B. Incorrect - Tave doesn't change. Part 1 is correct. Plausible for misapplication of AVV steam flow of 5% per valve.
Plausible for misapplication of AVV steam flow of 5% per valve and the natural reactivity feedback that would make power lower if not for the status of rod control.
C. Incorrect  
B. Incorrect - Tave doesnt change. Part 1 is correct. Plausible for misapplication of AVV steam flow of 5% per valve.
- Reactor Demand Station in HAND with Rod Control Panel in AUTO maintains Reactor power constant. Part 2 is correct.
C. Incorrect - Reactor Demand Station in HAND with Rod Control Panel in AUTO maintains Reactor power constant. Part 2 is correct.
D. Correct - Failure of MSIV limit switch logic input to steam dump control causes spurious shift of control from the TBVs to the AVVs. When in HAND, Reactor Demand maintains constant neutron power, so Reactor power is not affected. See DB-OP-06401 R23 ICS Operating Procedure page 94 and M-533-00179 R4. When the MSIV 10% Closed switch actuates, the Turbine Bypass Valves (TBVs) close and the Steam Generator (SG) pressure control signals are transferred to the Atmospheric Vent Valves (AVVs). See DB-OP-06401 R23 page 106. AVVs can pass 10% steam flow so Tave doesn't change. See UFSAR 10.4.4.3 (page 10.4.7). Sys # System Category KA Statement 041 Steam Dump/Turbine Bypass Control K3 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the SDS will have on the following:
D. Correct - Failure of MSIV limit switch logic input to steam dump control causes spurious shift of control from the TBVs to the AVVs. When in HAND, Reactor Demand maintains constant neutron power, so Reactor power is not affected. See DB-OP-06401 R23 ICS Operating Procedure page 94 and M-533-00179 R4. When the MSIV 10% Closed switch actuates, the Turbine Bypass Valves (TBVs) close and the Steam Generator (SG) pressure control signals are transferred to the Atmospheric Vent Valves (AVVs). See DB-OP-06401 R23 page 106. AVVs can pass 10%
RCS K/A# K3.02 K/A Importance 3.8 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  
steam flow so Tave doesnt change. See UFSAR 10.4.4.3 (page 10.4.7).
Sys #       System           Category                                                                 KA Statement 041         Steam           K3 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the SDS will     RCS Dump/Turbin      have on the following:
e Bypass Control K/A#     K3.02               K/A Importance             3.8                   Exam Level               RO References provided to Candidate           None                           Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
DB-OP-06401 Att. 2, step 1, M-533-00179, DB-OP-06401 R23 ICS Operating Procedure page 106, UFSAR 10.4.4.3 (page 10.4.7)
Question Source:            Bank - #172527 2008 NRC modified Question Cognitive Level:              High - Comprehension                        10 CFR Part 55 Content:                (CFR: 41.7 / 45.6)
Objective:      OPS-SYS-201-08K


DB-OP-06401 Att. 2, step 1, M-533-00179, DB-OP-06401 R23 ICS Operating Procedure page 106, UFSAR 10.4.4.3 (page 10.4.7)
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
Question Source:
: 64.     The plant is operating at 100% power.
Bank - #172527 2008 NRC modified    Question Cognitive Level:
The Main Turbine trips.
High - Comprehension 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.7 / 45.6)
Objective:
OPS-SYS-201-08K Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   64. The plant is operating at 100% power. The Main Turbine trips.
Which of the following describes the response of the Main Generator?
Which of the following describes the response of the Main Generator?
(1) The Main Generator Output Breakers ACB34560 and ACB34561 trip __(1)__.   (2) The Generator Field Breaker __(2)__. A. (1) after the reverse power relay timer times out (2) trips when the ACBs trip B. (1) after the reverse power relay timer times out (2) stays closed C. (1) immediately after closure of turbine stop valves (2) stays closed D. (1) immediately after closure of turbine stop valves (2) trips when the ACBs trip Answer: A   Explanation/Justification:
(1) The Main Generator Output Breakers ACB34560 and ACB34561 trip __(1)__.
A. Correct -See DB-OP-02000 R27 step 2.1.5.b and DB-OP-02016 R25 Window 16 C. Also System Description SD
(2) The Generator Field Breaker __(2)__.
-005 R4 Main Generator and Auxiliaries pages 2
A.     (1) after the reverse power relay timer times out (2) trips when the ACBs trip B.     (1) after the reverse power relay timer times out (2) stays closed C.     (1) immediately after closure of turbine stop valves (2) stays closed D.     (1) immediately after closure of turbine stop valves (2) trips when the ACBs trip Answer: A Explanation/Justification:
-27 and 2-28. B. Incorrect  
A. Correct -See DB-OP-02000 R27 step 2.1.5.b and DB-OP-02016 R25 Window 16-6-C. Also System Description SD-005 R4 Main Generator and Auxiliaries pages 2-27 and 2-28.
- Field breaker opens when ACBs open. Part 1 is correct. Plausible for misinterpretation of DB
B. Incorrect - Field breaker opens when ACBs open. Part 1 is correct. Plausible for misinterpretation of DB-OP-02500 Turbine Trip Attachment 2 which implies manual opening of field breaker is required.
-OP-02500 Turbine Trip Attachment 2 which implies manual opening of field breaker is required.
C. Incorrect - ACBs open based on timer and field breaker opens at the same time. Part 1 plausible for misdiagnosis as generator trip. Part 2 field breaker staying closed is plausible for misinterpretation of DB-OP-02500 Turbine Trip Attachment 2 which implies manual opening required.
C. Incorrect  
D. Incorrect - ACBs open based on timer. Part 2 is correct. 16-1-C actuated by 81U2 and 81U1 which also actuate generator lockout. See DB-OP-02016 R Window 16-1-C and OS-0055 sheet 2 R38 CD-1. Plausible for misdiagnosis as generator trip.
- ACBs open based on timer and field breaker opens at the same time. Part 1 plausible for misdiagnosis as generator trip. Part 2 field breaker staying closed is plausible for misinterpretation of DB
Sys #       System           Category                                                               KA Statement 045         Main Turbine     A3 Ability to monitor automatic operation of the MT/G system,         Generator trip Generator        including:
-OP-02500 Turbine Trip Attachment 2 which implies manual opening required.
K/A#     A3.11               K/A Importance           2.6*                   Exam Level           RO References provided to Candidate           None                           Technical  
D. Incorrect - ACBs open based on timer. Part 2 is correct.
16-1-C actuated by 81U2 and 81U1 which also actuate generator lockout. See DB
-OP-02016 R Window 16 C and OS-0055 sheet 2 R38 CD
-1. Plausible for misdiagnosis as generator trip. Sys # System Category KA Statement 045 Main Turbine Generator A3 Ability to monitor automatic operation of the MT/G system, including:
Generator trip K/A# A3.11 K/A Importance 2.6* Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
DB-OP-02000 R27 step 2.1.5.b and DB-OP-02016 R25 Window 16-6-C Question Source:          New Question Cognitive Level:                Low - Recall                              10 CFR Part 55 Content:              (CFR: 41/7 / 45.5)
Objective:      OPS-SYS-401-02K


DB-OP-02000 R27 step 2.1.5.b and DB
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
-OP-02016 R25 Window 16 C  Question Source:
: 65.     The plant is operating at 100% power.
New    Question Cognitive Level:
A Loss of Offsite Power occurs.
Low - Recall  10 CFR Part 55 Content:
The following annunciators alarm:
(CFR: 41/7 / 45.5)
* 1-3-D BUS C1 LOCKOUT
Objective:
* 1-3-H BUS D1 LOCKOUT
OPS-SYS-401-02K Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   65. The plant is operating at 100% power. A Loss of Offsite Power occurs. The following annunciators alarm:   1-3-D BUS C1 LOCKOUT   1-3-H BUS D1 LOCKOUT 10-5-G AFP 1 SUCT PRESS LO 10-5-H AFP 2 SUCT PRESS LO 13-1-B CNDS STRG TK LVL Condensate Storage Tank 1 Level LI 512 indicates ZERO feet.
* 10-5-G AFP 1 SUCT PRESS LO
* 10-5-H AFP 2 SUCT PRESS LO
* 13-1-B CNDS STRG TK LVL Condensate Storage Tank 1 Level LI 512 indicates ZERO feet.
Condensate Storage Tank 2 Level LI 516 indicates ZERO feet.
Condensate Storage Tank 2 Level LI 516 indicates ZERO feet.
Which of the following describes the ability to supply feedwater to the Steam Generators (SGs) under these conditions that does NOT require the installation of temporary piping or hoses?   A. Startup Feed Pump from the Deaerator Storage Tanks B. Auxiliary Feedwater Pump 1 from the Diesel Fire Pump     C. Motor Driven Feedwater Pump from the Backup Service Water Pump     D. NO feedwater is available for the SGs Answer: B   Explanation/Justification:
Which of the following describes the ability to supply feedwater to the Steam Generators (SGs) under these conditions that does NOT require the installation of temporary piping or hoses?
A. Incorrect  
A.       Startup Feed Pump from the Deaerator Storage Tanks B.       Auxiliary Feedwater Pump 1 from the Diesel Fire Pump C.       Motor Driven Feedwater Pump from the Backup Service Water Pump D.       NO feedwater is available for the SGs Answer: B Explanation/Justification:
- The only available onsite AC power source is the Station Blackout Diesel Generator (SBODG) which powers Bus D2. SUFP is powered from Bus C2 which has no power and can't be aligned to Bus D2 due to the lockouts of C1 and D1 Buses. Plausible because this would be a feedwater source if C2 power could be restored. See DB-OP-02000 R27 Attachment 5 Section C (page 287) and DB-OP-06226 R15 Startup Feed Pump Operating Procedure NOTE 5.1 (page 14).
A. Incorrect - The only available onsite AC power source is the Station Blackout Diesel Generator (SBODG) which powers Bus D2. SUFP is powered from Bus C2 which has no power and cant be aligned to Bus D2 due to the lockouts of C1 and D1 Buses. Plausible because this would be a feedwater source if C2 power could be restored. See DB-OP-02000 R27 Attachment 5 Section C (page 287) and DB-OP-06226 R15 Startup Feed Pump Operating Procedure NOTE 5.1 (page 14).
B. Correct - See DB-OP-02600 R13 Operational Contingency Response Action Plan Attachment 12 AFW Emergency Fire Protection Water to AFW Pump Suction (page 73). Diesel Fire Pump is available to provide suction head for AFW Pump operation.
B. Correct - See DB-OP-02600 R13 Operational Contingency Response Action Plan Attachment 12 AFW Emergency Fire Protection Water to AFW Pump Suction (page 73). Diesel Fire Pump is available to provide suction head for AFW Pump operation.
C. Incorrect  
C. Incorrect - Bus C1 lockout has stopped Service Water Pump 1 which is the emergency backup suction supply for the MDFP. See OS-0012A sheet 1 R26. BUSW Pump cant be used in place of SW Pump 1 because Bus C2 cant be powered form the SBODG due to the C1 and D1 lockouts. Plausible because the MDFP can be powered from the SBODG.
- Bus C1 lockout has stopped Service Water Pump 1 which is the emergency backup suction supply for the MDFP. See OS-0012A sheet 1 R26. BUSW Pump can't be used in place of SW Pump 1 because Bus C2 can't be powered form the SBODG due to the C1 and D1 lockouts. Plausible because the MDFP can be powered from the SBODG. D. Incorrect  
D. Incorrect - Plausible for misconception that Diesel Fire Pump is not available. See OS-0047A sheet 1 R25.
- Plausible for misconception that Diesel Fire Pump is not available. See OS
Sys #       System           Category                                                             KA Statement 086         Fire             K1 Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause-effect         AFW system Protection        relationships between the Fire Protection System and the following System            systems:
-0047A sheet 1 R25.
(FPS)
Sys # System Category KA Statement 086 Fire Protection System (FPS) K1 Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause
K/A#     K1.03               K/A Importance         3.4*                   Exam Level             RO References provided to Candidate           None                           Technical  
-effect relationships between the Fire Protection System and the following systems: AFW system K/A# K1.03 K/A Importance 3.4* Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
DB-OP-02600 R13 Operational Contingency Response Action Plan Attachment 12 AFW Emergency Fire Protection Water to AFW Pump Suction (page 73)
Question Source:          New Question Cognitive Level:                High - Comprehension                        10 CFR Part 55 Content:            (CFR: 41.2 to 41.9 / 45.7 to 45.8)
Objective:      OPS-SYS-601-02K


DB-OP-02600 R13 Operational Contingency Response Action Plan Attachment 12 AFW Emergency Fire Protection Water to AFW Pump Suction (page 73)
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
Question Source:
: 66.     The plant is in MODE 6 with Fuel Movement in progress.
New    Question Cognitive Level:
* Refueling Canal Water Level LI 1627 is stable at 23.5 ft.
High - Comprehension 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
* No water additions or drain operations are planned or will be allowed this shift.
(CFR: 41.2 to 41.9 / 45.7 to 45.8) Objective:
* Decay Heat (DH) Loop 1 has been operating continuously for the past 48 hours to provide core cooling.
OPS-SYS-601-02K Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   66. The plant is in MODE 6 with Fuel Movement in progress. Refueling Canal Water Level LI 1627 is stable at 23.5 ft.
No water additions or drain operations are planned or will be allowed this shift. Decay Heat (DH) Loop 1 has been operating continuously for the past 48 hours to provide core cooling.
The Fuel Handling Director requests DH Pump 1 be stopped to aid in Fuel Movement.
The Fuel Handling Director requests DH Pump 1 be stopped to aid in Fuel Movement.
In accordance with Technical Specifications, what is the maximum time DH Pump 1 may be stopped, if at all?   A. DH Pump 1 may NOT be stopped.
In accordance with Technical Specifications, what is the maximum time DH Pump 1 may be stopped, if at all?
B. 15 minutes C. 30 minutes     D. 60 minutes Answer: D   Explanation/Justification:
A.     DH Pump 1 may NOT be stopped.
A. Incorrect  
B.     15 minutes C.     30 minutes D.     60 minutes Answer: D Explanation/Justification:
- maximum allowable 1 hour stopped per eight hour period per LCO 3.9.4 NOTE
A. Incorrect - maximum allowable 1 hour stopped per eight hour period per LCO 3.9.4 NOTE. Plausible because it would be correct without NOTE.
. Plausible because it would be correct without NOTE. B. Incorrect  
B. Incorrect - Plausible because this is the allowable stopped time for LCO 3.9.5 which would apply for LI 1627 at 22.5 feet.
- Plausible because this is the allowable stopped time for LCO 3.9.5 which would apply for LI 1627 at 22.5 feet.
C. Incorrect - Plausible for multiple of LCO 3.9.5 allowable stop time.
C. Incorrect - Plausible for multiple of LCO 3.9.5 allowable stop time.
D. Correct - 1 hour stopped per eight hour period allowed per DB
D. Correct - 1 hour stopped per eight hour period allowed per DB-NE-06101 R25 Fuel/Control Component Shuffle step 2.2.2 and LCO 3.9.4.
-NE-06101 R25 Fuel/Control Component Shuffle step 2.2.2 and LCO 3.9.4.
Sys #       System             Category                                                             KA Statement N/A         N/A               Generic                                                               Knowledge of the Refueling process K/A#     2.1.41               K/A Importance           2.8                 Exam Level             RO References provided to Candidate             None                         Technical  
Sys # System Category KA Statement N/A N/A Generic Knowledge of the Refueling process K/A# 2.1.41 K/A Importance 2.8 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
LCO 3.9.4 Question Source:          Bank - Oconee 2010 #95 Question Cognitive Level:                Low - Memory                              10 CFR Part 55 Content:                (CFR: 41.2 / 41.10 / 43.6/
45.13)
Objective:      OPS-GOP-439-01K


LCO 3.9.4  Question Source:
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
Bank - Oconee 2010 #95 Question Cognitive Level:
: 67.     Which of the following describes a function of the Makeup and Purification System?
Low - Memory  10 CFR Part 55 Content:
The Makeup and Purification System is used to control Dissolved Oxygen in the Reactor Coolant System to _____.
(CFR: 41.2 / 41.10 / 43.6/ 45.13) Objective:
A.       control pH B.       minimize corrosion C.       control source term D.       minimize Nitrogen 16 production Answer: B Explanation/Justification:
OPS-GOP-439-01K Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   67. Which of the following describes a function of the Makeup and Purification System?
A. Incorrect - system is used to vary lithium to control pH. See UFSAR 9.3.4.1.f. Plausible because pH control is a function of the system.
The Makeup and Purification System is used to control Dissolved Oxygen in the Reactor Coolant System to _____. A. control pH B. minimize corrosion C. control source term D. minimize Nitrogen 16 production Answer: B   Explanation/Justification:
A. Incorrect  
- system is used to var y lithium to control pH. See UFSAR 9.3.4.1.f. Plausible because pH control is a function of the system.
B. Correct - system is used to maintain dissolved Hydrogen in RCS to scavenge dissolved Oxygen to reduce corrosion. See UFSAR 9.3.4.1.f and TRM B 8.4.1.
B. Correct - system is used to maintain dissolved Hydrogen in RCS to scavenge dissolved Oxygen to reduce corrosion. See UFSAR 9.3.4.1.f and TRM B 8.4.1.
C. Incorrect  
C. Incorrect - source term is not controlled within a range (like pH). MU & P System is used to vary zinc concentration to reduce source term.
- source term is not controlled within a range (like pH). MU & P System is used to vary zinc concentration to reduce source term. Plausible because source term reduction is a function of the system. See UFSAR 9.3.4.1.
Plausible because source term reduction is a function of the system. See UFSAR 9.3.4.1. f D. Incorrect - N16 reduction is not a function of the system. See UFSAR 9.3.4.1. Plausible for misconception that O16 is removed from the core rather than converted to water when scavenged by the Hydrogen.
f D. Incorrect  
Sys #       System           Category                                                               KA Statement N/A         N/A             Generic                                                                 Knowledge of system purpose and/or function K/A#     2.1.27             K/A Importance           3.9                   Exam Level             RO References provided to Candidate           None                           Technical  
- N16 reduction is not a function of the system. See UFSAR 9.3.4.1. Plausible for misconception that O16 is removed from the core rather than converted to water when scavenged by the Hydrogen.
Sys # System Category KA Statement N/A N/A Generic Knowledge of system purpose and/or function K/A# 2.1.27 K/A Importance 3.9 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
UFSAR R30 9.3.4.1.f and TRM B 8.4.1 Question Source:          New Question Cognitive Level:              Low - Memory                                10 CFR Part 55 Content:                (CFR: 41.7)
Objective:      OPS-SYS-106-01K


UFSAR R30 9.3.4.1.f and T R M B 8.4.1  Question Source:
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
New    Question Cognitive Level:
: 68.     During a plant shutdown, Heater Drain Tank 1 is placed on recirculation per DB-OP-06227 Low Pressure Feedwater Heaters which includes a valve lineup in accordance with Attachment 5 of the procedure (provided).
Low - Memory  10 CFR Part 55 Content:
Which of the following valves remains in its normal full power position when the attachment is completed?
(CFR: 41.7)
References provided A.     HD 5 B.     HD 49 C.     HD 27 D.     HD 35 Answer: B Explanation/Justification:
Objective:
A. Incorrect - Heater Drain Pumps are operating at full power with HD 5 open. Attachment 5 has HD 5 closed. Plausible because HD 5 is closed when Heater Drain Pump 1 is stopped. See DB-OP-06227 step 3.5.4.
OPS-SYS-106-01K Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   68. During a plant shutdown
B. Correct - See OS-0013 sheet 1 R15. Operations Schematics show 100% Power lineups C. Incorrect - HD 27 is open at full power. Attachment 5 has HD 27 closed. Plausible for misconception of valve name drain vs process line.
, Heater Drain Tank 1 is placed on recirculation per DB-OP-06227 Low Pressure Feedwater Heaters which includes a valve lineup in accordance with Attachment 5 of the procedure (provided). Which of the following valves remains in its normal full power position when the attachment is completed?
D. Incorrect - HD 35 is open at full power. Attachment 5 has HD 27 closed. Plausible because HD 35 is closed during loop seal restoration. See DB-OP-06227 step 4.5.5.
References provided A. HD 5     B. HD 49     C. HD 27     D. HD 35   Answer: B   Explanation/Justification:
Sys #       System           Category                                                             KA Statement N/A         N/A             Generic                                                               Ability to determine the expected plant configuration using design and configuration control documentation, such as drawings, line-ups, tag-outs, etc.
A. Incorrect  
K/A#     2.2.15             K/A Importance             3.9                 Exam Level             RO References provided to Candidate           DB-OP-06227 Attachment     Technical  
- Heater Drain Pumps are operating at full power with HD 5 open. Attachment 5 has HD 5 closed. Plausible because HD 5 is closed when Heater Drain Pump 1 is stopped. See DB
-OP-06227 step 3.5.4. B. Correct - See OS-0013 sheet 1 R15. Operations Schematics show 100% Power lineups C. Incorrect  
- HD 27 is open at full power. Attachment 5 has HD 27 closed. Plausible for misconception of valve name "drain" vs process line. D. Incorrect  
- HD 35 is open at full power. Attachment 5 has HD 27 closed. Plausible because HD 35 is closed during loop seal restoration. See DB-OP-06227 step 4.5.5.
Sys # System Category KA Statement N/A N/A Generic Ability to determine the expected plant configuration using design and configuration control documentation, such as drawings, line
-ups, tag-outs, etc.
K/A# 2.2.15 K/A Importance 3.9 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate DB-OP-06227 Attachment 5 Page 1 of 2 and OS
-0013 sheet 1.
Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
DB-OP-06227 R14 Attachment 5 Page 1 of 2 and 5 Page 1 of 2 and OS-0013                              OS-0013 sheet 1 R15.
sheet 1.
Question Source:          New Question Cognitive Level:                High - Comprehension                    10 CFR Part 55 Content:                (CFR: 41.10 / 43.3 / 45.13)
Objective:      OPS-GOP-505-02K


DB-OP-06227 R14 Attachment 5 Page 1 of 2 and OS-0013 sheet 1 R15.
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
Question Source:
: 69.     The plant is at 100% power.
New    Question Cognitive Level:
* Emergency Diesel Generator 1 is out of service for a planned 96 hour maintenance outage.
High - Comprehension 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
Which of the following conditions, if not corrected, would result in a required action that must be completed within one hour?
(CFR: 41.10 / 43.3 / 45.13)
A.       Safety Features Actuation System Channel 4 Sequencer is discovered to be INOPERABLE B.     Containment Spray Pump 2 automatic start circuit is discovered to be INOPERABLE C.     Control Room Emergency Vent Fan 2 is discovered to be INOPERABLE D.     Station Emergency Ventilation System Fan 2 is discovered to be INOPERABLE Answer: A Explanation/Justification:
Objective:
A. Correct - 3.8.1 Condition G applies which requires removal of inoperable sequencer module within one hour.
OPS-GOP-505-02K Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   69. The plant is at 100% power. Emergency Diesel Generator 1 is out of service for a planned 96 hour maintenance outage. Which of the following conditions, if not corrected, would result in a required action that must be completed within one hour?
B. Incorrect - LCO 3.8.1 Action B.2 gives 4 hours from redundant feature inoperable to declare supported feature (Spray Pump 1) inoperable.
A. Safety Features Actuation System Channel 4 Sequencer is discovered to be INOPERABLE B. Containment Spray Pump 2 automatic start circuit is discovered to be INOPERABLE C. Control Room Emergency Vent Fan 2 is discovered to be INOPERABLE D. Station Emergency Ventilation System Fan 2 is discovered to be INOPERABLE Answer: A   Explanation/Justification:
Plausible because both trains of containment spray will become inoperable.
A. Correct - 3.8.1 Condition G applies which requires removal of inoperable sequencer module within one hour. B. Incorrect - LCO 3.8.1 Action B.2 gives 4 hours from redundant feature inoperable to declare supported feature (Spray Pump 1) inoperable. Plausible because both trains of containment spray will become inoperable.
C. Incorrect - LCO 3.8.1 Action B.2 gives 4 hours from redundant feature inoperable to declare supported feature (CREV Fan 1) inoperable.
C. Incorrect  
Plausible because inoperability of CRE requires immediate suspension of fuel movement regardless of power supply status; however, CRE operability is not affected by fan status.
- LCO 3.8.1 Action B.2 gives 4 hours from redundant feature inoperable to declare supported feature (CREV Fan 1) inoperable. Plausible because inoperability of CRE requires immediate suspension of fuel movement regardless of power supply status; however, CRE operability is not affected by fan status.
D. Incorrect - LCO 3.8.1 Action B.2 gives 4 hours from redundant feature inoperable to declare supported feature (SFP EVS) inoperable. Plausible because both trains of SFP EVS inoperable requires immediate suspension of fuel movement in the SFP.
D. Incorrect  
Sys #       System             Category                                                           KA Statement N/A         N/A                 Generic                                                             Ability to analyze the effect of maintenance activities, such as degraded power sources, on the status of limiting conditions for operations K/A#     2.2.36               K/A Importance         3.1                   Exam Level References provided to Candidate             None                       Technical  
- LCO 3.8.1 Action B.2 gives 4 hours from redundant feature inoperable to declare supported feature (SFP EVS) inoperable. Plausible because both trains of SFP EVS inoperable requires immediate suspension of fuel movement in the SFP.
Sys # System Category KA Statement N/A N/A Generic Ability to analyze the effect of maintenance activities, such as degraded power sources, on the status of limiting conditions for operations K/A# 2.2.36 K/A Importance 3.1 Exam Level References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
LCO 3.8.1 Question Source:            New Question Cognitive Level:                Low - Recall                            10 CFR Part 55 Content:                  (41.7 / 41.10 / 43.2 / 45.13)
Objective:      OPS-GOP-438-02A


LCO 3.8.1  Question Source:
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
New    Question Cognitive Level:
: 70.     The plant is at 5% power during a startup.
Low - Recall  10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(41.7 / 41.10 / 43.2 / 45.13)
Objective:
OPS-GOP-438-02A Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   70. The plant is at 5% power during a startup.
13.8 kV Bus A locks out.
13.8 kV Bus A locks out.
Which of the following describes required operator action?
Which of the following describes required operator action?
A. Initiate Reactor shutdown due to the delay in plant startup.
A.       Initiate Reactor shutdown due to the delay in plant startup.
B. Adjust Turbine Bypass Valve controls following the AUTOMATIC Reactor trip.
B.       Adjust Turbine Bypass Valve controls following the AUTOMATIC Reactor trip.
C. Adjust Turbine Bypass Valve controls in response to the lowered Reactor Coolant flow.
C.       Adjust Turbine Bypass Valve controls in response to the lowered Reactor Coolant flow.
D. Initiate Reactor shutdown because less than three Reactor Coolant Pumps are operating.
D.       Initiate Reactor shutdown because less than three Reactor Coolant Pumps are operating.
Answer: D   Explanation/Justification:
Answer: D Explanation/Justification:
A. Incorrect  
A. Incorrect - wrong reason. Plausible because this would be the action and reason for a different delay if the reactor was still subcritical. See DB-OP-06912 R17 Approach to Criticality step 4.23.
- wrong reason. Plausible because this would be the action and reason for a different delay if the reactor was still subcritical. See DB
B. Incorrect - A Bus lockout trips RCPs 1-2 and 2-1. This leaves one RCP running in each loop, a combination that does not result in an automatic flux to pumps RPS trip. See Tech Spec Table 3.3.1-1. No automatic Flux-Delta Flux Flow trip. Trip setpoint lowers to around 60% power as RCS flow lowers when the RCPs stop. Power Range channels are all at zero, so no trip occurs. Plausible because automatic trip would occur at higher power level or for misconception of RCP/loop/13.8 kV bus relationship. TBVs would close when the 115 psi bias was applied by the reactor trip. DB-OP-06401 R23 ICS Operating Procedure Attachment 9. TBVs would have to be placed in HAND or the header pressure setpoint lowered to maintain Tave constant. See DB-OP-02000 Attachment 2 step 2 RNO.
-OP-06912 R17 Approach to Criticality step 4.23.
C. Incorrect - No TBV adjustment is required. Header pressure setpoint does not change and TBVs are controlling SG pressures in auto. RCS T is < 1 &#xba;F at 5% power, so Tavg change due to loss of 25% of RCS flow is negligible. Plausible for TBVs in HAND.
B. Incorrect  
D. Correct - A Bus lockout trips RCPs 1-2 and 2-1. This leaves one RCP running in each loop, a combination that does not result in an automatic RPS trip. See Tech Spec Table 3.3.1-1. Operating License 2.C(3)(a) states FENOC shall not operate the reactor in MODES 1 and 2 with < 3 RCPs in operation. Inserting rods places the unit in MODE 3 where the license condition does not apply.
- A Bus lockout trips RCPs 1
Sys #         System         Category                                                               KA Statement N/A           N/A             Generic                                                               Knowledge of conditions and limitations in the facility license K/A#       2.2.38             K/A Importance         3.6                   Exam Level             RO References provided to Candidate         None                         Technical  
-2 and 2-1. This leaves one RCP running in each loop, a combination that does not result in an automatic flux to pumps RPS trip. See Tech Spec Table 3.3.1
-1. No automatic Flux
-Delta Flux Flow trip. Trip setpoint lowers to around 60% power as RCS flow lowers when the RCPs stop. Power Range channels are all at zero, so no trip occurs. Plausible because automatic trip would occur at higher power level or for misconception of RCP/loop/13.8 kV bus relationship. TBVs would close when the 115 psi bias was applied by the reactor trip. DB
-OP-06401 R23 ICS Operating Procedure Attachment 9. TBVs would have to be placed in HAND or the header pressure setpoint lowered to maintain Tave constant. See DB
-OP-02000 Attachment 2 step 2 RNO.
C. Incorrect  
- No TBV adjustment is required. Header pressure setpoint does not change and TBVs are controlling SG pressures in auto. RCS T is < 1 &#xba;F at 5% power, so Tavg change due to loss of 25% of RCS flow is negligible. Plausible for TBVs in HAND. D. Correct - A Bus lockout trips RCPs 1
-2 and 2-1. This leaves one RCP running in each loop, a combination that does not result in an automatic RPS trip. See Tech Spec Table 3.3.1
-1. Operating License 2.C(3)(a) states FENOC shall not operate the reactor in MODES 1 and 2 with < 3 RCPs in operation. Inserting rods places the unit in MODE 3 where the license condition does not apply.
Sys # System Category KA Statement N/A N/A Generic Knowledge of conditions and limitations in the facility license K/A# 2.2.38 K/A Importance 3.6 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
Operating License 2.C(3)(a)
Question Source:          New Question Cognitive Level:              High - Comprehension                        10 CFR Part 55 Content:                  (CFR: 41.7 / 41.10 / 43.1 /
45.13)
Objective:        OPS-GOP-115-06K


Operating License 2.C(3)(a)
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
Question Source:
: 71.     Today is February 2. An operator has accumulated 200 mRem Total Effective Dose Equivalent (TEDE) radiation exposure so far this year, all of it at Davis-Besse.
New  Question Cognitive Level:
Assuming the operator is permitted to continue work until BOTH limits are reached, which of the following describes the cumulative time the operator could perform normal work in a 50 mRem/hr radiation field before the:
High - Comprehension 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(1) Site Administrative Control Limit dose is reached?
(CFR: 41.7 / 41.10 / 43.1 / 45.13) Objective:
(2) 10CFR20 dose limit is reached?
OPS-GOP-115-06K Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   71. Today is February 2. An operator has accumulated 2 00 mRem Total Effective Dose Equivalent (TEDE) radiation exposure so far this year, all of it at Davis-Besse. Assuming the operator is permitted to continue work until BOTH limits are reached, which of the following describes the cumulative time the operator could perform normal work in a 50 mRem/hr radiation field before the:
A.     (1) 1 hour (2) 21 hours B.     (1) 16 hours (2) 21 hours C.     (1) 16 hours (2) 96 hours D.     (1) 96 hours (2) 96 hours Answer: C Explanation/Justification:
(1) Site Administrative Control Limit dose is reached
A. Incorrect. Plausible for quarterly limitations on Site ACL and on 10CFR20 annual limit values (like in the old days).
(2) 10CFR20 dose limit is reached?
B. Incorrect - Plausible for quarterly limitation on 10CFR20 annual limit value (like in the old days). 16 hours is correct for Site ACL.
A. (1) 1 hour (2) 21 hours B. (1) 16 hours (2) 21 hours C. (1) 16 hours (2) 96 hours D. (1) 96 hours (2) 96 hours Answer: C   Explanation/Justification:
C. Correct - Site ACL is 1000 mRem/yr. 800 Mrem remaining &#xf7; 50 mRem/hr = 16 hours. See NOP-OP-4201 R2 Routine External Exposure Monitoring NOTE 6.5.1 (page14). 10CFR20 dose limit is 5.0 Rem/yr. 4800 MRem remaining &#xf7; 50 mRem/hr = 96 hours. See 10CFR20 D. Incorrect - Plausible for Site ACL = 10CFR20 limit. 96 hours is correct 10CFR20 limit.
A. Incorrect. Plausible for quarterly limitations on Site ACL and on 10CFR20 annual limit values (like in the old days). B. Incorrect  
Sys #       System           Category                                                                   KA Statement N/A         N/A               Generic                                                                   Knowledge of radiation exposure limits under normal or emergency conditions K/A#     2.3.4               K/A Importance           3.2                   Exam Level                 RO References provided to Candidate             None                         Technical  
- Plausible for quarterly limitation on 10CFR20 annual limit value (like in the old days). 16 hours is correct for Site ACL.
C. Correct - Site ACL is 1000 mRem/yr. 800 Mrem remaining &#xf7; 50 mRem/hr = 16 hours. See NOP
-OP-4201 R2 Routine External Exposure Monitoring NOTE 6.5.1 (page14). 10CFR20 dose limit is 5.0 Rem/yr. 4800 MRem remaining  
&#xf7; 50 mRem/hr = 96 hours. See 10CFR20 D. Incorrect  
- Plausible for Site ACL = 10CFR20 limit. 96 hours is correct 10CFR20 limit.
Sys # System Category KA Statement N/A N/A Generic Knowledge of radiation exposure limits under normal or emergency conditions K/A# 2.3.4 K/A Importance 3.2 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
NOP-OP-4201 R2 Routine External Exposure Monitoring NOTE 6.5.1 (page14); 10CFR20 Question Source:          New Question Cognitive Level:                High - Comprehension                          10 CFR Part 55 Content:                  (CFR: 41.12 / 43.4 / 45.10)
Objective:      OPS-GOP-511-02K


NOP-OP-4201 R2 Routine External Exposure Monitoring NOTE 6.5.1 (page14); 10CFR20 Question Source:
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
New    Question Cognitive Level:
: 72.     Which of the following are actions an operator is REQUIRED to PERFORM prior to EACH USE of a portable radiation survey instrument per DBBP-RP-1007 Meter Source and Response Testing?
High - Comprehension 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.12 / 43.4 / 45.10)
Objective:
OPS-GOP-511-02K Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   72. Which of the following are actions an operator is REQUIRED to PERFORM prior to EACH USE of a portable radiation survey instrument per DBBP-RP-1007 Meter Source and Response Testing?
(1) Perform an instrument _____.
(1) Perform an instrument _____.
(2) Make an entry in the _____.
(2) Make an entry in the _____.
A. (1) Calibration (2) Use/Response Log B. (1) Calibration (2) Daily Source Check Log C. (1) Response Check   (2) Use/Response Log D. (1) Response Check (2) Daily Source Check Log Answer: C   Explanation/Justification:
A.     (1) Calibration (2) Use/Response Log B.     (1) Calibration (2) Daily Source Check Log C.     (1) Response Check (2) Use/Response Log D.     (1) Response Check (2) Daily Source Check Log Answer: C Explanation/Justification:
A. Incorrect  
A. Incorrect - Calibration not performed by operator, just checked current per sticker. See DBBP-RP-1007 R32 Meter Source and Response Testing step 3.2.1.1. Part 2 is correct. Plausible because instrument calibration must be current.
- Calibration not performed by operator, just checked current per sticker. See DBBP
B. Incorrect - Calibration not performed by operator, just checked current per sticker. Plausible because daily source check log entry is required for daily source check.
-RP-1007 R32 Meter Source and Response Testing step 3.2.1.1. Part 2 is correct. Plausible because instrument calibration must be current.
C. Correct - Response check required per DBBP-RP-1007 R32 Meter Source and Response Testing step 3.2.2.1. Use/Response Log entry required per step 3.2.2.1.H D. Incorrect - Source Check Log entry not made because operator does not perform source check. Part 1 is correct.
B. Incorrect  
Sys #       System           Category                                                               KA Statement N/A         N/A               Generic                                                                 Ability to use radiation monitoring systems, such as fixed radiation monitors and alarms, portable survey instruments, personnel monitoring equipment, etc.
- Calibration not performed by operator, just checked current per sticker. Plausible because daily source check log entry is required for daily source check. C. Correct - Response check required per DBBP
K/A#     2.3.5               K/A Importance           2.9                   Exam Level               RO References provided to Candidate           None                         Technical  
-RP-1007 R32 Meter Source and Response Testing step 3.2.2.1. Use/Response Log entry required per step 3.2.2.1.H D. Incorrect  
- Source Check Log entry not made because operator does not perform source check.
Part 1 is correct.
Sys # System Category KA Statement N/A N/A Generic Ability to use radiation monitoring systems, such as fixed radiation monitors and alarms, portable survey instruments, personnel monitoring equipment, etc.
K/A# 2.3.5 K/A Importance 2.9 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
DBBP-RP-1007 R32 Meter Source and Response Testing steps 3.2.2. and 3.2.2.1.H Question Source:            New Question Cognitive Level:                Low - Memory                                10 CFR Part 55 Content:                (CFR: 41.11 / 41.12 / 43.4 /
45.9)
Objective:      OPS-GOP-511-02K


DBBP-RP-1007 R32 Meter Source and Response Testing steps 3.2.2. and 3.2.2.1.H Question Source:
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
New    Question Cognitive Level:
: 73.     The plant is at 75% power.
Lo w - Memory  10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.11 / 41.12 / 43.4 / 45.9) Objective:
OPS-GOP-511-02K Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   73. The plant is at 75% power.
An operator will be making a Containment entry to manually throttle RC2 Pressurizer Spray valve per the governing abnormal procedure.
An operator will be making a Containment entry to manually throttle RC2 Pressurizer Spray valve per the governing abnormal procedure.
Which of the following describes requirements for this entry per DB-OP-01101 Containment Entry
Which of the following describes requirements for this entry per DB-OP-01101 Containment Entry?
Continuous Radiation Protection coverage __(1)__ required.
Continuous Radiation Protection coverage __(1)__ required.
The Containment Elevator __(2)__ be use d during this entry.
The Containment Elevator __(2)__ be used during this entry.
A. (1) is   (2) should NOT     B. (1) is   (2) should     C. (1) is NOT (2) should NOT     D. (1) is NOT (2) should   Answer: A   Explanation/Justification:
A.       (1) is (2) should NOT B.       (1) is (2) should C.       (1) is NOT (2) should NOT D.       (1) is NOT (2) should Answer: A Explanation/Justification:
A. Correct - See NOP-OP-4104 R6 Job Coverage step 4.4.1 and DB-OP-01101 R13 Containment Entry CAUTION 5.2.9. Containment elevator travel path (shaft) includes high neutron dose rate areas. See step 6.3.4.a of DB
A. Correct - See NOP-OP-4104 R6 Job Coverage step 4.4.1 and DB-OP-01101 R13 Containment Entry CAUTION 5.2.9. Containment elevator travel path (shaft) includes high neutron dose rate areas. See step 6.3.4.a of DB-OP-01101 B. Incorrect - Containment Elevator NOT used for personnel use during power entries. See DB-OP-01101 R13 Containment Entry CAUTION 5.2.9.
-OP-01101   B. Incorrect  
Part 1 is correct. Plausible because elevator is operational for Containment entries during shutdown.
- Containment Elevator NOT used for personnel use during power entries. See DB-OP-01101 R13 Containment Entry CAUTION 5.2.9. Part 1 is correct. Plausible because elevator is operational for Containment entries during shutdown.
C. Incorrect - Continuous RP coverage is required. See DB-OP-01101 R13 Containment Entry step 6.1.2. Part 2 is correct. Plausible because continuous RP coverage is not required for Containment entries during shutdown.
C. Incorrect  
D. Incorrect - Containment Elevator NOT used for personnel use during power entries. See DB-OP-01101 R13 Containment Entry CAUTION 5.2.9.
- Continuous RP coverage is required. See DB
Continuous RP coverage is required. See DB-OP-01101 R13 Containment Entry step 6.1.2. Plausible because elevator is operational and continuous RP coverage is not required for Containment entries during shutdown.
-OP-01101 R13 Containment Entry step 6.1.2. Part 2 is correct. Plausible because continuous RP coverage is not required for Containment entries during shutdown.
Sys #       System           Category                                                               KA Statement N/A         N/A               Generic                                                                 Knowledge of radiological safety principles pertaining to licensed operator duties, such as containment entry requirements, fuel handling responsibilities, access to locked high-radiation areas, aligning filters, etc.
D. Incorrect  
K/A#     2.3.12               K/A Importance           3.2                   Exam Level               RO References provided to Candidate           None                           Technical  
- Containment Elevator NOT used for personnel use during power entries. See DB
-OP-01101 R13 Containment Entry CAUTION 5.2.9. Continuous RP coverage is required. See DB
-OP-01101 R13 Containment Entry step 6.1.2. Plausible because elevator is operational and continuous RP coverage is not required for Containment entries during shutdown.
Sys # System Category KA Statement N/A N/A Generic Knowledge of radiological safety principles pertaining to licensed operator duties, such as containment entry requirements, fuel handling responsibilities, access to locked high
-radiation areas, aligning filters, etc
. K/A# 2.3.12 K/A Importance 3.2 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
NOP-OP-4104 R6 Job Coverage step 4.4.1 and DB-OP-01101 R13 Containment Entry CAUTION 5.2.9.
Question Source:            New Question Cognitive Level:                Low - Recall                                10 CFR Part 55 Content:                  (CFR: 41.12 / 45.9 / 45.10)
Objective:      OPS-GOP-511-03K


NOP-OP-4104 R6 Job Coverage step 4.4.1 and DB-OP-01101 R13 Containment Entry CAUTION 5.2.9. Question Source:
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
New    Question Cognitive Level:
: 74.     The plant is at 100% power.
Low - Recall  10 CFR Part 55 Content:
Which of the following REQUIRES FES Unit System Dispatch notification per NOBP-OP-1015 Event Notifications?
(CFR: 41.12 / 45.9 / 45.10)
A.       Transferring 13.8 KV Bus A to Startup Transformer 01 B.       Idle Starting Emergency Diesel Generator 1 C.       Transferring Main Generator Voltage Regulator from AUTOMATIC to MANUAL D.       Adjusting Main Generator output by 10 MEGAVARS OUT to maintain the Voltage Schedule Answer: C Explanation/Justification:
Objective:
A. Incorrect - no notification requirement. See DB-OP-06314 R13 13.8 KV Buses Switching Procedure section 3.8 and NOBP-OP-1015 R3 Event Notifications Attachment 66 (page 221). Plausible because transfer is to offsite power source.
OPS-GOP-511-03K Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   74. The plant is at 100% power.
B. Incorrect - no notification requirement. See DB-OP-06316 R57 Diesel Generator Operating Procedure section 4.30 and NOBP-OP-1015 R3 Event Notifications Attachment 66 (page 221). Plausible because it would add generation to the grid if it were loaded.
Which of the following REQUIRES FES Unit System Dispatch notification per NOBP-OP-1015 Event Notifications
C. Correct - See DB-OP-06301 R27 Generator and Exciter Operating Procedure step 3.4.1 and NOBP-OP-1015 R3 Event Notifications Attachment 66 (page 221).
?    A. Transferring 13.8 KV Bus A to Startup Transformer 01     B. Idle Starting Emergency Diesel Generator 1 C. Transferring Main Generator Voltage Regulator from AUTOMATIC to MANUAL D. Adjusting Main Generator output by 10 MEGAVARS OUT to maintain the Voltage Schedule Answer: C   Explanation/Justification:
D. Incorrect - no notification requirement for small MVAR changes. See DB-OP-06301 R27 Generator and Exciter Operating Procedure section 3.5.
A. Incorrect  
Threshold for MVAR reporting is >100 per NOBP-OP-1015 R3 Event Notifications Attachment 66 (page 221). Plausible because it does affect the grid conditions.
- no notification requirement. See DB
Sys #       System             Category                                                             KA Statement N/A         N/A               Generic                                                             Knowledge of events related to system operation/status that must be reported to internal organizations or external agencies, such as the State, the NRC, or the transmission system operator K/A#     2.4.30               K/A Importance         2.7                   Exam Level             RO References provided to Candidate           None                         Technical  
-OP-06314 R13 13.8 KV Buses Switching Procedure section 3.8 and NOBP
-OP-1015 R 3 Event Notifications Attachment 66 (page 221). Plausible because transfer is to offsite power source.
B. Incorrect  
- no notification requirement. See DB
-OP-063 16 R 57 Diesel Generator Operating Procedure section 4.30 and NOBP-OP-1015 R 3 Event Notifications Attachment 66 (page 22 1). Plausible because it would add generation to the grid if it were loaded.
C. Correct - See DB-OP-06301 R27 Generator and Exciter Operating Procedure step 3.4.1 and NOBP-OP-1015 R 3 Event Notifications Attachment 66 (page 22 1). D. Incorrect  
- no notification requirement for small MVAR changes. See DB
-OP-06301 R27 Generator and Exciter Operating Procedure section 3.5. Threshold for MVAR reporting is >100 per NOBP
-OP-1015 R 3 Event Notifications Attachment 66 (page 22 1). Plausible because it does affect the grid conditions.
Sys # System Category KA Statement N/A N/A Generic Knowledge of events related to system operation/status that must be reported to internal organizations or external agencies, such as the State, the NRC, or the transmission system operator K/A# 2.4.30 K/A Importance 2.7 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
NOBP-OP-1015 R3 Event Notifications Attachment 66 (page 221)
Question Source:            New Question Cognitive Level:                Low - Memory                                10 CFR Part 55 Content:              (CFR: 41.10 / 43.5 / 45.11)
Objective:      OPS-GOP-510-02K


NOBP-OP-1015 R 3 Event Notifications Attachment 66 (page 22
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
: 1) Question Source:
: 75.     The plant was operating at 100% power.
N ew    Question Cognitive Level:
A non-fire incident required evacuation of the Control Room.
Low - Memory  10 CFR Part 55 Content:
* The required Immediate Actions of the governing procedure were performed.
(CFR: 41.10 / 43.5 / 45.11)
* NO Supplemental Actions were performed prior to Control Room Evacuation.
Objective:
Under these conditions, the Balance of Plant Reactor Operator is responsible for ensuring completion of which of the following actions?
OPS-GOP-510-02K Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   75. The plant was operating at 100% power. A non-fire incident required evacuation of the Control Room.
A.     Tripping the Main Turbine to stop an Overcooling event B.     Opening Reactor Trip Breakers to shut down the Reactor C.     Tripping both Main Feed Pumps to initiate the Steam Feed Rupture Control System D.     Isolating Instrument Air to the Atmospheric Vent Valves to allow manual operation Answer: D Explanation/Justification:
The required Immediate Actions of the governing procedure were performed.
A. Incorrect - Overcooling event is not in progress because SFRCS Isolation Trip was manually actuated in Immediate Action 3.2. SFRCS Isolation Trip closes the MSIVs MS101 and MS100 which prevents an Overcooling event due to Main Turbine failure to trip. See DB-OP-02508 R16 Control Room Evacuation step 3.2 and DB-OP-02000 R27 Table 1. Immediate Actions were performed per the stem. Plausible because BOP RO trips turbine per step 2 of Attachment 4 since Supplementary Actions were not completed prior to evacuation.
NO Supplemental Actions were performed prior to Control Room Evacuation. Under these conditions, the Balance of Plant Reactor Operator is responsible for ensuring completion of which of the following actions?
B. Incorrect - Reactor is shut down in Immediate Action 3.1. Plausible because the BOP RO opens CRD breakers if the Immediate Actions were NOT performed. See DB-OP-02508 R16 Control Room Evacuation Attachment 4 step 1.1.
A. Tripping the Main Turbine to stop an Overcooling event B. Opening Reactor Trip Breakers to shut down the Reactor C. Tripping both Main Feed Pumps to initiate the Steam Feed Rupture Control System D. Isolating Instrument Air to the Atmospheric Vent Valves to allow manual operation Answer: D   Explanation/Justification:
C. Incorrect - SFRCS initiation is an Immediate Action. See DB-OP-02508 R16 Control Room Evacuation step 3.2. Plausible because BOP RO would trip both feedpumps if Immediate Actions had NOT been performed.
A. Incorrect  
D. Correct - See DB-OP-02508 R16 Control Room Evacuation Attachment 4 step 3.0.
- Overcooling event is not in progress because SFRCS Isolation Trip was manually actuated in Immediate Action 3.2. SFRCS Isolation Trip closes the MSIVs MS101 and MS100 which prevents an Overcooling event due to Main Turbine failure to trip. See DB
Sys #       System           Category                                                             KA Statement N/A         N/A             Generic                                                             Knowledge of RO tasks performed outside the main control room during an emergency and the resultant operational effects K/A#     2.4.34             K/A Importance           4.2                 Exam Level             RO References provided to Candidate           None                         Technical  
-OP-02508 R16 Control Room Evacuation step 3.2 and DB-OP-02000 R27 Table 1. Immediate Actions were performed per the stem. Plausible because BOP RO trips turbine per step 2 of Attachment 4 since Supplementary Actions were not completed prior to evacuation.
B. Incorrect  
- Reactor is shut down in Immediate Action 3.1. Plausible because the BOP RO opens CRD breakers if the Immediate Actions were NOT performed. See DB
-OP-02508 R16 Control Room Evacuation Attachment 4 step 1.
: 1. C. Incorrect  
- SFRCS initiation is an Immediate Action. See DB-OP-02508 R16 Control Room Evacuation step 3.2. Plausible because BOP RO would trip both feedpumps if Immediate Actions had NOT been performed.
D. Correct - See DB-OP-02508 R16 Control Room Evacuation Attachment 4 step 3.0. Sys # System Category KA Statement N/A N/A Generic Knowledge of RO tasks performed outside the main control room during an emergency and the resultant operational effects K/A# 2.4.34 K/A Importance 4.2 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
DB-OP-02508 R16 Control Room Evacuation Attachment 4 step 3.0.
Question Source:          New Question Cognitive Level:                High - Comprehension                    10 CFR Part 55 Content:              (CFR: 41.10 / 43.5 /
45.13)
Objective:      OPS-GOP-108-03K


DB-OP-02508 R16 Control Room Evacuation Attachment 4 step 3.0. Question Source:
(SRO ONLY)
New    Question Cognitive Level:
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
High - Comprehension 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
: 76.     The plant is operating at 100% power.
(CFR: 41.10 / 43.5 / 45.13) Objective:
* Makeup Pump 2 is operating.
OPS-GOP-108-03K (SRO ONLY)
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   76. The plant is operating at 100
% power. Makeup Pump 2 is operating.
The following annunciators are received:
The following annunciators are received:
(2-2-C) MU TK LVL LO (4-2-E) PZR LVL LO The following conditions are noted:
              * (2-2-C) MU TK LVL LO
MU Pump 2 Discharge Pressure PI MU25B is 1700 psig.
              * (4-2-E) PZR LVL LO The following conditions are noted:
Total Seal Injection flow FI MU19 is 30 gpm and lowering.
* MU Pump 2 Discharge Pressure PI MU25B is 1700 psig.
Seal Injection Flow Control Valve MU19 demand is 80% and rising.
* Total Seal Injection flow FI MU19 is 30 gpm and lowering.
Makeup Flow Control Valve MU32 demand is 100%.
* Seal Injection Flow Control Valve MU19 demand is 80% and rising.
CTMT Normal Sump level is constant.
* Makeup Flow Control Valve MU32 demand is 100%.
ECCS ROOM 2 SUMP PUMP RUNNING lights IL4621A and IL4621B are lit.
* CTMT Normal Sump level is constant.
Based on these indications, which DB
* ECCS ROOM 2 SUMP PUMP RUNNING lights IL4621A and IL4621B are lit.
-OP-02522, Small RCS Leaks attachment and action requires implementation NEXT to mitigate this event?
Based on these indications, which DB-OP-02522, Small RCS Leaks attachment and action requires implementation NEXT to mitigate this event?
A. Perform Attachment 6, Isolation of Leaks in the Makeup System
A.       Perform Attachment 6, Isolation of Leaks in the Makeup System.
. B. Perform Attachment 11 , Use of the Makeup Alternate Injection Line.
B.       Perform Attachment 11, Use of the Makeup Alternate Injection Line.
C. Perform Attachment 5, Isolation of Leaks in the Letdown System.
C.       Perform Attachment 5, Isolation of Leaks in the Letdown System.
D. Perform Attachment 8, Isolation of Leaks in the Seal Injection Header. Answer: A   Explanation/Justification:
D.       Perform Attachment 8, Isolation of Leaks in the Seal Injection Header.
Meets the requirements of the SRO only white paper Section II .E page 7 first bullet. SRO is required to assess plant conditions and select the appropriate attachment to address mitigating the leak. The SRO must be familiar with the procedure actions and implementation priority to select the attachment to perform and have an understanding of the actions contained in the procedure
Answer: A Explanation/Justification:       Meets the requirements of the SRO only white paper Section II .E page 7 first bullet. SRO is required to assess plant conditions and select the appropriate attachment to address mitigating the leak. The SRO must be familiar with the procedure actions and implementation priority to select the attachment to perform and have an understanding of the actions contained in the procedure.
. A. Correct - Per DB-OP-02522, Small RCS Leaks, Attachment 4, the key indication is the lower than normal Makeup Pump Discharge Pressur e which is less than 2200 psig which directs performance of Attachment 6.
A. Correct - Per DB-OP-02522, Small RCS Leaks, Attachment 4, the key indication is the lower than normal Makeup Pump Discharge Pressure which is less than 2200 psig which directs performance of Attachment 6.
B. Incorrect  
B. Incorrect - Leak is in the Makeup System which is mitigated using Attachment 6. Attachment 6 is performed before Attachment 11. Attachment 11 is not directed to be performed until step 7 of Attachment 6. Plausible since isolation of MU32 may stop the leak and placing the alternate injection line in service may provide makeup but the first action is to stop the leak by stopping makeup flow C. Incorrect - Leak is in the Makeup System which is mitigated using Attachment 6. Plausible because a letdown leak would cause 2-2-C alarm.
- Leak is in the Makeup System which is mitigated using Attachment 6. Attachment 6 is performed before Attachment 11. Attachment 11 is not directed to be performed until step 7 of Attachment 6. Plausible since isolation of MU32 may stop the leak and placing the alternate injection line in service may provide makeup but the first action is to stop the leak by stopping makeup flow C. Incorrect  
D. Incorrect - Leak is in the Makeup System which is mitigated using Attachment 6. Leak in seal injection header would be indicated by closure of MU19, not opening. Plausible since a leak in the Seal injection system would cause abnormal flow and demand indications.
- Leak is in the Makeup System which is mitigated using Attachment 6. Plausible because a letdown leak would cause 2 C alarm.
Sys #       System                 Category                                                           KA Statement 000022       Loss of Reactor         AA2 Ability to determine and interpret the following as they       Whether charging line leak exists Coolant Makeup          apply to the Loss of Reactor Coolant Makeup:
D. Incorrect  
K/A#     AA2.01                     K/A Importance       3.8                     Exam Level             SRO References provided to Candidate             None                           Technical  
- Leak is in the Makeup System which is mitigated using Attachment 6. Leak in seal injection header would be indicated by closure of MU19, not opening. Plausible since a leak in the Seal injection system would cause abnormal flow and demand indications. Sys # System Category KA Statement 000022 Loss of Reactor Coolant Makeup AA2 Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Loss of Reactor Coolant Makeup:
Whether charging line leak exists K/A# AA2.01 K/A Importance 3.8 Exam Level SRO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
 
DB-OP-02522 R13 Small RCS Leaks Attachments 4 and 6; OS-0002 sheet 3 R33.
DB-OP-02522 R13 Small RCS Leaks Attachments 4 and 6
Question Source:             New Question Cognitive Level:                 High                                         10 CFR Part 55 Content:               (CFR 43.5/ 45.13)
; OS-00 0 2 sheet 3 R33. Question Source:
New   Question Cognitive Level:
High 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR 43.5/ 45.13)
Objective:
Objective:


(SRO ONLY)
(SRO ONLY)
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   77. The Plant is in Mode 6 with a Refueling Outage is in progress. RCS Level is at 80 inches, following Reactor Head Removal. Decay Heat Removal Train 2 is in service. Both SG primary side manways are removed to vent the reactor coolant system.
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
: 77.     The Plant is in Mode 6 with a Refueling Outage is in progress. RCS Level is at 80 inches, following Reactor Head Removal. Decay Heat Removal Train 2 is in service. Both SG primary side manways are removed to vent the reactor coolant system.
The following events occur:
The following events occur:
All Offsite Power is Lost EDG 1 does not start and cannot be manually started.
* All Offsite Power is Lost
EDG 2 start s. The SBODG cannot be started.
* EDG 1 does not start and cannot be manually started.
* EDG 2 starts.
* The SBODG cannot be started.
The following annunciator alarm is received:
The following annunciator alarm is received:
(1-3-H) BUS D1 LOCKOUT Which of the following DB
              * (1-3-H) BUS D1 LOCKOUT Which of the following DB-OP-02527, Loss of Decay Heat Removal Action and Attachment must be performed to mitigate this event?
-OP-02527, Loss of Decay Heat Removal Action and Attachment must be performed to mitigate this event?
A.       Start #1 DHR Pump to provide core cooling per Attachment 1, Starting Decay Heat Pump 1.
A. Start #1 DHR Pump to provide core cooling per Attachment 1, Starting Decay Heat Pump 1. B. Restart #2 DHR Pump to provide core cooling per Attachment 2, Starting Decay Heat Pump 2. C. Start either train of Auxiliary Feedwater and establish Steam Generator Heat Transfer per Attachment 3 , Establish Steam Generator Heat Transfer. D. Align the BWST to provide injection flow to the RCS to establish Feed and Bleed cooling per Attachment 10: Using Gravity Drain of the BWST to the RCS. Answer: D   Explanation/Justification:
B.       Restart #2 DHR Pump to provide core cooling per Attachment 2, Starting Decay Heat Pump 2.
Meets the requirements of the SRO only white paper Section II .E page 7 first bullet. SRO is required to have knowledge of the content of the procedure Attachments and be able to diagnose the plant configuration based upon the equipment status stated in the stem. The SRO must analyze the status of the electrical power supplies select the available strategy to mitigate the loss of RHR
C.       Start either train of Auxiliary Feedwater and establish Steam Generator Heat Transfer per Attachment 3, Establish Steam Generator Heat Transfer.
. A. Incorrect  
D.       Align the BWST to provide injection flow to the RCS to establish Feed and Bleed cooling per Attachment 10: Using Gravity Drain of the BWST to the RCS.
- Plausible because at reduce inventory, DHR Pump 1 is maintained in standby to provide core cooling. In this scenario, C1 bus will not be energized and placing #1 DHR Pump in service is not possible based on no power available.
Answer: D Explanation/Justification:     Meets the requirements of the SRO only white paper Section II .E page 7 first bullet. SRO is required to have knowledge of the content of the procedure Attachments and be able to diagnose the plant configuration based upon the equipment status stated in the stem. The SRO must analyze the status of the electrical power supplies select the available strategy to mitigate the loss of RHR.
B. Incorrect  
A. Incorrect - Plausible because at reduce inventory, DHR Pump 1 is maintained in standby to provide core cooling. In this scenario, C1 bus will not be energized and placing #1 DHR Pump in service is not possible based on no power available.
- Plausible because on a loss of off
B. Incorrect - Plausible because on a loss of off-site power, #2 EDG Auto starts to restore power to D1. As a result, the operator only has to restart DHR Train 2 to provide Core Cooling. In this scenario, D1 is locked out and cannot be repowered.
-site power, #2 EDG Auto starts to restore power to D1. As a result, the operator only has to restart DHR Train 2 to provide Core Cooling. In this scenario, D1 is locked out and cannot be repowered.
C. Incorrect - Plausible because with different operating conditions, establishing SG heat transfer is the preferred heat removal mode during loss of Decay Heat Removal.. In this condition with the SG Manways removed, SG Heat Transfer is not possible.
C. Incorrect  
- Plausible because with different operating conditions, establishing SG heat transfer is the preferred heat removal mode during loss of Decay Heat Removal.. In this condition with the SG Manways removed, SG Heat Transfer is not possible.
D. Correct - Given the Plant Conditions, no electrical power will be available to provide inventory to the Reactor Coolant System. Feed and Bleed will be established using gravity drain of the BWST and venting the steam from the RCS with the SG Manways.
D. Correct - Given the Plant Conditions, no electrical power will be available to provide inventory to the Reactor Coolant System. Feed and Bleed will be established using gravity drain of the BWST and venting the steam from the RCS with the SG Manways.
Sys # System Category KA Statement 000025 Loss of RHR System Generic Knowledge of low power/shutdown implications in accident (e.g., loss of coolant accident or loss of residual heat removal) mitigation strategies K/A# 2.4.9 K/A Importance 4.2 Exam Level SRO References provided to Candidate None Technical  
Sys #       System           Category                                                                 KA Statement 000025       Loss of RHR     Generic                                                                   Knowledge of low power/shutdown implications in System                                                                                    accident (e.g., loss of coolant accident or loss of residual heat removal) mitigation strategies K/A#       2.4.9             K/A Importance           4.2                   Exam Level               SRO References provided to Candidate           None                           Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
 
DB-OP-02527 R19 Loss of Decay Heat Removal step 4.1.7 RNO and Attachment 3 step 3.
DB-OP-02527 R19 Loss of Decay Heat Removal step 4.1.7 RNO and Attachment 3 step 3
Question Source:           New Question Cognitive Level:               High                                         10 CFR Part 55 Content:                 (CFR: 41.10 / 43.5 / 45.13)
. Question Source:
New   Question Cognitive Level:
High 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.10 / 43.5 / 45.13)
Objective:
Objective:


(SRO ONLY)
(SRO ONLY)
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   78. QUESTION DELETED The plant is operating at 100 percent power. The following conditions are noted:
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
PRSRC2B Reactor Coolant (RC) Pressure Loop 1 is 2090 psig and slowly lowering.
: 78.     QUESTION DELETED The plant is operating at 100 percent power.
PRSRC2A2 RC Pressure Loop 2 is 2090 psig and slowly lowering.
The following conditions are noted:
All Pressurizer Heater Banks are ON. FI MU34 Makeup (MU) Flow Train 2 indicates 25 gpm.
* PRSRC2B Reactor Coolant (RC) Pressure Loop 1 is 2090 psig and slowly lowering.
Which of the following describes
* PRSRC2A2 RC Pressure Loop 2 is 2090 psig and slowly lowering.
(1) the correct section of DB-OP-02513 Pressurizer System Abnormal Operation to implement
* All Pressurizer Heater Banks are ON.
? and (2) the action to implement if the initial mitigation actions are NOT successful
* FI MU34 Makeup (MU) Flow Train 2 indicates 25 gpm.
?    A. (1) Pressurizer Spray Valve RC 2 Failed Open (2) Evaluate for continued operation per NOP-OP-1010 Operational Decision Making B. (1) Pressurizer Spray Valve RC 2 Failed Open (2) Initiate shutdown per DB-OP-02504 Rapid Shutdown C. (1) Pressurizer Vapor Space Leak (2) Evaluate for continued operation per NOP-O P-1010 Operational Decision Making D. (1) Pressurizer Vapor Space Leak (2) Initiate shutdown per DB-OP-02504 Rapid Shutdown Answer: B   Explanation/Justification:
Which of the following describes:
Meets the requirements of the SRO only white paper Section II .E page 7 second bullet. SRO is required to have knowledge of the content of the procedure action and mitigation strategies. Requires selection of appropriate abnormal procedure and knowledge of decision point in the body of the procedure. The SRO must diagnose the plant response to the failed equipment and select the correct procedural actions. The SRO is required to understand the actions of the procedure and alternate actions if they are not successful. The plant power will have to be reduced to secure the RCP with the affected valve
(1) the correct section of DB-OP-02513 Pressurizer System Abnormal Operation to implement? and (2) the action to implement if the initial mitigation actions are NOT successful?
. A. Incorrect  
A.     (1) Pressurizer Spray Valve RC 2 Failed Open (2) Evaluate for continued operation per NOP-OP-1010 Operational Decision Making B.     (1) Pressurizer Spray Valve RC 2 Failed Open (2) Initiate shutdown per DB-OP-02504 Rapid Shutdown C.     (1) Pressurizer Vapor Space Leak (2) Evaluate for continued operation per NOP-OP-1010 Operational Decision Making D.     (1) Pressurizer Vapor Space Leak (2) Initiate shutdown per DB-OP-02504 Rapid Shutdown Answer: B Explanation/Justification:       Meets the requirements of the SRO only white paper Section II .E page 7 second bullet. SRO is required to have knowledge of the content of the procedure action and mitigation strategies. Requires selection of appropriate abnormal procedure and knowledge of decision point in the body of the procedure. The SRO must diagnose the plant response to the failed equipment and select the correct procedural actions. The SRO is required to understand the actions of the procedure and alternate actions if they are not successful. The plant power will have to be reduced to secure the RCP with the affected valve.
- Decision point at step 4.2.1.b requires power reduction and RCP stop. Part 1 is correct. NOP-OP-1010 plausible for evaluation of continued operation with the spray block valve closed if RCS pressure was stable, but power reduction for RCP stop required because RCS pressure is still lowering.
A. Incorrect - Decision point at step 4.2.1.b requires power reduction and RCP stop. Part 1 is correct. NOP-OP-1010 plausible for evaluation of continued operation with the spray block valve closed if RCS pressure was stable, but power reduction for RCP stop required because RCS pressure is still lowering.
B. Correct - 25 gpm is normal MU flow value. The spray valve failure does not affect MU flow. See DB
B. Correct - 25 gpm is normal MU flow value. The spray valve failure does not affect MU flow. See DB-OP-02513 R11 PZR System Abnormal Operation step 2.2.3. Decision point at step 4.2.1 requires power reduction and RCP stop - all PZR heaters are already ON with RCS pressure lowering per the stem and isolation attempts have failed.
-OP-02513 R11 PZR System Abnormal Operation step 2.2.3. Decision point at step 4.2.1 requires power reduction and RCP stop  
C. Incorrect - PZR level rises per DB-OP-02513 step 2.7.1, so MU flow would lower to 12 gpm which is MU32 bypass value when MU32 is closed (minimum 10 gpm per DB-OP-06006 R35 step 2.2.40). Plausible because RCS pressure lowering and all heaters ON are consistent with vapor space leak. NOP-OP-1010 plausible for continued operation with leak to containment per step 4.7.5.
- all PZR heaters are already ON with RCS pressure lowering per the stem and isolation attempts have fail ed. C. Incorrect  
D. Incorrect - PZR level rises per DB-OP-02513 step 2.7.1, so MU flow would lower to 12 gpm MU32 bypass value when MU32 closed. Plausible because RCS pressure lowering and all heaters ON are consistent with vapor space leak. Part 2 correct since RCS pressure is slowly lowering in the stem, rapid shutdown per step 4.7.1.
- PZR level rises per DB
Sys #       System             Category                                                               KA Statement 000027       Pressurizer       AA2 Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to   Makeup flow indication Pressure          the Pressurizer Pressure Control Malfunctions:
-OP-02513 step 2.7.1, so MU flow would lower to 12 gpm which is MU32 bypass value when MU32 is closed (minimum 10 gpm per DB
Control System (PZR PCS)
-OP-06006 R35 step 2.2.40). Plausible because RCS pressure lowering and all heaters ON are consistent with vapor space leak. NOP-OP-1010 plausible for continued operation with leak to containment per step 4.7.5.
Malfunction K/A#     AA2.07               K/A Importance           3.1                   Exam Level             SRO References provided to Candidate             None                           Technical  
D. Incorrect  
- PZR level rises per DB-OP-02513 step 2.7.1, so MU flow would lower to 12 gpm MU32 bypass value when MU32 closed. Plausible because RCS pressure lowering and all heaters ON are consistent with vapor space leak. Part 2 correct since RCS pressure is slowly lowering in the stem, rapid shutdown per step 4.7.1. Sys # System Category KA Statement 000027 Pressurizer Pressure Control System (PZR PCS) Malfunction AA2 Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Pressurizer Pressure Control Malfunctions:
Makeup flow indication K/A# AA2.07 K/A Importance 3.1 Exam Level S RO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
 
DB-OP-02513 R11 PZR System Abnormal Operation steps 2.2.3, 2.7.1, and 4.2.1 RNO Question Source:           New Question Cognitive Level:                 High                                         10 CFR Part 55 Content:               (CFR: 43.5 / 45.13)
DB-OP-02513 R11 PZR System Abnormal Operation steps 2.2.3, 2.7.1, and 4.2.1 RNO Question Source:
New   Question Cognitive Level:
High 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 43.5 / 45.13)
Objective:
Objective:


(SRO ONLY)
(SRO ONLY)
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   79. The plant is operating at 100
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
% power. The breaker for MS107 Steam Generator 2 to Auxiliary Feed Pump Turbine 2 trips open and cannot be reset. Which of the following describes the required action?
: 79.     The plant is operating at 100% power.
The __(1)__ Limiting Condition for Operation must be restored within
The breaker for MS107 Steam Generator 2 to Auxiliary Feed Pump Turbine 2 trips open and cannot be reset.
__(2)__. A. (1) Steam and Feed Rupture Control System Actuation Logic (2) 72 hours     B. (1) Emergency Feedwater System (2) 7 days   C. (1) Steam and Feed Rupture Control System Actuation Logic (2) 7 days     D. (1) Emergency Feedwater System (2) 72 hours   Answer: B   Explanation/Justification:
Which of the following describes the required action?
Meets the requirements of the SRO only white paper Section II .B page 7 first and third bullet. SRO is required to have knowledge of Required Actions and Surveillance Requirements for Tech Specs. The SRO must determine which TS condition is required to be entered and understand the function of SFRCS system. A. Incorrect  
The __(1)__ Limiting Condition for Operation must be restored within __(2)__.
- SFRCS Actuation Logic LCO 3.3.13 does not apply because the actuation channel terminates at the output relays. See B 3.3.13.
A.     (1) Steam and Feed Rupture Control System Actuation Logic (2) 72 hours B.     (1) Emergency Feedwater System (2) 7 days C.     (1) Steam and Feed Rupture Control System Actuation Logic (2) 7 days D.     (1) Emergency Feedwater System (2) 72 hours Answer: B Explanation/Justification:   Meets the requirements of the SRO only white paper Section II .B page 7 first and third bullet. SRO is required to have knowledge of Required Actions and Surveillance Requirements for Tech Specs. The SRO must determine which TS condition is required to be entered and understand the function of SFRCS system.
A. Incorrect - SFRCS Actuation Logic LCO 3.3.13 does not apply because the actuation channel terminates at the output relays. See B 3.3.13.
Plausible because Main Steam Valve Control function is degraded. 72 hours is correct time for 3.3.13 Condition A.
Plausible because Main Steam Valve Control function is degraded. 72 hours is correct time for 3.3.13 Condition A.
B. Correct - EFW LCO 3.7.5 Condition A applies because each AFW Pump requires operable redundant steam supplies from each SG. See B 3.7.5. Completion time is 7 days.
B. Correct - EFW LCO 3.7.5 Condition A applies because each AFW Pump requires operable redundant steam supplies from each SG. See B 3.7.5. Completion time is 7 days.
C. Incorrect  
C. Incorrect - SFRCS Actuation Logic LCO 3.3.13 does not apply because the actuation channel terminates at the output relays. See B 3.3.13. 7 days is correct Completion Time for the correct LCO.
- SFRCS Actuation Logic LCO 3.3.13 does not apply because the actuation channel terminates at the output relays. See B 3.3.13. 7 days is correct Completion Time for the correct LCO.
D. Incorrect - EFW LCO 3.7.5 Condition A Completion Time is 7 days. EFW is the correct LCO. Plausible because 72 hours is the Completion Time for an AFW Train inoperable for a different reason.
D. Incorrect  
Sys #       System         Category                                                               KA Statement 000040       Steam Line     Generic                                                               Knowledge of system purpose and/or function Rupture K/A#     2.1.27             K/A Importance           4.0                   Exam Level             SRO References provided to Candidate           None                         Technical  
- EFW LCO 3.7.5 Condition A Completion Time is 7 days. EFW is the correct LCO.
Plausible because 72 hours is the Completion Time for an AFW Train inoperable for a different reason.
Sys # System Category KA Statement 000040 Steam Line Rupture Generic Knowledge of system purpose and/or function K/A# 2.1.27 K/A Importance 4.0 Exam Level SRO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
 
LCO 3.7.5, Bases 3.7.5 Question Source:         New Question Cognitive Level:             High - Comprehension                       10 CFR Part 55 Content:                 (CFR: 41.7)
LCO 3.7.5 , Bases 3.7.
5   Question Source:
New   Question Cognitive Level:
High - Comprehension 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.7)
Objective:
Objective:


(SRO ONLY)
(SRO ONLY)
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   80. The plant is operating in Mode 1 at 100% power.
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
Engineering has completed review of the recently completed Battery 1P Performance Discharge Test, conducted per SR 3.8.6.6 The analysis shows that Battery 1P is able to produce a maximum capacity of 78% of the battery nameplate rating Which of the following describes the OPERABILITY impact, if any, on the Electrical Power Systems (Technical Specification 3.8)
: 80.     The plant is operating in Mode 1 at 100% power.
A. No Electrical Power System components are INOPERABLE B. ONLY Battery 1P is INOPERABLE C. ONLY Battery 1P   AND   DC Train 1 are INOPERABLE D. Battery 1P   AND   DC Train 1   AND   Inverter YV1 are INOPERABLE Answer: D   Explanation/Justification:
* Engineering has completed review of the recently completed Battery 1P Performance Discharge Test, conducted per SR 3.8.6.6
Meets the requirements of the SRO only white paper Section II .B page 3 third bullet. SRO is required to know the battery nameplate rating from the TS bases and that both TS for the Battery and DC sources are applicable based upon information from the TS bases
* The analysis shows that Battery 1P is able to produce a maximum capacity of 78% of the battery nameplate rating Which of the following describes the OPERABILITY impact, if any, on the Electrical Power Systems (Technical Specification 3.8)
. A. Incorrect  
A.       No Electrical Power System components are INOPERABLE B.       ONLY Battery 1P is INOPERABLE C.       ONLY Battery 1P AND DC Train 1 are INOPERABLE D.       Battery 1P AND DC Train 1 AND Inverter YV1 are INOPERABLE Answer: D Explanation/Justification:       Meets the requirements of the SRO only white paper Section II .B page 3 third bullet. SRO is required to know the battery nameplate rating from the TS bases and that both TS for the Battery and DC sources are applicable based upon information from the TS bases.
- Plausible if the candidate does not recognize that 78% is less than the minimum percent of nameplate capacity. This minimum name plate capacity is provided in the Bases for TS 3.8.4.
A. Incorrect - Plausible if the candidate does not recognize that 78% is less than the minimum percent of nameplate capacity. This minimum name plate capacity is provided in the Bases for TS 3.8.4.
B. Incorrect  
B. Incorrect - Plausible because TS 3.8.6 SR 3.8.6.6 failure results in Battery Inoperable if capacity test is less than 80% but the battery is also required for the DC Train and the Inverter per Tech Spec bases 3.8.4 and 3.8.7 C. Incorrect - Plausible because TS 3.8.6 SR 3.8.6.6 failure results in Battery Inoperable if capacity test is less than 80% and the Battery is required for Operability per TS Bases 3.8.4 but the battery is also required for the Inverter per Tech Spec bases 3.8.7 D. Correct - Failing SR 3.8.6 requires entering TS 3.8.6 and declaring the Battery Inoperable. TS 3.8.4 Bases specifies An OPERABLE DC electrical power source requires two batteries and one charger per battery to be operating and connected to the associated DC bus. TS Bases 3.8.7 specifies an Operable Inverter requires power input from a 125 VDC station Inverter and Battery 1P supplies Inverter YV1 Sys #       System             Category                                                               KA Statement 000058       Loss of DC         Generic                                                                 Ability to apply Technical Specifications for a Power                                                                                      system K/A#     2.2.40               K/A Importance           4.7                   Exam Level             SRO References provided to Candidate             None                           Technical  
- Plausible because TS 3.8.6 SR 3.8.6.6 failure results in Battery Inoperable if capacity test is less than 80% but the battery is also required for the DC Train and the Inverter per Tech Spec bases 3.8.4 and 3.8.7 C. Incorrect  
- Plausible because TS 3.8.6 SR 3.8.6.6 failure results in Battery Inoperable if capacity test is less than 80% and the Battery is required for Operability per TS Bases 3.8.4 but the battery is also required for the Inverter per Tech Spec bases 3.8.7 D. Correct - Failing SR 3.8.6 requires entering TS 3.8.6 and declaring the Battery Inoperable. TS 3.8.4 Bases specifies "An OPERABLE DC electrical power source requires two batteries and one charger per battery to be operating and connected to the associated DC bus.
TS Bases 3.8.7 specifies an Operable Inverter requires power input from a 125 VDC station Inverter and Battery 1P supplies Inverter YV 1  Sys # System Category KA Statement 000058 Loss of DC Power Generic Ability to apply Technical Specifications for a system K/A# 2.2.40 K/A Importance 4.7 Exam Level SRO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
 
Bases TS 3.8.4 and 3.8.6 Question Source:           New Question Cognitive Level:                 High                                         10 CFR Part 55 Content:                 (CFR: 41.10 / 43.2 / 43.5 /
Bases TS 3.8.4 and 3.8.6 Question Source:
45.3)
New   Question Cognitive Level: High 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
Objective:
(CFR: 41.10 / 43.2 / 43.5 / 45.3) Objective:


(SRO ONLY)
(SRO ONLY)
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   81. While operating at 100% power, a reactor trip occurs due to a loss of all Main Feedwater. The post trip review performed in accordance with DB
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
-OP-06910, Trip Recovery determined the peak RCS Pressure reached during the event was 2775 psig.
: 81.     While operating at 100% power, a reactor trip occurs due to a loss of all Main Feedwater. The post trip review performed in accordance with DB-OP-06910, Trip Recovery determined the peak RCS Pressure reached during the event was 2775 psig.
The plant is currently in Mode 3, at Normal operating temperature and pressure. The Motor Driven Feedwater Pump is in service in the Main Feedwater Mode.
The plant is currently in Mode 3, at Normal operating temperature and pressure. The Motor Driven Feedwater Pump is in service in the Main Feedwater Mode.
Which of the following requirements, if any, must be met prior to restarting the reactor?
Which of the following requirements, if any, must be met prior to restarting the reactor?
References provided A. No action is required. The RCS did not exceed the hydrostatic test pressure of 125% of design pressure.
References provided A.       No action is required. The RCS did not exceed the hydrostatic test pressure of 125% of design pressure.
B. Replace the Pressurizer Code Safety Valves in accordance with DB
B.       Replace the Pressurizer Code Safety Valves in accordance with DB-MM-09001, Pressurizer Code Relief Valve Maintenance.
-MM-09001, Pressurizer Code Relief Valve Maintenance.
C.       Request a fracture mechanics evaluation of the reactor vessel material AND evaluate compliance with TS 3.4.3, RCS Pressure and Temperature (P/T) Limits D.       The Corrective Action Review Board (CARB) must review the DB-OP-06910, Trip Recovery, Attachment 6, Post Trip Review prior to restart.
C. Request a fracture mechanics evaluation of the reactor vessel material AND evaluate compliance with TS 3.4.3 , RCS Pressure and Temperature (P/T) Limits D. The Corrective Action Review Board (CARB) must review the DB
Answer: C Explanation/Justification:     Meets the requirements of the SRO only white paper Section II B page 3 first bullet. SRO is required to know the design pressure and administrative limitations of the RCS and actions required if the limits are exceeded. The administrative requirements are SRO only knowledge.
-OP-06910, Trip Recovery, Attachment 6, Post Trip Review prior to restart.
A. Incorrect - Plausible - while the RCS did not exceed the hydrostatic test pressure (design time 1.25 = 3125 psig), this does not preclude performing the DB-OP-06910, Trip Recovery required actions for exceeding a safety limit of 2750 psig.
Answer: C   Explanation/Justification:
B. Incorrect - Plausible because the Safety valves must be removed and inspected but not replaced however the first part is incorrect C. Correct per Step 4.3 of Attachment 6 of DB-OP-06910, Trip Recovery.
Meets the requirements of the SRO only white paper Section II B page 3 first bullet. SRO is required to know the design pressure and administrative limitations of the RCS and actions required if the limits are exceeded. The administrative requirements are SRO only knowledge
D. Incorrect - Plausible because this event would lead to a Root Cause investigation and investigation at that level are reviewed by the CARB, but this review is not a specific requirement for restart following exceeding a Safety Limit and because a review is required by the Plant Operations Review Committee (PORC)
. A. Incorrect  
Sys #       System           Category                                                                 KA Statement BW/E10       Post-Trip         EA2 Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to   Adherence to appropriate procedures and Stabilization    the (Post-Trip Stabilization):                                           operation within the limitations in the facilitys license and amendments K/A#       EA2.2               K/A Importance             4.0                   Exam Level             SRO References provided to Candidate           DB-OP-06910, Trip               Technical  
- Plausible  
- while the RCS did not exceed the hydrostatic test pressure (design time 1.25 = 3125 psig), this does not preclude performing the DB
-OP-06910, Trip Recovery required actions for exceeding a safety limit of 2750 psig.
B. Incorrect  
- Plausible because the Safety valves must be removed and inspected but not replaced however the first part is incorrect C. Correct per Step 4.3 of Attachment 6 of DB
-OP-06910, Trip Recovery.
D. Incorrect  
- Plausible because this event would lead to a Root Cause investigation and investigation at that level are reviewed by the CARB, but this review is not a specific requirement for restart following exceeding a Safety Limit and because a review is required by the Plant Operations Review Committee (PORC)
Sys # System Category KA Statement BW/E10 Post-Trip Stabilization EA2 Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the (Post-Trip Stabilization):
Adherence to appropriate procedures and operation within the limitations in the facility's license and amendments K/A# EA2.2 K/A Importance 4.0 Exam Level SRO References provided to Candidate DB-OP-06910, Trip Recovery Attachment 6 Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
 
DB-OP-06910, Trip Recovery Attachment 6, DB-Recovery Attachment 6                                      PF-06703 CC1.3 (pages 13-14)
DB-OP-06910, Trip Recovery Attachment 6, DB-PF-06703 CC1.3 (pages 13
Question Source:           New Question Cognitive Level:                 Low                                         10 CFR Part 55 Content:                 (CFR: 43.5, 45.13)
-14) Question Source:
New   Question Cognitive Level:
Low 10 CFR Part 55 Conten t: (CFR: 43.5, 45.13)
Objective:
Objective:


(SRO ONLY)
(SRO ONLY)
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   82. The Miscellaneous Waste Monitor Tank (MWMT) has been aligned to transfer the contents of the MWMT to the Miscellaneous Waste Drain Tank (MWDT) for further processing to reduce radioactivity levels in accordance with DB
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
-OP-06111, Miscellaneous Waste Liquid Waste System Section 4.5, Transferring the Contents of the MWMT to the MWDT.
: 82.       The Miscellaneous Waste Monitor Tank (MWMT) has been aligned to transfer the contents of the MWMT to the Miscellaneous Waste Drain Tank (MWDT) for further processing to reduce radioactivity levels in accordance with DB-OP-06111, Miscellaneous Waste Liquid Waste System Section 4.5, Transferring the Contents of the MWMT to the MWDT.
Once the transfer is started, the following conditions are noted:
Once the transfer is started, the following conditions are noted:
Annunciator 9-1-G FIRE OR RADIATION TROUBLE alarm s    Miscellaneous Radwaste System Outlet R I 1878A 1 and B 1 High Alarm lights are lit Station Effluent Indicator RI 8433 indications have not changed Radiation Control Monitor (RCM) RE 8433 Low Flow light is lit.
* Annunciator 9-1-G FIRE OR RADIATION TROUBLE alarms
Computer alarm Z670 MISC WST SYS OUT VLVS NC Based on these indications, which of the following actions, if any, are required?
* Miscellaneous Radwaste System Outlet RI 1878A1 and B1 High Alarm lights are lit
A. Continue the transfer. These indications are consistent with the proper transfer of high activity liquid from the MWMT to the MWDT.
* Station Effluent Indicator RI 8433 indications have not changed
B. Continue the transfer. Refer to RA-EP-02861, Radiological Incidents to have Radiation Protection take additional surveys as required for radiation monitors in alarm.
* Radiation Control Monitor (RCM) RE 8433 Low Flow light is lit.
C. Stop the transfer per DB-OP-03011 Radioactive Liquid Batch Release Attachment 22 Response to a RE Warn or High Alarm. An accidental release was NOT in progress. D. Stop the transfer and restore the valve lineup per DB-OP-06111 Section 4.5. An accidental release wa s in progress.
* Computer alarm Z670 MISC WST SYS OUT VLVS NC Based on these indications, which of the following actions, if any, are required?
Answer: D   Explanation/Justification:
A.       Continue the transfer. These indications are consistent with the proper transfer of high activity liquid from the MWMT to the MWDT.
Meets the requirements of the SRO only white paper Section II .D page 6 second bullet. The SRO must diagnose the event in progress based upon indications, then select the appropriate procedure to mitigate the event.
B.       Continue the transfer. Refer to RA-EP-02861, Radiological Incidents to have Radiation Protection take additional surveys as required for radiation monitors in alarm.
They must determine that an accidental release was in progress based upon indications provided.
C.       Stop the transfer per DB-OP-03011 Radioactive Liquid Batch Release Attachment 22 Response to a RE Warn or High Alarm. An accidental release was NOT in progress.
A. Incorrect  
D.       Stop the transfer and restore the valve lineup per DB-OP-06111 Section 4.5. An accidental release was in progress.
- Plausible because Radiation Element RE1778A and B are in the recirc flowpath for the MWMT Pump used for this evolution, but not in the flowpath for transferring MWMT contents to the MWDT. B. Incorrect  
Answer: D Explanation/Justification:       Meets the requirements of the SRO only white paper Section II .D page 6 second bullet. The SRO must diagnose the event in progress based upon indications, then select the appropriate procedure to mitigate the event. They must determine that an accidental release was in progress based upon indications provided.
- Plausible because Radiation Element RE1778A and B are in the recirc flowpath for the MWMT Pump used for this evolution, but not in the flowpath for transferring MWMT contents to the MWDT. RA-EP-02861, is used to respond to high radiation levels.
A. Incorrect - Plausible because Radiation Element RE1778A and B are in the recirc flowpath for the MWMT Pump used for this evolution, but not in the flowpath for transferring MWMT contents to the MWDT.
C. Incorrect  
B. Incorrect - Plausible because Radiation Element RE1778A and B are in the recirc flowpath for the MWMT Pump used for this evolution, but not in the flowpath for transferring MWMT contents to the MWDT. RA-EP-02861, is used to respond to high radiation levels.
- Attachment 22 of DB
C. Incorrect - Attachment 22 of DB-OP-03011 only adjusts RE setpoints or release flow rate in response to an alarm. It does not stop the MWMT Pump or reposition any valves. Plausible because RE1778A&B are not in the transfer flowpath so transfer must be stopped and Attachment 22 title looks like it would do that. No release plausible for candidate missing the low sample flow condition on RE8443.
-OP-03011 only adjusts RE setpoints or release flow rate in response to an alarm. It does not stop the MWMT Pump or reposition any valves. Plausible because RE1778A&B are not in the transfer flowpath so transfer must be stopped and Attachment 22 title looks like it would do that. No release plausible for candidate missing the low sample flow condition on RE8443. D. Correct - The flowpath for the transfer does not use RE1878A/B
D. Correct - The flowpath for the transfer does not use RE1878A/B, so valves are misaligned and the transfer must be stopped. DB-OP-06111 Section 4.5 stops the MWMT Pump and closes the MWMT outlet valve WM1855 which stops the release. The computer alarm indicates a flowpath to the collection box exists. The misleading stable indication on RE 8433 is due to loss of sample flow.
, so valves are misaligned and the transfer must be stopped. DB-OP-06111 Section 4.5 stops the MWMT Pump and closes the MWMT outlet valve WM1855 which stops the release. The computer alarm indicates a flowpath to the collection box exists. The misleading stable indication on RE 84 33 is due to loss of sample flow. Sys # System Category KA Statement 000059 Accidental Liquid Radwaste Release AA2 Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Accidental Liquid Radwaste Release:
Sys #         System             Category                                                               KA Statement 000059       Accidental         AA2 Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to   Failure modes, their symptoms, and the causes of Liquid            the Accidental Liquid Radwaste Release:                                misleading indications on a radioactive-liquid Radwaste                                                                                  monitor Release K/A#       AA2.03               K/A Importance           3.6                     Exam Level             SRO References provided to Candidate                                             Technical  
Failure modes, their symptoms, and the causes of misleading indications on a radioactive
-liquid monitor K/A# AA2.03 K/A Importance 3.6 Exam Level SRO References provided to Candidate Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
 
DB-OP-06111, OS -29 Question Source:             New Question Cognitive Level:                 High                                         10 CFR Part 55 Content:               (CFR: 43.5 / 45.13)
DB-OP-06111, OS  
-29 Question Source:
New   Question Cognitive Level:
High 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 43.5 / 45.13)
Objective:
Objective:


(SRO ONLY)
(SRO ONLY)
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   83. The plant was operating at 100 percent power with Component Cooling Water (CCW) Pump 1 in operati o n when a Loss of Offsite Power occurs.
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
Both Emergency Diesel Generators (EDGs) are supplying their respective emergency buses. The following annunciators are subsequently received:   1-4-H BUS D 1 VOLTAGE   9-1-F INST AIR HDR PRESS LO 11-1-B CCW HX 1 OUTLET TEMP HI   Which of the following requires implementation to correct the highest priority condition?   A. DB-OP-0 2528 Instrument Air System Malfunctions B. DB-OP-02523 Component Cooling Water System Malfunctions C. DB-OP-02000 Attachment 6 Reenergization of Buses D2, F7, and MCC F71 D. DB-OP-02000 Attachment 28 Restore Power to C1 or D1 Bus from the SBODG   Answer: C   Explanation/Justification:
: 83.     The plant was operating at 100 percent power with Component Cooling Water (CCW) Pump 1 in operation when a Loss of Offsite Power occurs.
Meets the requirements of the SRO only white paper Section II .E page 7 first bullet. SRO is required to have knowledge of the content of the alarm response procedures. The SRO must diagnose the plant response to the failed equipment and select the correct procedural actions. Specific knowledge of the annunciator input is required to differentiate the procedure selection and priority.
Both Emergency Diesel Generators (EDGs) are supplying their respective emergency buses.
A. Incorrect - DB-OP-02000 is a higher priority. Plausible because 9 F is in alarm.
The following annunciators are subsequently received:
B. Incorrect  
* 1-4-H BUS D1 VOLTAGE
- DB-OP-02000 is a higher priority. Plausible because 11 B is in alarm and EDG cooling is addressed by DB
* 9-1-F INST AIR HDR PRESS LO
-OP-02000 Specific Rule 6. C. Correct - DB-OP-02000 Attachment 6 addresses restoration of instrument air pressure, which is the highest priority. DB-OP-02000 Specific Rule 4.2 references Attachment 3. Attachment 3 step C.1 directs the performance of Attachment 6 if Instrument Air is not available.
* 11-1-B CCW HX 1 OUTLET TEMP HI Which of the following requires implementation to correct the highest priority condition?
D. Incorrect  
A.       DB-OP-02528 Instrument Air System Malfunctions B.       DB-OP-02523 Component Cooling Water System Malfunctions C.       DB-OP-02000 Attachment 6 Reenergization of Buses D2, F7, and MCC F71 D.       DB-OP-02000 Attachment 28 Restore Power to C1 or D1 Bus from the SBODG Answer: C Explanation/Justification:     Meets the requirements of the SRO only white paper Section II .E page 7 first bullet. SRO is required to have knowledge of the content of the alarm response procedures. The SRO must diagnose the plant response to the failed equipment and select the correct procedural actions. Specific knowledge of the annunciator input is required to differentiate the procedure selection and priority.
- Attachment 28 is directed to be performed if both C1 and D1 remain de
A. Incorrect - DB-OP-02000 is a higher priority. Plausible because 9-1-F is in alarm.
-energized. See Specific Rule 6.2. Attachment 28 is written for both EDG breakers open, so it will not correct the problem with EDG 1 since both buses are already energized by the EDGs. Plausible because 1-4-H is in alarm and for misconception of proper Attachment 28 application.
B. Incorrect - DB-OP-02000 is a higher priority. Plausible because 11-1-B is in alarm and EDG cooling is addressed by DB-OP-02000 Specific Rule 6.
Sys # System Category KA Statement BW/A05 Emergency Diesel Actuation Generic Ability to prioritize and interpret the significance of each annunciator or alarm K/A# 2.4.45 K/A Importance 4.3 Exam Leve l SRO References provided to Candidate None Technical  
C. Correct - DB-OP-02000 Attachment 6 addresses restoration of instrument air pressure, which is the highest priority. DB-OP-02000 Specific Rule 4.2 references Attachment 3. Attachment 3 step C.1 directs the performance of Attachment 6 if Instrument Air is not available.
D. Incorrect - Attachment 28 is directed to be performed if both C1 and D1 remain de-energized. See Specific Rule 6.2. Attachment 28 is written for both EDG breakers open, so it will not correct the problem with EDG 1 since both buses are already energized by the EDGs. Plausible because 1-4-H is in alarm and for misconception of proper Attachment 28 application.
Sys #       System           Category                                                               KA Statement BW/A05       Emergency       Generic                                                                 Ability to prioritize and interpret the significance of Diesel                                                                                  each annunciator or alarm Actuation K/A#     2.4.45             K/A Importance           4.3                 Exam Level              SRO References provided to Candidate           None                           Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
 
DB-OP-02000 R27 Specific Rule 4.2, Attachments 3 and 6 Question Source:         New Question Cognitive Level:               High                                         10 CFR Part 55 Content:                 (CFR: 41.10 / 43.5 / 45.3 /
DB-OP-02000 R27 Specific Rule 4
45.12)
.2 , Attachments 3 and 6 Question Source:
Objective:
New   Question Cognitive Level:
High 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.10 / 43.5 / 45.3 / 45.12) Objective:


(SRO ONLY)
(SRO ONLY)
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   84. Plant conditions:
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
Refueling operations in progress The following event occurs:
: 84.     Plant conditions:
A Spent Fuel assembly has just been transferred from the Spent Fuel Pool Main FH Bridge Operator reports assembly at full up in mast over basket Main FH Bridge Operator reports lowering Refueling Canal Water level 3-1-A, REFUELING CANAL LVL alarms in the Control Room 4-3-A CTMT NORM SUMP LVL HI alarms in the Control Room An Operator reports water spilling from SG1 lower manway Which of the following identifies the actions that should be initiated FIRST based on these conditions and what procedure will direct these actions?
* Refueling operations in progress The following event occurs:
A. Maintain Refueling Canal level in accordance with DB
* A Spent Fuel assembly has just been transferred from the Spent Fuel Pool
-OP-06203, Fill, Drain and Purification of the Refueling Canal B. Maintain Refueling Canal level in accordance with DB-OP-0 2527 , Loss of Decay Heat Removal C. Lower assembly back into the basket and lower the basket in accordance with DB-OP-00030, Fuel Handling Operations D. Lower assembly into the Refueling Canal Racks in accordance with DB-NE-06101, Fuel/Control Component Shuffle Answer: C Explanation/Justification:
* Main FH Bridge Operator reports assembly at full up in mast over basket
Meets the requirements of the SRO only white paper Section II .E page 7 third bullet. The SRO is required to know the specific procedure details as to the action to take when Refueling Canal Level is lowering and selecting which procedure provides this direction A. Incorrect  
* Main FH Bridge Operator reports lowering Refueling Canal Water level
- plausible because DB-OP-06203, Fill, Drain and Purification of the Refueling Canal is used to fill the Refueling Canal B. Incorrect  
* 3-1-A, REFUELING CANAL LVL alarms in the Control Room
- plausible because Loss of Decay Heat Removal has a section for loss of inventory but the guidance is to place the fuel in a safe condition and does not address inventory restoration or the location of the safe condition C. Correct - DB-OP-00030 directs placing the fuel in a safe condition upon decreasing canal level and lists a lowered basket as a safe location D. Incorrect  
* 4-3-A CTMT NORM SUMP LVL HI alarms in the Control Room
- Plausible because Refueling Canal Racks are a possible location and are addressed as a location from which fuel should be removed and not placed Sys # System Category KA Statement BW/A0 8  Refueling Canal Level Decrease AA2 Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the (Refueling Canal Level Decrease):
* An Operator reports water spilling from SG1 lower manway Which of the following identifies the actions that should be initiated FIRST based on these conditions and what procedure will direct these actions??
Facility conditions and selection of appropriate procedures during abnormal and emergency operations K/A# AA2.1 K/A Importance 4.0 Exam Level SRO References provided to Candidate None Technical  
A.     Maintain Refueling Canal level in accordance with DB-OP-06203, Fill, Drain and Purification of the Refueling Canal B.     Maintain Refueling Canal level in accordance with DB-OP-02527, Loss of Decay Heat Removal C.     Lower assembly back into the basket and lower the basket in accordance with DB-OP-00030, Fuel Handling Operations D.     Lower assembly into the Refueling Canal Racks in accordance with DB-NE-06101, Fuel/Control Component Shuffle Answer: C Explanation/Justification:     Meets the requirements of the SRO only white paper Section II .E page 7 third bullet. The SRO is required to know the specific procedure details as to the action to take when Refueling Canal Level is lowering and selecting which procedure provides this direction A. Incorrect - plausible because DB-OP-06203, Fill, Drain and Purification of the Refueling Canal is used to fill the Refueling Canal B. Incorrect - plausible because Loss of Decay Heat Removal has a section for loss of inventory but the guidance is to place the fuel in a safe condition and does not address inventory restoration or the location of the safe condition C. Correct - DB-OP-00030 directs placing the fuel in a safe condition upon decreasing canal level and lists a lowered basket as a safe location D. Incorrect - Plausible because Refueling Canal Racks are a possible location and are addressed as a location from which fuel should be removed and not placed Sys #       System           Category                                                               KA Statement BW/A08      Refueling       AA2 Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to   Facility conditions and selection of appropriate Canal Level      the (Refueling Canal Level Decrease):                                   procedures during abnormal and emergency Decrease                                                                                operations K/A#     AA2.1               K/A Importance           4.0                     Exam Level           SRO References provided to Candidate           None                             Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
 
DB-OP-02003, 3-1-A and DB-OP-00030 Question Source:           Modified from TMI 2011 Question Cognitive Level:               Low-Memory                                   10 CFR Part 55 Content:               (CFR: 43.5 / 45.13)
DB-OP-02003, 3-1-A and DB-OP-00030 Question Source:
Modified from TMI 2011 Question Cognitive Level: Low-Memory 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 43.5 / 45.13)
Objective:
Objective:


(SRO ONLY)
(SRO ONLY)
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   85 The plant was operating at 100% power with all components in normal alignment.
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG 85       The plant was operating at 100% power with all components in normal alignment.
A large break Loss of Coolant Accident (LOCA) occurs. 10 minutes after the start of the LOCA the following indications are observed:
A large break Loss of Coolant Accident (LOCA) occurs.
Reactor Coolant System (RCS) pressure is 170 psig Low Pressure Injection (LPI) flow is 1500 gpm in each injection line Borated Water Storage Tank (BWST) level is 37 feet
10 minutes after the start of the LOCA the following indications are observed:
 
* Reactor Coolant System (RCS) pressure is 170 psig
Low Pressure Injection (LPI) Pump 1 trips.
* Low Pressure Injection (LPI) flow is 1500 gpm in each injection line
Which of the following DB-OP-02000 attachments requires implementa tion at this time
* Borated Water Storage Tank (BWST) level is 37 feet Low Pressure Injection (LPI) Pump 1 trips.
?    A. Attachment 11 HPI Flow Balancing B. Attachment 12 Establishing Long Term Boron Dilution using the Alternate Method C. Attachment 14 Establishing HPI Alternate Minimum Recirc Flowpath D. Attachment 22 Cross Connect LPI Pump Discharge Answer: D   Explanation/Justification:
Which of the following DB-OP-02000 attachments requires implementation at this time?
Meets the requirements of the SRO only white paper Section II .E page 7 first bullet. SRO is required to have knowledge of the content of the post EOP attachments. The SRO must determine RCS drain rate and status of the available equipment, then select the correct attachment to implement.
A.       Attachment 11 HPI Flow Balancing B.       Attachment 12 Establishing Long Term Boron Dilution using the Alternate Method C.       Attachment 14 Establishing HPI Alternate Minimum Recirc Flowpath D.       Attachment 22 Cross Connect LPI Pump Discharge Answer: D Explanation/Justification:     Meets the requirements of the SRO only white paper Section II .E page 7 first bullet. SRO is required to have knowledge of the content of the post EOP attachments. The SRO must determine RCS drain rate and status of the available equipment, then select the correct attachment to implement.
A. Incorrect  
A. Incorrect - Plausible for misconception of piggybacked HPI Pump 1 lost along with LPI Pump 1.
- Plausible for misconception of piggybacked HPI Pump 1 lost along with LPI Pump 1.
B. Incorrect - Attachment 12 is performed after swap to sump. See DB-OP-02000 step 10.17. Plausible because this would be the correct method for establishing long term boron dilution.
B. Incorrect  
C. Incorrect - Attachment 14 would be performed if BWST level was lowering at < 2 ft/hr. See DB-OP-02000 step 10.12 RNO 3. BWST has lowered from 40 feet to 37 feet over 10 minutes for a rate of 18 ft/hr. Loss of LPI Pump 1 still puts rate > 9 ft/hr. Plausible because HPI would have to remain in service after the swap to sump unless Attachment 22 is performed and 1350 gpm flow is maintained in both LPI lines for 20 minutes or more. See DB-OP-02000 step 10.12 and Specific Rule 3.5.1.
- Attachment 12 is performed after swap to sump. See DB
-OP-02000 step 10.17. Plausible because this would be the correct method for establishing long term boron dilution.
C. Incorrect - Attachment 14 would be performed if BWST level was lowering at < 2 ft/hr. See DB
-OP-02000 step 10.12 RNO 3. BWST has lowered from 40 feet to 37 feet over 10 minutes for a rate of 18 ft/hr. Loss of LPI Pump 1 still puts rate  
> 9 ft/hr. Plausible because HPI would have to remain in service after the swap to sump unless Attachment 22 is performed and 1350 gpm flow is maintained in both LPI lines for 20 minutes or more. See DB
-OP-02000 step 10.12 and Specific Rule 3.5.1.
D. Correct - See DB-OP-02000 R27 step 10.7 RNO.
D. Correct - See DB-OP-02000 R27 step 10.7 RNO.
Sys # System Category KA Statement BW/E 14 EOP Enclosures Generic Ability to evaluate plant performance and make operational judgments based on operating characteristics, reactor behavior, and instrument interpretation K/A# 2.1.7 K/A Importance 4.7 Exam Level SRO References provided to Candidate None Technical  
Sys #       System           Category                                                                   KA Statement BW/E14      EOP               Generic                                                                   Ability to evaluate plant performance and make Enclosures                                                                                  operational judgments based on operating characteristics, reactor behavior, and instrument interpretation K/A#       2.1.7               K/A Importance           4.7                   Exam Level               SRO References provided to Candidate           None                           Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
 
DB-OP-02000 R27 step 10.7 Question Source:           New Question Cognitive Level:               High                                       10 CFR Part 55 Content:                     (CFR: 41.5 / 43.5 / 45.12 /
DB-OP-02000 R27 step 10.7 Question Source:
45.13)
New   Question Cognitive Level:
Objective:
High 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.5 / 43.5 / 45.12 / 45.13) Objective:


(SRO ONLY)
(SRO ONLY)
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   86. The plant is at 100% power with all systems in a normal alignment with the exception of #1 MU Pump which is out of service for planned maintenance A Reactor Trip occurs. Subcooling Margin is lost.
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
The ATC Reactor Operator reports DB
: 86.     The plant is at 100% power with all systems in a normal alignment with the exception of #1 MU Pump which is out of service for planned maintenance A Reactor Trip occurs. Subcooling Margin is lost.
-OP-02000, RPS, SFAS, SFRCS Trip or SG Tube Rupture, Attachment 8, Place HPI, LPI, MU in Service has been completed with no deficiencies. The Reactor Operator later reports Makeup Tank level is 86 inches and slowly rising.
The ATC Reactor Operator reports DB-OP-02000, RPS, SFAS, SFRCS Trip or SG Tube Rupture, Attachment 8, Place HPI, LPI, MU in Service has been completed with no deficiencies. The Reactor Operator later reports Makeup Tank level is 86 inches and slowly rising.
Based on these indications, which Section of DB
Based on these indications, which Section of DB-OP-02000 Attachment 13 requires implementation to mitigate the rising MU Tank Level?
-OP-02000 Attachment 13 requires impl ementation to mitigate the rising MU Tank Level
A.       Transferring MU Pump Recirculation to the BWST.
?    A. Transferring MU Pump Recirculation to the BWST.
B.       Diverting Letdown to the Clean Waste Receiver Tank.
B. Diverting Letdown to the Clean Waste Receiver Tank.
C.       Transferring MU Pump Suctions to the BWST.
C. Transferring MU Pump Suctions to the BWST.
D.       Placing the MU Alternate Injection Line in Service.
D. Placing the MU Alternate Injection Line in Service.
Answer: A Explanation/Justification:     Meets the requirements of the SRO only white paper Section II .E page 7 second bullet. SRO is required to have knowledge of the content of the EOP Attachment procedures. The SRO must determine the plant configuration based procedure guidance with the loss of subcooling. Then the SRO must have detailed procedure knowledge of Attachment 13 subsections.
Answer: A Explanation/Justification:
Meets the requirements of the SRO only white paper Section II .E page 7 second bullet. SRO is required to have knowledge of the content of the EOP Attachment procedures. The SRO must determine the plant configuration based procedure guidance with the loss of subcooling. Then the SRO must have detailed procedure knowledge of Attachment 13 subsections.
A. Correct - With a loss of Subcooled Margin, MU Pump Suctions are locked on the BWST per Attachment 8, with the recirculation flowpath still aligned to the MU Tank. This caused MU tank level to rise. Transferring recirculation flow to the BWST will terminate the increase.
A. Correct - With a loss of Subcooled Margin, MU Pump Suctions are locked on the BWST per Attachment 8, with the recirculation flowpath still aligned to the MU Tank. This caused MU tank level to rise. Transferring recirculation flow to the BWST will terminate the increase.
B. Incorrect  
B. Incorrect - Plausible because in a normal alignment, diverting Letdown to the CWRT will reduce MU Tank Level, however Letdown is isolation per SFAS actuation and Attachment 8. Transferring Letdown to the CWRT will not affect MU Tank Level.
- Plausible because in a normal alignment, diverting Letdown to the CWRT will reduce MU Tank Level, however Letdown is isolation per SFAS actuation and Attachment 8. Transferring Letdown to the CWRT will not affect MU Tank Level.
C. Incorrect - Plausible because in a normal alignment, transferring MU suctions to the BWST will lead to an auto transfer back to the MU tank at 86 inches, however, per Attachment 8 with a loss of SCM, MU Pump Suctions are Locked on the BWST preventing this auto transfer.
C. Incorrect  
D. Incorrect - Plausible because in a normal alignment, placing the Alternate Injection Line in service would increase MU Flow and cause MU Tank Level to lower, however Attachment 8 places the Alternate Injection Line in service only when 2 MU Pumps are available. Performing this action would result in two injection lines on a single MU Pump which is not allowed.
- Plausible because in a normal alignment, transferring MU suctions to the BWST will lead to an auto transfer back to the MU tank at 86 inches, however, per Attachment 8 with a loss of SCM, MU Pump Suctions are Locked on the BWST preventing this auto transfer.
Sys #       System           Category                                                                 KA Statement 004         Chemical and     Generic                                                                 Ability to interpret control room indications to Volume                                                                                    verify the status and operation of a system, and Control                                                                                    understand how operator actions and directives System                                                                                    affect plant and system conditions.
D. Incorrect  
(CVCS)
- Plausible because in a normal alignment, placing the Alternate Injection Line in service would increase MU Flow and cause MU Tank Level to lower, however Attachment 8 places the Alternate Injection Line in service only when 2 MU Pumps are available. Performing this action would result in two injection lines on a single MU Pump which is not allowed.
K/A#     2.2.44               K/A Importance           4.4                   Exam Level               SRO References provided to Candidate           None                         Technical  
Sys # System Category KA Statement 004 Chemical and Volume Control System (CVCS) Generic Ability to interpret control room indications to verify the status and operation of a system, and understand how operator actions and directives affect plant and system conditions.
K/A# 2.2.44 K/A Importance 4.4 Exam Level SRO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
 
DB-OP-02000 Attachment 8 (pages 318 and 320)
DB-OP-02000 Attachment 8 (pages 318 and 320) Attachment 13 (pages 341 and 342)
Attachment 13 (pages 341 and 342)
Question Source:
Question Source:           New Question Cognitive Level:               High                                       10 CFR Part 55 Content:                   (CFR: 41.5 / 43.5 / 45.12)
New   Question Cognitive Level:
High 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.5 / 43.5 / 45.12)
Objective:
Objective:


(SRO ONLY)
(SRO ONLY)
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   87. Plant conditions
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
Plant is in Mode 5 with Reactor Coolant System Loops filled Decay Heat Pump 2 is in service The Motor Driven Feedpump and Startup Feed Pump are available SG secondary side fill to wet layup is in progress SG 1 Full Range l evel is 645 inches SG 2 Startup Range level indicates 10 inches Emergency Diesel Generator 1 is INOPERABLE for testing The following event occurs:
: 87. Plant conditions:
Decay Heat Pump 2 trips on overcurrent Decay Heat Pump 1 is placed in service on the RCS (1) Are Two Loops OPERABLE to comply with Tech Spec 3.4.7 RCS Loops  
* Plant is in Mode 5 with Reactor Coolant System Loops filled
- Mode 5, Loops Filled and,   (2) if not, which action would ensure compliance?
* Decay Heat Pump 2 is in service
A. (1) Two Loops are NOT OPERABLE.
* The Motor Driven Feedpump and Startup Feed Pump are available
(2) Drain SG1 to 6 2 0 inches Full Range in accordance with DB
* SG secondary side fill to wet layup is in progress
-OP-06230, Steam Generator Secondary Side Fill, Drain and Layup Procedure B. (1) Two Loops are NOT OPERABLE.
* SG 1 Full Range level is 645 inches
(2) Fill SG 2 to 16 inches on the Startup Range in accordance with DB
* SG 2 Startup Range level indicates 10 inches
-OP-06226, Startup Feed Pump Operating Procedure   C. (1) Two Loops are NOT OPERABLE.
* Emergency Diesel Generator 1 is INOPERABLE for testing The following event occurs:
(2) Place EDG 1 in standby in accordance with DB
* Decay Heat Pump 2 trips on overcurrent
-OP-06316, Diesel Generator Operating Procedure D. (1) Two RCS Loops are OPERABLE.   (2) No action is required. Answer: A Explanation/Justification:
* Decay Heat Pump 1 is placed in service on the RCS (1) Are Two Loops OPERABLE to comply with Tech Spec 3.4.7 RCS Loops - Mode 5, Loops Filled and, (2) if not, which action would ensure compliance?
Meets the requirements of the SRO only white paper Section II .E page 7 first bullet and II.B Page 3 third bullet. SRO is required to have knowledge of the content of the procedures. Specifically the SRO must evaluate the plant status and determine which procedure to implement to meet the TS Operability requirements for RCS loops. Detailed knowledge of the bases information is required to select the correct procedure actions.
A.     (1) Two Loops are NOT OPERABLE.
A. Correct -. This is correct Per Tech Spec Bases 3.4.7 "the steam generator maximum level must be maintained low enough such that the steam  not require an emergency power source to be considered operable. Per Tech Spec Bases 3.4.7, DHR pumps are OPERABLE if they are capable of being powered and are able to provide flow if required.
(2) Drain SG1 to 620 inches Full Range in accordance with DB-OP-06230, Steam Generator Secondary Side Fill, Drain and Layup Procedure B.     (1) Two Loops are NOT OPERABLE.
B. Incorrect  
(2) Fill SG 2 to 16 inches on the Startup Range in accordance with DB-OP-06226, Startup Feed Pump Operating Procedure C.     (1) Two Loops are NOT OPERABLE.
- Plausible because 16 inches is the cutoff for indication of a dry SG per DB
(2) Place EDG 1 in standby in accordance with DB-OP-06316, Diesel Generator Operating Procedure D.     (1) Two RCS Loops are OPERABLE.
-OP-02000. This would not make RCS Loop 1 OPERABLE:   DB-OP-06226 provides no direction for filling SGs.
(2) No action is required.
C. Incorrect  
Answer: A Explanation/Justification:     Meets the requirements of the SRO only white paper Section II .E page 7 first bullet and II.B Page 3 third bullet. SRO is required to have knowledge of the content of the procedures. Specifically the SRO must evaluate the plant status and determine which procedure to implement to meet the TS Operability requirements for RCS loops. Detailed knowledge of the bases information is required to select the correct procedure actions.
- Plausible because DHR Loop1 may be considered INOPERABLE due to its emergency power supply (see explanation in correct answer). RCS loops may be determined to be operable because an electric feed pump is available and water exists in the SGs. Per TS Bases 3.4.7 "to ensure that the SGs can be used as a heat sink, an electrically driven feed pump is needed, because it is independent of steam" D. Incorrect  
A. Correct -. This is correct Per Tech Spec Bases 3.4.7 the steam generator maximum level must be maintained low enough such that the steam generator remains capable of heat removal by maintaining a steam flow path (i.e., 625 inches full range level). DHR 1 does not require an emergency power source to be considered operable. Per Tech Spec Bases 3.4.7, DHR pumps are OPERABLE if they are capable of being powered and are able to provide flow if required.
- Plausible since DHR 1 is Operable and an electric feed pump is available and water exists in the SGs. Per TS Bases 3.4.7 "However, to ensure that the SGs can be used as a heat sink, an electrically driven feed pump is needed, because it is independent of steam"
B. Incorrect - Plausible because 16 inches is the cutoff for indication of a dry SG per DB-OP-02000. This would not make RCS Loop 1 OPERABLE:
Per Tech Spec Bases 3.4.7, An OPERABLE SG requires  35 inches of secondary side water level above the lower tube sheet. DB-OP-06226 provides no direction for filling SGs.
C. Incorrect - Plausible because DHR Loop1 may be considered INOPERABLE due to its emergency power supply (see explanation in correct answer). RCS loops may be determined to be operable because an electric feed pump is available and water exists in the SGs. Per TS Bases 3.4.7 to ensure that the SGs can be used as a heat sink, an electrically driven feed pump is needed, because it is independent of steam D. Incorrect - Plausible since DHR 1 is Operable and an electric feed pump is available and water exists in the SGs. Per TS Bases 3.4.7 However, to ensure that the SGs can be used as a heat sink, an electrically driven feed pump is needed, because it is independent of steam


(SRO ONLY)
(SRO ONLY)
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   Sys # System Category KA Statement 005 Residual Heat Removal System (RHRS) A2 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions o r operations on the RHRS, and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG Sys #     System         Category                                                                 KA Statement 005       Residual       A2 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or  RHR pump/motor malfunction Heat          operations on the RHRS, and (b) based on those predictions, use Removal        procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those System        malfunctions or operations:
RHR pump/motor malfunction K/A# A2.03 K/A Importance 3.1 Exam Level SRO References provided to Candidate None Technical  
(RHRS)
K/A#     A2.03           K/A Importance             3.1                   Exam Level           SRO References provided to Candidate       None                             Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
 
TS 3.4.7 Bases page 3.4.7-3, DB-OP-06230, pg 2 Question Source:       New Question Cognitive Level:           High-Comprehension                             10 CFR Part 55 Content:             (CFR: 41.5 / 43.5 / 45.3 /
TS 3.4.7 Bases page 3.4.7
45.13)
-3, DB-OP-06230, pg 2 Question Source:
Objective:
New   Question Cognitive Level:
High-Comprehension 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.5 / 43.5 / 45.3 / 45.13) Objective:


(SRO ONLY)
(SRO ONLY)
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   88. SR 3.3.5.2, SFAS Channel 1 Monthly Functional is scheduled to be performed.
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
Various SFAS Channel 1 parameters will be INOPERABLE during this test.
: 88.     SR 3.3.5.2, SFAS Channel 1 Monthly Functional is scheduled to be performed.
The Test is scheduled for 4 hours.
* Various SFAS Channel 1 parameters will be INOPERABLE during this test.
Which of the following statements describes how Technical Specification 3.3.5 will be applied during this test? Entry into associated Conditions and Required Actions_____________
* The Test is scheduled for 4 hours.
A. will be required during the performance of this test unless compliance will cause undesired actuation of safety system components B. may be delayed for up to 8 hours, provided two other channels of the same SFAS instrumentation Parameter are OPERABLE C. will not be required since SFAS Channel 1 is required to be restored to OPERABLE status at least once per hour during the performance of the tes t  D. may be delayed indefinitely provided all three of the remaining channels of the same SFAS instrumentation Parameter are OPERABLE Answer: B   Explanation/Justification:
Which of the following statements describes how Technical Specification 3.3.5 will be applied during this test?
Meets the requirements of the SRO only white paper Section II .
Entry into associated Conditions and Required Actions_____________
B page 3 first bullet. SRO is required to have knowledge of the system limits. The SRO is required to know that the entry into the TS Conditions and Actions is modified by a note that allows for a time limit to perform the surveillance test.
A.       will be required during the performance of this test unless compliance will cause undesired actuation of safety system components B.       may be delayed for up to 8 hours, provided two other channels of the same SFAS instrumentation Parameter are OPERABLE C.       will not be required since SFAS Channel 1 is required to be restored to OPERABLE status at least once per hour during the performance of the test D.       may be delayed indefinitely provided all three of the remaining channels of the same SFAS instrumentation Parameter are OPERABLE Answer: B Explanation/Justification:     Meets the requirements of the SRO only white paper Section II .B page 3 first bullet. SRO is required to have knowledge of the system limits. The SRO is required to know that the entry into the TS Conditions and Actions is modified by a note that allows for a time limit to perform the surveillance test.
A. Incorrect  
A. Incorrect - Plausible since undesired actuation of SFAS equipment could be an unintended consequence B. Correct - This is as stated in the Note to SR 3.3.5.2 and DB-SC-03110 R20 SFAS Channel 1 Functional Test L&P step 2.1.2.a.4 C. Incorrect - Plausible since no action would be required if inoperability time was less than 1 hour D. Incorrect - Plausible since one RPS Channel can be bypassed indefinitely implying 2 out of 3 logic is sufficient Sys #       System             Category                                                                 KA Statement 013         Engineered         Generic                                                                   Ability to explain and apply system limits and Safety                                                                                      precautions Features Actuation System (ESFAS)
- Plausible since undesired actuation of SFAS equipment could be an unintended consequence B. Correct - This is as stated in the Note to SR 3.3.5.2 and DB-SC-03110 R20 SFAS Channel 1 Functional Test L&P step 2.1.2.a.4 C. Incorrect  
K/A#     2.1.32               K/A Importance             4.0                     Exam Level             SRO References provided to Candidate             None                             Technical  
- Plausible since no action would be required if inoperability time was less than 1 hour D. Incorrect  
- Plausible since one RPS Channel can be bypassed indefinitely implying 2 out of 3 logic is sufficient Sys # System Category KA Statement 013 Engineered Safety Features Actuation Syste m (ESFAS) Generic Ability to explain and apply system limits and precautions K/A# 2.1.32 K/A Importance 4.0 Exam Level SRO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
 
SR 3.3.5.2 page 3.3.5-3 of Tech Specs Question Source:           New Question Cognitive Level:               High                                           10 CFR Part 55 Content:               (CFR: 41.10 / 43.2 / 45.12)
SR 3.3.5.2 page 3.3.5
-3 of Tech Specs Question Source:
New   Question Cognitive Level:
High 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.10 / 43.2 / 45.12)
Objective:
Objective:


(SRO ONLY)
(SRO ONLY)
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   89. QUESTION DELETED A Waste Gas Decay Tank release is in progress when the following occurs:
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
Annunciator 9 G FIRE OR RADIATION TROUBLE alarms Alarm 7-1-C, WST GAS SYS OUT RAD HI alarms.
: 89.     QUESTION DELETED A Waste Gas Decay Tank release is in progress when the following occurs:
RE1822A Detector is observed to be failed high RE1822B is indicating normal.
* Annunciator 9-1-G FIRE OR RADIATION TROUBLE alarms
(1) What, if any, is the effect on the release of this failed detector
* Alarm 7-1-C, WST GAS SYS OUT RAD HI alarms.
(2) What actions, if any, are required to continue the release?
* RE1822A Detector is observed to be failed high
A. (1) Release still in progress due to the redundant instrument operating correctly (2) Continue with the release.
* RE1822B is indicating normal.
No additional action necessary, only one detector is required.
(1) What, if any, is the effect on the release of this failed detector?
B. (1) Release still in progress due to the redundant instrument operating correctly (2) The release can continue after at least two independent samples of the tank's content are analyzed and at least two independent verifications of the release rate calculations and discharge valve lineups are performed per the Offsite
(2) What actions, if any, are required to continue the release?
-Dose Calculation Manual.
A.     (1) Release still in progress due to the redundant instrument operating correctly (2) Continue with the release. No additional action necessary, only one detector is required.
C. (1) The release is terminated by the failed detector (2) Disable the failed detector and restart the release.
B.     (1) Release still in progress due to the redundant instrument operating correctly (2) The release can continue after at least two independent samples of the tank's content are analyzed and at least two independent verifications of the release rate calculations and discharge valve lineups are performed per the Offsite-Dose Calculation Manual.
No additional action necessary, only one detector is required.
C.     (1) The release is terminated by the failed detector (2) Disable the failed detector and restart the release. No additional action necessary, only one detector is required.
D. (1) The release is terminated by the failed detector (2) Disable the failed detector. The release can continue after at least two independent samples of the tank's content are analyzed and at least two independent verifications of the release rate calculations and discharge valve lineups are performed per the Offsite
D.     (1) The release is terminated by the failed detector (2) Disable the failed detector. The release can continue after at least two independent samples of the tank's content are analyzed and at least two independent verifications of the release rate calculations and discharge valve lineups are performed per the Offsite-Dose Calculation Manual.
-Dose Calculation Manual.
Answer: C Explanation/Justification:       Meets the requirements of the SRO only white paper Section II .E page 7 third bullet. The operator is required to diagnose and predict the impact of the monitor failure on the release pathway. The SRO is also required to know the actions required for an Inoperable detector A. Incorrect - (1) Plausible because most safety and protective systems have redundant trip functions with coincidence logic (2) is correct in that only one detector is required per ODCM table 2-1 B. Incorrect - (1) Plausible because most safety and protective systems usually redundant trip functions with coincidence logic (2) is plausible because this the required action for two inoperable detectors per ODCM table 2-1 C. Correct - (1) is correct - either detector in alarm will trip close the gaseous release outlet valves (2) is correct in that only one detector is required per ODCM table 2-1 D. Incorrect - (1) either detector in alarm will trip close the gaseous release outlet valves (2) is plausible because this the required action for two inoperable detectors per ODCM table 2-1 Sys #       System             Category                                                                     KA Statement 073         Process           A2 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or       Detector failure Radiation          operations on the PRM system; and (b) based on those predictions, Monitoring        use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of (PRM)              those malfunctions or operations:
Answer: C Explanation/Justification:
System K/A#     A2.02               K/A Importance               3.2                   Exam Level               SRO References provided to Candidate                                               Technical  
Meets the requirements of the SRO only white paper Section II .
E page 7 third bullet. The operator is required to diagnose and predict the impact of the monitor failure on the release pathway. The SRO is also required to know the actions required for an Inoperable detector A. Incorrect  
- (1) Plausible because most safety and protective systems have redundant trip functions with coincidence logic (2) is correct in that only one detector is required per ODCM table 2
-1 B. Incorrect  
- (1) Plausible because most safety and protective systems usually redundant trip functions with coincidence logic (2) is plausible because this the required action for two inoperable detectors per ODCM table 2-1 C. Correct - (1) is correct  
- either detector in alarm will trip close the gaseous release outlet valves (2) is correct in that only one detector is requir ed per ODCM table 2
-1 D. Incorrect  
- (1) either detector in alarm will trip close the gaseous release outlet valves (2) is plausible because this the required action for two inoperable detectors per ODCM table 2
-1 Sys # System Category KA Statement 073 Process Radiation Monitoring (PRM) System A2 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the PRM system; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:
Detector failure K/A# A2.02 K/A Importance 3.2 Exam Level SRO References provided to Candidate Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
 
ODCM Table 3-1 page 56, OS-0030 SH2 R20 CL-1 Question Source:           New Question Cognitive Level:                 Low-Memory                                     10 CFR Part 55 Content:                   (CFR: 41.5/43.5/45.3/45.13)
ODCM Table 3
-1 page 56, OS
-003 0 SH2 R20 CL-1 Question Source:
New   Question Cognitive Level:
Low-Memory 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.5/43.5/45.3/45.13)
Objective:
Objective:


(SRO ONLY)
(SRO ONLY)
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   90. The plant is operating at 100% power with Service Water Returns aligned to the Cooling Tower.
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
A seismic event occurs that significantly damages piping in the non
: 90.     The plant is operating at 100% power with Service Water Returns aligned to the Cooling Tower.
-seismic portion of the Service Water System. Which of the following procedure driven actions are required to respond to this event?
A seismic event occurs that significantly damages piping in the non-seismic portion of the Service Water System.
A. Align Circ Water to supply Service Water Essential Header B. Align Circ Water to supply Service Water Secondary Loads C. Align Service Water Returns to the Collection Box D. Align Service Water Returns to the Intake Forebay Answer: D   Explanation/Justification:
Which of the following procedure driven actions are required to respond to this event?
Meets the requirements of the SRO only white paper Section II .E page 7 first bullet. SRO is required to have knowledge of the content of the procedure content. The SRO must determine the plant configuration based event in progress and select the appropriate action to mitigate the loss of SWS event, which renders the system incapable of performing the design function. The SRO must have detailed knowledge of the procedure content to select the Attachment that restores the system flowpath.
A.       Align Circ Water to supply Service Water Essential Header B.       Align Circ Water to supply Service Water Secondary Loads C.       Align Service Water Returns to the Collection Box D.       Align Service Water Returns to the Intake Forebay Answer: D Explanation/Justification:     Meets the requirements of the SRO only white paper Section II .E page 7 first bullet. SRO is required to have knowledge of the content of the procedure content. The SRO must determine the plant configuration based event in progress and select the appropriate action to mitigate the loss of SWS event, which renders the system incapable of performing the design function. The SRO must have detailed knowledge of the procedure content to select the Attachment that restores the system flowpath.
A. Incorrect  
A. Incorrect - Plausible because the essential loads are those that must be cooled to maintain safety functions. The Cooling Tower Return flowpath is non-seismic piping which may be pinched by the seismic event.
- Plausible because the essential loads are those that must be cooled to maintain safety functions. The Cooling Tower Return flowpath is non-seismic piping which may be pinched by the seismic event.
B. Incorrect - Plausible because the SW Piping to the Secondary loads is non-seismic piping. There are important loads such as the MDFP the candidate would prefer to have available to respond to plant events..
B. Incorrect - Plausible because the SW Piping to the Secondary loads is non
C. Incorrect - Plausible because the Cooling Tower Line is not seismic. If the line collapses, a loss of flowpath could exist. This alignment could restore a flowpath, but the inventory from the Ultimate Heat Sink would be lost.
-seismic piping. There are important loads such as the MDFP the candidate would prefer to have available to respond to plant events..
C. Incorrect  
- Plausible because the Cooling Tower Line is not seismic. If the line collapses, a loss of flowpath could exist. This alignment could restore a flowpath, but the inventory from the Ultimate Heat Sink would be lost.
D. Correct - The initial conditions has SW aligned to Cooling Tower Makeup. Following a seismic event, this alignment could lead to depletion of the Ultimate Heat sink. Action is required within 3 hours to protect the ultimate heat sink inventory.
D. Correct - The initial conditions has SW aligned to Cooling Tower Makeup. Following a seismic event, this alignment could lead to depletion of the Ultimate Heat sink. Action is required within 3 hours to protect the ultimate heat sink inventory.
Sys # System Category KA Statement 076 Service Water System (SWS) A2 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the SWS; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:
Sys #       System             Category                                                                 KA Statement 076         Service           A2 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or   Loss of SWS Water              operations on the SWS; and (b) based on those predictions, use System            procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those (SWS)              malfunctions or operations:
Loss of SWS K/A# A2.01 K/A Importance 3.7* Exam Level SRO References provided to Candidate Technical  
K/A#     A2.01               K/A Importance             3.7*                   Exam Level             SRO References provided to Candidate                                             Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
DB-OP-02511 R16, Loss of Service Water Pumps/System Question Source:            New Question Cognitive Level:                High                                          10 CFR Part 55 Content:              (CFR: 41.5 / 43.5 / 45/3 /
45/13)
Objective:


DB-OP-02511 R16, Loss of Service Water Pumps/System Question Source:
New  Question Cognitive Level:
High 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.5 / 43.5 / 45/3 / 45/13) Objective:
(SRO ONLY)
(SRO ONLY)
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   91. The plant is in Mode 1 at 100% power following a refueling outage.
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
: 91.     The plant is in Mode 1 at 100% power following a refueling outage.
A Condition Report is received that identifies an error occurred when the Containment Purge Exhaust Valve (Inside CTMT Valve) local leak rate testing was conducted prior to entry into Mode 4. The leak rate was incorrectly calculated. The actual leakage exceeded the allowed leakage for that penetration but the leak rate does not exceed the overall containment leakage rate acceptance criteria.
A Condition Report is received that identifies an error occurred when the Containment Purge Exhaust Valve (Inside CTMT Valve) local leak rate testing was conducted prior to entry into Mode 4. The leak rate was incorrectly calculated. The actual leakage exceeded the allowed leakage for that penetration but the leak rate does not exceed the overall containment leakage rate acceptance criteria.
Which of the following Technical Specification actions are required?
Which of the following Technical Specification actions are required?
A. No action required because the isolation valve leakage does not exceed the overall containment leakage rate acceptance criteria.
A.       No action required because the isolation valve leakage does not exceed the overall containment leakage rate acceptance criteria.
B. No action is required because the penetration flow path remains isolated by the Purge Exhaust Valve (Outside CTMT Valve) which is already de
B.       No action is required because the penetration flow path remains isolated by the Purge Exhaust Valve (Outside CTMT Valve) which is already de-activated in the closed position.
-activated in the closed position
C.       Enter TS 3.6.1 Containment and be in Mode 3 within 6 hours and Mode 5 within 36 hours to allow repair/testing of the affected valve.
. C. Enter TS 3.6.1 Containment and be in Mode 3 within 6 hours and Mode 5 within 36 hours to allow repair/testing of the affected valve.
D.       Enter TS 3.6.3 Containment Isolation Valves and verify the affected penetration is isolated within 24 hours and once per 31 days thereafter.
D. Enter TS 3.6.3 Containment Isolation Valves and verify the affected penetration is isolated within 24 hours and once per 31 days thereafter.
Answer: D Explanation/Justification:     Meets the requirements of the SRO only white paper Section II B page 3 first bullet. The SRO must evaluate the TS impact of the valve that exceeds the allowable leak rate and the impact on overall CNMT operability. The TS action per the surveillance is SRO knowledge. The SRO must know that the TS is applicable in Mode 4 and the actions required.
Answer: D   Explanation/Justification:
A. Incorrect - Plausible because the overall CTMT leak rate is still met, therefore the expected leakage following a design bases event would be less than the assumed leakage in the calculations that estimate off-site dose impact of an event.
Meets the requirements of the SRO only white paper Section II B page 3 first bullet. The SRO must evaluate the TS impact of the valve that exceeds the allowable leak rate and the impact on overall CNMT operability. The TS action per the surveillance is SRO knowledge.
B. Incorrect - Plausible because the conditions stated are true, an operable closed valve remains in the flowpath.
The SRO must know that the TS is applicable in Mode 4 and the actions required.
C. Incorrect - Plausible because per TS 3.6.3, the use of administrative controls to unisolate the penetration for testing is not permitted requiring a return to Mode 5 for repair/testing.
A. Incorrect  
- Plausible because the overall CTMT leak rate is still met, therefore the expected leakage following a design bases event would be less than the assumed leakage in the calculations that estimate off
-site dose impact of an event
. B. Incorrect  
- Plausible because the conditions stated are true, an operable closed valve remains in the flowpath.
C. Incorrect  
- Plausible because per TS 3.6.3, the use of administrative controls to unisolate the penetration for testing is not permitted requiring a return to Mode 5 for repair/testing.
D. Correct - Leakage in excess of allowed requires entry into 3.6.3 Condition D, but with overall CTMT leakage less than acceptance criteria entry into TS 3.6.1 is not required.
D. Correct - Leakage in excess of allowed requires entry into 3.6.3 Condition D, but with overall CTMT leakage less than acceptance criteria entry into TS 3.6.1 is not required.
Sys # System Category KA Statement 029 Containment Purge Generic Knowledge of the bases in Technical Specifications for limiting conditions for operations and safety limits K/A# 2.2.25 K/A Importance 4.2 Exam Level SRO References provided to Candidate None Technical  
Sys #       System           Category                                                               KA Statement 029         Containment       Generic                                                                 Knowledge of the bases in Technical Purge                                                                                    Specifications for limiting conditions for operations and safety limits K/A#       2.2.25             K/A Importance           4.2                   Exam Level             SRO References provided to Candidate             None                         Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
TS 3.6.3 Question Source:
TS 3.6.3 Question Source:           New Question Cognitive Level:               High                                         10 CFR Part 55 Content:                 (CFR: 41.5 / 41.7 / 43.2)
New   Question Cognitive Level:
High 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.5 / 41.7 / 43.2)
Objective:
Objective:


(SRO ONLY)
(SRO ONLY)
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   92. The plant is in Mode 1 at 100% power. The following annunciators alarm:
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
13-2-B CNDS PMP DISCH HDR PRESS 13-4-B HP CNDSR HOTWELL LVL LO 13-4-C DEAR STRG TK 1 LVL 13-4-D DEAR STRG TK 2 LVL 15-3-F CNDSR PIT FLOODED Based on these indications, which of the following describes the effect on the Condensate System and the procedures to implement for this failure?
: 92.     The plant is in Mode 1 at 100% power.
The Condensate Pump motors __(1)__. Implement DB
The following annunciators alarm:
-OP-02000 RPS, SFAS, SFRCS Trip or SG Tube Rupture and transition to __(2)__. A. (1) trip on low hotwell level (2) DB-OP-06910 Trip Recovery Section 4.0 Recovery from Reactor Trip and SFRCS Actuation B. (1) trip on low hotwell level (2) DB-OP-0690 3 Plant Cooldown Section 3.0 Cooldown of the NSSS from HOT STANDBY (MODE 3) Condition.
* 13-2-B CNDS PMP DISCH HDR PRESS
C. (1) become submerged and fault   (2) DB-OP-06910 Trip Recovery Section 4.0 Recovery from Reactor Trip and SFRCS Actuation D. (1) become submerged and fault (2) DB-OP-06903 Plant Cooldown Section 3.0 Cooldown of the NSSS from HOT STANDBY (MODE 3) Condition Answer: A Explanation/Justification:
* 13-4-B HP CNDSR HOTWELL LVL LO
Meets the requirements of the SRO only white paper Section II .E page 7 second bullet. SRO is required to have knowledge of the content of the procedures and actions taken based upon conditions of the plant. The SRO must evaluate the potential water level that could result from the flooding of the condensate pumps and the interlocks associated with the pumps. Requires detailed knowledge of the procedure routing following the reactor trip.
* 13-4-C DEAR STRG TK 1 LVL
A. Correct - Malfunction is condensate header rupture. Condensate Pumps trip on low hotwell level of 24 inches - see OS-0010 sheet 3 R15 CL
* 13-4-D DEAR STRG TK 2 LVL
-5. Spilled liquid in Turbine Building ends up in condenser pit and actuates automatic trip of Circ Pumps at 2.5 feet  
* 15-3-F CNDSR PIT FLOODED Based on these indications, which of the following describes the effect on the Condensate System and the procedures to implement for this failure?
- see DB-OP-06272 R24 Station Drainage and Discharge System Attachment 3 pages 70 & 74 and OS
The Condensate Pump motors __(1)__. Implement DB-OP-02000 RPS, SFAS, SFRCS Trip or SG Tube Rupture and transition to __(2)__.
-0016A R36. Loss of Circ Pumps results in loss of vacuum and automatic trip of Main Feedwater Pumps  
A.     (1) trip on low hotwell level (2) DB-OP-06910 Trip Recovery Section 4.0 Recovery from Reactor Trip and SFRCS Actuation B.     (1) trip on low hotwell level (2) DB-OP-06903 Plant Cooldown Section 3.0 Cooldown of the NSSS from HOT STANDBY (MODE 3)
- see DB-OP-02518 R6 High Condenser Pressure page 22 last paragraph. MFW Pump trips causes SFRCS Isolation Trip on reverse Feedwater dP  
Condition.
- see OS-0012A sheet 2 R32 CL12 and DB
C.     (1) become submerged and fault (2) DB-OP-06910 Trip Recovery Section 4.0 Recovery from Reactor Trip and SFRCS Actuation D.     (1) become submerged and fault (2) DB-OP-06903 Plant Cooldown Section 3.0 Cooldown of the NSSS from HOT STANDBY (MODE 3)
-OP-02000 Table 1. DB
Condition Answer: A Explanation/Justification:     Meets the requirements of the SRO only white paper Section II .E page 7 second bullet. SRO is required to have knowledge of the content of the procedures and actions taken based upon conditions of the plant. The SRO must evaluate the potential water level that could result from the flooding of the condensate pumps and the interlocks associated with the pumps. Requires detailed knowledge of the procedure routing following the reactor trip.
-OP-02000 R27 step 4.23 provides routing to DB
A. Correct - Malfunction is condensate header rupture. Condensate Pumps trip on low hotwell level of 24 inches - see OS-0010 sheet 3 R15 CL-5.
-OP-06910. DB
Spilled liquid in Turbine Building ends up in condenser pit and actuates automatic trip of Circ Pumps at 2.5 feet - see DB-OP-06272 R24 Station Drainage and Discharge System Attachment 3 pages 70 & 74 and OS-0016A R36. Loss of Circ Pumps results in loss of vacuum and automatic trip of Main Feedwater Pumps - see DB-OP-02518 R6 High Condenser Pressure page 22 last paragraph. MFW Pump trips causes SFRCS Isolation Trip on reverse Feedwater dP - see OS-0012A sheet 2 R32 CL12 and DB-OP-02000 Table 1. DB-OP-02000 R27 step 4.23 provides routing to DB-OP-06910. DB-OP-06910 R26 step 3.1.1 provides routing to Section 4.0.
-OP-06910 R26 step 3.1.1 provides routing to Section 4.0.
B. Incorrect - DB-OP-02000 R27 step 4.23 provides routing to DB-OP-06910. Part 1 is correct. Plausible because a plant cooldown would be required to fix the condensate header rupture.
B. Incorrect  
C. Incorrect - Condensate Pumps trip on low hotwell level of 24 inches. Part 2 is correct. Plausible because this is the result for condenser pit flooding from Circ Water without low hotwell level - see DB-OP-02517 R6 Circulating Water System Malfunctions Background Information for Large Leak/Rupture page 61. Even if condensate pump motors did become submerged, they were de-energized when low hotwell level opened their breakers.
- DB-OP-02000 R27 step 4.23 provides routing to DB
D. Incorrect - Condensate Pumps trip on low hotwell level of 24 inches; DB-OP-02000 R27 step 4.23 provides routing to DB-OP-06910. Plausible for condenser pit flooding from Circ Water without low hotwell level and because a plant cooldown would be required to fix the condensate header rupture.
-OP-06910. Part 1 is correct. Plausible because a plant cooldown would be required to fix the condensate header rupture.
C. Incorrect  
- Condensate Pumps trip on low hotwell level of 24 inches. Part 2 is correct. Plausible because this is the result for condenser pit flooding from Circ Water without low hotwell level  
- see DB-OP-02517 R6 Circulating Water System Malfunctions Background Information for Large Leak/Rupture page 61. Even if condensate pump motors did become submerged, they were de
-energized when low hotwell level opened their breakers.
D. Incorrect  
- Condensate Pumps trip on low hotwell level of 24 inches; DB
-OP-02000 R27 step 4.23 provides routing to DB
-OP-06910. Plausible for condenser pit flooding from Circ Water without low hotwell level and because a plant cooldown would be required to fix the condensate header rupture.


(SRO ONLY)
(SRO ONLY)
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   Sys # System Category KA Statement 056 Condensate A2 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the Condensate System; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG Sys #     System         Category                                                                 KA Statement 056       Condensate     A2 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or   Loss of condensate pumps operations on the Condensate System; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:
Loss of condensate pumps K/A# A2.04 K/A Importance 2.8* Exam Level SRO References provided to Candidate None Technical  
K/A#     A2.04           K/A Importance             2.8*                   Exam Level           SRO References provided to Candidate       None                             Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
 
DB-OP-02518 page 22, OS-0010 CL-5 and DB-OP-02000 supplemental step 4.23 Question Source:       New Question Cognitive Level:           High                                           10 CFR Part 55 Content:             (CFR: 41.5 / 43.5 / 45.3 /
DB-OP-02518 page 22, OS
45.13)
-0010 CL-5 and DB-OP-02000 supplemental step 4.23 Question Source:
Objective:
New   Question Cognitive Level:
High 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.5 / 43.5 / 45.3 / 45.13) Objective:


(SRO ONLY)
(SRO ONLY)
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   93. The plant is operating at 100% power The following event occurs:
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
SG1 Startup Level selected to ICS indicates 0 inches The following annunciators alarm:
: 93.     The plant is operating at 100% power The following event occurs:
12-3-A SG 1 OPERATE LVL HI 12-4-A SG 1 LVL LO 14-4-E ICS INPUT MISMATCH 14-5-E ICS SG 1 ON LO LVL LIMIT (1) Select the correct PROCEDURE to be implemented to mitigate this event? (2) What is Technical Specification BASIS for Technical Specification LCO challenged by this event?
* SG1 Startup Level selected to ICS indicates 0 inches The following annunciators alarm:
A. (1) DB-OP-02526 Primary to Secondary Heat Transfer Upset (2) To ensure Steam generator water inventory is maintained to provide adequate primary to secondary heat transfer B. (1) DB-OP-02526 Primary to Secondary Heat Transfer Upset (2) To preserve the initial condition assumptions for the steam generator inventory used in the main steam line break (MSLB) accident analysis C. (1) DB-OP-02000 RPS, SFAS, SFRCS TRIP OR SG TUBE RU PTURE (2) To ensure Steam generator water inventory is maintained to provide adequate primary to secondary heat transfer D. (1) DB-OP-02000 RPS, SFAS, SFRCS TRIP OR SG TUBE RU PTURE (2) To preserve the initial condition assumptions for the steam generator inventory used in the main steam line break (MSLB) accident analysis Answer: B Explanation/Justification:
* 12-3-A SG 1 OPERATE LVL HI
Meets the requirements of the SRO only white paper Section II .E page 7 first bullet and II.B Page 3 third bullet. The SRO must diagnose the primary to secondary plant heat transfer event and cause and then select the appropriate mitigation procedure. The SRO is required to understand the TS bases for the LCO that is challenged by the failur
* 12-4-A SG 1 LVL LO
: e. A. Incorrect  
* 14-4-E ICS INPUT MISMATCH
- Part 1 is correct. Part 2 is plausible because this is the TS basis for the low level limit B. Correct -Malfunction is failure of controlling Startup (SU) level low which results in SG overfeed. See M
* 14-5-E ICS SG 1 ON LO LVL LIMIT (1) Select the correct PROCEDURE to be implemented to mitigate this event?
-533-00171 R10. DB
(2) What is Technical Specification BASIS for Technical Specification LCO challenged by this event?
-OP-02526 R4 is correct procedure. See step 2.1.4. TS Bases as listed in B 3.7.18 page B 3.7.18
A.       (1) DB-OP-02526 Primary to Secondary Heat Transfer Upset (2) To ensure Steam generator water inventory is maintained to provide adequate primary to secondary heat transfer B.       (1) DB-OP-02526 Primary to Secondary Heat Transfer Upset (2) To preserve the initial condition assumptions for the steam generator inventory used in the main steam line break (MSLB) accident analysis C.       (1) DB-OP-02000 RPS, SFAS, SFRCS TRIP OR SG TUBE RUPTURE (2) To ensure Steam generator water inventory is maintained to provide adequate primary to secondary heat transfer D.       (1) DB-OP-02000 RPS, SFAS, SFRCS TRIP OR SG TUBE RUPTURE (2) To preserve the initial condition assumptions for the steam generator inventory used in the main steam line break (MSLB) accident analysis Answer: B Explanation/Justification:         Meets the requirements of the SRO only white paper Section II .E page 7 first bullet and II.B Page 3 third bullet. The SRO must diagnose the primary to secondary plant heat transfer event and cause and then select the appropriate mitigation procedure. The SRO is required to understand the TS bases for the LCO that is challenged by the failure.
-1 C. Incorrect  
A. Incorrect - Part 1 is correct. Part 2 is plausible because this is the TS basis for the low level limit B. Correct -Malfunction is failure of controlling Startup (SU) level low which results in SG overfeed. See M-533-00171 R10. DB-OP-02526 R4 is correct procedure. See step 2.1.4. TS Bases as listed in B 3.7.18 page B 3.7.18-1 C. Incorrect - Plausible if it is determined the Reactor has or should be tripped on low or high level. Part 2 is plausible because this is the TS basis for the low level limit D. Incorrect - Plausible if it is determined the Reactor has or should be tripped on low or high level. Part 2 is plausible because this is the TS basis for the low level limit. Part 2 is correct Sys #       System             Category                                                                   KA Statement 035          Steam               A2 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or     Pressure/level transmitter failure Generator          operations on the Steam Generator System; and (b) based on those System              predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the (SG/S)              consequences of those malfunctions or operations:
- Plausible if it is determined the Reactor has or should be tripped on low or high level. Part 2 is plausible because this is the TS basis for the low level limit D. Incorrect  
K/A#       A2.03                K/A Importance             3.6                   Exam Level             SRO References provided to Candidate               None                             Technical  
- Plausible if it is determined the Reactor has or should be tripped on low or high level. Part 2 is plausible because this is the TS basis for the low level limit. Part 2 is correct Sys # System Category KA Statement 0 35 Steam Generator System (S G/S) A2 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the Steam Generator System; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:
Pressure/level transmitter failure K/A# A2.0 3 K/A Importance 3.6 Exam Level SRO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
DWG M-533-171-10, DB-OP-02526 page 4 and Bases B3.7.18 page B3.7.18-1 Question Source:            New Question Cognitive Level:                  High - Comprehension                          10 CFR Part 55 Content:            (CFR: 41.5 / 43.5 / 45.3 / 45.5)


DWG M-533-171-10, DB-OP-02526 page 4 and Bases B3.7.18 page B3.7.18
-1  Question Source:
New    Question Cognitive Level:
High - Comprehension 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.5 / 43.5 / 45.3 / 45.
: 5)
(SRO ONLY)
(SRO ONLY)
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   94. The plant is at 100% power at minimum staffing levels.
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
: 94.     The plant is at 100% power at minimum staffing levels.
At 0200, the following events occur.
At 0200, the following events occur.
The At the Controls Reactor Operator (ATC RO) falls in the Control Room and is unconscious.
* The At the Controls Reactor Operator (ATC RO) falls in the Control Room and is unconscious.
The First Aid Team requests an ambulance to transport the ATC RO to the hospital.
* The First Aid Team requests an ambulance to transport the ATC RO to the hospital.
Which of the following actions is required in response to this event?
Which of the following actions is required in response to this event?
A. Unit Supervisor must accompany ATC RO to the hospital in the ambulance.
A.       Unit Supervisor must accompany ATC RO to the hospital in the ambulance.
B. Maintain the plant in a stable condition until the next shift of operators arrives for day shift.
B.       Maintain the plant in a stable condition until the next shift of operators arrives for day shift.
C. Immediately callout a Reactor Operator to return to a minimum functional shift complement.
C.       Immediately callout a Reactor Operator to return to a minimum functional shift complement.
D. Have the Safe Shutdown Equipment Operator assume the RO position to comply with the Technical Requirements Manual.
D.       Have the Safe Shutdown Equipment Operator assume the RO position to comply with the Technical Requirements Manual.
Answer: C   Explanation/Justification:
Answer: C Explanation/Justification:     Meets the requirements of the SRO only white paper Section II .A page 3 third bullet. The SRO is required to know the content of the administrative procedures related to shift staffing and the Technical Specification requirements. The actions to restore shift staffing are a SRO responsibility.
Meets the requirements of the SRO only white paper Section II .A page 3 third bullet. The SRO is required to know the content of the administrative procedures related to shift staffing and the Technical Specification requirements. The actions to restore shift staffing are a SRO responsibility
A. Incorrect - Loss of an SRO would make shift manning level worse. Plausible because supervisor is notified; however, RA-EP-02000 R5 Medical Emergencies step 6.2.9 states that when on-duty manning is minimal, a Management Representative shall be called to meet the patient at the treatment facility.
. A. Incorrect  
B. Incorrect - Plausible because NOP-OP-1002 step 4.1.13.3 does direct maintaining stable conditions, but allowing 3-4 hours to elapse is not consistent with taking action immediately.
- Loss of an SRO would make shift manning level worse. Plausible because supervisor is notified; however, RA
-EP-02000 R5 Medical Emergencies step 6.2.9 states that when on
-duty manning is minimal, a Management Representative shall be called to meet the patient at the treatment facility.
B. Incorrect  
- Plausible because NOP-OP-1002 step 4.1.13.3 does direct maintaining stable conditions, but allowing 3
-4 hours to elapse is not consistent with taking action immediately.
C. Correct - per NOP-OP-1002 (R09), Conduction of Operations Step 4.1.13.3.
C. Correct - per NOP-OP-1002 (R09), Conduction of Operations Step 4.1.13.3.
D. Incorrect  
D. Incorrect - Even if the SSEO was licensed, minimum manning is not met per NOP-OP-1002 R9 Conduct of Operations Attachment 4. Plausible because the TRM does not require any non-licensed operators (see TRM 10.2.1) and per NOP-OP-1002, Conduct of Operations step 4.1.13.3 if the Shift Manager becomes incapacitated, the senior on shift licensed operator assumes the Shift Manager position; however, no such provision exists for other positions.
- Even if the SSEO was licensed, minimum manning is not met per NOP
Sys #       System           Category                                                                   KA Statement N/A         N/A               Generic                                                                   Knowledge of individual licensed operator responsibilities related to shift staffing, such as medical requirements, no-solo operation, maintenance of active license status, 10CFR55, etc.
-OP-1002 R9 Conduct of Operations Attachment 4. Plausible because the TRM does not require any non
K/A#     2.1.4               K/A Importance             3.8                   Exam Level               SRO References provided to Candidate             None                           Technical  
-licensed operators (see TRM 10.2.1) and per NOP
-OP-1002, Conduct of Operations step 4.1.13.3 if the Shift Manager becomes incapacitated, the senior on shift licensed operator assumes the Shift Manager position; however, no such provision exists for other positions.
Sys # System Category KA Statement N/A N/A Generic Knowledge of individual licensed operator responsibilities related to shift staffing, such as medical requirements, "no
-solo" operation, maintenance of active license status, 10CFR55, etc. K/A# 2.1.4 K/A Importance 3.8 Exam Level SRO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
 
NOP-OP-1002 (R09) Step 4.1.13.3 Question Source:           New Question Cognitive Level:               Low                                           10 CFR Part 55 Content:                 (CFR: 41.10 / 43.2)
NOP-OP-1002 (R09) Step 4.1.13.3 Question Source:
New   Question Cognitive Level:
Low 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.10 / 43.2)
Objective:
Objective:


(SRO ONLY)
(SRO ONLY)
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   95. The plant is at 100% power at 200 EFPD. Rod Height is 290 Rod Index.
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
: 95.     The plant is at 100% power at 200 EFPD. Rod Height is 290 Rod Index.
Reactor Coolant Pump (RCP) 1-1 develops an oil leak and must be shutdown.
Reactor Coolant Pump (RCP) 1-1 develops an oil leak and must be shutdown.
Once stable, the following conditions are noted:
Once stable, the following conditions are noted:
Reactor Power 72%
* Reactor Power 72%
RCP 1-1 stopped Axial Power Imbalance is  
* RCP 1-1 stopped
-10%. Rod Height is 2 60 Rod Index.
* Axial Power Imbalance is -10%.
* Rod Height is 260 Rod Index.
Which of the following actions, if any, are the FIRST required to comply with Technical Specifications requirements?
Which of the following actions, if any, are the FIRST required to comply with Technical Specifications requirements?
References provided A. No Action is required B. Verify F Q and F NH are within limits by using the Incore Detector System to obtain a power distribution map within 2 hours C. Reduce THERMAL POWER to 40% RTP within 2 hours D. Reduce THERMAL POWER to less than or equal to the THERMAL POWER allowed by the regulating rod group insertion limits within 4 hours   Answer: B Explanation/Justification:
References provided A.       No Action is required B.       Verify FQ and FNH are within limits by using the Incore Detector System to obtain a power distribution map within 2 hours C.       Reduce THERMAL POWER to 40% RTP within 2 hours D.       Reduce THERMAL POWER to less than or equal to the THERMAL POWER allowed by the regulating rod group insertion limits within 4 hours Answer: B Explanation/Justification:       Meets the requirements of the SRO only white paper Section II B page 3 first bullet. SRO must interpret the TS 3.2.1.
Meets the requirements of the SRO only white paper Section II B page 3 first bullet. SRO must interpret the TS 3.2.1. Surveillance and graph, recognizing that the plant is in the restricted region and then select the appropriate TS action for this condition.
Surveillance and graph, recognizing that the plant is in the restricted region and then select the appropriate TS action for this condition.
A. Incorrect  
A. Incorrect - Plausible if the candidate uses the more typical COLR Figure 2a curve, 0 to 300 +10 EFPD, Four RC Pumps--2817 MWt RTP Davis-Besse 1, Cycle 19, instead of the correct three pump curve Figure 2c.
- Plausible if the candidate uses the more typical COLR Figure 2a curve, 0 to 300 +10 EFPD, Four RC Pumps
--2817 MWt RTP Davis
-Besse 1, Cycle 19, instead of the correct three pump curve Figure 2c.
B. Correct - The plant is in the restricted region for 3 RCPs of Figure 2c. TS 3.2.1, Regulating Rod Insertion Limits Condition A requires performance of SR 3.2.5.1 within 2 hours.
B. Correct - The plant is in the restricted region for 3 RCPs of Figure 2c. TS 3.2.1, Regulating Rod Insertion Limits Condition A requires performance of SR 3.2.5.1 within 2 hours.
C. Incorrect  
C. Incorrect - This is the required action if TS 3.2.3, Axial Power Imbalance is not met which is possible for a rapid power reduction. In this case, Axial power imbalance is within the limits of TS 3.2.3 and therefore, not applicable D. Incorrect - This is the required action if TS 3.2.1 Condition A is not met which would be required 4 hours from the initiating event .
- This is the required action if TS 3.2.3, Axial Power Imbalance is not met which is possible for a rapid power reduction. In this case, Axial power imbalance is within the limits of TS 3.2.3 and therefore, not applicable D. Incorrect  
Sys #       System             Category                                                                   KA Statement N/A         N/A               Generic                                                                   Ability to interpret reference materials, such as graphs, curves, tables, etc.
- This is the required action if TS 3.2.1 Condition A is not met which would be required 4 hours from the initiating event
K/A#     2.1.25               K/A Importance             4.2                 Exam Level               SRO References provided to Candidate             TS Section 3.2 and COLR         Technical  
  . Sys # System Category KA Statement N/A N/A Generic Ability to interpret reference materials, such as graphs, curves, tables, etc.
K/A# 2.1.25 K/A Importance 4.2 Exam Level SRO References provided to Candidate TS Section 3.2 and COLR Core Operating Limit Report Figures 2a, 2b, 2c, 2d, 3, 4a,.4b, 4c, 4d, 4e, 4f, 4g, 4h, 4i, 4j, Tables 4, 5, 6, 7 Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
 
LCO 3.2.1; COLR Figure 2c, LCO 3.2.1 Action A Core Operating Limit                                        and SR 3.2.5.1 Report Figures 2a, 2b, 2c, 2d, 3, 4a,.4b, 4c, 4d, 4e, 4f, 4g, 4h, 4i, 4j, Tables 4, 5, 6, 7
LCO 3.2.1; COLR Figure 2c, LCO 3.2.1 Action A and SR 3.2.5.1 Question Source:
Question Source:           New Question Cognitive Level:                 High                                         10 CFR Part 55 Content:                     (CFR: 41.10 / 43.5 / 45.12)
New   Question Cognitive Level:
High 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.10 / 43.5 / 45.12)
Objective:
Objective:


(SRO ONLY)
(SRO ONLY)
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   96. An overhead Annunciator Alarm in the Control Room is not operating properly.
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
: 96.     An overhead Annunciator Alarm in the Control Room is not operating properly.
To avoid nuisance alarms, the Operations Manager has determined that the Annunciator will be disabled by removing the affected Annunciator Point Card.
To avoid nuisance alarms, the Operations Manager has determined that the Annunciator will be disabled by removing the affected Annunciator Point Card.
Which of the following documents must be completed to remove this point card to disable the affected annunciator alarm?
Which of the following documents must be completed to remove this point card to disable the affected annunciator alarm?
: 1. Annunciator System Operating Procedure
: 1. Annunciator System Operating Procedure
: 2. Work Order for point card removal
: 2. Work Order for point card removal
: 3. 50.59 Regulator y Applicability Determination (RAD) and/or Screen
: 3. 50.59 Regulatory Applicability Determination (RAD) and/or Screen
: 4. Engineering Change Package
: 4. Engineering Change Package
: 5. Temporary Modification Tags
: 5. Temporary Modification Tags
: 6. Clearance and Tags A. 1 and 3     B. 2, 4, and 5 C. 1 and 6   D. 2, 3 and 6.
: 6. Clearance and Tags A.       1 and 3 B.       2, 4, and 5 C.       1 and 6 D.       2, 3 and 6.
Answer: A   Explanation/Justification:
Answer: A Explanation/Justification:     Meets the requirements of the SRO only white paper Section II .C page 6 third bullet. The SRO is required to know the administrative requirements for disabling annunciators. Additionally the SRO must be knowledgeable of the requirements for implementing other types of work as well to correctly identify the required documents to disable the alarm.
Meets the requirements of the SRO only white paper Section II .C page 6 third bullet. The SRO is required to know the administrative requirements for disabling annunciators.
A. Correct. Disabling an Annunciator Window is directed using DB-OP-06411, Station Annunciator Procedure Section 4.5 which also requires a 50.59 RAD and/or Screen.
Additionally the SRO must be knowledgeable of the requirements for implementing other types of work as well to correctly identify the required documents to disable the alarm.
B. Incorrect - Disabling an Annunciator Window is directed using DB-OP-06411, Station Annunciator Procedure Section 4.5 which requires a 50.59 RAD and/or Screen. Plausible for another craft such as I&C or IS to perform card removal under a Work Order, pulled circuit cards may be considered Temporary Modifications per NOP-CC-2003 R19 Engineering Changes step 2.1.3, TM Tags described in NOP-CC-2003 Attachment 7.
A. Correct. Disabling an Annunciator Window is directed using DB
C. Incorrect - Disabling an Annunciator Window is directed using DB-OP-06411, Station Annunciator Procedure Section 4.5 which requires a 50.59 RAD and/or Screen. A Clearance is not necessary or directed to perform this activity. Plausible to use OPS Only Clearance for equipment control per NOP-OP-1001 R21 Clearance and Tagging Program Section 4.10.
-OP-06411, Station Annunciator Procedure Section 4.
D. Incorrect - Disabling an Annunciator Window is directed using DB-OP-06411, Station Annunciator Procedure Section 4.5 which requires a 50.59 RAD and/or Screen. A Clearance is not necessary or directed to perform this activity. Plausible for another craft such as I&C or IS to perform card removal under a Work Order and Clearance.
5 which also requires a 50.59 RAD and/or Screen.
Sys #       System           Category                                                                   KA Statement N/A         N/A               Generic                                                                   Knowledge of the process for making design or operating changes to the facility K/A#     2.2.5               K/A Importance           3.2                   Exam Level                 SRO References provided to Candidate           None                           Technical  
B. Incorrect  
- Disabling an Annunciator Window is directed using DB
-OP-06411, Station Annunciator Procedure Section 4.
5 which requires a 50.59 RAD and/or Screen. Plausible for another craft such as I&C or IS to perform card removal under a Work Order, pulled circuit cards may be considered Temporary Modifications per NOP
-CC-2003 R19 Engineering Changes step 2.1.3, TM Tags described in NOP
-CC-2003 Attachment 7. C. Incorrect  
- Disabling an Annunciator Window is directed using DB
-OP-06411, Station Annunciator Procedure Section 4.
5 which requires a 50.59 RAD and/or Screen. A Clearance is not necessary or directed to perform this activity. Plausible to use OPS Only Clearance for equipment control per NOP
-OP-1001 R21 Clearance and Tagging Program Section 4.10.
D. Incorrect  
- Disabling an Annunciator Window is directed using DB
-OP-06411, Station Annunciator Procedure Section 4.
5 which requires a 50.59 RAD and/or Screen. A Clearance is not necessary or directed to perform this activity. Plausible for another craft such as I&C or IS to perform card removal under a Work Order and Clearance.
Sys # System Category KA Statement N/A N/A Generic Knowledge of the process for making design or operating changes to the facility K/A# 2.2.5 K/A Importance 3.2 Exam Level SRO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
 
DB-OP-06411 Section 4.5.
DB-OP-06411 Section 4.
Question Source:           New Question Cognitive Level:               Low                                         10 CFR Part 55 Content:                 (CFR: 41.10 / 43.3 / 45.13)
: 5. Question Source:
New   Question Cognitive Level:
Low 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.10 / 43.3 / 45.13)
Objective:
Objective:


(SRO ONLY)
(SRO ONLY)
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   97. The Plant is in Mode 5.
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
: 97.     The Plant is in Mode 5.
Based on planned maintenance, the Key Shutdown Defense in Depth for Electrical Power Availability meets the minimum number of points to be rated Yellow.
Based on planned maintenance, the Key Shutdown Defense in Depth for Electrical Power Availability meets the minimum number of points to be rated Yellow.
The following event occurs:   A Severe Thunderstorm Watch that includes Davis
The following event occurs:
-Besse is issued by the Nation al Weather Service. Which of the following describes the impact on the Shutdown Defense In Depth indicator for the change in weather status and the maintenance controls that must be invoked?  
* A Severe Thunderstorm Watch that includes Davis-Besse is issued by the National Weather Service.
 
Which of the following describes the impact on the Shutdown Defense In Depth indicator for the change in weather status and the maintenance controls that must be invoked?
Key Shutdown Defense in Depth for Electrical Power Availability ________________.
Key Shutdown Defense in Depth for Electrical Power Availability ________________.
References provided A. remains Yellow. This indicator is not affected by the weather forecast. Continue to comply with Yellow Risk Requirements of NOP
References provided A.       remains Yellow. This indicator is not affected by the weather forecast. Continue to comply with Yellow Risk Requirements of NOP-OP-1007, Risk Management.
-OP-1007, Risk Management.
B.       remains Yellow but would require transition to Orange if a Severe Thunderstorm Warning is issued.
B. remains Yellow but would require transition to Orange if a Severe Thunderstorm Warning is issued. Continue to comply with Yellow Risk Requirements of NOP
Continue to comply with Yellow Risk Requirements of NOP-OP-1007, Risk Management.
-OP-1007, Risk Management.
C.       would transition to Orange Risk. Comply with the Orange Risk Requirements of NOP-OP-1007, Risk Management.
C. would transition to Orange Risk. Comply with the Orange Risk Requirements of NOP
D.       would transition to Orange Risk, but require transition to Red if a Severe Thunderstorm Warning is issued. Comply with the Orange Risk Requirements of NOP-OP-1007, Risk Management.
-OP-1007, Risk Management.
Answer: C Explanation/Justification:   Meets the requirements of the SRO only white paper Section II .E page 7 first bullet. SRO is required to have knowledge of the content of the administrative procedures and actions taken based upon conditions of the plant. Requires detailed knowledge of the procedure and evaluation of the impact on th risk level based upon changes in the weather conditions.
D. would transition to Orange Risk, but require transition to Red if a Severe Thunderstorm Warning is issued. Comply with the Orange Risk Requirements of NOP
A. Incorrect - Per NOP-OP-1005 Checklist, issuing a Severe Watch or Warning requires a reduction of one point which would cause the indicator to go to Orange.
-OP-1007, Risk Management. Answer: C Explanation/Justification:
B. Incorrect - Per NOP-OP-1005 Checklist, issuing a Severe Watch or Warning requires a reduction of one point which would cause the indicator to go to Orange. No further upgrade would be required if a warning is later issued.
Meets the requirements of the SRO only white paper Section II .E page 7 first bullet. SRO is required to have knowledge of the content of the administrative procedures and actions taken based upon conditions of the plant. Requires detailed knowledge of the procedure and evaluation of the impact on th risk level based upon changes in the weather conditions.
C. Correct. Per NOP-OP-1005 Checklist, issuing a Severe Watch or Warning requires a reduction of one point which would cause the indicator to go to Orange. No further upgrade would be required if a warning is later issued.
A. Incorrect  
D. Incorrect Per NOP-OP-1005 Checklist, issuing a Severe Watch or Warning requires a reduction of one point which would cause the indicator to go to Orange. Reduction of another point would drive the indicator to Red. No further upgrade would be required if a warning is later issued.
- Per NOP-OP-1005 Checklist, issuing a Severe Watch or Warning requires a reduction of one point which would cause the indicator to go to Orange.
Sys #       System         Category                                                               KA Statement N/A         N/A             Generic                                                                 Knowledge of the process for managing maintenance activities during shutdown operations, such as risk assessments, work prioritization, etc.
B. Incorrect  
K/A#       2.2.18           K/A Importance           3.9                     Exam Level             SRO References provided to Candidate         NG-DB-00117 and Form           Technical  
- Per NOP-OP-1005 Checklist, issuing a Severe Watch or Warning requires a reduction of one point which would cause the indicator to go to Orange. No further upgrade would be required if a warning is later issued.
C. Correct. Per NOP
-OP-1005 Checklist, issuing a Severe Watch or Warning requires a reduction of one point which would cause the indicator to go to Orange. No further upgrade would be required if a warning is later issued.
D. Incorrect Per NOP
-OP-1005 Checklist, issuing a Severe Watch or Warning requires a reduction of one point which would cause the indicator to go to Orange. Reduction of another point would drive the indicator to Red. No further upgrade would be required if a warning is later issued.
Sys # System Category KA Statement N/A N/A Generic Knowledge of the process for managing maintenance activities during shutdown operations, such as risk assessments, work prioritization, etc.
K/A# 2.2.18 K/A Importance 3.9 Exam Level SRO References provided to Candidate NG-DB-00117 and Form NOP-OP-1005-02 Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
 
NOP-OP-1005 Checklist and NOP-OP-1005 step NOP-OP-1005-02                                            4.3, NG-DB-00117 attachment 2 Question Source:         New Question Cognitive Level:             High                                         10 CFR Part 55 Content:               (CFR: 41.10 / 43.5 / 45.13)
NOP-OP-1005 Checklist and NOP
-OP-100 5 step 4.3, NG-DB-00117 attachment 2 Question Source:
New   Question Cognitive Level:
High 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.10 / 43.5 / 45.13)
Objective:
Objective:


(SRO ONLY)
(SRO ONLY)
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   98. A seismic event has occurred.
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
: 98.       A seismic event has occurred.
High Radiation Alarms are received on the following:
High Radiation Alarms are received on the following:
RE 8426 SFP Area RE 8427 SFP Area RE 8417 Fuel Handling Area RE 8418 Fuel Handling Area RE 8425 Equipment Hatch Area Spent Fuel Pool (SFP) Level LI1600 is 9 feet and stable. Which one of the following actions and procedures require implementation
* RE 8426 SFP Area
A. Align a Decay Heat Removal Train to provide SFP Cooling per RA
* RE 8427 SFP Area
-EP-02820, Earthquake.
* RE 8417 Fuel Handling Area
B. Evacuate the Spent Fuel Pool Area per RA
* RE 8418 Fuel Handling Area
-EP-02861, Radiological Incidents.
* RE 8425 Equipment Hatch Area Spent Fuel Pool (SFP) Level LI1600 is 9 feet and stable.
C. Perform off
Which one of the following actions and procedures require implementation?
-site Dose Assessment per RA
A.       Align a Decay Heat Removal Train to provide SFP Cooling per RA-EP-02820, Earthquake.
-EP-02240, Off
B.       Evacuate the Spent Fuel Pool Area per RA-EP-02861, Radiological Incidents.
-Site Dose Assessment.
C.       Perform off-site Dose Assessment per RA-EP-02240, Off-Site Dose Assessment.
D. Implement the Severe Accident Management Guidelines for a Severe Accident in the Spent Fuel Pool.
D.       Implement the Severe Accident Management Guidelines for a Severe Accident in the Spent Fuel Pool.
Answer: B Explanation/Justification:
Answer: B Explanation/Justification:       Meets the requirements of the SRO only white paper Section II .D page 6 second bullet. SRO must analyze the Radiation levels based upon the alarms received and then select the appropriate procedure to implement. The SRO is required to have knowledge of the procedure content which includes evacuating the area based upon the rise in activity and the current level in the SFP.
Meets the requirements of the SRO only white paper Section II .
A. Incorrect - Plausible because RA-EP-02820 R9 would apply and step 6.2.2.h suggests this action for a loss of SFP cooling; however, this action is incorrect for a large leak. Minimum level to operate DHR Pump on SFP is 12 feet per DB-OP-02547 R4 SFP Cooling Malfunctions step 4.2.8 B. Correct - A minimum of 9.5 feet of level in the SFP is required to provide adequate biological shielding. With level below 9.5 feet and multiple high radiation alarms, RA-EP-02861 should be implemented and the area should be evacuated. RA-EP-02861 entry is also directed by DB-OP-02547 R4 SFP Cooling Malfunctions step 4.2.9.
D page 6 second bullet. SRO must analyze the Radiation levels based upon the alarms received and then select the appropriate procedure to implement.
C. Incorrect - Airborne release not in progress or imminent. See RA-EP-02240 R8 Offsite Dose Assessment step 5.0 Initiating Conditions.
The SRO is required to have knowledge of the procedure content which includes evacuating the area based upon the rise in activity and the current level in the SFP.
Plausible because the inventory lost from the SFP has gone somewhere, however, Spent Fuel remains covered and even if the SFP contents are outside the SFP area, the inventory would not leave the site without specific action to pump the marsh area.
A. Incorrect  
D. Incorrect - Plausible because a Spent Fuel Pool level of 1 foot requires entry into the Severe Accident Management Guidelines. See DB-OP-02547 R4 SFP Cooling Malfunctions step 4.2.17 RNO.
- Plausible because RA
Sys #       System             Category                                                               KA Statement N/A         N/A               Generic                                                               Knowledge of radiation or contamination hazards that may arise during normal, abnormal, or emergency conditions or activities K/A#       2.3.14               K/A Importance           3.8                 Exam Level             SRO References provided to Candidate             None                         Technical  
-EP-02820 R9 would apply and step 6.2.2.h suggests this action for a loss of SFP cooling; however, this action is incorrect for a large leak. Minimum level to operate DHR Pump on SFP is 12 feet per DB
-OP-02547 R4 SFP Cooling Malfunctions step 4.2.8 B. Correct - A minimum of 9.5 feet of level in the SFP is required to provide adequate biological shielding. With level below 9.5 feet and multiple high radiation alarms, RA
-EP-02861 should be implemented and the area should be evacuated. RA
-EP-02861 entry is also directed by DB
-OP-02547 R4 SFP Cooling Malfunctions step 4.2.9.
C. Incorrect  
- Airborne release not in progress or imminent. See RA
-EP-02240 R8 Offsite Dose Assessment step 5.0 Initiating Conditions. Plausible because the inventory lost from the SFP has gone somewhere, however, Spent Fuel remains covered and even if the SFP contents are outside the SFP area, the inventory would not leave the site without specific action to pump the marsh area.
D. Incorrect  
- Plausible because a Spent Fuel Pool level of 1 foot requires entry into the Severe Accident Management Guidelines. See DB
-OP-02547 R4 SFP Cooling Malfunctions step 4.2.17 RNO.
Sys # System Category KA Statement N/A N/A Generic Knowledge of radiation or contamination hazards that may arise during normal, abnormal, or emergency conditions or activities K/A# 2.3.14 K/A Importance 3.8 Exam Level SRO References provided to Candidate None Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
 
DB-OP-02547 step 4.2.9 and USAR page 9.1-9.
DB-OP-02547 step 4.2.9 and USAR page 9.1
Question Source:             New Question Cognitive Level:                 High                                       10 CFR Part 55 Content:                 (CFR: 41.12 / 43.4 / 45.10)
-9. Question Source:
New   Question Cognitive Level:
High 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.12 / 43.4 / 45.10)
Objective:
Objective:


(SRO ONLY)
(SRO ONLY)
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   99. The Plant is operating at 100% power when the following occurs:
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG
Multiple Fire Alarms are received from Room 603, CONTROL ROOM AC EQUIPMENT ROOM, Fire Area HH The Fire Brigade is dispatched in accordance with DB
: 99.     The Plant is operating at 100% power when the following occurs:
-OP-02529, Fire Procedure. The Fire Brigade Captain reports a significant fire is in progress and requests off
* Multiple Fire Alarms are received from Room 603, CONTROL ROOM AC EQUIPMENT ROOM, Fire Area HH
-site assistance The ATC Reactor Operator reports High Pressure Injection Pump 2 and Containment Spray Pump 2 have spuriously started The Reactor trips No other effects of the fire are indicated at this time Which of the following procedures should be transitioned to NEXT?
* The Fire Brigade is dispatched in accordance with DB-OP-02529, Fire Procedure. The Fire Brigade Captain reports a significant fire is in progress and requests off-site assistance
A. DB-OP-02000, RPS, SFAS, SFRCS Trip or SG Tube Rupture B. DB-OP-02501, Serious Station Fire C. DB-OP-02508, Control Room Evacuation   D. DB-OP-02519, Serious Control Room Fire Answer: B   Explanation/Justification:
* The ATC Reactor Operator reports High Pressure Injection Pump 2 and Containment Spray Pump 2 have spuriously started
Meets the requirements of the SRO only white paper Section II .E page 7 first bullet. SRO is required to know the actions contained in the abnormal procedures.
* The Reactor trips
The SRO must diagnose that equipment has spuriously actuated and that the procedure rules of use govern implementation of the serious station fire procedure.
* No other effects of the fire are indicated at this time Which of the following procedures should be transitioned to NEXT?
A. Incorrect. This answer is plausible because in general, the correct procedure to implement following a Reactor Trip is DB
A.     DB-OP-02000, RPS, SFAS, SFRCS Trip or SG Tube Rupture B.     DB-OP-02501, Serious Station Fire C.     DB-OP-02508, Control Room Evacuation D.     DB-OP-02519, Serious Control Room Fire Answer: B Explanation/Justification:   Meets the requirements of the SRO only white paper Section II .E page 7 first bullet. SRO is required to know the actions contained in the abnormal procedures. The SRO must diagnose that equipment has spuriously actuated and that the procedure rules of use govern implementation of the serious station fire procedure.
-OP-02000. B. Correct -Spurious operation of safety related equipment requires implementation of DB
A. Incorrect. This answer is plausible because in general, the correct procedure to implement following a Reactor Trip is DB-OP-02000.
-OP-02501which takes priority over DB
B. Correct -Spurious operation of safety related equipment requires implementation of DB-OP-02501which takes priority over DB-OP-02000. See DB-OP-01003 R14 Operations Procedure Use Instructions step 6.5.2.a.
-OP-02000. See DB-OP-01003 R14 Operations Procedure Use Instructions step 6.5.2.a.
C. Incorrect. This answer is plausible because DB-OP-02519, Serious Station Fire Attachment 20 for Fire Area HH directs use of DB-OP-02508, Control Room Evacuation if the fire in area HH affects Control Room Habitability. In addition, a fire in the Control Room AC area could introduce smoke into the Control Room.
C. Incorrect. This answer is plausible because DB
D. Incorrect. This answer is plausible because a fire in the Control Room AC area could introduce smoke into the Control Room, however the Control Room circuits would not be involved in the fire which would require use of DB-OP-02519, Serious Control Room Fire.
-OP-02519, Serious Station Fire Attachment 20 for Fire Area HH directs use of DB
Sys #       System           Category                                                                 KA Statement N/A         N/A             Generic                                                                   Knowledge of the organization of the operating procedures network for normal, abnormal, and emergency evolutions K/A#     2.4.5             K/A Importance           4.3                   Exam Level               SRO References provided to Candidate                                         Technical  
-OP-02508, Control Room Evacuation if the fire in area HH affects Control Room Habitability. In addition, a fire in the Control Room AC area could introduce smoke into the Control Room.
D. Incorrect. This answer is plausible because a fire in the Control Room AC area could introduce smoke into the Control Room, however the Control Room circuits would not be involved in the fire which would require use of DB
-OP-02519, Serious Control Room Fire.
Sys # System Category KA Statement N/A N/A Generic Knowledge of the organization of the operating procedures network for normal, abnormal, and emergency evolutions K/A# 2.4.5 K/A Importance 4.3 Exam Level SRO References provided to Candidate Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
 
DB-OP-01003 step 6.5.2, DB-OP-02501, step 2.1 page 9 and Attachment 20 page 110.
DB-OP-01003 step 6.5.2, DB-OP-02501, step 2.1 page 9 and Attachment 20 page 110. Question Source:
Question Source:         New Question Cognitive Level:             High                                         10 CFR Part 55 Content:                   (CFR: 41.10 / 43.5 / 45.13)
New   Question Cognitive Level:
High 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.10 / 43.5 / 45.13)
Objective:
Objective:


(SRO ONLY)
(SRO ONLY)
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG   100 A large break Loss of Coolant Accident has occurred. An Equipment Operator is directed to perform DB-OP-02000, Attachment 7, Section 1, Action to Close Breakers for DH7A, DH7B, DH9A, DH9B, and HP31. The assigned operator report s that RE8426 and 8427, Spent Fuel Pool Area Radiation Monitor s located near MCC F11B read 30 REM/hr. The operator must access F11B to complete Attachment 7.
Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG 100     A large break Loss of Coolant Accident has occurred. An Equipment Operator is directed to perform DB-OP-02000, Attachment 7, Section 1, Action to Close Breakers for DH7A, DH7B, DH9A, DH9B, and HP31. The assigned operator reports that RE8426 and 8427, Spent Fuel Pool Area Radiation Monitors located near MCC F11B read 30 REM/hr. The operator must access F11B to complete Attachment 7.
Which one of the following Emergency Operating Procedure DB
Which one of the following Emergency Operating Procedure DB-OP-02000 Attachments should be directed to be performed based on the indicated dose rate?
-OP-02000 Attachments should be directed to be performed based on the indicated dose rate?
A.     Continue with performance of DB-OP-02000, Attachment 7, (Section 1), Transferring LPI Suctions to the Emergency Sump. Worst case conditions for the route provided have been assumed in the development of this attachment.
A. Continue with performance of DB
B.     Stop DB-OP-02000 Attachment 7 and perform Attachment 11, HPI Flow Balancing instead. The indicated dose rate prevents access to MCC F11B. As a result, train 2 of HPI will be lost requiring HPI Flow Balancing.
-OP-02000, Attachment 7, (Section 1), Transferring LPI Suctions to the Emergency Sump.
C.     Stop DB-OP-02000 Attachment 7 and perform DB-OP-02000 Attachment 14, Establishing HPI Alternate Minimum Recirc instead. The indicated dose rate prevents access to MCC F11B. As a result, the normal recirc flowpath for train 2 of HPI will be lost. The Alternate HPI recirc flowpath must be placed in service D.     Stop DB-OP-02000 Attachment 7 and perform Attachment 22, Cross Connect LPI Pump Discharge instead. The indicated dose rate prevents access to MCC F11B. As a result, Train 2 of LPI will lost. LPI must be cross connected to mitigate a possible LPI line break.
Worst case conditions for the route provided have been assumed in the development of this attachment.
Answer: A Explanation/Justification:     Meets the requirements of the SRO only white paper Section II .D page 6 second bullet. SRO must evaluate plant conditions based upon the dose rates and select a procedurally driven course of action. Requires detailed knowledge of the procedure actions and basis for assumed dose levels of transit paths contained in the procedure.
B. Stop DB-OP-02000 Attachment 7 and perform Attachment 11, HPI Flow Balancing instead. The indicated dose rate prevents access to MCC F11B. As a result, train 2 of HPI will be lost requiring HPI Flow Balancing. C. Stop DB-OP-02000 Attachment 7 and perform DB
A. Correct - DB-OP-02000 Attachment 7 Warning provides information that the assumed worst case dose rate for performance of this action is 34 REM/hr. Continuing with Attachment 7 will allow transfer of the ECCS Pump Suctions to the Emergency Sump without exceeding the projected 2 REM total dose for this activity.
-OP-02000 Attachment 14, Establishing HPI Alternate Minimum Recirc instead.
B. Incorrect - Plausible because if Attachment 7 is not performed, the High Pressure Injection System would lose suction once the BWST is depleted. The actions to close the breakers are required because the supply breakers are open to prevent spurious Mispositioning during a fire.
The indicated dose rate prevents access to MCC F11B. As a result, the normal recirc flowpath for train 2 of HPI will be lost. The Alternate HPI recirc flowpath must be placed in service   D. Stop DB-OP-02000 Attachment 7 and perform Attachment 22, Cross Connect LPI Pump Discharge instead. The indicated dose rate prevents access to MCC F11B. As a result, Train 2 of LPI will lost. LPI must be cross connected to mitigate a possible LPI line break.
Normally, only a single train is protected for each serious station fire area, so it is plausible that only a single train of HPI would be lost and therefore Flow Balancing would be required.
Answer: A   Explanation/Justification:
C. Incorrect - Plausible because if Attachment 7 is not performed, the High Pressure Injection System Train 1 Recirc Flowpath to the BWST via HP31 would not have power. As a result, the candidate could assume the alternate recirc flowpath must be used..
Meets the requirements of the SRO only white paper Section II .D page 6 second bullet. SRO must evaluate plant conditions based upon the dose rates and select a procedurally driven course of action. Requires detailed knowledge of the procedure actions and basis for assumed dose levels of transit paths contained in the procedure.
D. Incorrect - Plausible because if Attachment 7 is not performed, the Low Pressure Injection System would lose suction once the BWST is depleted. The actions to close the breakers are required because the supply breakers are open to prevent spurious Mispositioning during a fire.
A. Correct - DB-OP-02000 Attachment 7 Warning provides information that the assumed worst case dose rate for performance of this action is 34 REM/hr. Continuing with Attachment 7 will allow transfer of the ECCS Pump Suctions to the Emergency Sump without exceeding the projected 2 REM total dose for this activity. B. Incorrect  
- Plausible because if Attachment 7 is not performed, the High Pressure Injection System would lose suction once the BWST is depleted. The actions to close the breakers are required because the supply breakers are open to prevent spurious Mispositioning during a fire. Normally, only a single train is protected for each serious station fire area, so it is plausible that only a single train of HPI would be lost and therefore Flow Balancing would be required.
C. Incorrect  
- Plausible because if Attachment 7 is not performed, the High Pressure Injection System Train 1 Recirc Flowpath to the BWST via HP31 would not have power. As a result, the candidate could assume the alternate recirc flowpath must be used..
D. Incorrect  
- Plausible because if Attachment 7 is not performed, the Low Pressure Injection System would lose suction once the BWST is depleted. The actions to close the breakers are required because the supply breakers are open to prevent spurious Mispositioning during a fire.
 
Normally, only a single train is protected for each serious station fire area, so it is plausible that only a single train of LPI would be lost and therefore cross connecting HPI would be required.
Normally, only a single train is protected for each serious station fire area, so it is plausible that only a single train of LPI would be lost and therefore cross connecting HPI would be required.
Sys # System Category KA Statement N/A N/A Generic Knowledge of the operational implications of EOP warnings, cautions, and notes K/A# 2.4.20 K/A Importance 4.3 Exam Level SRO References provided to Candidate None Technical  
Sys #       System           Category                                                                       KA Statement N/A         N/A               Generic                                                                       Knowledge of the operational implications of EOP warnings, cautions, and notes K/A#     2.4.20             K/A Importance             4.3                     Exam Level                 SRO References provided to Candidate           None                             Technical  


==References:==
==References:==
 
DB-OP-02000 Attachment 7 Warning Question Source:           New Question Cognitive Level:               High                                           10 CFR Part 55 Content:                     (CFR: 41.10 / 43.5 / 45.13)
DB-OP-02000 Attachment 7 Warning Question Source:
New   Question Cognitive Level: High 10 CFR Part 55 Content:
(CFR: 41.10 / 43.5 / 45.13)
Objective:}}
Objective:}}

Latest revision as of 08:23, 31 October 2019

2015 Davis-Besse Nuclear Power Station Initial License Examination As-Administered RO-SRO Written Examination
ML15217A601
Person / Time
Site: Davis Besse Cleveland Electric icon.png
Issue date: 06/22/2015
From:
Division of Nuclear Materials Safety III
To:
Reeser, D.
Shared Package
ML15217A121 List:
References
Download: ML15217A601 (103)


Text

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

1. Which of the following describes the purpose and function of the Anticipatory Reactor Trip System (ARTS)?

The purpose of ARTS is to initiate a reactor trip to minimize the __(1)__.

ARTS initiates a reactor trip by opening contacts in series with the Control Rod Drive Trip Breaker

__(2)__.

A. (1) severity of a Main Steam line break accident (2) Shunt Trip Coils B. (1) severity of a Main Steam line break accident (2) Undervoltage Coils C. (1) probability of actuation of the Power Operated Relief Valve (PORV)

(2) Shunt Trip Coils D. (1) probability of actuation of the Power Operated Relief Valve (PORV)

(2) Undervoltage Coils Answer: D Explanation/Justification:

A. Incorrect - minimize PORV lifting is ARTS purpose per Tech Spec Bases 3.3.16. ARTS trips are in series with UV coils - See Tech Spec Bases 3.3.4. MS line break is plausible because it is one of the design bases events for SFRCS and an SFRCS trip causes an ARTS trip. See Tech Spec Bases 3.3.11. Shunt Trip Coils is plausible because the shunt trip is actuated by UV sensing relay in parallel with CRD breaker UV coil, so Shunt Trip will trip when ARTS trips.

B. Incorrect - minimize PORV lifting is ARTS purpose per Tech Spec Bases 3.3.16. MS line break is plausible because it is one of the design bases events for SFRCS and an SFRCS trip causes an ARTS trip. See Tech Spec Bases 3.3.11.

C. Incorrect - ARTS trips are in series with UV coils - See Tech Spec Bases 3.3.4. Plausible because shunt trip is actuated by UV sensing relay in parallel with CRD breaker UV coil. Part 1 is correct.

D. Correct - PORV - see Tech Spec Bases 3.3.16; UV Trip - See Tech Spec Bases 3.3.4. See also DB-OP-06403 R20 RPS and NI Operating Procedure Attachment 4.

Sys # System Category KA Statement 000007 Reactor Trip Generic Knowledge of the purpose and function of major system components and controls K/A# 2.1.28 K/A Importance 4.1 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

Tech Spec Bases 3.3.16 and 3.3.4; DB-OP-06403 R20 Attachment 4 Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: Low - Recall 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.7)

Objective: OPS-GOP-303-05K

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

2. The plant is operating at 100% power.

The following conditions are noted:

  • 4-1-D PZR RLF VLV OPEN alarm
  • Containment Air Cooler 1 Suction Temperature TI1356 is 160 ºF
  • Containment Air Cooler 2 Suction Temperature TI1357 is 155 ºF
  • Computer alarm T770 RC PRZR PRESS RLF OUT TMP, RC12-2 high Which of the following describes:

(1) the event that has occurred?

(2) its effect, if any, on indicated Pressurizer (PZR) level?

A. (1) Partially open PZR Power Operated Relief Valve (2) No effect on PZR level B. (1) Partially open PZR Power Operated Relief Valve (2) PZR level indicates higher than actual C. (1) Partially open PZR Code Safety Relief Valve (2) No effect on PZR level D. (1) Partially open PZR Code Safety Relief Valve (2) PZR level indicates higher than actual Answer: D Explanation/Justification:

A. Incorrect - Safety valve open indicated by computer alarm. See DB-OP-02513 R11 step 2.5.2. PORV open would have T773 computer alarm.

See DB-OP-02513 R11 step 2.2.4. PZR level reads high due to reference leg heat up. Elevated CAC suction temperatures indicate reference leg heat up. See DB-OP-06003 R30 PZR Operating Procedure step 2.2.9. Plausible because of similarities in computer alarm nomenclature; PORV leak symptoms step 2.4.3 lists no change in PZR level. See DB-OP-02513 R11 step 2.4.3.

B. Incorrect - Safety valve open indicated by computer alarm. See DB-OP-02513 R11 step 2.5.2. PORV open would have T773 computer alarm.

See DB-OP-02513 R11 step 2.2.4. Plausible because of similarities in computer alarm nomenclature. Part 2 is correct.

C. Incorrect - PZR level reads high due to reference leg heat up. Elevated CAC suction temperatures indicate reference leg heat up. See DB-OP-06003 R30 PZR Operating Procedure step 2.2.9. Plausible because DB-OP-02513 R11 section 2.5 symptoms for leaking safety is silent on PZR level. Part 1 is correct.

D. Correct - Safety valve open indicated by computer alarm. See DB-OP-02513 R11 step 2.5.2. PZR level reads high due to reference leg heat up.

See DB-OP-06003 R30 PZR Operating Procedure step 2.2.9.

Sys # System Category KA Statement 000008 Pressurizer AK2 Knowledge of the interrelations between the Pressurizer Sensors and detectors (PZR) Vapor Space Accident and the following:

Vapor Space Accident K/A# AK2.02 K/A Importance 2.7* Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

DB-OP-02513 R11 step 2.5.2; DB-OP-06003 R30 step 2.2.9 Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: High - Comprehension 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR 41.7 / 45.7)

Objective: OPS-GOP-113-01K

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

3. The plant was tripped from 100% power due to a Reactor Coolant System (RCS) leak.

The operators have performed all required actions prior to implementing the applicable Symptom Mitigation Section of the governing procedure.

The plant has been stabilized. Current conditions:

  • The RCS leak has been isolated.
  • RCS pressure is 1275 psig.
  • RCS Thot is 540 ºF.
  • Incore temperatures are 545 ºF.
  • Borated Water Storage Tank (BWST) level is 38 feet.

Which of the following Technical Specifications ACTIONS are required to be met for current conditions?

A. Restore RCS pressure to 2064.8 psig within 30 minutes per LCO 3.4.1 RCS Pressure, Temperature, and Flow Departure from Nucleate Boiling (DNB) Limits.

B. Restore RCS cooldown rate to within limits within 30 minutes per LCO 3.4.3 RCS Pressure and Temperature (P/T) Limits.

C. Immediately initiate action to lower incore temperature to 535 ºF per LCO 3.4.6 RCS Loops - MODE 4.

D. Restore BWST level to > 38.6 feet within one hour per LCO 3.5.4 Borated Water Storage Tank.

Answer: D Explanation/Justification:

A. Incorrect - LCO 3.4.1 is not applicable. LCO 3.4.1 applies in MODE 1 only and the plant is in MODE 3 due to the reactor trip. Plausible because LCO 3.4.1 pressure limit is not met due to low RCS pressure from SBLOCA and Action would be correct.

B. Incorrect - LCO 3.4.3 is met. RCS P/T is within the limits of Figure 1 of the PTLR and RCS did not cool down 100 ºF. Plausible because LCO 3.4.3 is applicable at all times and required Action and Completion Time would be correct.

C. Incorrect - LCO 3.4.6 is not applicable. LCO 3.4.6 applies in MODE 4 and the plant is in MODE 3 due to the reactor trip. Plausible for determining that the required RCS loop is not in operation because all RCPs were stopped. Action would place plant in compliance with LCO 3.4.6 NOTE b and Completion Time is consistent with Condition A.

D. Correct - LCO 3.5.4 is applicable because the plant is in MODE 3 due to the reactor trip. BWST is inoperable due to low water volume, so Condition B applies which has one hour completion time. See also DB-OP-02003 R16 Window 3-1-C step 3.3 Sys # System Category KA Statement 000009 Small Break Generic Knowledge of less than or equal to one hour LOCA Technical Specification action statements for systems K/A# 2.2.39 K/A Importance 3.9 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

LCO 3.5.4; DB-OP-02003 R16 Window 3-1-C Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: High - Comprehension 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.7 / 41.10 / 43.2

/ 45.13)

Objective: OPS-GOP-343-01K

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

4. The plant is operating at 100% power.

A Design Basis Loss of Coolant Accident (DBLOCA) occurs.

Which of the following describes the bases for the Borated Water Storage Tank (BWST) level at which the operators transfer Low Pressure Injection (LPI) Suction to the Emergency Sump?

The specified BWST level for transfer of LPI suction to the Emergency Sump is designed to __(1)__ and

__(2)__.

A. (1) maximize Core cooling during the DBLOCA Injection Phase (2) minimize Containment pressure during the DBLOCA Injection Phase B. (1) maximize Core cooling during the DBLOCA Injection Phase (2) ensure sufficient LPI Pump NPSH prior to the completion of the transfer of LPI Suction to the Emergency Sump C. (1) ensure sufficient LPI Pump NPSH during the DBLOCA Recirculation Phase (2) ensure sufficient LPI Pump NPSH prior to the completion of the transfer of LPI Suction to the Emergency Sump D. (1) ensure sufficient LPI Pump NPSH during the DBLOCA Recirculation Phase (2) minimize Containment pressure during the DBLOCA Injection Phase Answer: C Explanation/Justification:

A. Incorrect - Plausible misconception because Injection Phase water from the BWST is colder than Recirculation Phase water from the Containment Sump. Both items occur with larger Injection Phase volumes, but are not the bases of the transfer setpoint.

B. Incorrect - Plausible because it contains one of the correct items.

C. Correct - See System Description for Decay Heat Removal System SD-042 R6 item 2.1.2.3 page 2-6 D. Incorrect - Plausible because it contains one of the correct items.

Sys # System Category KA Statement 000011 Large Break EK3 Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they Criteria for shifting to recirculation mode LOCA apply to the Large Break LOCA: Criteria for shifting to recirculation mode K/A# EK3.15 K/A Importance 4.3 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

SD-042 R6 item 2.1.2.3 page 2-6 Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: Low - Memory 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR 41.5 / 41.10 / 45.6 /

45.13)

Objective: OPS-GOP-309-04K

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

5. The plant is operating at 70% power.
  • RCS Loop 1 flow is 74 mpph
  • RCS Loop 2 flow is 75 mpph RCP 2-2 trips (1) Which of the following is the signal the ICS will receive for Tave input?

(2) How will the trip of RCP 2-2 impact SG levels?

A. (1) Loop 2 Tave (2) SG 1 level will be higher than SG 2 Level B. (1) Loop 1 Tave (2) SG 1 level will be higher than SG 2 Level C. (1) Loop 1 Tave (2) SG 2 level will be higher than SG 1 Level D. (1) Loop 2 Tave (2) SG 2 level will be higher than SG 1 Level Answer: B Explanation/Justification:

A. Incorrect. Plausible since Loop 2 Tave is the normal controlling Tave Loop. Since a Loop 2 RCP trips, Loop 1 will have the highest flow FW flow and therefore SG level will be higher in SG 1 which is correct.

B. Correct. The Smart Analog Selector Switch (SASS) for Tave automatically selects the Loop with the Highest RCS Flow when a RCP is stopped.

Since a Loop 2 RCS trips, Loop 1 will have the highest flow and Loop 1 Tave will be selected. ICS will ratio FW flow to the Steam Generators based on RCS flow or about 2.5 to 1 with the 2 RCP loop SG receiving the higher Feedwater Flow and will operate at a higher Steam Generator Level.

C. Incorrect. Plausible Since a Loop 2 RCP trips, Loop 1 will have the highest flow FW flow and therefore SG level will be higher in SG 1.

D. Incorrect. Plausible since Loop 2 Tave is the normal controlling Tave Loop.

Sys # System Category KA Statement 000015/0 Reactor AK1 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following Consequences of an RCPS failure 00017 Coolant concepts as they apply to Reactor Coolant Pump Malfunctions (Loss Pump (RCP) of RC Flow):

Malfunctions K/A# AK1.02 K/A Importance 3.7 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

DB-OP-02515 R12 RCP and Motor Abnormal Operation Attachment 1 RCP Shutdown Question Source: Bank - #172683 Question Cognitive Level: High - Comprehension 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR 41.8 / 41.10 / 45.3)

Objective: OPS-GOP-115 05K

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

6. The plant is operating at 100% power.
  • Component Cooling Water (CCW) Pump 1 is operating.

A CCW System leak occurs.

  • CCW Surge Tank Level side 1 lowers to 33 inches and stabilizes
  • CCW Surge Tank Level side 2 lowers to 30 inches and continues lowering slowly NO operator actions have been taken.

Which of the following is correct regarding the status of CCW loads?

A. Neither MU Pump has CCW cooling because CC1460 CCW to MU Pump Coolers has closed.

B. The Pressurizer Quench Tank Cooler has no CCW cooling because CC1411B CCW to Containment has closed.

C. The Control Rod Drive Mechanisms have no CCW cooling because CC5097 Non-Essential CCW Containment Building Return Line 1 Isolation has closed.

D. Reactor Coolant Pump 1-1 Seal Cooler has no CCW cooling because CC1495 CCW to Aux Building Non-Essential Header has closed.

Answer: C Explanation/Justification:

A. Incorrect - flow through MU pump #1 oil coolers still exists via the #1 Essential Header supply and operating CCW Pump 1. See OS-0021 sheet 2 R31, F-27. Plausible because CC1460 is closed at 35 inches to isolate the non-essential supply to both MU Pumps. See OS-0021 sheet 1 R37, CL-3.

B. Incorrect - Quench Tank Cooler is isolated by CC1495. See OS-0021 sheet 2 R31, C-19 and OS-0021 sheet 1 R37, B-10. Plausible for misconception that the Quench Tank Cooler is in Containment with the Quench Tank instead of outside Containment.

C. Correct - See OS-0021 sheet 2 R31, C-28 and OS-0021 sheet 1 R37 J-11, CL-7.

D. Incorrect - RCP 1-1 seal cooler is isolated by CC1411B. See OS-0001B sheet 1 R26, J-3 and OS-0021 sheet 2 R30, D-29. Plausible because RCP Seal Return Coolers are supplied by CC1495. See OS-0021 sheet 2 R30, D-20.

Sys # System Category KA Statement 000026 Loss of AA1 Ability to operate and / or monitor the following as they apply to Loads on the CCWS in the control room Component the Loss of Component Cooling Water:

Cooling Water (CCW)

K/A# AA1.02 K/A Importance 3.2 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

OS-0021 sheet 2 R31, C-28; OS-0021 sheet 1 R37 J-11, CL-7.

Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: High - Comprehension 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR 41.7 / 45.5 / 45.6)

Objective: OPS-GOP-123-04K

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

7. The plant is operating at 100% power.

All attempts to trip the Reactor from the Control Room have failed.

An operator is dispatched to the Low Voltage Switchgear Rooms to open Reactor Trip Breakers.

Which pair of Reactor Trip Breakers located in the Low Voltage Switchgear Rooms will trip the Reactor when opened?

A. A and B B. C and D C. A and C D. B and D Answer: A Explanation/Justification:

A. Correct - DB-OP-02000 directs opening of Trip Breakers A, B, and C in the Low Voltage Switchgear Rooms. See DB-OP-02000 R27 step 3.3 RNO. A and B open will cause a reactor trip. See DB-OP-06402 R25 CRD Operating Procedure Attachment 4 CRD System Power Diagram (page 162)

B. Incorrect - Trip Breaker D is in the CRD Cabinet Room. Plausible because C and D open would trip the reactor.

C. Incorrect - CRDMs still energized via B and D. Plausible because both breakers are in the Low Voltage Switchgear Rooms.

D. Incorrect - CRDMs still energized via A and C. Plausible for faulty recall of CRD power supply diagram.

Sys # System Category KA Statement 000029 Anticipated EK2 Knowledge of the interrelations between the following and an Breakers, relays, and disconnects Transient ATWS:

Without Scram (ATWS)

K/A# EK2.06 K/A Importance 2.9* Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

DB-OP-02000 R27 step 3.3; DB-OP-06402 R25 Attachment 4 (page 162)

Question Source: Bank - 165796 Modified Question Cognitive Level: Low - Recall 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR 41.7 / 45.7)

Objective: OPS-GOP-302-05K

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

8. The plant WAS operating at 100% power.
  • All operator actions were completed in accordance with the governing procedures.

The Reactor Coolant System (RCS) is now at 500 °F and 1000 psig with SG 2 isolated.

  • The operators initiate an RCS Cooldown in accordance with the governing procedures.

Which of the following describes the criteria for securing an RCP during an SGTR?

The first RCP stopped during the RCS Cooldown should be in _____.

A. RCS Loop 1 to maximize cooling of SG 2 from reverse heat transfer B. RCS Loop 1 to maximize RCS pressure control from Pressurizer Spray C. RCS Loop 2 to minimize heat addition to the RCS from RCP operation D. RCS Loop 2 to minimize contamination of SG 2 from flow through ruptured tube Answer: B Explanation/Justification:

A. Incorrect -Plausible because stopping a Loop 1 RCP puts 70% of total RCS flow through Loop 2, which would tend to raise reverse heat transfer.

Additional cooling of an isolated SG is desirable to raise maximum RCS Cooldown with an isolated SG. See DB-OP-06903 R47 Plant Cooldown section 5.0 Cooldown with one SG step 5.4. Reverse heat transfer is described in DB-OP-02000 NOTE 8.44 (page 120)

B. Correct - All RCPs left running per DB-OP-02000 Section 8. At step 8.52, exit to DB-OP-06903 Plant Cooldown with REFER TO DB-OP-02531 SGTL. DB-OP-02531 step 4.13 for RCS Cooldown is REFER TO DB-OP-02543 Rapid Cooldown. DB-OP-02543 step 4.17 directs stop of Loop 1 RCP to maximize PZR spray capability.

C. Incorrect - Loop 1 preferred for first RCP stopped. Plausible misconception because stopping RCPs will lower RCS heat input. RCPs are stopped to minimize RCS heat input during Lack of Heat Transfer event - see Bases and Deviation document for DB-OP-02000 R20 Step 6.3 D. Incorrect - Loop 1 preferred for first RCP stopped. Plausible for misconception that pressure control is not the highest priority.

Sys # System Category KA Statement 000038 Steam EK3 Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they Criteria for securing RCP Generator apply to the SGTR:

Tube Rupture (SGTR)

K/A# EK3.08 K/A Importance 4.1 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

DB-OP-02000 R27 step 8.52; DB-OP-02531 R20 SGTL step 4.13; DB-OP-02543 R9 step 4.17 Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: Low - Memory 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR 41.5 / 41.10 / 45.6 /

45.13)

Objective:

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

9. The plant is operating at 100% power.

Both Main Feed Water Pumps trip.

  • AFW Pump 2 trips when it starts.

Both Steam Generators (SGs) are at 1000 psig and 24 inches Startup Level When the RO enables the Motor Driven Feedwater Pump (MDFP) Discharge Valves, the:

  • The CONTROL VALVE OFF light for FW 6459 SG 1 level control valve goes OFF
  • The CONTROL VALVE OFF light for FW 6460 SG 2 level control valve stays LIT The RO verifies LIC 6459 and LIC 6460 are set to minimum output.

Which of the following describes the sequence for restoring level in both SGs that establishes feedwater flow THE FASTEST without running out the MDFP?

(1) Start the MDFP (2) Raise SG 1 level to 49 inches at full flow using LIC 6459 as required (3) Raise SG 2 level to 49 inches at full flow using LIC 6460 as required (4) Direct local operator to throttle closed FW6398 MDFP TO AUXILIARY FEED LINE 1 ISOLATION (5) Direct local operator to throttle closed FW6397 MDFP TO AUXILIARY FEED LINE 2 ISOLATION A. 1, 2, 4, 3 B. 1, 3, 5, 2 C. 4, 1, 2, 3 D. 5, 1, 3, 2 Answer: B Explanation/Justification:

A. Incorrect - This method results in runout of the MDFP from full flow through both feed lines. FW6460 is failed open and not yet isolated in this sequence. Plausible for candidate reverse interpretation of the Control Valve Off lights.

B. Correct - FW6460 is failed open (see DB-OP-06225 R21 step 5.1.4 and OS-0012A sheet 1 R26, B-16) and FW6459 is closed. When the MDFP is started, MDFP flow will be limited to 800 gpm by the Cavitating Venturi. See OS-0017A sheet 1 R31, G-10. When proper level is reached, FW6460 is isolated by local operator closing FW6397. See OS-0012A sheet 1 R26, B-17. Full flow can then be established to SG 1 using LIC 6459 without running out the MDFP. See DB-OP-06225 R21 CAUTION 5.1.10. Faster to start MDFP first, then throttle closed manual valve.

C. Incorrect - This method throttles the wrong manual valve. Plausible for candidate reverse interpretation of the Control Valve Off lights and misconception that MDFP connects to AFW lines downstream of Cavitating Venturis.

D. Incorrect - Faster to start MDFP first, then throttle closed manual valve. Plausible for misconception that MDFP connects to AFW lines downstream of Cavitating Venturis.

Sys # System Category KA Statement 000054 Loss of Main AA1 Ability to operate and / or monitor the following as they apply to AFW controls, including the use of alternate AFW Feedwater the Loss of Main Feedwater (MFW): sources (MFW)

K/A# AA1.01 K/A Importance 4.5 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

OS-0012A sheet 1 R26; OS-0017A sheet 1 R31; DB-OP-06225 R21 step 5.1.4 and CAUTION 5.1.10 Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: High - Comprehension 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR 41.7 / 45.5 / 45.6)

Objective: OPS-GOP-303-05K

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

10. The Plant has experienced a complete loss of AC Power.
  • Performance of DB-OP-02521 Loss of AC Bus Power Sources is in progress.

At 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> following the beginning of the event AC power is still lost.

  • Battery 1P is in service supplying Panel D1P only.
  • Batteries 1N, 2P and 2N are isolated from all loads.

How long will it be before DC power is no longer available?

A. less than 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> B. approximately 8 hours9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br /> C. approximately 16 hours1.851852e-4 days <br />0.00444 hours <br />2.645503e-5 weeks <br />6.088e-6 months <br /> D. greater than 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> Answer: D Explanation/Justification: DC Bus Load shedding is performed to reduce Discharge Rate and therefore extend battery life.

A. Incorrect - Plausible because the batteries are designated as having a 1500 amp-hour rating based on an 8 hour9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br /> discharge rate.

B. Incorrect - Plausible if it is assumed there are 250V loads required to remain energized following load shedding C. Incorrect - Plausible since one battery (1P) will remain in service and 16 hours1.851852e-4 days <br />0.00444 hours <br />2.645503e-5 weeks <br />6.088e-6 months <br /> is a multiple of 8.hours D. Correct - Approximately 39 hours4.513889e-4 days <br />0.0108 hours <br />6.448413e-5 weeks <br />1.48395e-5 months <br /> for D1P followed by D2P. See DB-OP-02521 R23 Attachment 17 (page 129) last paragraph.

Sys # System Category KA Statement 000055 Loss of EK1 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following Effect of battery discharge rates on capacity Offsite and concepts as they apply to the Station Blackout :

Onsite Power (Station Blackout)

K/A# EK1.01 K/A Importance 3.3 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate Technical

References:

DB-OP-02521 R23 Attachment 17 page 129 last paragraph Question Source: Bank - DB 2013 NRC Exam #48 Question Cognitive Level: Low - Recall 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR 41.8 / 41.10 / 45.3)

Objective: OPS-SYS-121-11K

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

11. The plant has been operating at 100% power for one year.

A Loss of Offsite Power occurs.

NO operator actions are taken.

Reactor Coolant System (RCS) temperatures stabilize post-trip.

Which of the following describes the values of RCS Thot and Tcold?

(1) RCS Thot will be _____.

(2) RCS Tcold will be _____.

A. (1) 596 to 600 °F (2) 550 to 554 °F B. (1) 596 to 600 °F (2) 530 to 534 °F C. (1) 550 to 554 °F (2) 550 to 554 °F D. (1) 550 to 554 °F (2) 530 to 534 °F Answer: A Explanation/Justification:

A. Correct - LOP causes loss of RCPs and SFRCS Isolation Trip on reverse FW dP due to loss of MFW pumps on loss of AC oil pumps. Lowest SG safety valve lift pressure is 1050 psig (1065 psia). Tsat SG 552.3 °F. Full power core T 46 °F, so Thot about 598 °F B. Incorrect - T > 50 °F. See DB-OP-06903 R47 Plant Cooldown Section 6.0 Cooldown on Natural Circulation step 6.3. Part 1 is correct. 530 to 534 °F Tcold plausible because this is normal MODE 3 Tave for a reactor startup.

C. Incorrect - LOP causes loss of RCPs so RCS T should be near the full power value of 46 °F, not zero. Part 2 is correct. Plausible because post-trip forced flow T approaches zero.

D. Incorrect - Plausible T for normal MODE 3 Tave for a reactor startup following sustained operation at lower power (40-45%).

Sys # System Category KA Statement 000056 Loss of AA2 Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to RCS hot-leg and cold-leg temperatures Offsite Power the Loss of Offsite Power:

K/A# AA2.57 K/A Importance 3.9 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate Steam Tables Technical

References:

TS Table 3.7.1-1; DB-OP-06903 R47 Plant Cooldown Section 6.0 Cooldown on Natural Circulation step 6.3 Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: High - Comprehension 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 43.5 / 45.13)

Objective: OPS-GOP-303-04K

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

12. The plant experienced a loss of 120V AC Essential Panel Y3.
  • The problem with Y3 has been corrected.
  • Y3 has been re-energized from Transformer XY3.
  • Y3 will be transferred from Transformer XY3 to Inverter YV3 as part of the recovery process.

Which of the following describes the correct sequence of steps to swap Y3 from XY3 to YV3?

A. 1. Depress the ALTERNATE SOURCE TO LOAD pushbutton on YV3.

2. Place Inverter YV3 MANUAL BYPASS SWITCH in the ALTERNATE position
3. Check YV3 ALTERNATE SOURCE SUPPLYING LOAD RED light ON.

B. 1. Depress the ALTERNATE SOURCE TO LOAD pushbutton on YV3.

2. Place the MANUAL BYPASS SWITCH on YV3 in the NORMAL position.
3. Depress the INVERTER TO LOAD pushbutton on YV3.

C. 1. Place the MANUAL BYPASS SWITCH on YV3 in the NORMAL position.

2. Depress the INVERTER TO LOAD pushbutton on YV3.
3. Depress the ALTERNATE SOURCE TO LOAD pushbutton on YV3.

D. 1. Place the MANUAL BYPASS SWITCH on YV3 in the NORMAL position.

2. Depress the ALTERNATE SOURCE TO LOAD pushbutton on YV3.
3. Check YV3 INVERTER SUPPLYING LOAD yellow light ON.

Answer: B Explanation/Justification:

A. Incorrect - this is sequence for transfer from YV3 to XY3. Plausible for inversion of normal and alternate sources.

B. Correct - see DB-OP-06319 R29 Instrument AC System Procedure section 3.44 (page 87)

C. Incorrect - plausible candidate inversion of switch functions.

D. Incorrect - plausible because it is 2 of the 3 required actions in proper order.

Sys # System Category KA Statement 000057 Loss of Vital AA1 Ability to operate and / or monitor the following as they apply to Manual inverter swapping AC Electrical the Loss of Vital AC Instrument Bus:

Instrument Bus K/A# AA1.01 K/A Importance 3.7* Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

DB-OP-06319 R29 Instrument AC System Procedure section 3.44 (page 87)

Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: Low - Recall 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR 41.7 / 45.5 / 45.6)

Objective: OPS-SYS-408-05K

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

13. The plant is operating at 100% power.
  • Charger DBC2P is aligned to Battery 2P
  • Charger DBC2N is aligned to Battery 2N The following conditions are observed:
  • CHARGER DBC2N indicator II 6284 reads zero amps
  • BATTERY 2N indicator II 6290 reads 100 amps DISCHARGE Which of the following will eventually occur if NO operator actions are taken?

A. Power Operated Relief Valve (PORV) RC2A wont open if required B. Battery Charger DBC2PN automatically charges Battery 2N C. Reactor Protection System Channel 3 de-energizes D. Main Feed Pump 1 Emergency Bearing Oil Pump wont start if required Answer: A Explanation/Justification:

A. Correct - With no operator action, battery 2N will continue to discharge and voltage will continue to lower on 125V DC Panel D2N until the RC2A solenoid coils will no longer function. RC2A is a D2N load. See DB-OP-02540 R08 Loss of D2N and DBN Attachment 1 (page 13)

B. Incorrect - Swing charger must be manually aligned. Plausible because this is a procedure-driven manual action. See DB-OP-02001 R30 Window 1-6-G step 3.7.3 C. Incorrect - Rectifier YRF4 will continue to supply 120V AC panel Y4 via Inverter YV4. See UFSAR R30 8.3.2.1.5 (page 8.3-46). Plausible because Y4 would be supplied from battery 2N during a concurrent loss of AC input. RPS Channel 3 supplied from Y4.

D. Incorrect - MFP 1 EBOP is DC MCC 1 load. Plausible for loss of either DBC1P or DBC1N. See OS-0060 sheet 1 R29 Sys # System Category KA Statement 000058 Loss of DC AK1 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following Battery charger equipment and instrumentation Power concepts as they apply to Loss of DC Power:

K/A# AK1.01 K/A Importance 2.8 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

DB-OP-02540 R8 Attachment 1 Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: High - Comprehension 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR 41.8 / 41.10 / 45.3)

Objective: OPS-GOP-137-03K

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

14. The plant is operating at 100% power.
  • Component Cooling Water (CCW) Pump 1 is operating.

The Control Room receives a report of a Service Water (SW) rupture on SW Pump 1 strainer.

  • Bus C1 locks out concurrent with the rupture report.
  • The C1 lockout can NOT be reset.

Which of the following describes the action to allow restoration of normal SW operating parameters in the affected loop?

A. Align the Backup SW Pump to SW Loop 1 in SLOW speed.

B. Align the Backup SW Pump to SW Loop 1 in FAST speed.

C. Align SW Pump 3 to SW Loop 1.

D. Align SW Pump 2 to SW Loop 1 and 2.

Answer: B Explanation/Justification:

A. Incorrect - SLOW speed is used for Dilution Pump function of BUSW Pump, which provides lower head than a SW pump. Plausible because aligning BUSW Pump to Loop 1 bypasses the effect of the C1 lockout and strainer rupture.

B. Correct - Aligning the BUSW Pump to Loop 1 in FAST speed bypasses the effect of the C1 lockout and strainer rupture. See OS-0020 sheet 1 R95 and DB-OP-02511 R16 Loss of SW Pumps/Systems Attachment 5. FAST speed provides the same operating characteristics as a SW pump.

C. Incorrect - Aligning SW Pump 3 as 1 requires power available from Bus C1 which is locked out. See DB-OP-02511 R16 Loss of SW Pumps/Systems Attachment 1. Plausible because aligning SW Pump 3 as 1 bypasses the effect of the strainer rupture.

D. Incorrect - No procedure guidance exists for single SW Pump supplying both loops since this makes both loops inoperable. Plausible because lineup could be established via SW pump 3 piping.

Sys # System Category KA Statement 000062 Loss of AA2 Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to The valve lineups necessary to restart the SWS Nuclear the Loss of Nuclear Service Water: while bypassing the portion of the system causing Service the abnormal condition Water K/A# AA2.03 K/A Importance 2.6 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

OS-0020 sheet 1 R95; DB-OP-02511 R16 step 4.1.7 and Attachment 5 step 10; DB-OP-06261, Note 4.1.3 Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: High - Comprehension 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 43.5 / 45.13)

Objective: OPS-GOP-111-02K

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

15. The plant is operating at 100% power.

PI810 INSTRUMENT AIR HEADER PRESS lowers to 50 psig and stabilizes.

The operators perform the required abnormal procedure actions then implement DB-OP-02000 RPS, SFAS, SFRCS Trip or SG Tube Rupture.

During the performance of Attachment 1 Primary Inventory Control Actions the following indications are noted:

  • Letdown Flow FI MU7 45 gpm
  • RCP 1-1 Seal Injection Flow FI MU30C 15 gpm
  • RCP 1-2 Seal Injection Flow FI MU30D zero gpm
  • RCP 2-1 Seal Injection Flow FI MU30A 15 gpm
  • RCP 2-2 Seal Injection Flow FI MU30B 15 gpm Which of the following additional failures is consistent with these indications?

A. RCP tripped during the transient B. Essential DC Distribution Panel D2P de-energized C. Inadvertent SFAS Level 3 actuation of Channel 2 only D. Seal Injection Isolation valve Air Volume Tank leak Answer: D Explanation/Justification:

A. Incorrect - Plausible because seal injection flow lowers when an RCP is stopped, but only to around 3 gpm. See Makeup & Purification System Description SD-048 R04 page 2-9 B. Incorrect - D2P loss would also close MU66A and MU3, resulting in zero flow on FI MU7 and FI MU30A See DB-OP-06405 R13 SFAS Procedure step 3.2.4 (page 11) and Attachment 4 Page 4 of 4 (page 79)

C. Incorrect -SFAS Level 3 on Actuation Channel 2 would also have closed MU66A, resulting in zero gpm on FI MU30A, too. See DB-OP-02000 Table 4 (page 427)

D. Correct - Question is written for Air Volume Tanks which serve the same purpose as backup Nitrogen supply at D-B. The Air Volume Tanks are supplied from the Instrument Air System via check valves which prevent back-leakage from the tanks to the depressurized Instrument Air supply.

MU3 letdown isolation and MU66 valves are equipped with Air Volume Tank to maintain them open. Air Volume Tank leak for MU66D would result in its closure and zero flow on FI MU30D. See DB-OP-02528 R22 Instrument Air System Malfunctions Attachment 18 Failure Position of Pneumatic Valves (page 110), Makeup & Purification System Description SD-048 R04 2.4.8 (pages 2-24 and 2-25) and OS-0002 sheet 2 Sys # System Category KA Statement 000065 Loss of AA2 Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to Whether backup nitrogen supply is controlling Instrument the Loss of Instrument Air: valve position Air K/A# AA2.07 K/A Importance 2.8* Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

OS-0002 sheet 2 R21; DB-OP-02528 R22 Attachment 18 Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: High - Comprehension 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 43.5 / 45.13)

Objective: OPS-GOP-128-08K

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

16. The plant is operating at 25% power.

An event occurs.

The following conditions are noted:

  • 8-5-A SWYD ACB 34560 TRIP alarm
  • 8-5-B SWYD ACB 34561 TRIP alarm
  • 14-6-D ICS IN TRACK alarm
  • JI 6003 MEGAWATTS indicates 43 MWe Which of the following describes the response of the following controls during the event?

(1) Main Generator Voltage Regulator (2) Main Turbine DEHC Load Control A. (1) remains in AUTO (2) transfers to MANUAL B. (1) transfers to MANUAL (2) remains in AUTO C. (1) remains in AUTO (2) remains in AUTO D. (1) transfers to MANUAL (2) transfers to MANUAL Answer: A Explanation/Justification:

A. Correct - Load rejection has occurred. See DB-OP-02520 R 7 Load Rejection 2.1 Symptoms. Part 1 - Automatic Voltage Regulator trips to manual on loss of potential transformer signals or Generator Field Breaker trip. See DB-OP-02016 R25 Window 16-4-B. Field breaker stays closed on Load Rejection because the main generator transformer lockout relays dont actuate.

B. Incorrect - Part 1 incorrect. Part 2 incorrect. Part 1 plausible for generator trip. Part 2 plausible because Power Load Unbalance circuit actuates to place turbine in MANUAL and this signal does not interface with the ICS transfer to MANUAL logic. See M-00175 R4 Logic String 1.

C. Incorrect - Part 2 is incorrect. Part 1 correct. Plausible because Power Load Unbalance circuit actuates to place turbine in MANUAL and this signal does not interface with the ICS transfer to MANUAL logic.

D. Incorrect - Part 1 incorrect. Part 2 correct. Plausible for generator trip.

Sys # System Category KA Statement 000077 Generator AK2 Knowledge of the interrelations between Generator Voltage and Turbine / generator control Voltage and Electric Grid Disturbances and the following:

Electric Grid Disturbances K/A# AK2.07 K/A Importance 3.6 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

DB-OP-02520 R 7 Load Rejection 2.1 Symptoms; DB-OP-02016 R25 Window 16-4-B Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: High - Comprehension 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.4, 41.5, 41.7, 41.10 / 45.8)

Objective: OPS-GOP-120-01K

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

17. The plant has experienced a Loss of ALL Feedwater.

The following conditions exist:

  • Incore temperatures 620 ºF stable
  • SG pressures 700 psig slowly lowering The local operator reports Auxiliary Feedwater Pump Turbine (AFPT) 1 Trip Throttle Valve (TTV) is reset. The operator is standing by to open ICS38C AFPT1 TTV to restore feedwater.

Which of the following describes establishing Auxiliary Feed Water (AFW) flow to SG 1?

As ICS38C is opened, the desired initial flow to SG 1 on AUX FW FLOW FI6426 is __(1)__.

An indication of SG heat transfer being established is RCS pressure __(2)__ and SG 1 PRESS PI SP12B __(3)__.

A. (1) 100 gpm (2) lowering (3) rising B. (1) 100 gpm (2) stable (3) lowering C. (1) full flow (2) lowering (3) rising D. (1) full flow (2) stable (3) lowering Answer: C Explanation/Justification:

A. Incorrect - No AFW flow limit for dry SG during Lack of Heat Transfer (LOHT). See DB-OP-02000 R27 Attachment 5 Section B NOTE 4 (page 285). Plausible because items 2 & 3 are correct (see Correct Answer explanation), item 1 is the correct flow limit if not in LOHT because all RCPs would be stopped for lack of adequate subcooling margin.

B. Incorrect - No AFW flow limit for dry SG during Lack of Heat Transfer (LOHT). See DB-OP-02000 R27 Attachment 5 Section B NOTE 4 (page 285). Plausible because item 1 is the correct flow limit if not in LOHT, items 2 & 3 plausible because they are the initial response to the initiation of AFW to SG 1 before heat transfer is established. See Bases and Deviation Document for DB-OP-02000 R20 step 6.11 (page 94).

C. Correct - Specific Rule 4 requires full continuous AFW flow until SG reaches setpoint. AFW flow is limited to about 800 gpm by the Cavitating Venturi. See DB-OP-02000 R27 Attachment 5 Section B step 5 (page 285) and Specific Rule 4.3.1 (page 246). RCS is saturated, so RCS pressure will lower as voids condense due to primary to secondary heat transfer. SG pressure will rise. See Areva Technical Document 74-1152414-10 Part II Section 3.3 Indication of Primary to Secondary Coupling page Vol.3, II.B-10 D. Incorrect - items 2 & 3 are the initial response to the initiation of AFW to SG 1 before heat transfer is established. See Bases and Deviation Document for DB-OP-02000 R20 step 6.11 (page 94). Plausible for initial response and item 1 being correct

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG Sys # System Category KA Statement BW/E04 Inadequate Generic Ability to interpret control room indications to Heat Transfer verify the status and operation of a system, and

- Loss Of understand how operator actions and directives Secondary affect plant and system conditions Heat Sink K/A# 2.2.44 K/A Importance 4.2 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

DB-OP-02000 R27 Attachment 5 Section B step 5 (page 285) and Specific Rule 4.3.1 (page 246);

Areva Technical Document 74-1152414-10 Part II Section 3.3 page Vol.3, II.B-10 Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: High - Comprehension 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.5 / 43.5 / 45.12)

Objective: OPS-GOP-305-02K

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

18. The plant is experiencing an unisolable steam leak in Containment.

Which of the following describes an action required of the Reactor Operator and the reason for the action?

A. Open the Atmospheric Vent Valve on the affected Steam Generator to blow it down to atmosphere to ensure compliance with TNC 8.7.1 Steam Generator Pressure/Temperature Limitation.

B. Open the Atmospheric Vent Valve on the affected Steam Generator to blow it down to atmosphere to ensure compliance with LCO 3.6.1 Containment.

C. After blowing down the affected Steam Generator, close its Atmospheric Vent Valve to ensure compliance with LCO 3.6.1 Containment.

D. After blowing down the affected Steam Generator, close its Atmospheric Vent Valve to ensure compliance with TNC 8.7.1 Steam Generator Pressure/Temperature Limitation.

Answer: C Explanation/Justification:

A. Incorrect - Plausible because AVV is opened for steam leak in Containment and opening AVV would reduce SG pressure if TNC 8.7.1 was applicable. .

B. Incorrect - Plausible because AVV is opened for steam leak in Containment and opening #2 AVV limits containment pressure rise.

C. Correct - 2 AVV must be closed following SG blowdown to isolate direct path from containment atmosphere through steam rupture to outside atmosphere via AVV. See DBOPBASES R20 step 7.26 (page 138).

D. Incorrect - Plausible because closing AVV after SG blowdown is correct action.

Sys # System Category KA Statement BW/E05 Steam Line EK3 Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they RO or SRO function within the control room team Rupture - apply to the (Excessive Heat Transfer): as appropriate to the assigned position, in such a Excessive way that procedures are adhered to and the Heat Transfer limitations in the Facilities license and amendments are not violated.

K/A# EK3.4 K/A Importance 3.8 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

Bases and Deviation Document for DB-OP-02000 R20 Step 7.26 page 138 Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: Low - Recall 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.5 / 41.10, 45.6, 45.13)

Objective: OPS-GOP-306-03K

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

19. The plant is operating at 100% power.

A power reduction to 70% is started.

  • The Integrated Control System (ICS) is in Full Automatic
  • The Unit Load Demand (ULD) is in Automatic with its Rate of Change set to 0.5%/min.

At 85% power, the following conditions are noted:

  • ASYMMETRY FAULT light on the Rod Control Panel is lit.
  • Control Rod 7-1 indicates 7% higher than Group 7 average Which of the following identifies:

(1) the power level limit (power < value) for the initial attempt to realign Control Rod 7-1?

(2) the control station to use for the power change to the power level limit?

A. (1) 60%

(2) ULD B. (1) 42%

(2) ULD C. (1) 60%

(2) Rod Control Panel in MANUAL D. (1) 42%

(2) Rod Control Panel in MANUAL Answer: A Explanation/Justification:

A. Correct - event is misaligned rod. See DB-OP-02516 R14 CRD Malfunctions step 2.2.1; 60% correct per step 4.2.2. ULD is preferred station per DB-OP-02504 R20 Rapid Shutdown step 4.1.

B. Incorrect - 42% is 3-RCP limit for recovering a misaligned rod. Part 2 is correct. Plausible for misapplication of power limit.

C. Incorrect - ULD is preferred station per DB-OP-02504 R20 Rapid Shutdown step 4.1. Part 2 is correct. Plausible because control rod will be recovered with the Rod Control Panel in MANUAL.

D. Incorrect - 60% is 4-RCP limit for recovering a misaligned rod. ULD is the preferred station for the power change per DB-OP-02504 R20 Rapid Shutdown step 4.1. Plausible for misapplication of power limit and because control rod will be recovered with the Rod Control Panel in MANUAL.

Sys # System Category KA Statement 000005 Inoperable/St AA1 Ability to operate and / or monitor the following as they apply to Reactor and turbine power uck Control the Inoperable / Stuck Control Rod:

Rod K/A# AA1.04 K/A Importance 3.9 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

DB-OP-02516 R14 CRD Malfunctions steps 2.2.1 and 4.2.2; DB-OP-02504 R20 Rapid Shutdown step 4.1.

Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: High - Comprehension 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR 41.7 / 45.5 / 45.6)

Objective: OPS-GOP-116-03K

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

20. The plant is operating at 100% power.

Assuming NO operator actions have been taken, which of the following describes the plant response to a leak on the reference leg of the selected Pressurizer Level Transmitter?

Makeup Tank level __(1)__.

Pressurizer Heaters __(2)__.

A. (1) lowers (2) de-energize B. (1) lowers (2) remain energized C. (1) rises (2) de-energize D. (1) rises (2) remain energized Answer: D Explanation/Justification:

A. Incorrect - MUT rises and PZR heaters stay energized. Plausible because this is plant response to variable leg leak (level input failing low). See DB-OP-02513 R11 Pressurizer System Abnormal Operation steps 2.6.4 and 2.6.5.

B. Incorrect - response describes letdown leak. Plausible because item 2 is correct. See DB-OP-02522 R13 Small RCS Leaks Attachment 13 Background Information Letdown System Leaks (page 50).

C. Incorrect -response describes significant RCS leak after automatic transfer of MU Pump suction to the BWST at 17 inch MU Tank level. See OS-0002 sheet 2 R21 DUN 13-0024-001-001 CL-8. Plausible for misconception of significant potential RCS mass loss from reference leg leak. See DB-OP-02522 R13 Small RCS Leaks Attachment 12 Align MU Pump Recirc to the BWST (page 47).

D. Correct - PZR level indication uses a wet reference leg dP transmitter - see RCS System Description SD-039A R06 section 2.5.1.10 (page 2-55)

Reference leg leak causes level input to indicate higher than actual level. High level causes PZR Level Control Valve MU32 to throttle closed to lower MU flow. Lower MU flow with constant letdown flow causes MU Tank level to rise. See DB-OP-02513 R11 Pressurizer System Abnormal Operation step 2.6.3. PZR heaters are affected by low level, not high level, so they remain energized. DB-OP-02513 R11 step 2.6.5 Sys # System Category KA Statement 000028 Pressurizer AK1 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following PZR reference leak abnormalities (PZR) Level concepts as they apply to Pressurizer Level Control Malfunctions:

Control Malfunction K/A# AK1.01 K/A Importance 2.8* Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

SD-039A R06 section 2.5.1.10 (page 2-55); DB-OP-02513 R11 steps 2.6.3 and 2.6.5.

Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: High - Comprehension 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR 41.8 / 41.10 / 45.3)

Objective: OPS-GOP-113-05K

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

21. The plant is in MODE 3 with Tave at 532 °F.

Which of the following will cause a loss of Source Range Nuclear Instrument (NI) 1?

A. 120V AC Distribution Panel Y4 breaker Y408 RPS Channel 4 in OFF B. 120V AC Distribution Panel Y3 breaker Y308 RPS Channel 3 in OFF C. Reactor Protection System Channel 2 SYSTEM AC POWER breaker in OFF D. Reactor Protection System Channel 1 SYSTEM AC POWER breaker in OFF Answer: C Explanation/Justification:

A. Incorrect - Y408 powers RPS Channel 4 which powers NI-3. See DB-OP-06403 R20 RPS and NI Operating Procedure steps 3.1.4 and 3.1.17.

Plausible for incorrect concept of RPS Channel number to NI.

B. Incorrect - Y308 powers RPS Channel 3 which powers NI-4. See DB-OP-06403 R20 RPS and NI Operating Procedure steps 3.1.4 and 3.1.18.

Plausible for incorrect concept of RPS Channel number to NI.

C. Correct - SYSTEM AC POWER breaker open de-energizes RPS cabinet 2 which de-energizes NI-1. See DB-OP-06403 R20 RPS and NI Operating Procedure steps 3.1.6 and 3.1.17.

D. Incorrect - RPS Channel 1 powers NI-2. See DB-OP-06403 R20 RPS and NI Operating Procedure step 3.1.17. Plausible for misconception that RPS Channel number equals NI Channel number.

Sys # System Category KA Statement 000032 Loss of AK2 Knowledge of the interrelations between the Loss of Source Power supplies, including proper switch positions Source Range Nuclear Instrumentation and the following:

Range Nuclear Instrumentati on K/A# AK2.01 K/A Importance 2.7* Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

DB-OP-06403 R20 RPS and NI Operating Procedure steps 3.1.3, 3.1.4, 3.1.6 and 3.1.17 Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: Low - Memory 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR 41.7 / 45.7)

Objective: OPS-SYS-502-03K

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

22. The plant experienced a Loss of Coolant Accident (LOCA) inside Containment.

A 10 gpm non-isolable leak from the Containment Sump to the Auxiliary Building is discovered.

Containment pressure is 35 psia.

What will be the approximate leak rate when Containment pressure lowers to 20 psia?

A. 8.4 gpm B. 7.6 gpm C. 5.0 gpm D. 2.5 gpm Answer: C Explanation/Justification:

A. Incorrect - see explanation of correct answer. For this distracter 50 and 35 were used for the dP values. F2 = (10 x 5.916) / 7.071= 8.37.

Plausible for gauge to absolute pressure relationship inversion.

B. Incorrect - This distracter based on using 35 and 20 for dP values. F2 = (10 x 4.472) / 5.916 = 7.56. Plausible for candidate using values given as gauge pressures (containment pressure - zero).

C. Correct - dP for calculation is containment pressure - atmospheric pressure. dP1 = 35 psia - 15 psia = 20 psi; dP2 = 20 psia - 15 psia = 5 psi.

Relationship is (F1 / dP1 ) = (F2 / dP2 ). F2 = (F1 x dP2 ) / dP1 . F2 = (10 x 2.236) / 4.472 = 5.0 D. Incorrect - see explanation of correct answer. This distracter based on linear ratio of dPs (20 and 5) to leak rates. F2 = (10 x 5) / 20 = 2.5.

Plausible for candidate forgetting the square root in relationship.

Sys # System Category KA Statement 000069 Loss of AK1 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following Effect of pressure on leak rate Containment concepts as they apply to Loss of Containment Integrity:

Integrity K/A# AK1.01 K/A Importance 2.6 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

Question Source: Bank - ANO 2011 #24 Question Cognitive Level: High - Comprehension 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR 41.8 / 41.10 / 45.3)

Objective: OPS-GOP-311-03K

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

23. A power change from 60% power to 100% power is in progress.
  • The Integrated Control System (ICS) is in Automatic
  • The Load Control Panel is in Automatic with its Rate of Change set to 0.5%/min.

Annunciator 2-1-A LETDOWN RAD HI alarms.

Which of the following would meet the REQUIRED operator actions for these conditions?

(1) Perform Source Check of RI 1998 FAILED FUEL IN LETDOWN INDICATOR to determine if the radiation monitor is operating properly.

(2) Press OPEN on the standby Mixed Bed Demineralizer inlet valve switch HISMU10A or HISMU10B and observe Letdown Flow FI MU7 rises.

(3) Divert Letdown to the Clean Waste Receiver Tank and batch to the Reactor Coolant System at the present Boron concentration.

(4) Press MAN on the ICS Load Control Panel and observe the ULD SETPOINT changes to the current ULD OUTPUT.

A. 1 and 2 B. 2 and 3 C. 1 and 4 D. 3 and 4 Answer: C Explanation/Justification:

A. Incorrect - item 2 placing the standby Mixed Bed Demineralizer in service not a requirement and would not, by itself, raise letdown flow. See DB-OP-02535 R09 High Activity in the RCS step 4.10 which lists it as a potential action to evaluate. See also DB-OP-06006 R35 step 3.20.2. Item 1 is correct - see DB-OP-02535 R09 High Activity in the RCS step 4.5. Plausible because additional RCS cleanup may be desirable.

B. Incorrect - item 2 incorrect (see above); item 3 is also not a requirement. Plausible because additional RCS cleanup may be desirable and feed and bleed of RCS would provide some activity reduction.

C. Correct - See DB-OP-02535 R09 High Activity in the RCS steps 4.1 and 4.5 D. Incorrect - item 3 incorrect (see above). Plausible because feed and bleed of RCS would provide some activity reduction.

Sys # System Category KA Statement 000076 High Reactor AA1 Ability to operate and / or monitor the following as they apply to Failed fuel-monitoring equipment Coolant the High Reactor Coolant Activity:

Activity K/A# AA1.04 K/A Importance 3.2 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

DB-OP-02535 R09 High Activity in the RCS steps 4.1 and 4.5 Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: Low - Memory 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR 41.7 / 45.5 / 45.6)

Objective: OPS-GOP-135-02K

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

24. The plant is operating at 90% power.

Which of the following conditions will cause an Integrated Control System (ICS) Runback?

A. Reactor Coolant Pump 1-1 current 300 amps B. Main Feed Pump 1 Lube Oil pressure 10 psig C. Main Feed Pump 2 discharge pressure 1470 psig D. Deaerator Storage Tank 1 level 6.0 feet Answer: C Explanation/Justification:

A. Incorrect - Plausible because RCP trip causes a runback and current is 40 amps high. See DB-OP-02014 R14 Window 14-3-C B. Incorrect - MFP trips at 4 psig lube oil pressure. Plausible because MFPT trip causes a runback and lube oil pressure is low.

C. Correct - MFP high discharge pressure runback actuates at 1433 psig. See DB-OP-02014 R14 Window 14-3-D.

D. Incorrect - Low DAST level runback occurs at 4.0 feet. See DB-OP-02014 R14 Window 14-3-D. Plausible because 6.0 feet is below the low level alarm.

Sys # System Category KA Statement BW/A01 Plant AK2 Knowledge of the interrelations between the (Plant Runback) Components, and functions of control and safety Runback and the following: systems, including instrumentation, signals, interlocks, failure modes, and automatic and manual features.

K/A# AK2.1 K/A Importance 3.7 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

DB-OP-02014 R14 Window 14-3-D Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: Low - Recall 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.7 / 45.7)

Objective: OPS-SYS-514-03K

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

25. The plant is operating at 100% power.

The following alarms actuate:

  • 11-1-E CLNG TWR BASIN LVL LO
  • 15-3-F CNDSR PIT FLOODED annunciator After the control room operators take the prescribed actions to stabilize the plant, which of the following is correct?

Feed Water is being supplied by __(1)__.

Equipment issues due to local water level are being addressed per __(2)__.

A. (1) AFW Pump 2 only (2) DB-OP-06272 Station Drainage and Discharge System B. (1) AFW Pump 2 only (2) DB-OP-02517 Circulating Water System Malfunctions C. (1) AFW Pump 2 and the Motor Driven Feed Pump (2) DB-OP-06272 Station Drainage and Discharge System D. (1) AFW Pump 2 and the Motor Driven Feed Pump (2) DB-OP-02517 Circulating Water System Malfunctions Answer: B Explanation/Justification:

A. Incorrect -Flooding mitigation would be addressed using DB-OP-02517. DB-OP-06272 is plausible since it provides guidance for normal station drains operation.

B. Correct - Flooding is in progress in the Condenser Pit. MDFP would not be running because of flooding. See DB-OP-02517 Attachment 3 step 4.0. Leak isolation and flooding issues are addressed using DB-OP-02517 Attachment 3. .

C. Incorrect - MDFP would not have been started. DB-OP-02517 used for flooding issues. Plausible because MDFP would be started by DB-OP-02000 Specific Rule 4 step 4.1 if not for the flooding. DB-OP-06272 is plausible since it provides guidance for normal station drains operation.

D. Incorrect - MDFP would not have been started. Part 2 is correct. Plausible because MDFP would be started by DB-OP-02000 Specific Rule 4 step 4.1 if not for the flooding.

Sys # System Category KA Statement BW/A07 Flooding AA2 Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to Facility conditions and selection of appropriate the (Flooding): procedures during abnormal and emergency operations K/A# AA2.1 K/A Importance 3.0 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

DB-OP-02517 R06 Circulating Water System Malfunctions steps 2.3, 4.3.1, and Attachment 3.

Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: High - Comprehension 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 43.5 / 45.13)

Objective: OPS-GOP-117-04K

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

26. Plant conditions:
  • The plant tripped from 100% power due to a loss of offsite power.
  • RCS Cooldown rate is 10 °F/hr.

The following conditions are observed:

  • RCS pressure stable
  • Makeup Tank level sudden rise
  • Pressurizer (PZR) level sudden rise
  • Both RCS Tsat meters indicate 30 °F subcooling margin (SCM)
  • Reactor Vessel Head Vent temperature T012 indicates 19 °F subcooled Which of the following describes the REQUIRED operator action(s) for these conditions?

A. Turn on PZR heaters to compress the RCS steam bubble that is NOT in the PZR.

B. Initiate full MU/HPI flow to compress the RCS steam bubble that is NOT in the PZR.

C. Open the RCS Loop 1 and Loop 2 High Point Vents to vent off the steam bubble(s) in the Hot Leg(s).

D. Throttle open the AVVs for RCS Cooldown rate of 100 °F/hr to condense the steam bubble(s) in the Hot Leg(s).

Answer: A Explanation/Justification:

A. Correct - steam bubble exists in a location other than the PZR. See DB-OP-06903 R47 Plant Cooldown steps 6.4 and 6.5 (page 80).

B. Incorrect - full MU/HPI is NOT REQUIRED because SCM 20 °F per Tsat meters. See DB-OP-02000 step 4.1 (page 18) and Specific Rule 3.2.1 (page 241). Plausible because full MU/HPI flow would compress the non-PZR steam bubble.

C. Incorrect - not required by procedure. Plausible because opening the Loop High Point Vents is an action for Lack of Heat Transfer. See DB-OP-02000 step 6.14 RNO (page 62). Inadequate local heat transfer led to the Hot Leg steam bubble formation. .

D. Incorrect - not required by procedure. Plausible because raising the steaming rate of the SGs promotes natural circulation flow which would help condense the steam bubble(s).

Sys # System Category KA Statement BW/E09 Natural EK3 Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they Manipulation of controls required to obtain desired Circulation apply to the (Natural Circulation Cooldown): operating results during abnormal, and Cooldown emergency situations K/A# EK3.3 K/A Importance 3.8 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

DB-OP-06903 R47 Plant Cooldown steps 6.4 and 6.5 (page 80).

Question Source: Bank -#178901 Question Cognitive Level: High - Comprehension 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.5 / 41.10, 45.6, 45.13)

Objective: OPS-GOP-206-03K

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

27. The plant is operating at 100% power.

A Loss of Offsite Power occurs.

NO operator actions have been taken.

Which of the following annunciator alarms has the highest priority for operator response under these conditions?

A. 1-1-A EDG 1 TRBL B. 9-1-F INST AIR HDR PRESS LO C. 10-2-G AFPT 1 OVRSPD TRIP D. 14-2-D ICS/NNI 118 VAC PWR TRBL Answer: C Explanation/Justification:

A. Incorrect - Plausible because 1-1-A indicates potential EDG problem. EDG trip would require Specific Rule 6 implementation for loss of power to Bus C1, but lower priority than Specific Rule 4. See DB-OP-02000 R27 Specific Rule 6.1. (page 250).

B. Incorrect - Plausible because action is required per DB-OP-02000 R27 step 4.7. Specific Rule 4 has higher priority.

C. Correct - operators perform Attachments 5 and 6 to start the MDFP per Specific Rule 4.1. See DB-OP-02000 R27 page 245. Specific Rule 4 is the highest priority condition. See Bases and Deviation Document R20 Specific Rule Prioritization (page 8).

D. Incorrect - Plausible because action is required per DB-OP-02000 R27 step 4.6. Specific Rule 4 has higher priority.

Sys # System Category KA Statement BW/E13 EOP Rules Generic Ability to prioritize and interpret the significance of each annunciator or alarm K/A# 2.4.45 K/A Importance 4.1 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

DB-OP-02000 R27 Specific Rule 4.1 (page 245);

Bases and Deviation Document R20 Specific Rule Prioritization (page 8)

Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: High - Comprehension 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.10 / 43.5 / 45.3 /

45.12)

Objective: OPS-GOP-300-05K

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

28. The plant is operating at 35% power.

RCP 2-1 Upthrust Bearing temperature is 220 °F.

What operator actions are REQUIRED?

A. Trip the Reactor and stop RCP 2-1.

B. Perform a Rapid Shutdown and stop RCP 2-1.

C. Stop RCP 2-1 and notify I & C to reduce the RPS High Flux Trip setpoints.

D. Lower CCW temperature to 85 °F and start RCP 2-1 AC Lift Oil Pump.

Answer: C Explanation/Justification:

A. Incorrect - Reactor trip not required. Plausible because these are the actions for reactor critical with 3 RCPs operating. See DB-OP-02515 R12 RCP and Motor Abnormal Operation step 4.6.1 RNO.

B. Incorrect - Rapid Shutdown not required. Power is 35%, Rapid Shutdown required if power is > 72%. See DB-OP-02515 R12 RCP and Motor Abnormal Operation Attachment 1 RCP Shutdown step 1. Plausible because these would be the correct actions at full power.

C. Correct - See DB-OP-02515 R12 RCP and Motor Abnormal Operation step 4.6.1 RNO and Attachment 1 RCP Shutdown steps 3 and 7.

D. Incorrect - RCP stop required for bearing temperature 190 ºF per DB-OP-02515 R12 RCP and Motor Abnormal Operation step 4.6.1 RNO.

Plausible because these are the actions for bearing temperature above 185 ºF but less than 190 ºF. See DB-OP-06005 R31 RCP Operation steps 4.2.3 and 4.2.5.

Sys # System Category KA Statement 003 Reactor Generic Ability to evaluate plant performance and make Coolant operational judgments based on operating Pump characteristics, reactor behavior, and instrument System interpretation (RCPS)

K/A# 2.1.7 K/A Importance 4.4 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

DB-OP-02515 R12 RCP and Motor Abnormal Operation step 4.6.1 RNO and Attachment 1 RCP Shutdown steps 3 and 7.

Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: High - Comprehension 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.5 / 43.5 / 45.12 /

45.13)

Objective: OPS-SYS-105-08K

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

29. The plant is operating at 70% power.

NO operator actions are taken.

Which of the following describes the change in Core T when the plant stabilizes?

Core T will _____.

A. go to approximately 1 ºF following the automatic reactor trip B. lower to approximately 25 ºF due to the reduction in RCS flow C. remain at 33 ºF since reactor power does not change D. rise to approximately 44 ºF due to the reduction in RCS flow Answer: D Explanation/Justification:

A. Incorrect - reactor does not trip from stop of RCP at 70% power. Plausible for RCP trip at higher power.

B. Incorrect - Plausible for misapplication of Q=mT. This value is 75% of the given value pf 33 ºF.

C. Incorrect - Plausible for misapplication of Q=mT.

D. Correct - for power constant at 70% with RCS flow reduction to 75%, T = 33 ÷ 0.75 = 44 ºF. See DB-PF-06703 R22 Miscellaneous Operation Curves CC2.2 and CC2.3 Sys # System Category KA Statement 003 Reactor K3 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the RCPS RCS Coolant will have on the following:

Pump System (RCPS)

K/A# K3.01 K/A Importance 3.7 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

DB-PF-06703 R22 CC2.2 and CC2.3 Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: Low - Recall 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.7 / 45.6)

Objective: OPS-SYS-105-03K

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

30. A Lack of Heat Transfer event has occurred.

The operators are performing the actions for Recovery from MU/HPI PORV Cooling.

  • Letdown flow has been established through Orifice Block MU4 and Letdown Flow Control MU6.
  • The normal Makeup System alignment has been established with flow through Pressurizer Level Control Valve MU32 only.

The operators close the Power Operated Relief Valve (PORV) RC2A.

MU6 fails closed.

Which of the following describes the operator action required to offset the MU6 failure when controlling RCS pressure?

A. Raise flow through MU4.

B. Raise flow through MU32.

C. Lower flow through MU4.

D. Lower flow through MU32.

Answer: D Explanation/Justification:

A. Incorrect - MU4 block orifice valve is already full open, so flow cannot be raised. Plausible for candidate inversion of MU4 operation and MU6 operation. MU6 is a throttle valve. Raising letdown flow would restore the letdown - makeup flow balance for RCS pressure control.

B. Incorrect - Plausible if candidate misses that SG heat transfer must be established to recover from MU/HPI PORV Cooling and focuses on the cooling effect of raising MU flow. Lowering RCS temperature lowers RCS pressure.

C. Incorrect - closing MU4 orifice block valve makes the letdown - makeup flow imbalance worse, causing a higher rise in RCS pressure. Plausible for candidate inversion of the effect of letdown flow on solid RCS pressure control.

D. Correct - MU6 closure lowers letdown flow which raises RCS pressure. MU32 must be throttled closed to compensate. DB-OP-02000 R27 CAUTION 6.9 and step 7 (page 402)

Sys # System Category KA Statement 004 Chemical and K6 Knowledge of the effect of a loss or malfunction on the following Methods of pressure control of solid plant (PZR Volume CVCS components: relief and water inventory)

Control System K/A# K6.26 K/A Importance 3.8 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

DB-OP-02000 R27 CAUTION 6.9 and step 7 (page 402)

Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: High - Comprehension 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.7 / 45.7)

Objective: OPS-GOP-305-05K

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

31. The Decay Heat Removal System design feature which can provide flow to the Makeup (MU) and High Pressure Injection (HPI) Systems is called Piggyback operation.

Which of the following describes the Design Basis of Piggyback operation?

Piggyback operation was designed to ensure _______.

A. maximum HPI flow following a loss of all MU flow capability B. maximum MU/HPI flow during a Lack of Heat Transfer event C. adequate NPSH for the MU Pumps during Injection Phase of a Loss of Coolant Accident D. adequate NPSH for the HPI Pumps during Recirculation Phase of a Loss of Coolant Accident Answer: D Explanation/Justification:

A. Incorrect - not the design basis. Plausible because HPI Piggyback operation is initiated for this event. See DB-OP-02512 R14 Makeup and Purification System Malfunctions step 4.1.11 RNO B. Incorrect - not the design basis. Plausible because MU/HPI Piggyback operation is initiated for this event. See DB-OP-02000 R27 step 6.3.3 (page 56) and Attachment 8 step 2.b (page 314)

C. Incorrect - not the design basis. Plausible because there is no MU flow limit based on NPSH when Piggybacked. See DB-OP-02000 R27 Specific Rule 3.2.4 (page 241)

D. Correct - see UFSAR Section 6.3.2.11 page 6.3-6 Sys # System Category KA Statement 005 Residual K4 Knowledge of RHRS design feature(s) and/or interlock(s) which Lineup for "piggy-back" mode with high-pressure Heat provide or the following: injection Removal System (RHRS)

K/A# K4.08 K/A Importance 3.1* Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

UFSAR Section 6.3.2.11 page 6.3-6 Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: Low - Memory 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.7)

Objective: OPS-SYS-303-06K

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

32. The plant is operating at 100% power.

Which of the following will prevent High Pressure Injection Pump 1 from starting?

_____ Lockout Relays actuated A. Emergency Diesel Generator 1 B. Emergency Diesel Generator 2 C. 4160V AC Bus C1 D. 4160V AC Bus D1 Answer: C Explanation/Justification:

A. Incorrect - C1 remains energized from its normal source (Bus C2) via AC110 and nothing interferes with an automatic start of HPI Pump 1. The EDG lockouts do not affect AC110. See OS-0041A CD-2 (sheet 1). Plausible because HPI Pump 1 wont automatically start during a LOCA concurrent with loss of offsite power, which is its design function B. Incorrect - EDG 2 supports HPI Pump 2. Plausible for inversion of HPI pump power supplies.

C. Correct - See OS-0003 R36 CL-2.

D. Incorrect - plausible for inversion of HPI pump power supplies.

Sys # System Category KA Statement 006 Emergency K2 Knowledge of bus power supplies to the following: ECCS pumps Core Cooling System (ECCS)

K/A# K2.01 K/A Importance 3.6 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

OS-0003 R36 CL-2 Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: Low - Memory 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.7)

Objective: OPS-SYS-302-03K

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

33. The plant is operating at 100% power.

Which of the following describes:

(1) An inadvertent SFAS Incident Level trip that requires entry into DB-OP-02000 RPS, SFAS, SFRCS Trip or SG Tube Rupture?

(2) The DB-OP-02000 Response Not Obtained action for the Verify Turbine Valves closed Immediate Action?

A. (1) 3 (2) Initiate and Isolate SFRCS B. (1) 2 (2) Initiate and Isolate SFRCS C. (1) 3 (2) Stop BOTH EHC Fluid Pumps D. (1) 2 (2) Stop BOTH EHC Fluid Pumps Answer: A Explanation/Justification:

A. Correct -SFAS Level 3 requires DB-OP-2000 entry. See DB-OP-02000 R27 step 1.2.2. Initiate & Isolate SFRCS per step 3.5 RNO.

B. Incorrect - Inadvertent Level 2 does NOT require entry into DB-OP-02000. Part 2 is correct. Plausible because Level 2 isolates letdown which requires a plant shutdown if not corrected. See DB-OP-02512 R14 Makeup and Purification System Malfunctions step 4.3.8 RNO.

C. Incorrect - Initiate & Isolate SFRCS per step 3.5 RNO. Part 1 correct. Stop both EHC pumps plausible because that is the RNO action for tripping the turbine in the turbine trip procedure. See DB-OP-02500 R13 Turbine Trip step 4.1 RNO.

D. Incorrect - Inadvertent Level 2 does NOT require entry into DB-OP-02000. See DB-OP-02000 R27 step 1.2.2. Initiate & Isolate SFRCS per step 3.5 RNO. Plausible because Level 2 isolates letdown which requires a plant shutdown if not corrected. See DB-OP-02512 R14 Makeup and Purification System Malfunctions step 4.3.8 RNO. Stop both EHC pumps plausible because that is the RNO action for tripping the turbine in the turbine trip procedure. See DB-OP-02500 R13 Turbine Trip step 4.1 RNO.

Sys # System Category KA Statement 006 Emergency Generic Knowledge of EOP entry conditions and Core Cooling immediate action steps System (ECCS)

K/A# 2.4.1 K/A Importance 4.6 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

DB-OP-02000 R27 steps 1.2.2 and 3.5 Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: Low - Recall 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.10 / 43.5 / 45.13)

Objective: OPS-GOP-304-03K

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

34. The plant is operating at 100% power.

The following conditions are noted in the control room:

  • LI225 Quench Tank Level 9 feet and slowly lowering
  • Quench Tank Circ Pump GREEN light is LIT Which of the following is occurring?

A. Pressurizer Code Safety Valve leakage B. Pressurizer Power Operated Relief Valve leakage C. Pressurizer High Point Vent line valves leaking by D. Quench Tank Demineralized Water makeup valves leaking by Answer: D Explanation/Justification:

A. Incorrect - safety valve leakage would raise Quench Tank temperature which would start the Circ Pump. See OS-0001A sheet 3 CL-9 (sheet 4).

Plausible because the Circ Pump is not required to drain the Quench Tank. See DB-OP-06004 R10 Quench Tank NOTE 4.2.4.

B. Incorrect - same as Safety Valve leakage.

C. Incorrect - same as Safety Valve leakage.

D. Correct - Demin Water in-leakage causes Quench Tank level rise. At 9.5 ft, RC225A opens to start water transfer to the RCDT See OS 0001A sheet 3 R26 C-43 and sheet 4 R24 CL-10. Demin Water in-leakage would not cause a rise in Quench Tank temperature, so Circ Pump would not start. See OS-0001A Sheet 3 R26 CL-9.

Sys # System Category KA Statement 007 Pressurizer A3 Ability to monitor automatic operation of the PRTS, including: Components which discharge to the PRT Relief Tank

/Quench Tank System (PRTS)

K/A# A3.01 K/A Importance 2.7* Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

OS-0001A sheets 3 & 4 CL-9 and CL-10 Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: High - Comprehension 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.7 / 45.5)

Objective: OPS-SYS-104-04K

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

35. Emergency Diesel Generator 1 Jacket Cooling Water (JCW) Heat Exchanger is being returned to service following maintenance.
  • The Component Cooling Water (CCW) side of the heat exchanger was isolated and drained for the maintenance activity.
  • The CCW side of the heat exchanger will be filled and vented.
  • Fill water will be provided from the CCW Surge Tank volume.

Which of the following describes:

(1) the preferred status of CCW Pump 1 during the JCW Heat Exchanger 1 CCW fill and vent evolution?

(2) the method to maintain CCW Surge Tank level?

(1) CCW Pump 1 should be _____.

(2) Maintain CCW Surge Tank level 51 to 53 inches by _____ as required.

A. (1) stopped to minimize potential air entrainment (2) opening DW2643 using HIS 2643 DEMIN WTR MAKEUP B. (1) stopped to minimize potential air entrainment (2) opening SW234 and SW233 SW HEADER 1 TIE TO CCW SYSTEM ISOLATION valves C. (1) operating to ensure complete filling of the JCW Heat Exchanger (2) opening DW2643 using HIS 2643 DEMIN WTR MAKEUP D. (1) operating to ensure complete filling of the JCW Heat Exchanger (2) opening SW234 and SW233 SW HEADER 1 TIE TO CCW SYSTEM ISOLATION valves Answer: A Explanation/Justification:

A. Correct - CCW pump OFF to minimize air entrainment per DB-OP-06262 R36 CCW System Procedure step 2.2.17. Demin Water makeup per section 3.23.

B. Incorrect - Demin Water makeup per section 3.23. Part 1 is correct. Plausible because SW is emergency backup to demin water. See DB-OP-06262 R36 section 5.1.

C. Incorrect - CCW pump OFF to minimize air entrainment. Part 2 is correct. Plausible for higher pressure = better fill.

D. Incorrect - CCW pump OFF to minimize air entrainment. Demin Water makeup per section 3.23. Plausible for higher pressure = better fill and because SW is backup to demin water.

Sys # System Category KA Statement 008 Component A4.02 Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: Filling and draining operations of the CCWS Cooling including the proper venting of the components Water System (CCWS)

K/A# A4.02 K/A Importance 2.5* Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate Technical

References:

DB-OP-06262 R36 CCW System Procedure step 2.2.17 and Section 3.23.

Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: Low - Memory 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.7 / 45.5)

Objective: OPS-SYS-304-07K

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

36. The plant is operating at 100% power.
  • Component Cooling Water (CCW) Pump 1 is operating.

PI810 INSTRUMENT AIR HEADER PRESS lowers to 50 psig and stabilizes.

The operators perform the required abnormal procedure actions then implement DB-OP-02000 RPS, SFAS, SFRCS Trip or SG tube Rupture.

During the performance of the applicable abnormal procedure in parallel with DB-OP-02000, the operators take actions to mitigate the effects of this failure.

Which of the following describes an impact of the low Instrument Air pressure and the operator action to mitigate its effects?

A. CCW Pump 1 experiences run-out when Decay Heat Cooler 1 outlet valve CC1467 fails open. The operators manually isolate CCW flow to Decay Heat Cooler 1 to restore normal CCW Pump flow rate.

B. The CCW Containment Header experiences flow starvation when Decay Heat Cooler 2 outlet valve CC1469 fails open. The operators manually isolate CCW flow to Decay Heat Cooler 2 to restore normal CCW Containment Header flow rate.

C. The Control Rod Drive (CRD) Booster Pump experiences flow starvation when the Spent Fuel Pool (SFP) Heat Exchanger Outlet Valves CC1454 and CC1457 fail open. The operators manually isolate CCW flow to the SFP Heat Exchangers to restore normal CRD Booster Pump flow rate D. Reactor Coolant Pumps lose CCW flow through their seal coolers when CCW to Aux Building Non-essential Header isolation valve CC1495 fails closed. The operators open the manual bypass valve CC43 to restore Reactor Coolant Pump Seal Cooling.

Answer: A Explanation/Justification:

A. Correct - On a loss of instrument air, the DH cooler outlet valves fail open and the Aux Building Non-essential header isolation valve fails closed. See DB-OP-02528 R22 Instrument Air System Malfunctions Attachment 18 Failure Position of Pneumatic Valves (page 106). All of the valves on the Containment header are motor operated and do not reposition. CCW flow for this condition consists of 1350 gpm minimum flow through the EDG cooler (SD-016 2.1.2.3), 6000 gpm through the DH cooler (SD-016 2.1.2.5) and 2375 gpm flow through the Containment Header - 1400 gpm RCP cooling (SD-016 2.1.2.6), 175 gpm CRD cooling (SD-016 2.2.5), and 800 gpm letdown coolers (SD-016 Table 1.2-2). This nominal total of 9725 gpm is greater than the maximum single pump CCW flow of 9216 gpm per SD-016 2.2.2, so runout occurs. DB-OP-02528 Attachment 8 CCW System Actions CAUTION 1 second bullet also describes the run-out damage concern for CCW Pump 1. DHR HX is isolated per Attachment 8 CCW System Actions step 3. .

B. Incorrect - CCW Pump 1 is supplying the Containment Header, so flow starvation affecting letdown cooling on CCW Pump 2 wont occur. Plausible because CC1469 fails open (DB-OP-02528 R22 Attachment 18 page 106) and its isolation is directed by DB-OP-02528 R22 Attachment 8 step 3.

C. Incorrect - CCW System flow is not affected when CC1454 and CC1457 fail open because their supply is isolated when CC1495 fails closed. See OS-0021 sheet 2 and sheet 1. Plausible because CC1454 and CC1457 fail open.

D. Incorrect - RCP cooling is supplied by the Containment Header. See OS-0021 sheet 2. Plausible because this header supplies the RCP Seal Return Coolers, CC1495 fails closed (DB-OP-02528 R22 Attachment 18 page 106), and CC43 is directed to be opened per DB-OP-02528 R22 Attachment 8 CCW System Actions step 4.

Sys # System Category KA Statement 008 Component A2 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or Effect of loss of instrument and control air on the Cooling operations on the CCWS, and (b) based on those predictions, use position of the CCW valves that are air operated Water procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those System malfunctions or operations:

(CCWS)

K/A# A2.05 K/A Importance 3.3* Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

DB-OP-02528 R22 Attachment 18 page 106, Attachment 8 page 62; SD-016 R5 Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: High - Comprehension 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.5/43.5/45.3/45.13)

Objective: OPS-SYS-304-07K

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

37. The following conditions exist:

Reactor Coolant System pressure is 485 psig.

Quench tank pressure is 20 psig.

The Pressurizer Power Operated Relief Valve (PORV) RC2A lifts.

What is the PORV tailpipe downstream temperature?

A. 235 to 245 ºF B. 260 to 270 ºF C. 330 to 340 ºF D. 460 to 470 ºF Answer: C Explanation/Justification:

A. Incorrect - plausible because it is saturation temperature for 20 psia (common error)

B. Incorrect - plausible because it is 1205 BTU/lb expanded to 35 psia, but at constant entropy C. Correct - enthalpy at 500 psia 100% quality is 1205 BTU/lb. expand to 35 psia = 335 ºF D. Incorrect - plausible because it is saturation temperature for 500 psia (common error).

Sys # System Category KA Statement 010 Pressurizer K5 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following Constant enthalpy expansion through a valve Pressure concepts as they apply to the PZR PCS:

Control System (PZR PCS)

K/A# K5.02 K/A Importance 2.6 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate Steam Tables with Mollier Technical

References:

Diagram Question Source: Bank # 167005 Question Cognitive Level: High - Comprehension 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.5 / 45.7)

Objective: OPS-SYS-104-03K

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

38. The plant was operating at 100% power.

A manual Reactor trip was initiated, but the Control Rod Drive (CRD) breakers did NOT open.

Reactor was shut down from the Control Room by alternate means.

  • NO Trip Confirm signal was generated
  • The CRD breakers are still closed Which of the following describes Steam Generator (SG) pressure control for these conditions?

SG pressures are being maintained at about __(1)__ by the __(2)__.

A. (1) 880 psig (2) Turbine Bypass Valves B. (1) 880 psig (2) Atmospheric Vent Valves C. (1) 995 psig (2) Turbine Bypass Valves D. (1) 995 psig (2) Atmospheric Vent Valves Answer: A Explanation/Justification:

A. Correct - The turbine was manually tripped per Immediate Action 3.4. Reactor Shutdown by de-energizing E2 and F2 leaves the CRD trip breakers closed. The reactor tripped status input to the ICS turbine header pressure control logic is the Trip Confirm signal. See DB-OP-06402 R25 CRD Operating Procedure Attachment 2 Rod Control Panel Indicating Lights item 1 (page 147). Since there is no Trip Confirm signal and the turbine is tripped, there is no bias added to the Turbine Header Pressure set point of 880 psig. See DB-OP-06401 R23 ICS Operating Procedure Attachment 9 (page 103).

B. Incorrect - SG pressure control transfers from the TBVs to the AVVs on low vacuum of closure of either MSIV. See DB-OP-06401 R23 Attachment 10 item 5 (page 106). Neither of these conditions exists. Plausible because part 1 is correct SG pressure control is based on individual SG pressure signals when the turbine stop valves are closed. See DB-OP-06401 R23 Attachment 10 item 2. Individual SG pressure signal control is often confused with AVV control.

C. Incorrect - no 115 psi bias signal because there is no Trip Confirm signal. Part 2 is correct. Plausible because this is the normal response to a reactor trip.

D. Incorrect - both parts are incorrect. Plausible because 995 psig is normal pressure control set point post-trip and misapplication of pressure signal transfer to AVVs.

Sys # System Category KA Statement 012 Reactor K3 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the RPS will Steam Dump System Protection have on the following:

System (RPS)

K/A# K3.03 K/A Importance 3.1* Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

DB-OP-06402 R25 (page 147); DB-OP-06401 R23 (page 103)

Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: High - Comprehension 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.7 / 45.6)

Objective: OPS-SYS-501-06K

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

39. The plant is operating at 100% power.

Two of the Reactor Protection System (RPS) trip functions utilize variable setpoints that are calculated by Trip Setpoint Calculators.

Which of the following sets of Trip Setpoint Calculator malfunctions will cause BOTH RPS Channels to trip?

(1) RPS Channel 1 Flux/Delta Flux/Flow Trip setpoint fails __(1)__.

(2) RPS Channel 2 RCS Pressure/Temperature Trip setpoint fails __(2)__.

A. (1) low (2) low B. (1) low (2) high C. (1) high (2) low D. (1) high (2) high Answer: B Explanation/Justification:

A. Incorrect - P-T bistable trips when RCS pressure is lower than the calculated setpoint. The P-T setpoint calculator output failing low drives the variable low pressure trip setpoint even farther below actual RCS pressure. Setpoint pressure calculation is 16.25 Thot - 7885.5 psig, so normal full power setpoint is about 1945 psig. Plausible because item 1 is correct and candidate can easily invert parameter - setpoint relationship when answering part 2.

B. Correct - Flux/Delta Flux Flow bistable trips when reactor power signal is higher than the calculated setpoint. Setpoint calculator output low = trip because actual NI power is above the failed low setpoint. See UFSAR 7.2.1.2.2 item 7 (page 7.2-6). Pressure/Temperature (aka Variable Low RC Pressure) bistable trips when RCS pressure signal is lower than the calculated setpoint. Setpoint calculator output high = trip because actual RCS pressure is below the failed high setpoint. See UFSAR 7.2.1.2.2 item 4 (page 7.2-5) and TRM Table 8.3.1-2 C. Incorrect - Flux/Delta Flux Flow bistable trips when reactor power signal is higher than the calculated setpoint. The setpoint calculator failing high drives the Flux/Delta Flux/Flow high power trip setpoint even higher above actual power. P-T bistable trips when RCS pressure is lower than the calculated setpoint. The P-T setpoint calculator output failing low drives the variable low pressure trip setpoint even farther below actual RCS pressure. Both plausible because candidate can easily invert parameter - setpoint relationship when answering. Item 1 also plausible if candidate equates setpoint calculator high failure with high Delta Flux input which would cause a trip.

D. Incorrect - Flux/Delta Flux Flow bistable trips when reactor power signal is higher than the calculated setpoint. The setpoint calculator failing high drives the Flux/Delta Flux/Flow high power trip setpoint even higher above actual power. Part 2 is correct. Plausible because candidate can easily invert parameter - setpoint relationship when answering Sys # System Category KA Statement 012 Reactor K6 Knowledge of the effect of a loss or malfunction of the following Trip setpoint calculators Protection will have on the RPS:

System (RPS)

K/A# K6.11 K/A Importance 2.9* Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

UFSAR 7.2.1.2.2; TRM Table 8.3.1-2 Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: High - Comprehension 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.7 / 45/7)

Objective: OPS-SYS-504-05K

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

40. The plant is operating at 100% power.

A Design Bases Loss of Coolant Accident (DBLOCA) occurs.

Which of the following describes:

(1) the definition of a Safety Features Actuation System (SFAS) safety train?

(2) the operational implication of the failure of one SFAS safety train on the DBLOCA Analyses assumptions?

(1) SFAS Channels __(1)__ Output Modules comprise Safety Actuation Train 1.

(2) DBLOCA Analyses assumptions __(2)__ met.

A. (1) 1 and 4 (2) are B. (1) 1 and 3 (2) are C. (1) 1 and 4 (2) are NOT D. (1) 1 and 3 (2) are NOT Answer: B Explanation/Justification:

A. Incorrect - SFAS Channels 1 and 3 Output Modules comprise Actuation Channel 1. See Bases 3.3.7 2nd paragraph. Part 2 is correct. Plausible for Channels 1 & 4 Output Modules = Safety Train 1.

B. Correct - SFAS Channels 1 and 3 Output Modules comprise Actuation Channel 1. See Bases 3.3.7 2nd paragraph. DBLOCA Analyses assumptions are met. See UFSAR R30 6.3.2.11.

C. Incorrect - SFAS Channels 1 and 3 Output Modules comprise Actuation Channel 1. See Bases 3.3.7 2nd paragraph. DBLOCA Analyses assumptions are met. See UFSAR R30 6.3.2.11. Plausible for Channels 1 & 4 Output Modules = Safety Train 1 and single Safety Train actuation provides insufficient ECCS.

D. Incorrect - DBLOCA Analyses assumptions are met. See UFSAR R30 6.3.2.11. Part 1 is correct. Plausible for single Safety Train actuation provides insufficient ECCS.

Sys # System Category KA Statement 013 Engineered K5 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following Definitions of safety train and ESF channel Safety concepts as they apply to the ESFAS:

Features Actuation System (ESFAS)

K/A# K5.01 K/A Importance 2.8 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

Bases 3.3.7 2nd paragraph; UFSAR R30 6.3.2.11 page 6.3-8 Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: Low - Recall 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.5 / 45.7)

Objective: OPS-SYS-506-05K

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

41. The plant is operating at 100% power.
  • Containment Air Coolers 1 and 2 are operating.

The following events occur:

  • Large Break Loss of Coolant Accident
  • Loss of Offsite Power
  • Bus D1 Lockout NO operator actions are taken.

Five minutes after the above events, what is the status of the Containment Air Cooler (CAC) Fans?

CAC Fan 1 speed is __(1)__.

CAC Fan 2 speed is __(2)__.

A. (1) slow (2) zero B. (1) zero (2) slow C. (1) zero (2) zero D. (1) slow (2) slow Answer: A Explanation/Justification:

A. Correct - CACs start in SLOW from SFAS Level 2 signal. See DB-OP-02000 R27 page 418. CAC 2 is at zero speed because it has no power due to D1 lockout.

B. Incorrect - backwards. Plausible for misconception of D1 power to CAC 1 (#1 bus to #1 component).

C. Incorrect - Plausible because this would be the status of both CACs following LOP only. See OS-0020 sheet 2 CL-11. Fans are normally in FAST speed. See OS-0033A Note 13.

D. Incorrect - Plausible because this would be the status without the D1 lockout.

Sys # System Category KA Statement 022 Containment K2 Knowledge of power supplies to the following: Containment cooling fans Cooling System (CCS)

K/A# K2.01 K/A Importance 3.0* Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

DB-OP-02000 R27 page 418; OS-0020 sheet 2 Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: High - Comprehension 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.7)

Objective: OPS-SYS-305-05K

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

42. The plant has experienced a Containment Design Basis Loss of Coolant Accident.

Following the transfer of Low Pressure Injection (LPI) Suction to the Emergency Sump, a small rise in Containment pressure is noted.

Which of the following describes the reason for this pressure rise?

Heat removal from Containment is reduced because _____.

A. LPI and Spray discharge temperatures rise significantly when suction is transferred to the sump B. throttling of the Containment Spray Discharge Valve lowers the heat removal from Spray C. stopping High Pressure Injection Pump for the transfer lowers core cooling flow D. establishing Long Term Boron Dilution after the transfer lowers flow through the Decay Heat Cooler Answer: A Explanation/Justification:

A. Correct - See UFSAR R30 Section 6.2.1.3.2 page 6.2-11 Long-term Containment Analysis. Containment pressure rises for the first 2000 seconds (half hour) after swap to sump.

B. Incorrect - per UFSAR Section 6.2.1.3.2 page 6.2-11 Long-term Containment Analysis, the majority of heat removal from Containment during recirculation is performed by the CAC and the Decay Heat Removal Cooler, so throttling of spray flow has a minor effect. Plausible because Containment Spray flow is lowered by throttling.

C. Incorrect - Plausible because HPI is stopped prior to swap to sump. See DB-OP-02000 R28 steps 10.12 and 10.13.

D. Incorrect - Plausible because Long Term Boron Dilution is established following swap to sump. DB-OP-02000 R28 steps 10.13 and 10.17.

Sys # System Category KA Statement 026 Containment A1 Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters (to Containment pressure Spray System prevent exceeding design limits) associated with operating the CSS (CSS) controls including:

K/A# A1.01 K/A Importance 3.9 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

UFSAR R30 Section 6.2.1.3.2 page 6.2-11, Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: Low - Memory 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.5 / 45.5)

Objective: OPS-SYS-306-02K

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

43. The plant is operating at 100% power.

A large break Loss of Coolant Accident occurs.

The operators take all required procedure actions and are preparing to transfer Low Pressure Injection (LPI) Suction to the Emergency Sump.

At this point it is observed that the Main Steam Isolation Valves (MSIVs) MS100 and MS101 are closed.

Which of the following describes why the MSIVs are closed?

A. Manual closure required by procedure B. Manual trip of all Reactor Coolant Pumps C. Automatic Steam Feed Rupture Control System Actuation D. Automatic Safety Features Actuation System Level 4 Actuation Answer: C Explanation/Justification:

A. Incorrect - no manual SFRCS trip is directed in the routing for a Large LOCA. Plausible because Containment isolation is desirable.

B. Incorrect - RCP trip causes Actuation Only SFRCS trip. Plausible because manual trip of all RCPs will be performed and candidate may have misconception that this causes an SFRCS Isolation trip.

C. Correct - trip of all RCPs is required for loss of Subcooling Margin per Specific Rule 2. Trip of all RCPs causes Steam & Feed Rupture Control System (SFRCS) Actuation Only Trip which starts Auxiliary Feed Water (does NOT close MSIVs). SFAS Level 2 actuation raises the SG level control setpoint from 49 inches to 124 inches, so full AFW flow is supplied to both SGs. Since the RCS and the SGs are no longer hydraulically coupled due to the LOCA, SG pressures lower rapidly. An SFRCS Isolation trip occurs at 630 psig and closes the MSIVs. See DB-OP-02000 R27 Specific Rule 2 (page 240), step 5.7 (page 42), Table 2 (page 419), and Table 1 (page 415). MSIVs are Containment Isolation Valves D. Incorrect - SA Level 4 actuates Level 3 Containment Isolation (the highest), but it does not close MSIVs. See DB-OP-02000 R27 Table 2 (page 421) and UFSAR 6.2.4.2.1 page 6.2-57. Plausible because Containment Isolation is desirable.

Sys # System Category KA Statement 039 Main and K4 Knowledge of MRSS design feature(s) and/or interlock(s) which Reactor building isolation Reheat provide for the following:

Steam System (MRSS)

K/A# K4.07 K/A Importance 3.4 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

DB-OP-02000 R27 Specific Rule 2, step 5.7, Table 2, and Table 1 Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: High - Comprehension 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.7)

Objective: OPS-SYS-202-06K

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

44. The plant is at 45% power.

The reactor trips.

Which of the following describes the response of Integrated Control System (ICS) Rapid Feedwater Reduction (RFR)?

RFR will _____.

A. NOT actuate since one Steam Generator is on Low Level Limits B. actuate causing Main Feedwater Pump speed to go to approximately 4600 rpm C. NOT actuate because one Main Feedwater Pump is tripped D. actuate causing the Main Feedwater Control Valves to go to 15% open Answer: B Explanation/Justification:

A. Incorrect - RFR actuates. SG Low Level Limits is not an input to RFR actuation logic. See M-533 00178 R13 Logic String 11. Plausible for confusion of single SG release from RFR at Low Level Limits or after 2.5 minutes. See M-533-00178 R13 Logic String 15 and DB-OP-02000 R27 step 2.1.4.

B. Correct - RFR actuates. See M-533 00178 R13 Logic String 11. MFPT to target speed per Logic string 11 FWD27.1 and FWD27.2 and M-533-00176-2 R FW21.9. Target speed 4600 rpm per DB-OP-02000 R27 step 2.1.4.

C. Incorrect - RFR actuates. See M-533 00178 R13 Logic String 11. Plausible because both MFPTs tripped would prevent RFR actuation.

D. Incorrect - MFW Control valves close. Plausible for inversion with SUFW valves.

Sys # System Category KA Statement 059 Main K4.18 Knowledge of MFW design feature(s) and/or interlock(s) which Automatic feedwater reduction on plant trip Feedwater provide for the following:

(MFW)

System K/A# K4.18 K/A Importance 2.8* Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

DB-OP-02000 R27 step 2.1.4; M-533-00178 R13 Logic String 11 Question Source: Bank #168736 Question Cognitive Level: High - Comprehension 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.7)

Objective: OPS-SYS-207-06K

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

45. The plant is operating at 100% power.

Computer point T879 SG 1 AFW NOZZLE TEMP alarms.

  • T879 indicates 210 ºF and rising.

Which of the following describes the operational implications of this condition as described in DB-OP-06233 Auxiliary Feedwater System?

A. AFW flow to SG 1 may be limited by line voiding. Only one Emergency Feedwater Train is inoperable during mitigation of the condition.

B. AFW Train 1 is steam bound and may NOT produce sufficient flow. Mitigation of the condition requires all three Emergency Feedwater Trains to be made inoperable for a short period of time.

C. AF608 may not close if needed due to being outside of its Environmental Qualification temperature. NO Emergency Feedwater Trains are inoperable during mitigation of the condition.

D. Water hammer could induce a steam break on SG 1 if AFW flow is initiated. Mitigation of the condition requires two Emergency Feedwater Trains to be made inoperable for a short period of time Answer: B Explanation/Justification:

A. Incorrect - DB-OP-06233 R37 NOTE 4.9.5 references step 2.1.6 which states all three EFW Trains are inoperable while AF608 is closed for venting. Plausible because flow could be limited and AF608 closure effect on the other two trains could be overlooked.

B. Correct - See DB-OP-06233 R37 Section 4.9 Discovery and Resolution of Steam Binding in AFW Train 1 Components.

C. Incorrect - Plausible because AF608 is an EQ valve, no lineup changes would be required for cooling it down.

D. Incorrect - All three EFW Trains inoperable while AF608 is closed for venting - See DB-OP-06233 R37 step 2.1.6. Plausible because water hammer could induce an AFW line break; MDFP and AFW Train 1 both discharge through AF608.

Sys # System Category KA Statement 061 Auxiliary / K5 Knowledge of the operational implications of the following Feed line voiding and water hammer Emergency concepts as they apply to the AFW:

Feedwater (AFW)

System K/A# K5.05 K/A Importance 2.7 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

DB-OP-06233 R37 Section 4.9 and step 2.1.6 Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: High - Comprehension 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.5 / 45.7)

Objective: OPS-SYS-213-13K

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

46. If the Auxiliary Feedwater (AFW) Pumps start automatically, the Control Room contacts an operator to locally shift the AFW Pump recirculation flow path.

Performing this action maintains which of the following?

A. AFW Pump seal and bearing temperatures within limits B. Condensate Storage Tank chemistry parameters within specification C. Offsite radioactive material releases As Low As Reasonably Achievable D. The margin assumed in the Condensate Storage Tank Capacity analysis Answer: D Explanation/Justification:

A. Incorrect - local operator opens AF50 & AF51, then closes AF59. See DB-OP-02000 R27 step 4.18 (page 34) and Bases and Deviation Document for DB-OP-02000 R20 step 4.18 (page 43). Plausible because pumps are self-cooled. Without the installed restriction orifices RO 501 and RO 555, candidate could determine that pump flows go up because two valves are opened and one is closed on the recirc line. See OS-0010 R23 sheet 1.

B. Incorrect - Plausible because this is the reason for the normal lineup having AF59 open. See Bases and Deviation Document for DB-OP-02000 R20 step 4.18 (page 43)

C. Incorrect - Plausible for secondary side radioactive contamination because closing AF59 isolates the flow path to the CST overflow and ultimately the environment. See OS-0010 R23 sheet 1 D. Correct - AF59 normally open to direct AFP recirc water to the storm drain to prevent degradation of chemistry of the CSTs if AFW pumps start with suction from SW. After AFW pumps start, local operator opens AF50 & AF51, then closes AF59 to shift recirc to CSTs to preserve CST inventory. See DB-OP-02000 R27 step 4.18 (page 34) and Bases and Deviation Document for DB-OP-02000 R20 step 4.18 (page 43)

Sys # System Category KA Statement 061 Auxiliary / Generic Knowledge of local auxiliary operator tasks during Emergency an emergency and the resultant operational Feedwater effects (AFW)

System K/A# 2.4.35 K/A Importance 3.8 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

DB-OP-02000 R27 step 4.18 (page 34) and Bases and Deviation Document for DB-OP-02000 R20 step 4.18 (page 43)

Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: Low - Memory 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.10 / 43.5 / 45.13)

Objective: OPS-SYS-213-11K

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

47. The plant is at 100% power.

120V AC Panel YAR will be transferred to its alternate supply from 120V AC Panel YBR.

The governing procedure requires the following before YAR is transferred:

  • Diverse Scram System (DSS) Channel 1 is de-energized
  • Caldon Cabinet C5757E is de-energized These actions are performed in accordance with the applicable procedures.

Which of the following describes the effect on:

(1) DSS and (2) Integrated Control System (ICS) Unit Load Demand (ULD)?

A. (1) DSS will trip the Reactor if required.

(2) ICS ULD can be operated in AUTO.

B. (1) DSS will trip the Reactor if required.

(2) ICS ULD can NOT be operated in AUTO.

C. (1) DSS will NOT trip the Reactor if required.

(2) ICS ULD can be operated in AUTO.

D. (1) DSS will NOT trip the Reactor if required.

(2) ICS ULD can NOT be operated in AUTO.

Answer: C Explanation/Justification:

A. Incorrect - part 2 is correct. Part 1 is incorrect because DSS is a 2/2 coincidence energize to trip system. Plausible for examinee misconception of DSS as 1/2 de-energize to trip system.

B. Incorrect - Part 1 is incorrect because DSS is a 2/2 coincidence energize to trip system. Plausible for examinee misconception of DSS as 1/2 de-energize to trip system. Part 2 is incorrect because ICS ULD can be operated in AUTO using MFW Flow Venturis for thermal power calculation.

Plausible because ULD is placed in MANUAL prior to taking LEFM signal to bypass (DB-OP-06407 R15 step 4.20.3.c.3) or for examinee misconception that Venturis cant provide input to ULD heat balance.

C. Correct - DSS is a 2/2 coincidence energize to trip system. See DB-OP-06402 R25 CRD Operating Procedure NOTE 4.18 (page113). Leading Edge Flow Meter (LEFM) signal is bypassed in ULD when de-energizing Caldon cabinet. See DB-OP-06407 R15 NNI Operating Procedure step 4.20.3.c.4 (page 40). ICS ULD can be operated in AUTO using MFW Flow Venturis for thermal power calculation. See NOTE and step 4.20.3.c.5 D. Incorrect - Part 1 is correct. . Part 2 is incorrect because ICS ULD can be operated in AUTO using MFW Flow Venturis for thermal power calculation. Plausible because ULD is placed in MANUAL prior to taking LEFM signal to bypass (DB-OP-06407 R15 step 4.20.3.c.3) or for examinee misconception that Venturis cant provide input to ULD heat balance.

Sys # System Category KA Statement 062 AC Electrical A1 Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters (to Effect on instrumentation and controls of switching Distribution prevent exceeding design limits) associated with operating the ac power supplies System distribution system controls including:

K/A# A1.03 K/A Importance 2.5 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

DB-OP-06402 R25 CRD Operating Procedure NOTE 4.18; DB-OP-06407 R15 NNI Operating Procedure step 4.20.3.c.4 and 4.20.3.c.5)

Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: Low - Memory 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.5 / 45.5)

Objective: OPS-SYS-408-02K

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

48. The plant is at 100% power.

Which of the following will cause a rise in Charger DBC1N amps?

A. Start of Main Turbine Generator Emergency Bearing Oil Pump B. Start of Low Pressure Injection Pump 1 C. Closing AF3870 Auxiliary Feedpump 1 to Steam Generator 1 discharge valve D. Start of Main Generator Emergency Seal Oil Pump Answer: A Explanation/Justification:

A. Correct -EBOP powered from DC MCC 1 so its start raises load on Charger DBC1N. See OS-0060 sheet 1 R25.

B. Incorrect - No effect on Charger DBC 1N. Plausible for inversion with HPI Pump1 which has a DC lube oil pump.

C. Incorrect - AF3870 is powered from D1P, so no effect on Charger DBC1N. Plausible because AF3870 is powered from a Train 1 DC bus. See OS-0060 sheet 1.

D. Incorrect - Emergency Seal Oil Pump source is DC MCC 2, so Charger DBC1N output would not be affected. Plausible for confusion with Emergency Bearing Oil Pump power supply. See OS-0060 sheet 1 R25.

Sys # System Category KA Statement 063 DC Electrical K1 Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause-effect Battery charger and battery Distribution relationships between the DC electrical system and the following System systems:

K/A# K1.03 K/A Importance 2.9 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

OS-0060 sheet 1 R25 Question Source: Bank # 167376 modified Question Cognitive Level: High - Comprehension 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.2 to 41.9 / 45.7 to 45.8)

Objective: OPS-SYS-409-10K

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

49. The plant is at 100% power.
  • Component Cooling Water (CCW) Pump 1 is operating.

A Loss of Offsite Power occurs.

Five minutes later, EDG 1 trips.

NO operator actions have been taken.

Which of the following describes the status of CCW Pump 1 and Service Water (SW) Pump 1 breakers?

(1) CCW Pump 1 breaker is _____.

(2) SW Pump 1 breaker is _____.

A. (1) open (2) open B. (1) open (2) closed C. (1) closed (2) closed D. (1) closed (2) open Answer: D Explanation/Justification:

A. Incorrect - CCW Pump 1 breaker remains closed. Bus UV does not affect CCW Pump 1 breaker. See OS-0021 sheet 1 R37 CL-2. Part 2 is correct. Plausible for misconception that Bus UV opens CCW Pump breaker.

B. Incorrect - CCW Pump 1 breaker remains closed. Bus UV does not affect CCW Pump 1 breaker. See OS-0021 sheet 1 R37 CL-2. SW Pump 1 breaker opens on Bus UV. See OS-0020 sheet 2 R51 CL-3. Plausible for candidate inversion of pump responses to Bus UV.

C. Incorrect - SW Pump 1 breaker opens on Bus UV. See OS-0020 sheet 2 R51 CL-3. Part 1 is correct. Plausible for misconception that SW Pump responds the same as CCW pump.

D. Correct - CCW and SW Pumps are the major loads that sequence on to the EDG for a non-SFAS condition. CCW Pump 1 breaker remains closed. Bus UV does not affect CCW Pump 1 breaker. See OS-0021 sheet 1 R37 CL-2. SW Pump 1 breaker opens on Bus UV. See OS-0020 sheet 2 R51 CL-3.

Sys # System Category KA Statement 064 Emergency K3 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the ED/G Systems controlled by automatic loader Diesel system will have on the following:

Generator (ED/G)

System K/A# K3.01 K/A Importance 3.8* Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

OS-0021 sheet 3 R12 CL-13 and sheet 1 CL-2; OS-0020 sheet 2 R51 CL-3 Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: Low - Recall 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.7 / 45.6)

Objective: OPS-SYS-405-19K

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

50. The plant is at 100% power.

Emergency Diesel Generator (EDG) 1 is started and loaded for a normal surveillance test.

  • EDG 1 Jacket Water (JW) Thermostatic Control Valve JW112 is stuck closed.
  • NO operator actions are taken.

Which ONE of the following describes the effect on EDG 1?

EDG 1 __(1)__ temperature(s) rise(s) until EDG 1 stops from __(2)__.

A. (1) JW only (2) high JW temperature trip B. (1) JW and Lube Oil (2) high JW temperature trip C. (1) JW only (2) the engine seizing up D. (1) JW and Lube Oil (2) the engine seizing up Answer: B Explanation/Justification:

A. Incorrect - JW112 stuck closed prevents cooling of the JW and lube oil. See OS-0041A sheet 1 R32. Part 2 is correct. Plausible for misconception of lube oil cooling directly by CCW.

B. Correct - JW112 stuck closed prevents cooling of the JW and lube oil. See OS-0041A sheet 1 R32. High JW temperature trips EDG because EDG start was manual, not Emergency. See DB-OP-02001 R30 Window 1-1-B.

C. Incorrect - JW112 stuck closed prevents cooling of the JW and lube oil. See OS-0041A sheet 1 R32. High JW temperature trips EDG because EDG start was manual, not Emergency. See DB-OP-02001 R30 Window 1-1-B. Plausible for misconception of lube oil cooling directly by CCW and misapplication of Emergency start bypass of JW temperature trip. See DB-OP-02000 Bases and Deviation Document R20 page 455.

D. Incorrect - High JW temperature trips EDG because EDG start was manual, not Emergency. See DB-OP-02001 R30 Window 1-1-B. Part 1 is correct. Plausible for misapplication of Emergency start bypass of JW temperature trip. See DB-OP-02000 Bases and Deviation Document R20 page 455.

Sys # System Category KA Statement 064 Emergency K1 Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause-effect D/G cooling water system Diesel relationships between the ED/G system and the following systems:

Generator (ED/G)

System K/A# K1.02 K/A Importance 3.1 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

OS-0041A sheet 1 R32; DB-OP-02001 R30 Window 1-1-B Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: Low - Recall 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.2 to 41.9 / 45.7 to 45.8)

Objective: OPS-SYS-406-06K

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

51. A release of Clean Waste Monitor Tank (CWMT) 1 is in progress using CWMT Transfer Pump 1.

Which of the following describes how, if at all, that the release can be stopped from the Control Room?

A. Release can NOT be stopped from the Control Room. Local valve operation is required.

B. Push HIS1708 CWMT Transfer Pump 1 STOP button.

C. Press CLOSE on HIS1771 Clean Waste System Outlet Flow Valve.

D. Press the TEST button on RE1770A module until the HIGH alarm comes in.

Answer: D Explanation/Justification:

A. Incorrect - Plausible because all actions to stop release are local per DB-OP-03011 R23 Radioactive Liquid Batch Release. See step 4.9.25.e (page 74), 4.9.32 (page 78), and 4.9.33 (page 79). See OS-0028A sheet 4 R14 B. Incorrect - CWMT Transfer Pump control is local only. See OS-0028A sheet 4 R14. Plausible because this is how the release is normally terminated. See DB-OP-03011 R23 Radioactive Liquid Batch Release step 4.9.33 (page 79).

C. Incorrect - WC1771 control is local only. See OS-0028A sheet 4 R14. Plausible because WC1771 is closed to stop release. See DB-OP-03011 R23 Radioactive Liquid Batch Release steps 4.9.25.e (page 74) and 4.9.32 (page 78).

D. Correct -Trip check of monitor prior to release is performed in this manner. See DB-OP-03011 R23 Radioactive Liquid Batch Release step 4.9.18 (page 71).

Sys # System Category KA Statement 073 Process A4 Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: Effluent release Radiation Monitoring (PRM)

System K/A# A4.01 K/A Importance 3.9 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

DB-OP-03011 R23 Radioactive Liquid Batch Release step 4.9.18 (page 71)

Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: Low - Memory 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.7 / 45.5 to 45.8)

Objective: OPS-SYS-115-06K

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

52. The plant is operating at 100% power.
  • Component Cooling Water (CCW) Pump 1 is operating.

Which of the following describes the impact of extended cold weather operation on the Service Water (SW) System and the actions required to mitigate the potential consequences?

Extended cold weather operation causes SW supply header pressures to __(1)__.

To mitigate the potential consequences on SW Loop 2, the operators __(2)__.

A. (1) rise (2) establish flow through the standby Turbine Plant Cooling Water Heat Exchanger B. (1) rise (2) establish flow through the standby CCW Heat Exchanger C. (1) lower (2) throttle closed on the operating Loop 2 SW Pump discharge valve D. (1) lower (2) align Circulating Water to supply SW secondary loads Answer: A Explanation/Justification:

A. Correct - Lower SW temperature during cold weather operation causes temperature control valves to throttle closed which raises SW supply header pressures. With CCW Pump 1 operating, SW Loop 2 is the secondary loop. Standby TPCW HX is used for pressure control of secondary loop. See DB-OP-06261 R63 SW System Operating Procedure Section 3.13.

B. Incorrect - With CCW Pump 1 operating, SW Loop 2 is the secondary loop. Standby TPCW HX is used for pressure control of secondary loop.

See DB-OP-06261 R63 SW System Operating Procedure section 3.8. Plausible because SW pressure rise is correct.

C. Incorrect - SW supply pressure rises. Plausible because throttling closed on SW pump discharge valve would raise SW pump discharge pressure.

D. Incorrect - SW supply pressure rises. Plausible because Circ Water automatically aligns to supply secondary loads during a low pressure condition.

Sys # System Category KA Statement 076 Service A2 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or Service water header pressure Water operations on the SWS; and (b) based on those predictions, use System procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those (SWS) malfunctions or operations:

K/A# A2.02 K/A Importance 2.7 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

DB-OP-06261 R63 SW System Operating Procedure step 2.2.9 Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: High - Comprehension 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.5 / 43.5 / 45/3 /

45/13)

Objective: OPS-SYS-305-03K

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

53. The plant is operating at 100% power.

Which of the following will result in the stable readings on the gauges below?

A. Instrument Air Dryer Switching Failure B. Leak on the air header to the Atmospheric Vent Valves C. Leak on the air header to the Turbine Plant Cooling Water Heat Exchanger temperature control valves D. Leak on the process air header to the Moisture Separator Reheater Demineralizer skid resin transfer system Answer: D Explanation/Justification:

A. Incorrect - IA and SA pressure would be about equal and lower for this failure. See DB-OP-02528 R19 Attachment 24 (page 124). Plausible for misdiagnosis since both headers have low pressure. See DB-OP-02528 R22 step 2.2.2.

B. Incorrect - IA pressure would still lower. This is an IA leak which is downstream of IA450. See OS-0019A sheet 2 R19 H-20. Plausible for misconception of header supplying valves.

C. Incorrect - IA pressure would still lower. This is an IA leak which is downstream of IA72. See OS-0019A sheet 2 R19 D-22 and DB-OP-02528 R22 Attachment 17 (page 101). Plausible for misconception of header supplying valves.

D. Correct - Leak is on station air header See DB-OP-02528 R22 Instrument Air System Malfunctions step 4.1.6 and Attachment 24 Background Information page 124 2nd paragraph. MSRD skid resin transfer air is on SA header. See OS-0019B sheet 2 R21 D-30.

Sys # System Category KA Statement 078 Instrument A4 Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: Pressure gauges Air System (IAS)

K/A# A4.01 K/A Importance 3.1 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

DB-OP-02528 R22 step 4.1.6 and Attachment 24 (page 124); OS-0019B sheet 2 R21 Question Source: Oconee 2010 #53 modified Question Cognitive Level: High - Comprehension 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.7 / 45.5 to 45.8)

Objective: OPS-GOP-128-01K

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

54. The plant is operating at 100% power.

All Control Room Instrument Air (IA) and Station Air (SA) System pressure indicators lower to 80 psig and stabilize.

Which of the following lists the correct order of automatic actions that occurred?

(1) Station Air Compressor (SAC) 1 started (2) IA Dryer Bypass Valves IA932 and IA962 opened (3) Emergency Instrument Air Compressor (EIAC) started A. 1, 2, 3 B. 1, 3, 2 C. 3, 1, 2 D. 3, 2, 1 Answer: B Explanation/Justification:

A. Incorrect - See DB-OP-02528 R22 IA Malfunctions page 123. Plausible for misconception that EIAC is last resort action.

B. Correct - See DB-OP-02528 R22 IA Malfunctions page 123.

C. Incorrect - See DB-OP-02528 R22 IA Malfunctions page 123. Plausible for off-normal lineup of EIAC operating in LEAD status.

D. Incorrect - See DB-OP-02528 R22 IA Malfunctions page 123. Plausible for off-normal lineup of EIAC operating in LEAD status and dryers bypassed earlier to support that status.

Sys # System Category KA Statement 078 Instrument A3 Ability to monitor automatic operation of the IAS, including: Air pressure Air System (IAS)

K/A# A3.01 K/A Importance 3.1 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

DB-OP-02528 R22 IA Malfunctions page 123 Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: Low - Memory 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.7 / 45.5)

Objective: OPS-SYS-602-08K

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

55. The plant is operating at 100% power.
  • HIS 2022A SFAS CHANNEL 1 ACTUATE switch arcs across its TRIP position contacts and causes a Channel 1 Manual SFAS Actuation.
  • The circuit problem that caused the actuation clears a few moments later.

Which of the following describes the effect of the inadvertent Channel 1 Manual SFAS Actuation on Containment and the actions required to mitigate the potential consequences?

A. The Containment Peak Pressure Analysis is challenged by rising Containment air temperature. Reset SFAS and return Containment Air Cooler Fan 1 to FAST speed per DB-OP-06910 Trip Recovery.

B. Containment Equipment Qualification is challenged by Containment Spray Pump 1 operation. Block SFAS and stop Containment Spray Pump 1 per DB-OP-02000 Attachment 9 Miscellaneous Post Accident Actions.

C. The Containment Vessel Negative Pressure Analysis is challenged by isolation of five Containment Vacuum Relief Valves. Reset SFAS and reopen the Containment Vacuum Relief Isolation Valves per DB-OP-06910 Trip Recovery.

D. The Containment Fire Hazards Analysis is challenged by loss of Component Cooling Water (CCW) to all Reactor Coolant Pumps. Block SFAS and reopen the CCW Containment Isolation Valves per DB-OP-02000 Attachment 9 Miscellaneous Post Accident Actions.

Answer: C Explanation/Justification:

A. Incorrect - Containment temperature rise from shift of one CAC to SLOW is minimal. Heat input to Containment is lowered significantly because the operators trip the reactor and all RCPs in response to the SFAS. Plausible because recovery actions are correct (see DB-OP-06910 steps 6.3.2 and 6.3.3.e).

B. Incorrect - Manual Containment Spray actuation is a separate circuit. See DB-OP-06405 R13 SFAS Operating Procedure step 5.2.2.b (page 65).

Plausible because Manual SFAS Actuation actuates all of the Level 4 Containment Isolation functions, but does not start the Spray Pump. See DB-OP-06405 R13 SFAS Operating Procedure step 5.2.2.a (page 65). Stop of a Containment Spray Pump that was inadvertently started could be performed per DB-OP-02000 Attachment 9.

C. Correct - SFAS Manual Actuation Channel initiates SA Levels 1-4 of Containment Isolation, but does NOT start the Containment Spray Pump.

See DB-OP-06405 R13 SFAS Operating Procedure step 5.2.2.a (page 65). Channel 1 SA Level 2 isolates 5 of the 10 Containment Vacuum Breakers. See DB-OP-02000 R27 page 418. At least 6 vacuum breakers are required per the Inadvertent Containment Spray analysis. See UFSAR R30 page 6.2-14. Trip Recovery provides guidance for SFAS reset and reopening the Vacuum breaker isolation valves. See DB-OP-06910 R27 steps 6.3.2 (page 47) and 6.3.3.g (page 49). Attachment 9 does NOT provide guidance for reopening the vacuum breaker isolations.

See DB-OP-02000 R27 page 322.

D. Incorrect - Major fire hazard in Containment is the RCP lube oil system per FHAR R26 9.1.3.1 (page 9-12). Operators stop all RCPs when CCW and seal injection are both lost per DB-OP-02515 R12 RCP and Motor Operation step 4.4.1, which mitigates the challenge. Plausible because CCW supplies cooling for the RCP oil coolers. CCW valves could be reopened per Attachment 9 step 2.6.

Sys # System Category KA Statement 103 Containment A2 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or Phase A and B isolation System operations on the containment system and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:

K/A# A2.03 K/A Importance 3.5* Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

DB-OP-06405 R13 SFAS Operating Procedure step 5.2.2.a (page 65), DB-OP-02000 R27 page 418, UFSAR R30 page 6.2-14, DB-OP-06910 R27 steps 6.3.2 (page 47) and 6.3.3.g (page 49)

Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: High - Comprehension 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.5 / 43.5 / 45.3 /

45.13)

Objective: OPS-SYS-108-02K

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

56. The following plant conditions exist:

The plant is in Mode 3.

Control Rod Drive (CRD) Trip Breakers C and D have been closed locally.

Which condition listed below will prevent the closing of CRD Trip Breakers A and B when the TRIP RESET pushbutton on the Rod Control Panel is depressed?

A. Annunciator 5-1-G, RPS CH 1 TRIP, is lit.

B. The operating CRD Booster Pump flow is 116 gpm.

C. The ELECTRONIC TRIP D light on the Rod Control Panel is lit.

D. The APSR GROUP IN LIMIT light on the Rod Control Panel is off.

Answer: B Explanation/Justification:

A. Incorrect - 2 channels of RPS tripped would be required to prevent breaker closure. See DB-OP-02005 R18 Window 5-1-G NOTE 2.1. Plausible because CRD Operating Procedure resets all RPS trips prior to breaker closure. See DB-OP-06402 R25 step 3.7.5.

B. Correct - Minimum CRD flow for breaker closure is 146 gpm. See DB-OP-06402 R25 CRD Operating Procedure step 3.7.7.

C. Incorrect - this light is expected to be lit and goes off when the Trip Reset button is pressed. See DB-OP-06402 R25 NOTE 3.7.15.c. and step 3.7.15.e. Plausible for misconception on Source Interruption Device actuated by UV on one Power Supply Train, not two. See DB-OP-06402 R25 NOTE 3.7.16.a. One of the other items that will light the ELECTRONIC TRIP D light is CRD Trip Breaker D open. See DB-OP-06402 R25 page 150.

D. Incorrect - APSR (Group 8) IN LIMIT is not required to close a CRD breaker. Plausible because Group 1-7 IN LIMITS are required. See DB-OP-06402 R25 NOTE 3.7.11-14 and step 3.7.14.

Sys # System Category KA Statement 001 Control Rod K4 Knowledge of CRDS design feature(s) and/or interlock(s) which Resetting of CRDM circuit breakers Drive provide for the following:

K/A# K4.11 K/A Importance 2.7 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

DB-OP-06402 R25 CRD Operating Procedure step 3.7.7 Question Source: Bank - #167286 Question Cognitive Level: Low - Recall 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.7)

Objective: OPS-SYS-501-07K

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

57. The Data Acquisition and Display System/Safety Parameter Display System (DADS/SPDS) computer is being used to perform a Reactor Coolant System Water Inventory Balance calculation.
  • DADS/SPDS automatic data retrieval is being utilized.
  • NO computer points are out of service.

Which of the following describes the requirements for using the computer for this calculation?

A. NO parameter values must be manually entered. There are NO restrictions on maintaining steady state plant conditions after the final values are entered.

B. Reactor Coolant Pump Seal Leakage Indicator values must be manually entered. Steady state plant conditions must be maintained for at least 15 minutes after the final values are entered.

C. Reactor Coolant Pump Seal Leakage Indicator values must be manually entered. There are NO restrictions on maintaining steady state plant conditions after the final values are entered.

D. Reactor Coolant Pump Seal Leakage Indicator and Quench Tank parameter values must be manually entered. Steady state plant conditions must be maintained for at least 15 minutes after the final values are entered.

Answer: B Explanation/Justification:

A. Incorrect - Plausible because this is how an automated data retrieval calculation would work if RCP Seal Leakage totalizers had computer points.

B. Correct - manual entry of RCP Seal Leakage readings required per DB-SP-03357 R19 RCS Water Inventory Balance step 4.1.12.b. 15 minute wait period required per step 4.1.8.

C. Incorrect - Plausible for misconception that final data time = end of calculation.

D. Incorrect - Per step 4.1.12, Quench Tank level is NOT manually entered for computer calculation. Plausible because RCP Seal Leakage Indicator values are recorded on an attachment entitled Attachment 1 RCP Seals Leak Rate and Quench Tank In-Leakage Calculation Sheet. 15 minute wait period is correct.

Sys # System Category KA Statement 002 Reactor A4 Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: RCS leakage calculation program using the Coolant computer System (RCS)

K/A# A4.01 K/A Importance 3.5* Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

DB-SP-03357 R19 RCS Water Inventory Balance steps 4.1.12.b and 4.1.8.

Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: Low - Recall 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.7 / 45.5 to 45.8)

Objective: OPS-SYS-525-01S

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

58. The plant is operating at 100% power.
  • Component Cooling Water (CCW) Pump 1 is operating.

A Loss of Offsite Power occurs.

NO operator actions have been taken.

Which of the following additional malfunctions will cause ZERO Makeup Pumps to be operating one minute after the Loss of Offsite Power?

A. Bus C1 locks out.

B. Containment Pressure rises to 18.0 psia.

C. Emergency Diesel Generator 2 does NOT start.

D. Safety Features Actuation System Channel 4 Sequencer does NOT actuate.

Answer: C Explanation/Justification:

A. Incorrect. Since MU Pump 2 was previously running and is not affected by C1 lockout, it restarts. Plausible because bus lockout trips and locks out its associated MU Pump. See OS-00002 sheet 3 R33 CL-10.

B. Incorrect. Plausible for Containment pressure above 18.4 psia which would cause SFAS Level 3 start of LPI Pump 2 which would trip MU Pump 2 after auto-restart. See OS-00002 sheet 3 R33 CL-10.

C. Correct - MU Pump 2 was running prior to the LOP per normal alignment. Previously running MU Pump load sheds on bus UV, then restarts 2.5 seconds after its associated EDG breaker closes. Since EDG doesnt start, zero MU Pumps will be running. See OS-0002 sheet 4 R24 CL-15.

D. Incorrect. Plausible for misconception that MU Pump starts from Sequencer.

Sys # System Category KA Statement 011 Pressurizer K2 Knowledge of bus power supplies to the following: Charging pumps Level Control System K/A# K2.01 K/A Importance 3.1 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

OS-0002 sheet 4 R24 CL-15 Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: Low - Memory 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.7)

Objective: OPS-SYS-106-14K

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

59. The plant is at 100% power.
  • Power Range Nuclear Instrument (NI) 5 Power indicates 100%
  • NI 5 Imbalance indicates -10%.

Which of the following describes the effect of the loss of NI 5 upper detector power supply?

(1) NI 5 Power indicates _____.

(2) NI 5 Imbalance indicates _____.

A. (1) 55%

(2) -55%

B. (1) 55%

(2) +45%

C. (1) 45%

(2) -55%

D. (1) 45%

(2) +45%

Answer: A Explanation/Justification:

A. Correct - Imbalance = Power upper - Power lower, so prior to the failure, Power upper = 45% and Power lower = 55%. When the upper detector power supply cable becomes disconnected, Power upper = 0, so total power = 55% and imbalance = -55%.

B. Incorrect - Imbalance = -55%. Part 1 is correct. Plausible for inversion of Imbalance relationship (Lower - Upper).

C. Incorrect - Power = 55%. Part 2 is correct. Plausible for inversion of power values.

D. Incorrect - both parts wrong. Plausible for inversion of Imbalance relationship (Lower - Upper).

Sys # System Category KA Statement 015 Nuclear K6 Knowledge of the effect of a loss or malfunction on the following Component interconnections Instrumentati will have on the NIS:

on System K/A# K6.03 K/A Importance 2.6 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

UFSAR R30 pages 7.2-2 and 7.8-2 Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: High - Comprehension 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.7 / 45.7)

Objective: OPS-SYS-502-03K

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

60. The plant is at 100% power.

The Reactor Coolant System (RCS) Loop 1 Flow signal shorts to ground in the Non-Nuclear Instrumentation (NNI) cabinet.

Which of the following describes the effect, if any, on plant protection systems?

A. No effect on plant protection systems.

B. One Reactor Protection System (RPS) channel trips.

C. One Steam Feed Rupture Control System (SFRCS) channel trips.

D. One RPS channel and one SFRCS channel trip.

Answer: A Explanation/Justification:

A. Correct - RPS provides RCS Flow signal to NNI. See DB-OP-06403 R20 RPS and NI Operating Procedure step 4.3.3. RPS isolation amplifier prevents fault from feeding back into protection system, so RPS does not trip on Flux/Flux/Flow. See UFSAR R30 section 7.1.2.3.

B. Incorrect - RPS isolation amplifier prevents fault from feeding back into protection system. See UFSAR R30 section 7.1.2.3. Plausible because RPS provides RCS Flow signal to NNI and channel would trip on Flux/Flux/Flow if isolation amplifier didnt prevent fault from feeding back into RPS cabinet. See DB-OP-06403 R20 step 4.3.3.

C. Incorrect - SFRCS monitors RCP motor current for pump status input, so failure doesnt affect SFRCS. See UFSAR R30 7.4.1.3.10.4 (page 7.4-8). Plausible for misconception that SFRCS monitors flow for RCP status.

D. Incorrect - RPS isolation amplifier prevents fault from feeding back into protection system, so RPS does not trip on Flux/Flux/Flow. SFRCS monitors RCP motor current for pump status input, so failure doesnt affect SFRCS. Plausible because RPS provides RCS Flow signal to NNI and RPS channel would trip on Flux/Flux/Flow if isolation amplifier didnt prevent fault from feeding back into RPS cabinet. Plausible for misconception that SFRCS monitors flow for RCP status.

Sys # System Category KA Statement 016 Non-nuclear K5 Knowledge of the operational implication of the following Separation of control and protection circuits Instrumentati concepts as they apply to the NNIS:

on K/A# K5.01 K/A Importance 2.7* Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

UFSAR R30 section 7.1.2.3 Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: Low - Memory 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.5 / 45.7)

Objective: OPS-SYS-507-12K

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

61. The plant is operating at 100% power.

The operating Spent Fuel Pool (SFP) Pump 1 trips and can NOT be restarted.

Which ONE of the following describes the preferred order of the listed options for SFP cooling?

(1) Use SFP Pump 2 (2) Use Decay Heat Train 2 (3) Makeup from Demineralized Water A. 1, 2, 3 B. 1, 3, 2 C. 2, 1, 3 D. 2, 3, 1 Answer: A Explanation/Justification:

A. Correct - See DB-OP-02547 R4 SFP Cooling Malfunctions step 4.1.12 and DB-OP-06021 R26 SFP Operating Procedure section 3.19 B. Incorrect - Demin water 3rd option per DB-OP-02547 R4 SFP Cooling Malfunctions step 4.1.12 RNO. Plausible because Demin Water makeup is normal source to make up for evaporation.

C. Incorrect - Plausible because DH train has larger cooling capability than SFP train.

D. Incorrect - Plausible because DH train has larger cooling capability than Demin Water makeup.

Sys # System Category KA Statement 033 Spent Fuel Generic Knowledge of abnormal condition procedures Pool Cooling K/A# 2.4.11 K/A Importance 4.0 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

DB-OP-02547 R4 SFP Cooling Malfunctions step 4.1.12, DB-OP-06021 page 2 Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: Low - Recall 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.10 / 43.5 / 45.13)

Objective: OPS-GOP-147-01K

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

62. The plant is in MODE 3 following a transient.

The operators will perform an RCS cool down to 532 ºF using the Turbine Bypass Valves.

Which of the following Steam Generator (SG) pressure changes produces an RCS cool down to 532 ºF at the maximum allowable rate?

A. Lower SG pressure by 50 psia over 4 minutes.

B. Lower SG pressure by 50 psia over 8 minutes.

C. Lower SG pressure by 100 psia over 8 minutes.

D. Lower SG pressure by 100 psia over 16 minutes.

Answer: C Explanation/Justification:

A. Incorrect - 50 psi lowering only cools down to about 538 ºF. Plausible because rate is correct.

B. Incorrect - 50 psi lowering only cools down to about 538 ºF. Plausible because rate would be correct for heatup or natural circulation cooldown.

See DB-OP-06903 R47 Plant Cooldown step 6.2 (page 80).

C. Correct - Maximum cooldown rate for forced circulation is 100 ºF/hr or 1.67 ºF/min. See DB-OP-06910 Trip Recovery R27 step 2.2.1.a. SG pressure from 1000 psia to 900 psia equals cooldown from 545 ºF to 532 ºF. 13 ºF ÷ 1.67 ºF/min = 8 min.

D. Incorrect - Cooldown rate is only 50 ºF/hr. Plausible because final temperature is correct and rate would be correct for heatup natural circulation cooldown.

Sys # System Category KA Statement 035 Steam A1 Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters (to S/G pressure Generator prevent exceeding design limits) associated with operating the S/GS controls including:

K/A# A1.02 K/A Importance 3.5 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate Steam Tables Technical

References:

DB-OP-06910 Trip Recovery R27 step 2.2.1.a Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: High - Comprehension 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.5 / 45.5)

Objective: OPS-SYS-201-08K

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

63. The plant is at 8% power following a mid-cycle outage.
  • The Rod Control Panel is in AUTO.
  • The Reactor Demand Station is in HAND.

Main Steam Isolation Valve (MSIV) MS101 10% Closed limit switch spuriously actuates.

  • MS101 remains full open.

Without operator actions, what effect, if any, will this have on the steady state values of Reactor Power and Reactor Coolant System (RCS) Tave?

A. Reactor Power lowers. RCS Tave rises.

B. No effect on Reactor power. RCS Tave rises.

C. Reactor Power lowers. No effect on RCS Tave.

D. No effect on Reactor Power. No effect on RCS Tave.

Answer: D Explanation/Justification:

A. Incorrect - Reactor Demand Station in HAND with Rod Control Panel in AUTO maintains Reactor power constant. Tave doesnt change.

Plausible for misapplication of AVV steam flow of 5% per valve and the natural reactivity feedback that would make power lower if not for the status of rod control.

B. Incorrect - Tave doesnt change. Part 1 is correct. Plausible for misapplication of AVV steam flow of 5% per valve.

C. Incorrect - Reactor Demand Station in HAND with Rod Control Panel in AUTO maintains Reactor power constant. Part 2 is correct.

D. Correct - Failure of MSIV limit switch logic input to steam dump control causes spurious shift of control from the TBVs to the AVVs. When in HAND, Reactor Demand maintains constant neutron power, so Reactor power is not affected. See DB-OP-06401 R23 ICS Operating Procedure page 94 and M-533-00179 R4. When the MSIV 10% Closed switch actuates, the Turbine Bypass Valves (TBVs) close and the Steam Generator (SG) pressure control signals are transferred to the Atmospheric Vent Valves (AVVs). See DB-OP-06401 R23 page 106. AVVs can pass 10%

steam flow so Tave doesnt change. See UFSAR 10.4.4.3 (page 10.4.7).

Sys # System Category KA Statement 041 Steam K3 Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the SDS will RCS Dump/Turbin have on the following:

e Bypass Control K/A# K3.02 K/A Importance 3.8 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

DB-OP-06401 Att. 2, step 1, M-533-00179, DB-OP-06401 R23 ICS Operating Procedure page 106, UFSAR 10.4.4.3 (page 10.4.7)

Question Source: Bank - #172527 2008 NRC modified Question Cognitive Level: High - Comprehension 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.7 / 45.6)

Objective: OPS-SYS-201-08K

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

64. The plant is operating at 100% power.

The Main Turbine trips.

Which of the following describes the response of the Main Generator?

(1) The Main Generator Output Breakers ACB34560 and ACB34561 trip __(1)__.

(2) The Generator Field Breaker __(2)__.

A. (1) after the reverse power relay timer times out (2) trips when the ACBs trip B. (1) after the reverse power relay timer times out (2) stays closed C. (1) immediately after closure of turbine stop valves (2) stays closed D. (1) immediately after closure of turbine stop valves (2) trips when the ACBs trip Answer: A Explanation/Justification:

A. Correct -See DB-OP-02000 R27 step 2.1.5.b and DB-OP-02016 R25 Window 16-6-C. Also System Description SD-005 R4 Main Generator and Auxiliaries pages 2-27 and 2-28.

B. Incorrect - Field breaker opens when ACBs open. Part 1 is correct. Plausible for misinterpretation of DB-OP-02500 Turbine Trip Attachment 2 which implies manual opening of field breaker is required.

C. Incorrect - ACBs open based on timer and field breaker opens at the same time. Part 1 plausible for misdiagnosis as generator trip. Part 2 field breaker staying closed is plausible for misinterpretation of DB-OP-02500 Turbine Trip Attachment 2 which implies manual opening required.

D. Incorrect - ACBs open based on timer. Part 2 is correct. 16-1-C actuated by 81U2 and 81U1 which also actuate generator lockout. See DB-OP-02016 R Window 16-1-C and OS-0055 sheet 2 R38 CD-1. Plausible for misdiagnosis as generator trip.

Sys # System Category KA Statement 045 Main Turbine A3 Ability to monitor automatic operation of the MT/G system, Generator trip Generator including:

K/A# A3.11 K/A Importance 2.6* Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

DB-OP-02000 R27 step 2.1.5.b and DB-OP-02016 R25 Window 16-6-C Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: Low - Recall 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41/7 / 45.5)

Objective: OPS-SYS-401-02K

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

65. The plant is operating at 100% power.

A Loss of Offsite Power occurs.

The following annunciators alarm:

  • 1-3-D BUS C1 LOCKOUT
  • 1-3-H BUS D1 LOCKOUT
  • 10-5-G AFP 1 SUCT PRESS LO
  • 10-5-H AFP 2 SUCT PRESS LO
  • 13-1-B CNDS STRG TK LVL Condensate Storage Tank 1 Level LI 512 indicates ZERO feet.

Condensate Storage Tank 2 Level LI 516 indicates ZERO feet.

Which of the following describes the ability to supply feedwater to the Steam Generators (SGs) under these conditions that does NOT require the installation of temporary piping or hoses?

A. Startup Feed Pump from the Deaerator Storage Tanks B. Auxiliary Feedwater Pump 1 from the Diesel Fire Pump C. Motor Driven Feedwater Pump from the Backup Service Water Pump D. NO feedwater is available for the SGs Answer: B Explanation/Justification:

A. Incorrect - The only available onsite AC power source is the Station Blackout Diesel Generator (SBODG) which powers Bus D2. SUFP is powered from Bus C2 which has no power and cant be aligned to Bus D2 due to the lockouts of C1 and D1 Buses. Plausible because this would be a feedwater source if C2 power could be restored. See DB-OP-02000 R27 Attachment 5 Section C (page 287) and DB-OP-06226 R15 Startup Feed Pump Operating Procedure NOTE 5.1 (page 14).

B. Correct - See DB-OP-02600 R13 Operational Contingency Response Action Plan Attachment 12 AFW Emergency Fire Protection Water to AFW Pump Suction (page 73). Diesel Fire Pump is available to provide suction head for AFW Pump operation.

C. Incorrect - Bus C1 lockout has stopped Service Water Pump 1 which is the emergency backup suction supply for the MDFP. See OS-0012A sheet 1 R26. BUSW Pump cant be used in place of SW Pump 1 because Bus C2 cant be powered form the SBODG due to the C1 and D1 lockouts. Plausible because the MDFP can be powered from the SBODG.

D. Incorrect - Plausible for misconception that Diesel Fire Pump is not available. See OS-0047A sheet 1 R25.

Sys # System Category KA Statement 086 Fire K1 Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause-effect AFW system Protection relationships between the Fire Protection System and the following System systems:

(FPS)

K/A# K1.03 K/A Importance 3.4* Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

DB-OP-02600 R13 Operational Contingency Response Action Plan Attachment 12 AFW Emergency Fire Protection Water to AFW Pump Suction (page 73)

Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: High - Comprehension 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.2 to 41.9 / 45.7 to 45.8)

Objective: OPS-SYS-601-02K

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

66. The plant is in MODE 6 with Fuel Movement in progress.
  • Refueling Canal Water Level LI 1627 is stable at 23.5 ft.
  • No water additions or drain operations are planned or will be allowed this shift.
  • Decay Heat (DH) Loop 1 has been operating continuously for the past 48 hours5.555556e-4 days <br />0.0133 hours <br />7.936508e-5 weeks <br />1.8264e-5 months <br /> to provide core cooling.

The Fuel Handling Director requests DH Pump 1 be stopped to aid in Fuel Movement.

In accordance with Technical Specifications, what is the maximum time DH Pump 1 may be stopped, if at all?

A. DH Pump 1 may NOT be stopped.

B. 15 minutes C. 30 minutes D. 60 minutes Answer: D Explanation/Justification:

A. Incorrect - maximum allowable 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> stopped per eight hour period per LCO 3.9.4 NOTE. Plausible because it would be correct without NOTE.

B. Incorrect - Plausible because this is the allowable stopped time for LCO 3.9.5 which would apply for LI 1627 at 22.5 feet.

C. Incorrect - Plausible for multiple of LCO 3.9.5 allowable stop time.

D. Correct - 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> stopped per eight hour period allowed per DB-NE-06101 R25 Fuel/Control Component Shuffle step 2.2.2 and LCO 3.9.4.

Sys # System Category KA Statement N/A N/A Generic Knowledge of the Refueling process K/A# 2.1.41 K/A Importance 2.8 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

LCO 3.9.4 Question Source: Bank - Oconee 2010 #95 Question Cognitive Level: Low - Memory 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.2 / 41.10 / 43.6/

45.13)

Objective: OPS-GOP-439-01K

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

67. Which of the following describes a function of the Makeup and Purification System?

The Makeup and Purification System is used to control Dissolved Oxygen in the Reactor Coolant System to _____.

A. control pH B. minimize corrosion C. control source term D. minimize Nitrogen 16 production Answer: B Explanation/Justification:

A. Incorrect - system is used to vary lithium to control pH. See UFSAR 9.3.4.1.f. Plausible because pH control is a function of the system.

B. Correct - system is used to maintain dissolved Hydrogen in RCS to scavenge dissolved Oxygen to reduce corrosion. See UFSAR 9.3.4.1.f and TRM B 8.4.1.

C. Incorrect - source term is not controlled within a range (like pH). MU & P System is used to vary zinc concentration to reduce source term.

Plausible because source term reduction is a function of the system. See UFSAR 9.3.4.1. f D. Incorrect - N16 reduction is not a function of the system. See UFSAR 9.3.4.1. Plausible for misconception that O16 is removed from the core rather than converted to water when scavenged by the Hydrogen.

Sys # System Category KA Statement N/A N/A Generic Knowledge of system purpose and/or function K/A# 2.1.27 K/A Importance 3.9 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

UFSAR R30 9.3.4.1.f and TRM B 8.4.1 Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: Low - Memory 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.7)

Objective: OPS-SYS-106-01K

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

68. During a plant shutdown, Heater Drain Tank 1 is placed on recirculation per DB-OP-06227 Low Pressure Feedwater Heaters which includes a valve lineup in accordance with Attachment 5 of the procedure (provided).

Which of the following valves remains in its normal full power position when the attachment is completed?

References provided A. HD 5 B. HD 49 C. HD 27 D. HD 35 Answer: B Explanation/Justification:

A. Incorrect - Heater Drain Pumps are operating at full power with HD 5 open. Attachment 5 has HD 5 closed. Plausible because HD 5 is closed when Heater Drain Pump 1 is stopped. See DB-OP-06227 step 3.5.4.

B. Correct - See OS-0013 sheet 1 R15. Operations Schematics show 100% Power lineups C. Incorrect - HD 27 is open at full power. Attachment 5 has HD 27 closed. Plausible for misconception of valve name drain vs process line.

D. Incorrect - HD 35 is open at full power. Attachment 5 has HD 27 closed. Plausible because HD 35 is closed during loop seal restoration. See DB-OP-06227 step 4.5.5.

Sys # System Category KA Statement N/A N/A Generic Ability to determine the expected plant configuration using design and configuration control documentation, such as drawings, line-ups, tag-outs, etc.

K/A# 2.2.15 K/A Importance 3.9 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate DB-OP-06227 Attachment Technical

References:

DB-OP-06227 R14 Attachment 5 Page 1 of 2 and 5 Page 1 of 2 and OS-0013 OS-0013 sheet 1 R15.

sheet 1.

Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: High - Comprehension 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.10 / 43.3 / 45.13)

Objective: OPS-GOP-505-02K

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

69. The plant is at 100% power.
  • Emergency Diesel Generator 1 is out of service for a planned 96 hour0.00111 days <br />0.0267 hours <br />1.587302e-4 weeks <br />3.6528e-5 months <br /> maintenance outage.

Which of the following conditions, if not corrected, would result in a required action that must be completed within one hour?

A. Safety Features Actuation System Channel 4 Sequencer is discovered to be INOPERABLE B. Containment Spray Pump 2 automatic start circuit is discovered to be INOPERABLE C. Control Room Emergency Vent Fan 2 is discovered to be INOPERABLE D. Station Emergency Ventilation System Fan 2 is discovered to be INOPERABLE Answer: A Explanation/Justification:

A. Correct - 3.8.1 Condition G applies which requires removal of inoperable sequencer module within one hour.

B. Incorrect - LCO 3.8.1 Action B.2 gives 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> from redundant feature inoperable to declare supported feature (Spray Pump 1) inoperable.

Plausible because both trains of containment spray will become inoperable.

C. Incorrect - LCO 3.8.1 Action B.2 gives 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> from redundant feature inoperable to declare supported feature (CREV Fan 1) inoperable.

Plausible because inoperability of CRE requires immediate suspension of fuel movement regardless of power supply status; however, CRE operability is not affected by fan status.

D. Incorrect - LCO 3.8.1 Action B.2 gives 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> from redundant feature inoperable to declare supported feature (SFP EVS) inoperable. Plausible because both trains of SFP EVS inoperable requires immediate suspension of fuel movement in the SFP.

Sys # System Category KA Statement N/A N/A Generic Ability to analyze the effect of maintenance activities, such as degraded power sources, on the status of limiting conditions for operations K/A# 2.2.36 K/A Importance 3.1 Exam Level References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

LCO 3.8.1 Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: Low - Recall 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (41.7 / 41.10 / 43.2 / 45.13)

Objective: OPS-GOP-438-02A

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

70. The plant is at 5% power during a startup.

13.8 kV Bus A locks out.

Which of the following describes required operator action?

A. Initiate Reactor shutdown due to the delay in plant startup.

B. Adjust Turbine Bypass Valve controls following the AUTOMATIC Reactor trip.

C. Adjust Turbine Bypass Valve controls in response to the lowered Reactor Coolant flow.

D. Initiate Reactor shutdown because less than three Reactor Coolant Pumps are operating.

Answer: D Explanation/Justification:

A. Incorrect - wrong reason. Plausible because this would be the action and reason for a different delay if the reactor was still subcritical. See DB-OP-06912 R17 Approach to Criticality step 4.23.

B. Incorrect - A Bus lockout trips RCPs 1-2 and 2-1. This leaves one RCP running in each loop, a combination that does not result in an automatic flux to pumps RPS trip. See Tech Spec Table 3.3.1-1. No automatic Flux-Delta Flux Flow trip. Trip setpoint lowers to around 60% power as RCS flow lowers when the RCPs stop. Power Range channels are all at zero, so no trip occurs. Plausible because automatic trip would occur at higher power level or for misconception of RCP/loop/13.8 kV bus relationship. TBVs would close when the 115 psi bias was applied by the reactor trip. DB-OP-06401 R23 ICS Operating Procedure Attachment 9. TBVs would have to be placed in HAND or the header pressure setpoint lowered to maintain Tave constant. See DB-OP-02000 Attachment 2 step 2 RNO.

C. Incorrect - No TBV adjustment is required. Header pressure setpoint does not change and TBVs are controlling SG pressures in auto. RCS T is < 1 ºF at 5% power, so Tavg change due to loss of 25% of RCS flow is negligible. Plausible for TBVs in HAND.

D. Correct - A Bus lockout trips RCPs 1-2 and 2-1. This leaves one RCP running in each loop, a combination that does not result in an automatic RPS trip. See Tech Spec Table 3.3.1-1. Operating License 2.C(3)(a) states FENOC shall not operate the reactor in MODES 1 and 2 with < 3 RCPs in operation. Inserting rods places the unit in MODE 3 where the license condition does not apply.

Sys # System Category KA Statement N/A N/A Generic Knowledge of conditions and limitations in the facility license K/A# 2.2.38 K/A Importance 3.6 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

Operating License 2.C(3)(a)

Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: High - Comprehension 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.7 / 41.10 / 43.1 /

45.13)

Objective: OPS-GOP-115-06K

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

71. Today is February 2. An operator has accumulated 200 mRem Total Effective Dose Equivalent (TEDE) radiation exposure so far this year, all of it at Davis-Besse.

Assuming the operator is permitted to continue work until BOTH limits are reached, which of the following describes the cumulative time the operator could perform normal work in a 50 mRem/hr radiation field before the:

(1) Site Administrative Control Limit dose is reached?

(2) 10CFR20 dose limit is reached?

A. (1) 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> (2) 21 hours2.430556e-4 days <br />0.00583 hours <br />3.472222e-5 weeks <br />7.9905e-6 months <br /> B. (1) 16 hours1.851852e-4 days <br />0.00444 hours <br />2.645503e-5 weeks <br />6.088e-6 months <br /> (2) 21 hours2.430556e-4 days <br />0.00583 hours <br />3.472222e-5 weeks <br />7.9905e-6 months <br /> C. (1) 16 hours1.851852e-4 days <br />0.00444 hours <br />2.645503e-5 weeks <br />6.088e-6 months <br /> (2) 96 hours0.00111 days <br />0.0267 hours <br />1.587302e-4 weeks <br />3.6528e-5 months <br /> D. (1) 96 hours0.00111 days <br />0.0267 hours <br />1.587302e-4 weeks <br />3.6528e-5 months <br /> (2) 96 hours0.00111 days <br />0.0267 hours <br />1.587302e-4 weeks <br />3.6528e-5 months <br /> Answer: C Explanation/Justification:

A. Incorrect. Plausible for quarterly limitations on Site ACL and on 10CFR20 annual limit values (like in the old days).

B. Incorrect - Plausible for quarterly limitation on 10CFR20 annual limit value (like in the old days). 16 hours1.851852e-4 days <br />0.00444 hours <br />2.645503e-5 weeks <br />6.088e-6 months <br /> is correct for Site ACL.

C. Correct - Site ACL is 1000 mRem/yr. 800 Mrem remaining ÷ 50 mRem/hr = 16 hours1.851852e-4 days <br />0.00444 hours <br />2.645503e-5 weeks <br />6.088e-6 months <br />. See NOP-OP-4201 R2 Routine External Exposure Monitoring NOTE 6.5.1 (page14). 10CFR20 dose limit is 5.0 Rem/yr. 4800 MRem remaining ÷ 50 mRem/hr = 96 hours0.00111 days <br />0.0267 hours <br />1.587302e-4 weeks <br />3.6528e-5 months <br />. See 10CFR20 D. Incorrect - Plausible for Site ACL = 10CFR20 limit. 96 hours0.00111 days <br />0.0267 hours <br />1.587302e-4 weeks <br />3.6528e-5 months <br /> is correct 10CFR20 limit.

Sys # System Category KA Statement N/A N/A Generic Knowledge of radiation exposure limits under normal or emergency conditions K/A# 2.3.4 K/A Importance 3.2 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

NOP-OP-4201 R2 Routine External Exposure Monitoring NOTE 6.5.1 (page14); 10CFR20 Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: High - Comprehension 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.12 / 43.4 / 45.10)

Objective: OPS-GOP-511-02K

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

72. Which of the following are actions an operator is REQUIRED to PERFORM prior to EACH USE of a portable radiation survey instrument per DBBP-RP-1007 Meter Source and Response Testing?

(1) Perform an instrument _____.

(2) Make an entry in the _____.

A. (1) Calibration (2) Use/Response Log B. (1) Calibration (2) Daily Source Check Log C. (1) Response Check (2) Use/Response Log D. (1) Response Check (2) Daily Source Check Log Answer: C Explanation/Justification:

A. Incorrect - Calibration not performed by operator, just checked current per sticker. See DBBP-RP-1007 R32 Meter Source and Response Testing step 3.2.1.1. Part 2 is correct. Plausible because instrument calibration must be current.

B. Incorrect - Calibration not performed by operator, just checked current per sticker. Plausible because daily source check log entry is required for daily source check.

C. Correct - Response check required per DBBP-RP-1007 R32 Meter Source and Response Testing step 3.2.2.1. Use/Response Log entry required per step 3.2.2.1.H D. Incorrect - Source Check Log entry not made because operator does not perform source check. Part 1 is correct.

Sys # System Category KA Statement N/A N/A Generic Ability to use radiation monitoring systems, such as fixed radiation monitors and alarms, portable survey instruments, personnel monitoring equipment, etc.

K/A# 2.3.5 K/A Importance 2.9 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

DBBP-RP-1007 R32 Meter Source and Response Testing steps 3.2.2. and 3.2.2.1.H Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: Low - Memory 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.11 / 41.12 / 43.4 /

45.9)

Objective: OPS-GOP-511-02K

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

73. The plant is at 75% power.

An operator will be making a Containment entry to manually throttle RC2 Pressurizer Spray valve per the governing abnormal procedure.

Which of the following describes requirements for this entry per DB-OP-01101 Containment Entry?

Continuous Radiation Protection coverage __(1)__ required.

The Containment Elevator __(2)__ be used during this entry.

A. (1) is (2) should NOT B. (1) is (2) should C. (1) is NOT (2) should NOT D. (1) is NOT (2) should Answer: A Explanation/Justification:

A. Correct - See NOP-OP-4104 R6 Job Coverage step 4.4.1 and DB-OP-01101 R13 Containment Entry CAUTION 5.2.9. Containment elevator travel path (shaft) includes high neutron dose rate areas. See step 6.3.4.a of DB-OP-01101 B. Incorrect - Containment Elevator NOT used for personnel use during power entries. See DB-OP-01101 R13 Containment Entry CAUTION 5.2.9.

Part 1 is correct. Plausible because elevator is operational for Containment entries during shutdown.

C. Incorrect - Continuous RP coverage is required. See DB-OP-01101 R13 Containment Entry step 6.1.2. Part 2 is correct. Plausible because continuous RP coverage is not required for Containment entries during shutdown.

D. Incorrect - Containment Elevator NOT used for personnel use during power entries. See DB-OP-01101 R13 Containment Entry CAUTION 5.2.9.

Continuous RP coverage is required. See DB-OP-01101 R13 Containment Entry step 6.1.2. Plausible because elevator is operational and continuous RP coverage is not required for Containment entries during shutdown.

Sys # System Category KA Statement N/A N/A Generic Knowledge of radiological safety principles pertaining to licensed operator duties, such as containment entry requirements, fuel handling responsibilities, access to locked high-radiation areas, aligning filters, etc.

K/A# 2.3.12 K/A Importance 3.2 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

NOP-OP-4104 R6 Job Coverage step 4.4.1 and DB-OP-01101 R13 Containment Entry CAUTION 5.2.9.

Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: Low - Recall 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.12 / 45.9 / 45.10)

Objective: OPS-GOP-511-03K

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

74. The plant is at 100% power.

Which of the following REQUIRES FES Unit System Dispatch notification per NOBP-OP-1015 Event Notifications?

A. Transferring 13.8 KV Bus A to Startup Transformer 01 B. Idle Starting Emergency Diesel Generator 1 C. Transferring Main Generator Voltage Regulator from AUTOMATIC to MANUAL D. Adjusting Main Generator output by 10 MEGAVARS OUT to maintain the Voltage Schedule Answer: C Explanation/Justification:

A. Incorrect - no notification requirement. See DB-OP-06314 R13 13.8 KV Buses Switching Procedure section 3.8 and NOBP-OP-1015 R3 Event Notifications Attachment 66 (page 221). Plausible because transfer is to offsite power source.

B. Incorrect - no notification requirement. See DB-OP-06316 R57 Diesel Generator Operating Procedure section 4.30 and NOBP-OP-1015 R3 Event Notifications Attachment 66 (page 221). Plausible because it would add generation to the grid if it were loaded.

C. Correct - See DB-OP-06301 R27 Generator and Exciter Operating Procedure step 3.4.1 and NOBP-OP-1015 R3 Event Notifications Attachment 66 (page 221).

D. Incorrect - no notification requirement for small MVAR changes. See DB-OP-06301 R27 Generator and Exciter Operating Procedure section 3.5.

Threshold for MVAR reporting is >100 per NOBP-OP-1015 R3 Event Notifications Attachment 66 (page 221). Plausible because it does affect the grid conditions.

Sys # System Category KA Statement N/A N/A Generic Knowledge of events related to system operation/status that must be reported to internal organizations or external agencies, such as the State, the NRC, or the transmission system operator K/A# 2.4.30 K/A Importance 2.7 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

NOBP-OP-1015 R3 Event Notifications Attachment 66 (page 221)

Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: Low - Memory 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.10 / 43.5 / 45.11)

Objective: OPS-GOP-510-02K

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

75. The plant was operating at 100% power.

A non-fire incident required evacuation of the Control Room.

  • The required Immediate Actions of the governing procedure were performed.
  • NO Supplemental Actions were performed prior to Control Room Evacuation.

Under these conditions, the Balance of Plant Reactor Operator is responsible for ensuring completion of which of the following actions?

A. Tripping the Main Turbine to stop an Overcooling event B. Opening Reactor Trip Breakers to shut down the Reactor C. Tripping both Main Feed Pumps to initiate the Steam Feed Rupture Control System D. Isolating Instrument Air to the Atmospheric Vent Valves to allow manual operation Answer: D Explanation/Justification:

A. Incorrect - Overcooling event is not in progress because SFRCS Isolation Trip was manually actuated in Immediate Action 3.2. SFRCS Isolation Trip closes the MSIVs MS101 and MS100 which prevents an Overcooling event due to Main Turbine failure to trip. See DB-OP-02508 R16 Control Room Evacuation step 3.2 and DB-OP-02000 R27 Table 1. Immediate Actions were performed per the stem. Plausible because BOP RO trips turbine per step 2 of Attachment 4 since Supplementary Actions were not completed prior to evacuation.

B. Incorrect - Reactor is shut down in Immediate Action 3.1. Plausible because the BOP RO opens CRD breakers if the Immediate Actions were NOT performed. See DB-OP-02508 R16 Control Room Evacuation Attachment 4 step 1.1.

C. Incorrect - SFRCS initiation is an Immediate Action. See DB-OP-02508 R16 Control Room Evacuation step 3.2. Plausible because BOP RO would trip both feedpumps if Immediate Actions had NOT been performed.

D. Correct - See DB-OP-02508 R16 Control Room Evacuation Attachment 4 step 3.0.

Sys # System Category KA Statement N/A N/A Generic Knowledge of RO tasks performed outside the main control room during an emergency and the resultant operational effects K/A# 2.4.34 K/A Importance 4.2 Exam Level RO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

DB-OP-02508 R16 Control Room Evacuation Attachment 4 step 3.0.

Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: High - Comprehension 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.10 / 43.5 /

45.13)

Objective: OPS-GOP-108-03K

(SRO ONLY)

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

76. The plant is operating at 100% power.
  • Makeup Pump 2 is operating.

The following annunciators are received:

  • (2-2-C) MU TK LVL LO
  • (4-2-E) PZR LVL LO The following conditions are noted:
  • MU Pump 2 Discharge Pressure PI MU25B is 1700 psig.
  • Total Seal Injection flow FI MU19 is 30 gpm and lowering.
  • Seal Injection Flow Control Valve MU19 demand is 80% and rising.
  • Makeup Flow Control Valve MU32 demand is 100%.
  • ECCS ROOM 2 SUMP PUMP RUNNING lights IL4621A and IL4621B are lit.

Based on these indications, which DB-OP-02522, Small RCS Leaks attachment and action requires implementation NEXT to mitigate this event?

A. Perform Attachment 6, Isolation of Leaks in the Makeup System.

B. Perform Attachment 11, Use of the Makeup Alternate Injection Line.

C. Perform Attachment 5, Isolation of Leaks in the Letdown System.

D. Perform Attachment 8, Isolation of Leaks in the Seal Injection Header.

Answer: A Explanation/Justification: Meets the requirements of the SRO only white paper Section II .E page 7 first bullet. SRO is required to assess plant conditions and select the appropriate attachment to address mitigating the leak. The SRO must be familiar with the procedure actions and implementation priority to select the attachment to perform and have an understanding of the actions contained in the procedure.

A. Correct - Per DB-OP-02522, Small RCS Leaks, Attachment 4, the key indication is the lower than normal Makeup Pump Discharge Pressure which is less than 2200 psig which directs performance of Attachment 6.

B. Incorrect - Leak is in the Makeup System which is mitigated using Attachment 6. Attachment 6 is performed before Attachment 11. Attachment 11 is not directed to be performed until step 7 of Attachment 6. Plausible since isolation of MU32 may stop the leak and placing the alternate injection line in service may provide makeup but the first action is to stop the leak by stopping makeup flow C. Incorrect - Leak is in the Makeup System which is mitigated using Attachment 6. Plausible because a letdown leak would cause 2-2-C alarm.

D. Incorrect - Leak is in the Makeup System which is mitigated using Attachment 6. Leak in seal injection header would be indicated by closure of MU19, not opening. Plausible since a leak in the Seal injection system would cause abnormal flow and demand indications.

Sys # System Category KA Statement 000022 Loss of Reactor AA2 Ability to determine and interpret the following as they Whether charging line leak exists Coolant Makeup apply to the Loss of Reactor Coolant Makeup:

K/A# AA2.01 K/A Importance 3.8 Exam Level SRO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

DB-OP-02522 R13 Small RCS Leaks Attachments 4 and 6; OS-0002 sheet 3 R33.

Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: High 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR 43.5/ 45.13)

Objective:

(SRO ONLY)

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

77. The Plant is in Mode 6 with a Refueling Outage is in progress. RCS Level is at 80 inches, following Reactor Head Removal. Decay Heat Removal Train 2 is in service. Both SG primary side manways are removed to vent the reactor coolant system.

The following events occur:

  • All Offsite Power is Lost
  • EDG 1 does not start and cannot be manually started.
  • The SBODG cannot be started.

The following annunciator alarm is received:

  • (1-3-H) BUS D1 LOCKOUT Which of the following DB-OP-02527, Loss of Decay Heat Removal Action and Attachment must be performed to mitigate this event?

A. Start #1 DHR Pump to provide core cooling per Attachment 1, Starting Decay Heat Pump 1.

B. Restart #2 DHR Pump to provide core cooling per Attachment 2, Starting Decay Heat Pump 2.

C. Start either train of Auxiliary Feedwater and establish Steam Generator Heat Transfer per Attachment 3, Establish Steam Generator Heat Transfer.

D. Align the BWST to provide injection flow to the RCS to establish Feed and Bleed cooling per Attachment 10: Using Gravity Drain of the BWST to the RCS.

Answer: D Explanation/Justification: Meets the requirements of the SRO only white paper Section II .E page 7 first bullet. SRO is required to have knowledge of the content of the procedure Attachments and be able to diagnose the plant configuration based upon the equipment status stated in the stem. The SRO must analyze the status of the electrical power supplies select the available strategy to mitigate the loss of RHR.

A. Incorrect - Plausible because at reduce inventory, DHR Pump 1 is maintained in standby to provide core cooling. In this scenario, C1 bus will not be energized and placing #1 DHR Pump in service is not possible based on no power available.

B. Incorrect - Plausible because on a loss of off-site power, #2 EDG Auto starts to restore power to D1. As a result, the operator only has to restart DHR Train 2 to provide Core Cooling. In this scenario, D1 is locked out and cannot be repowered.

C. Incorrect - Plausible because with different operating conditions, establishing SG heat transfer is the preferred heat removal mode during loss of Decay Heat Removal.. In this condition with the SG Manways removed, SG Heat Transfer is not possible.

D. Correct - Given the Plant Conditions, no electrical power will be available to provide inventory to the Reactor Coolant System. Feed and Bleed will be established using gravity drain of the BWST and venting the steam from the RCS with the SG Manways.

Sys # System Category KA Statement 000025 Loss of RHR Generic Knowledge of low power/shutdown implications in System accident (e.g., loss of coolant accident or loss of residual heat removal) mitigation strategies K/A# 2.4.9 K/A Importance 4.2 Exam Level SRO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

DB-OP-02527 R19 Loss of Decay Heat Removal step 4.1.7 RNO and Attachment 3 step 3.

Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: High 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.10 / 43.5 / 45.13)

Objective:

(SRO ONLY)

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

78. QUESTION DELETED The plant is operating at 100 percent power.

The following conditions are noted:

  • PRSRC2B Reactor Coolant (RC) Pressure Loop 1 is 2090 psig and slowly lowering.
  • PRSRC2A2 RC Pressure Loop 2 is 2090 psig and slowly lowering.
  • All Pressurizer Heater Banks are ON.
  • FI MU34 Makeup (MU) Flow Train 2 indicates 25 gpm.

Which of the following describes:

(1) the correct section of DB-OP-02513 Pressurizer System Abnormal Operation to implement? and (2) the action to implement if the initial mitigation actions are NOT successful?

A. (1) Pressurizer Spray Valve RC 2 Failed Open (2) Evaluate for continued operation per NOP-OP-1010 Operational Decision Making B. (1) Pressurizer Spray Valve RC 2 Failed Open (2) Initiate shutdown per DB-OP-02504 Rapid Shutdown C. (1) Pressurizer Vapor Space Leak (2) Evaluate for continued operation per NOP-OP-1010 Operational Decision Making D. (1) Pressurizer Vapor Space Leak (2) Initiate shutdown per DB-OP-02504 Rapid Shutdown Answer: B Explanation/Justification: Meets the requirements of the SRO only white paper Section II .E page 7 second bullet. SRO is required to have knowledge of the content of the procedure action and mitigation strategies. Requires selection of appropriate abnormal procedure and knowledge of decision point in the body of the procedure. The SRO must diagnose the plant response to the failed equipment and select the correct procedural actions. The SRO is required to understand the actions of the procedure and alternate actions if they are not successful. The plant power will have to be reduced to secure the RCP with the affected valve.

A. Incorrect - Decision point at step 4.2.1.b requires power reduction and RCP stop. Part 1 is correct. NOP-OP-1010 plausible for evaluation of continued operation with the spray block valve closed if RCS pressure was stable, but power reduction for RCP stop required because RCS pressure is still lowering.

B. Correct - 25 gpm is normal MU flow value. The spray valve failure does not affect MU flow. See DB-OP-02513 R11 PZR System Abnormal Operation step 2.2.3. Decision point at step 4.2.1 requires power reduction and RCP stop - all PZR heaters are already ON with RCS pressure lowering per the stem and isolation attempts have failed.

C. Incorrect - PZR level rises per DB-OP-02513 step 2.7.1, so MU flow would lower to 12 gpm which is MU32 bypass value when MU32 is closed (minimum 10 gpm per DB-OP-06006 R35 step 2.2.40). Plausible because RCS pressure lowering and all heaters ON are consistent with vapor space leak. NOP-OP-1010 plausible for continued operation with leak to containment per step 4.7.5.

D. Incorrect - PZR level rises per DB-OP-02513 step 2.7.1, so MU flow would lower to 12 gpm MU32 bypass value when MU32 closed. Plausible because RCS pressure lowering and all heaters ON are consistent with vapor space leak. Part 2 correct since RCS pressure is slowly lowering in the stem, rapid shutdown per step 4.7.1.

Sys # System Category KA Statement 000027 Pressurizer AA2 Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to Makeup flow indication Pressure the Pressurizer Pressure Control Malfunctions:

Control System (PZR PCS)

Malfunction K/A# AA2.07 K/A Importance 3.1 Exam Level SRO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

DB-OP-02513 R11 PZR System Abnormal Operation steps 2.2.3, 2.7.1, and 4.2.1 RNO Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: High 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 43.5 / 45.13)

Objective:

(SRO ONLY)

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

79. The plant is operating at 100% power.

The breaker for MS107 Steam Generator 2 to Auxiliary Feed Pump Turbine 2 trips open and cannot be reset.

Which of the following describes the required action?

The __(1)__ Limiting Condition for Operation must be restored within __(2)__.

A. (1) Steam and Feed Rupture Control System Actuation Logic (2) 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> B. (1) Emergency Feedwater System (2) 7 days C. (1) Steam and Feed Rupture Control System Actuation Logic (2) 7 days D. (1) Emergency Feedwater System (2) 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> Answer: B Explanation/Justification: Meets the requirements of the SRO only white paper Section II .B page 7 first and third bullet. SRO is required to have knowledge of Required Actions and Surveillance Requirements for Tech Specs. The SRO must determine which TS condition is required to be entered and understand the function of SFRCS system.

A. Incorrect - SFRCS Actuation Logic LCO 3.3.13 does not apply because the actuation channel terminates at the output relays. See B 3.3.13.

Plausible because Main Steam Valve Control function is degraded. 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> is correct time for 3.3.13 Condition A.

B. Correct - EFW LCO 3.7.5 Condition A applies because each AFW Pump requires operable redundant steam supplies from each SG. See B 3.7.5. Completion time is 7 days.

C. Incorrect - SFRCS Actuation Logic LCO 3.3.13 does not apply because the actuation channel terminates at the output relays. See B 3.3.13. 7 days is correct Completion Time for the correct LCO.

D. Incorrect - EFW LCO 3.7.5 Condition A Completion Time is 7 days. EFW is the correct LCO. Plausible because 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> is the Completion Time for an AFW Train inoperable for a different reason.

Sys # System Category KA Statement 000040 Steam Line Generic Knowledge of system purpose and/or function Rupture K/A# 2.1.27 K/A Importance 4.0 Exam Level SRO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

LCO 3.7.5, Bases 3.7.5 Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: High - Comprehension 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.7)

Objective:

(SRO ONLY)

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

80. The plant is operating in Mode 1 at 100% power.
  • Engineering has completed review of the recently completed Battery 1P Performance Discharge Test, conducted per SR 3.8.6.6
  • The analysis shows that Battery 1P is able to produce a maximum capacity of 78% of the battery nameplate rating Which of the following describes the OPERABILITY impact, if any, on the Electrical Power Systems (Technical Specification 3.8)

A. No Electrical Power System components are INOPERABLE B. ONLY Battery 1P is INOPERABLE C. ONLY Battery 1P AND DC Train 1 are INOPERABLE D. Battery 1P AND DC Train 1 AND Inverter YV1 are INOPERABLE Answer: D Explanation/Justification: Meets the requirements of the SRO only white paper Section II .B page 3 third bullet. SRO is required to know the battery nameplate rating from the TS bases and that both TS for the Battery and DC sources are applicable based upon information from the TS bases.

A. Incorrect - Plausible if the candidate does not recognize that 78% is less than the minimum percent of nameplate capacity. This minimum name plate capacity is provided in the Bases for TS 3.8.4.

B. Incorrect - Plausible because TS 3.8.6 SR 3.8.6.6 failure results in Battery Inoperable if capacity test is less than 80% but the battery is also required for the DC Train and the Inverter per Tech Spec bases 3.8.4 and 3.8.7 C. Incorrect - Plausible because TS 3.8.6 SR 3.8.6.6 failure results in Battery Inoperable if capacity test is less than 80% and the Battery is required for Operability per TS Bases 3.8.4 but the battery is also required for the Inverter per Tech Spec bases 3.8.7 D. Correct - Failing SR 3.8.6 requires entering TS 3.8.6 and declaring the Battery Inoperable. TS 3.8.4 Bases specifies An OPERABLE DC electrical power source requires two batteries and one charger per battery to be operating and connected to the associated DC bus. TS Bases 3.8.7 specifies an Operable Inverter requires power input from a 125 VDC station Inverter and Battery 1P supplies Inverter YV1 Sys # System Category KA Statement 000058 Loss of DC Generic Ability to apply Technical Specifications for a Power system K/A# 2.2.40 K/A Importance 4.7 Exam Level SRO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

Bases TS 3.8.4 and 3.8.6 Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: High 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.10 / 43.2 / 43.5 /

45.3)

Objective:

(SRO ONLY)

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

81. While operating at 100% power, a reactor trip occurs due to a loss of all Main Feedwater. The post trip review performed in accordance with DB-OP-06910, Trip Recovery determined the peak RCS Pressure reached during the event was 2775 psig.

The plant is currently in Mode 3, at Normal operating temperature and pressure. The Motor Driven Feedwater Pump is in service in the Main Feedwater Mode.

Which of the following requirements, if any, must be met prior to restarting the reactor?

References provided A. No action is required. The RCS did not exceed the hydrostatic test pressure of 125% of design pressure.

B. Replace the Pressurizer Code Safety Valves in accordance with DB-MM-09001, Pressurizer Code Relief Valve Maintenance.

C. Request a fracture mechanics evaluation of the reactor vessel material AND evaluate compliance with TS 3.4.3, RCS Pressure and Temperature (P/T) Limits D. The Corrective Action Review Board (CARB) must review the DB-OP-06910, Trip Recovery, Attachment 6, Post Trip Review prior to restart.

Answer: C Explanation/Justification: Meets the requirements of the SRO only white paper Section II B page 3 first bullet. SRO is required to know the design pressure and administrative limitations of the RCS and actions required if the limits are exceeded. The administrative requirements are SRO only knowledge.

A. Incorrect - Plausible - while the RCS did not exceed the hydrostatic test pressure (design time 1.25 = 3125 psig), this does not preclude performing the DB-OP-06910, Trip Recovery required actions for exceeding a safety limit of 2750 psig.

B. Incorrect - Plausible because the Safety valves must be removed and inspected but not replaced however the first part is incorrect C. Correct per Step 4.3 of Attachment 6 of DB-OP-06910, Trip Recovery.

D. Incorrect - Plausible because this event would lead to a Root Cause investigation and investigation at that level are reviewed by the CARB, but this review is not a specific requirement for restart following exceeding a Safety Limit and because a review is required by the Plant Operations Review Committee (PORC)

Sys # System Category KA Statement BW/E10 Post-Trip EA2 Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to Adherence to appropriate procedures and Stabilization the (Post-Trip Stabilization): operation within the limitations in the facilitys license and amendments K/A# EA2.2 K/A Importance 4.0 Exam Level SRO References provided to Candidate DB-OP-06910, Trip Technical

References:

DB-OP-06910, Trip Recovery Attachment 6, DB-Recovery Attachment 6 PF-06703 CC1.3 (pages 13-14)

Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: Low 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 43.5, 45.13)

Objective:

(SRO ONLY)

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

82. The Miscellaneous Waste Monitor Tank (MWMT) has been aligned to transfer the contents of the MWMT to the Miscellaneous Waste Drain Tank (MWDT) for further processing to reduce radioactivity levels in accordance with DB-OP-06111, Miscellaneous Waste Liquid Waste System Section 4.5, Transferring the Contents of the MWMT to the MWDT.

Once the transfer is started, the following conditions are noted:

  • Miscellaneous Radwaste System Outlet RI 1878A1 and B1 High Alarm lights are lit
  • Station Effluent Indicator RI 8433 indications have not changed
  • Radiation Control Monitor (RCM) RE 8433 Low Flow light is lit.
  • Computer alarm Z670 MISC WST SYS OUT VLVS NC Based on these indications, which of the following actions, if any, are required?

A. Continue the transfer. These indications are consistent with the proper transfer of high activity liquid from the MWMT to the MWDT.

B. Continue the transfer. Refer to RA-EP-02861, Radiological Incidents to have Radiation Protection take additional surveys as required for radiation monitors in alarm.

C. Stop the transfer per DB-OP-03011 Radioactive Liquid Batch Release Attachment 22 Response to a RE Warn or High Alarm. An accidental release was NOT in progress.

D. Stop the transfer and restore the valve lineup per DB-OP-06111 Section 4.5. An accidental release was in progress.

Answer: D Explanation/Justification: Meets the requirements of the SRO only white paper Section II .D page 6 second bullet. The SRO must diagnose the event in progress based upon indications, then select the appropriate procedure to mitigate the event. They must determine that an accidental release was in progress based upon indications provided.

A. Incorrect - Plausible because Radiation Element RE1778A and B are in the recirc flowpath for the MWMT Pump used for this evolution, but not in the flowpath for transferring MWMT contents to the MWDT.

B. Incorrect - Plausible because Radiation Element RE1778A and B are in the recirc flowpath for the MWMT Pump used for this evolution, but not in the flowpath for transferring MWMT contents to the MWDT. RA-EP-02861, is used to respond to high radiation levels.

C. Incorrect - Attachment 22 of DB-OP-03011 only adjusts RE setpoints or release flow rate in response to an alarm. It does not stop the MWMT Pump or reposition any valves. Plausible because RE1778A&B are not in the transfer flowpath so transfer must be stopped and Attachment 22 title looks like it would do that. No release plausible for candidate missing the low sample flow condition on RE8443.

D. Correct - The flowpath for the transfer does not use RE1878A/B, so valves are misaligned and the transfer must be stopped. DB-OP-06111 Section 4.5 stops the MWMT Pump and closes the MWMT outlet valve WM1855 which stops the release. The computer alarm indicates a flowpath to the collection box exists. The misleading stable indication on RE 8433 is due to loss of sample flow.

Sys # System Category KA Statement 000059 Accidental AA2 Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to Failure modes, their symptoms, and the causes of Liquid the Accidental Liquid Radwaste Release: misleading indications on a radioactive-liquid Radwaste monitor Release K/A# AA2.03 K/A Importance 3.6 Exam Level SRO References provided to Candidate Technical

References:

DB-OP-06111, OS -29 Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: High 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 43.5 / 45.13)

Objective:

(SRO ONLY)

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

83. The plant was operating at 100 percent power with Component Cooling Water (CCW) Pump 1 in operation when a Loss of Offsite Power occurs.

Both Emergency Diesel Generators (EDGs) are supplying their respective emergency buses.

The following annunciators are subsequently received:

  • 1-4-H BUS D1 VOLTAGE
  • 9-1-F INST AIR HDR PRESS LO
  • 11-1-B CCW HX 1 OUTLET TEMP HI Which of the following requires implementation to correct the highest priority condition?

A. DB-OP-02528 Instrument Air System Malfunctions B. DB-OP-02523 Component Cooling Water System Malfunctions C. DB-OP-02000 Attachment 6 Reenergization of Buses D2, F7, and MCC F71 D. DB-OP-02000 Attachment 28 Restore Power to C1 or D1 Bus from the SBODG Answer: C Explanation/Justification: Meets the requirements of the SRO only white paper Section II .E page 7 first bullet. SRO is required to have knowledge of the content of the alarm response procedures. The SRO must diagnose the plant response to the failed equipment and select the correct procedural actions. Specific knowledge of the annunciator input is required to differentiate the procedure selection and priority.

A. Incorrect - DB-OP-02000 is a higher priority. Plausible because 9-1-F is in alarm.

B. Incorrect - DB-OP-02000 is a higher priority. Plausible because 11-1-B is in alarm and EDG cooling is addressed by DB-OP-02000 Specific Rule 6.

C. Correct - DB-OP-02000 Attachment 6 addresses restoration of instrument air pressure, which is the highest priority. DB-OP-02000 Specific Rule 4.2 references Attachment 3. Attachment 3 step C.1 directs the performance of Attachment 6 if Instrument Air is not available.

D. Incorrect - Attachment 28 is directed to be performed if both C1 and D1 remain de-energized. See Specific Rule 6.2. Attachment 28 is written for both EDG breakers open, so it will not correct the problem with EDG 1 since both buses are already energized by the EDGs. Plausible because 1-4-H is in alarm and for misconception of proper Attachment 28 application.

Sys # System Category KA Statement BW/A05 Emergency Generic Ability to prioritize and interpret the significance of Diesel each annunciator or alarm Actuation K/A# 2.4.45 K/A Importance 4.3 Exam Level SRO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

DB-OP-02000 R27 Specific Rule 4.2, Attachments 3 and 6 Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: High 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.10 / 43.5 / 45.3 /

45.12)

Objective:

(SRO ONLY)

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

84. Plant conditions:
  • Refueling operations in progress The following event occurs:
  • A Spent Fuel assembly has just been transferred from the Spent Fuel Pool
  • Main FH Bridge Operator reports assembly at full up in mast over basket
  • Main FH Bridge Operator reports lowering Refueling Canal Water level
  • 3-1-A, REFUELING CANAL LVL alarms in the Control Room
  • 4-3-A CTMT NORM SUMP LVL HI alarms in the Control Room
  • An Operator reports water spilling from SG1 lower manway Which of the following identifies the actions that should be initiated FIRST based on these conditions and what procedure will direct these actions??

A. Maintain Refueling Canal level in accordance with DB-OP-06203, Fill, Drain and Purification of the Refueling Canal B. Maintain Refueling Canal level in accordance with DB-OP-02527, Loss of Decay Heat Removal C. Lower assembly back into the basket and lower the basket in accordance with DB-OP-00030, Fuel Handling Operations D. Lower assembly into the Refueling Canal Racks in accordance with DB-NE-06101, Fuel/Control Component Shuffle Answer: C Explanation/Justification: Meets the requirements of the SRO only white paper Section II .E page 7 third bullet. The SRO is required to know the specific procedure details as to the action to take when Refueling Canal Level is lowering and selecting which procedure provides this direction A. Incorrect - plausible because DB-OP-06203, Fill, Drain and Purification of the Refueling Canal is used to fill the Refueling Canal B. Incorrect - plausible because Loss of Decay Heat Removal has a section for loss of inventory but the guidance is to place the fuel in a safe condition and does not address inventory restoration or the location of the safe condition C. Correct - DB-OP-00030 directs placing the fuel in a safe condition upon decreasing canal level and lists a lowered basket as a safe location D. Incorrect - Plausible because Refueling Canal Racks are a possible location and are addressed as a location from which fuel should be removed and not placed Sys # System Category KA Statement BW/A08 Refueling AA2 Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to Facility conditions and selection of appropriate Canal Level the (Refueling Canal Level Decrease): procedures during abnormal and emergency Decrease operations K/A# AA2.1 K/A Importance 4.0 Exam Level SRO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

DB-OP-02003, 3-1-A and DB-OP-00030 Question Source: Modified from TMI 2011 Question Cognitive Level: Low-Memory 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 43.5 / 45.13)

Objective:

(SRO ONLY)

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG 85 The plant was operating at 100% power with all components in normal alignment.

A large break Loss of Coolant Accident (LOCA) occurs.

10 minutes after the start of the LOCA the following indications are observed:

  • Low Pressure Injection (LPI) flow is 1500 gpm in each injection line
  • Borated Water Storage Tank (BWST) level is 37 feet Low Pressure Injection (LPI) Pump 1 trips.

Which of the following DB-OP-02000 attachments requires implementation at this time?

A. Attachment 11 HPI Flow Balancing B. Attachment 12 Establishing Long Term Boron Dilution using the Alternate Method C. Attachment 14 Establishing HPI Alternate Minimum Recirc Flowpath D. Attachment 22 Cross Connect LPI Pump Discharge Answer: D Explanation/Justification: Meets the requirements of the SRO only white paper Section II .E page 7 first bullet. SRO is required to have knowledge of the content of the post EOP attachments. The SRO must determine RCS drain rate and status of the available equipment, then select the correct attachment to implement.

A. Incorrect - Plausible for misconception of piggybacked HPI Pump 1 lost along with LPI Pump 1.

B. Incorrect - Attachment 12 is performed after swap to sump. See DB-OP-02000 step 10.17. Plausible because this would be the correct method for establishing long term boron dilution.

C. Incorrect - Attachment 14 would be performed if BWST level was lowering at < 2 ft/hr. See DB-OP-02000 step 10.12 RNO 3. BWST has lowered from 40 feet to 37 feet over 10 minutes for a rate of 18 ft/hr. Loss of LPI Pump 1 still puts rate > 9 ft/hr. Plausible because HPI would have to remain in service after the swap to sump unless Attachment 22 is performed and 1350 gpm flow is maintained in both LPI lines for 20 minutes or more. See DB-OP-02000 step 10.12 and Specific Rule 3.5.1.

D. Correct - See DB-OP-02000 R27 step 10.7 RNO.

Sys # System Category KA Statement BW/E14 EOP Generic Ability to evaluate plant performance and make Enclosures operational judgments based on operating characteristics, reactor behavior, and instrument interpretation K/A# 2.1.7 K/A Importance 4.7 Exam Level SRO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

DB-OP-02000 R27 step 10.7 Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: High 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.5 / 43.5 / 45.12 /

45.13)

Objective:

(SRO ONLY)

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

86. The plant is at 100% power with all systems in a normal alignment with the exception of #1 MU Pump which is out of service for planned maintenance A Reactor Trip occurs. Subcooling Margin is lost.

The ATC Reactor Operator reports DB-OP-02000, RPS, SFAS, SFRCS Trip or SG Tube Rupture, Attachment 8, Place HPI, LPI, MU in Service has been completed with no deficiencies. The Reactor Operator later reports Makeup Tank level is 86 inches and slowly rising.

Based on these indications, which Section of DB-OP-02000 Attachment 13 requires implementation to mitigate the rising MU Tank Level?

A. Transferring MU Pump Recirculation to the BWST.

B. Diverting Letdown to the Clean Waste Receiver Tank.

C. Transferring MU Pump Suctions to the BWST.

D. Placing the MU Alternate Injection Line in Service.

Answer: A Explanation/Justification: Meets the requirements of the SRO only white paper Section II .E page 7 second bullet. SRO is required to have knowledge of the content of the EOP Attachment procedures. The SRO must determine the plant configuration based procedure guidance with the loss of subcooling. Then the SRO must have detailed procedure knowledge of Attachment 13 subsections.

A. Correct - With a loss of Subcooled Margin, MU Pump Suctions are locked on the BWST per Attachment 8, with the recirculation flowpath still aligned to the MU Tank. This caused MU tank level to rise. Transferring recirculation flow to the BWST will terminate the increase.

B. Incorrect - Plausible because in a normal alignment, diverting Letdown to the CWRT will reduce MU Tank Level, however Letdown is isolation per SFAS actuation and Attachment 8. Transferring Letdown to the CWRT will not affect MU Tank Level.

C. Incorrect - Plausible because in a normal alignment, transferring MU suctions to the BWST will lead to an auto transfer back to the MU tank at 86 inches, however, per Attachment 8 with a loss of SCM, MU Pump Suctions are Locked on the BWST preventing this auto transfer.

D. Incorrect - Plausible because in a normal alignment, placing the Alternate Injection Line in service would increase MU Flow and cause MU Tank Level to lower, however Attachment 8 places the Alternate Injection Line in service only when 2 MU Pumps are available. Performing this action would result in two injection lines on a single MU Pump which is not allowed.

Sys # System Category KA Statement 004 Chemical and Generic Ability to interpret control room indications to Volume verify the status and operation of a system, and Control understand how operator actions and directives System affect plant and system conditions.

(CVCS)

K/A# 2.2.44 K/A Importance 4.4 Exam Level SRO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

DB-OP-02000 Attachment 8 (pages 318 and 320)

Attachment 13 (pages 341 and 342)

Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: High 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.5 / 43.5 / 45.12)

Objective:

(SRO ONLY)

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

87. Plant conditions:
  • Decay Heat Pump 2 is in service
  • The Motor Driven Feedpump and Startup Feed Pump are available
  • SG secondary side fill to wet layup is in progress
  • SG 1 Full Range level is 645 inches
  • SG 2 Startup Range level indicates 10 inches
  • Decay Heat Pump 2 trips on overcurrent
  • Decay Heat Pump 1 is placed in service on the RCS (1) Are Two Loops OPERABLE to comply with Tech Spec 3.4.7 RCS Loops - Mode 5, Loops Filled and, (2) if not, which action would ensure compliance?

A. (1) Two Loops are NOT OPERABLE.

(2) Drain SG1 to 620 inches Full Range in accordance with DB-OP-06230, Steam Generator Secondary Side Fill, Drain and Layup Procedure B. (1) Two Loops are NOT OPERABLE.

(2) Fill SG 2 to 16 inches on the Startup Range in accordance with DB-OP-06226, Startup Feed Pump Operating Procedure C. (1) Two Loops are NOT OPERABLE.

(2) Place EDG 1 in standby in accordance with DB-OP-06316, Diesel Generator Operating Procedure D. (1) Two RCS Loops are OPERABLE.

(2) No action is required.

Answer: A Explanation/Justification: Meets the requirements of the SRO only white paper Section II .E page 7 first bullet and II.B Page 3 third bullet. SRO is required to have knowledge of the content of the procedures. Specifically the SRO must evaluate the plant status and determine which procedure to implement to meet the TS Operability requirements for RCS loops. Detailed knowledge of the bases information is required to select the correct procedure actions.

A. Correct -. This is correct Per Tech Spec Bases 3.4.7 the steam generator maximum level must be maintained low enough such that the steam generator remains capable of heat removal by maintaining a steam flow path (i.e., 625 inches full range level). DHR 1 does not require an emergency power source to be considered operable. Per Tech Spec Bases 3.4.7, DHR pumps are OPERABLE if they are capable of being powered and are able to provide flow if required.

B. Incorrect - Plausible because 16 inches is the cutoff for indication of a dry SG per DB-OP-02000. This would not make RCS Loop 1 OPERABLE:

Per Tech Spec Bases 3.4.7, An OPERABLE SG requires 35 inches of secondary side water level above the lower tube sheet. DB-OP-06226 provides no direction for filling SGs.

C. Incorrect - Plausible because DHR Loop1 may be considered INOPERABLE due to its emergency power supply (see explanation in correct answer). RCS loops may be determined to be operable because an electric feed pump is available and water exists in the SGs. Per TS Bases 3.4.7 to ensure that the SGs can be used as a heat sink, an electrically driven feed pump is needed, because it is independent of steam D. Incorrect - Plausible since DHR 1 is Operable and an electric feed pump is available and water exists in the SGs. Per TS Bases 3.4.7 However, to ensure that the SGs can be used as a heat sink, an electrically driven feed pump is needed, because it is independent of steam

(SRO ONLY)

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG Sys # System Category KA Statement 005 Residual A2 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or RHR pump/motor malfunction Heat operations on the RHRS, and (b) based on those predictions, use Removal procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those System malfunctions or operations:

(RHRS)

K/A# A2.03 K/A Importance 3.1 Exam Level SRO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

TS 3.4.7 Bases page 3.4.7-3, DB-OP-06230, pg 2 Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: High-Comprehension 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.5 / 43.5 / 45.3 /

45.13)

Objective:

(SRO ONLY)

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

88. SR 3.3.5.2, SFAS Channel 1 Monthly Functional is scheduled to be performed.
  • Various SFAS Channel 1 parameters will be INOPERABLE during this test.
  • The Test is scheduled for 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br />.

Which of the following statements describes how Technical Specification 3.3.5 will be applied during this test?

Entry into associated Conditions and Required Actions_____________

A. will be required during the performance of this test unless compliance will cause undesired actuation of safety system components B. may be delayed for up to 8 hours9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br />, provided two other channels of the same SFAS instrumentation Parameter are OPERABLE C. will not be required since SFAS Channel 1 is required to be restored to OPERABLE status at least once per hour during the performance of the test D. may be delayed indefinitely provided all three of the remaining channels of the same SFAS instrumentation Parameter are OPERABLE Answer: B Explanation/Justification: Meets the requirements of the SRO only white paper Section II .B page 3 first bullet. SRO is required to have knowledge of the system limits. The SRO is required to know that the entry into the TS Conditions and Actions is modified by a note that allows for a time limit to perform the surveillance test.

A. Incorrect - Plausible since undesired actuation of SFAS equipment could be an unintended consequence B. Correct - This is as stated in the Note to SR 3.3.5.2 and DB-SC-03110 R20 SFAS Channel 1 Functional Test L&P step 2.1.2.a.4 C. Incorrect - Plausible since no action would be required if inoperability time was less than 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> D. Incorrect - Plausible since one RPS Channel can be bypassed indefinitely implying 2 out of 3 logic is sufficient Sys # System Category KA Statement 013 Engineered Generic Ability to explain and apply system limits and Safety precautions Features Actuation System (ESFAS)

K/A# 2.1.32 K/A Importance 4.0 Exam Level SRO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

SR 3.3.5.2 page 3.3.5-3 of Tech Specs Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: High 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.10 / 43.2 / 45.12)

Objective:

(SRO ONLY)

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

89. QUESTION DELETED A Waste Gas Decay Tank release is in progress when the following occurs:
  • Alarm 7-1-C, WST GAS SYS OUT RAD HI alarms.
  • RE1822A Detector is observed to be failed high
  • RE1822B is indicating normal.

(1) What, if any, is the effect on the release of this failed detector?

(2) What actions, if any, are required to continue the release?

A. (1) Release still in progress due to the redundant instrument operating correctly (2) Continue with the release. No additional action necessary, only one detector is required.

B. (1) Release still in progress due to the redundant instrument operating correctly (2) The release can continue after at least two independent samples of the tank's content are analyzed and at least two independent verifications of the release rate calculations and discharge valve lineups are performed per the Offsite-Dose Calculation Manual.

C. (1) The release is terminated by the failed detector (2) Disable the failed detector and restart the release. No additional action necessary, only one detector is required.

D. (1) The release is terminated by the failed detector (2) Disable the failed detector. The release can continue after at least two independent samples of the tank's content are analyzed and at least two independent verifications of the release rate calculations and discharge valve lineups are performed per the Offsite-Dose Calculation Manual.

Answer: C Explanation/Justification: Meets the requirements of the SRO only white paper Section II .E page 7 third bullet. The operator is required to diagnose and predict the impact of the monitor failure on the release pathway. The SRO is also required to know the actions required for an Inoperable detector A. Incorrect - (1) Plausible because most safety and protective systems have redundant trip functions with coincidence logic (2) is correct in that only one detector is required per ODCM table 2-1 B. Incorrect - (1) Plausible because most safety and protective systems usually redundant trip functions with coincidence logic (2) is plausible because this the required action for two inoperable detectors per ODCM table 2-1 C. Correct - (1) is correct - either detector in alarm will trip close the gaseous release outlet valves (2) is correct in that only one detector is required per ODCM table 2-1 D. Incorrect - (1) either detector in alarm will trip close the gaseous release outlet valves (2) is plausible because this the required action for two inoperable detectors per ODCM table 2-1 Sys # System Category KA Statement 073 Process A2 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or Detector failure Radiation operations on the PRM system; and (b) based on those predictions, Monitoring use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of (PRM) those malfunctions or operations:

System K/A# A2.02 K/A Importance 3.2 Exam Level SRO References provided to Candidate Technical

References:

ODCM Table 3-1 page 56, OS-0030 SH2 R20 CL-1 Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: Low-Memory 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.5/43.5/45.3/45.13)

Objective:

(SRO ONLY)

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

90. The plant is operating at 100% power with Service Water Returns aligned to the Cooling Tower.

A seismic event occurs that significantly damages piping in the non-seismic portion of the Service Water System.

Which of the following procedure driven actions are required to respond to this event?

A. Align Circ Water to supply Service Water Essential Header B. Align Circ Water to supply Service Water Secondary Loads C. Align Service Water Returns to the Collection Box D. Align Service Water Returns to the Intake Forebay Answer: D Explanation/Justification: Meets the requirements of the SRO only white paper Section II .E page 7 first bullet. SRO is required to have knowledge of the content of the procedure content. The SRO must determine the plant configuration based event in progress and select the appropriate action to mitigate the loss of SWS event, which renders the system incapable of performing the design function. The SRO must have detailed knowledge of the procedure content to select the Attachment that restores the system flowpath.

A. Incorrect - Plausible because the essential loads are those that must be cooled to maintain safety functions. The Cooling Tower Return flowpath is non-seismic piping which may be pinched by the seismic event.

B. Incorrect - Plausible because the SW Piping to the Secondary loads is non-seismic piping. There are important loads such as the MDFP the candidate would prefer to have available to respond to plant events..

C. Incorrect - Plausible because the Cooling Tower Line is not seismic. If the line collapses, a loss of flowpath could exist. This alignment could restore a flowpath, but the inventory from the Ultimate Heat Sink would be lost.

D. Correct - The initial conditions has SW aligned to Cooling Tower Makeup. Following a seismic event, this alignment could lead to depletion of the Ultimate Heat sink. Action is required within 3 hours3.472222e-5 days <br />8.333333e-4 hours <br />4.960317e-6 weeks <br />1.1415e-6 months <br /> to protect the ultimate heat sink inventory.

Sys # System Category KA Statement 076 Service A2 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or Loss of SWS Water operations on the SWS; and (b) based on those predictions, use System procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those (SWS) malfunctions or operations:

K/A# A2.01 K/A Importance 3.7* Exam Level SRO References provided to Candidate Technical

References:

DB-OP-02511 R16, Loss of Service Water Pumps/System Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: High 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.5 / 43.5 / 45/3 /

45/13)

Objective:

(SRO ONLY)

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

91. The plant is in Mode 1 at 100% power following a refueling outage.

A Condition Report is received that identifies an error occurred when the Containment Purge Exhaust Valve (Inside CTMT Valve) local leak rate testing was conducted prior to entry into Mode 4. The leak rate was incorrectly calculated. The actual leakage exceeded the allowed leakage for that penetration but the leak rate does not exceed the overall containment leakage rate acceptance criteria.

Which of the following Technical Specification actions are required?

A. No action required because the isolation valve leakage does not exceed the overall containment leakage rate acceptance criteria.

B. No action is required because the penetration flow path remains isolated by the Purge Exhaust Valve (Outside CTMT Valve) which is already de-activated in the closed position.

C. Enter TS 3.6.1 Containment and be in Mode 3 within 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br /> and Mode 5 within 36 hours4.166667e-4 days <br />0.01 hours <br />5.952381e-5 weeks <br />1.3698e-5 months <br /> to allow repair/testing of the affected valve.

D. Enter TS 3.6.3 Containment Isolation Valves and verify the affected penetration is isolated within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> and once per 31 days thereafter.

Answer: D Explanation/Justification: Meets the requirements of the SRO only white paper Section II B page 3 first bullet. The SRO must evaluate the TS impact of the valve that exceeds the allowable leak rate and the impact on overall CNMT operability. The TS action per the surveillance is SRO knowledge. The SRO must know that the TS is applicable in Mode 4 and the actions required.

A. Incorrect - Plausible because the overall CTMT leak rate is still met, therefore the expected leakage following a design bases event would be less than the assumed leakage in the calculations that estimate off-site dose impact of an event.

B. Incorrect - Plausible because the conditions stated are true, an operable closed valve remains in the flowpath.

C. Incorrect - Plausible because per TS 3.6.3, the use of administrative controls to unisolate the penetration for testing is not permitted requiring a return to Mode 5 for repair/testing.

D. Correct - Leakage in excess of allowed requires entry into 3.6.3 Condition D, but with overall CTMT leakage less than acceptance criteria entry into TS 3.6.1 is not required.

Sys # System Category KA Statement 029 Containment Generic Knowledge of the bases in Technical Purge Specifications for limiting conditions for operations and safety limits K/A# 2.2.25 K/A Importance 4.2 Exam Level SRO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

TS 3.6.3 Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: High 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.5 / 41.7 / 43.2)

Objective:

(SRO ONLY)

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

92. The plant is in Mode 1 at 100% power.

The following annunciators alarm:

  • 13-2-B CNDS PMP DISCH HDR PRESS
  • 13-4-B HP CNDSR HOTWELL LVL LO
  • 13-4-C DEAR STRG TK 1 LVL
  • 13-4-D DEAR STRG TK 2 LVL
  • 15-3-F CNDSR PIT FLOODED Based on these indications, which of the following describes the effect on the Condensate System and the procedures to implement for this failure?

The Condensate Pump motors __(1)__. Implement DB-OP-02000 RPS, SFAS, SFRCS Trip or SG Tube Rupture and transition to __(2)__.

A. (1) trip on low hotwell level (2) DB-OP-06910 Trip Recovery Section 4.0 Recovery from Reactor Trip and SFRCS Actuation B. (1) trip on low hotwell level (2) DB-OP-06903 Plant Cooldown Section 3.0 Cooldown of the NSSS from HOT STANDBY (MODE 3)

Condition.

C. (1) become submerged and fault (2) DB-OP-06910 Trip Recovery Section 4.0 Recovery from Reactor Trip and SFRCS Actuation D. (1) become submerged and fault (2) DB-OP-06903 Plant Cooldown Section 3.0 Cooldown of the NSSS from HOT STANDBY (MODE 3)

Condition Answer: A Explanation/Justification: Meets the requirements of the SRO only white paper Section II .E page 7 second bullet. SRO is required to have knowledge of the content of the procedures and actions taken based upon conditions of the plant. The SRO must evaluate the potential water level that could result from the flooding of the condensate pumps and the interlocks associated with the pumps. Requires detailed knowledge of the procedure routing following the reactor trip.

A. Correct - Malfunction is condensate header rupture. Condensate Pumps trip on low hotwell level of 24 inches - see OS-0010 sheet 3 R15 CL-5.

Spilled liquid in Turbine Building ends up in condenser pit and actuates automatic trip of Circ Pumps at 2.5 feet - see DB-OP-06272 R24 Station Drainage and Discharge System Attachment 3 pages 70 & 74 and OS-0016A R36. Loss of Circ Pumps results in loss of vacuum and automatic trip of Main Feedwater Pumps - see DB-OP-02518 R6 High Condenser Pressure page 22 last paragraph. MFW Pump trips causes SFRCS Isolation Trip on reverse Feedwater dP - see OS-0012A sheet 2 R32 CL12 and DB-OP-02000 Table 1. DB-OP-02000 R27 step 4.23 provides routing to DB-OP-06910. DB-OP-06910 R26 step 3.1.1 provides routing to Section 4.0.

B. Incorrect - DB-OP-02000 R27 step 4.23 provides routing to DB-OP-06910. Part 1 is correct. Plausible because a plant cooldown would be required to fix the condensate header rupture.

C. Incorrect - Condensate Pumps trip on low hotwell level of 24 inches. Part 2 is correct. Plausible because this is the result for condenser pit flooding from Circ Water without low hotwell level - see DB-OP-02517 R6 Circulating Water System Malfunctions Background Information for Large Leak/Rupture page 61. Even if condensate pump motors did become submerged, they were de-energized when low hotwell level opened their breakers.

D. Incorrect - Condensate Pumps trip on low hotwell level of 24 inches; DB-OP-02000 R27 step 4.23 provides routing to DB-OP-06910. Plausible for condenser pit flooding from Circ Water without low hotwell level and because a plant cooldown would be required to fix the condensate header rupture.

(SRO ONLY)

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG Sys # System Category KA Statement 056 Condensate A2 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or Loss of condensate pumps operations on the Condensate System; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:

K/A# A2.04 K/A Importance 2.8* Exam Level SRO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

DB-OP-02518 page 22, OS-0010 CL-5 and DB-OP-02000 supplemental step 4.23 Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: High 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.5 / 43.5 / 45.3 /

45.13)

Objective:

(SRO ONLY)

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

93. The plant is operating at 100% power The following event occurs:
  • SG1 Startup Level selected to ICS indicates 0 inches The following annunciators alarm:
  • 12-3-A SG 1 OPERATE LVL HI
  • 14-4-E ICS INPUT MISMATCH
  • 14-5-E ICS SG 1 ON LO LVL LIMIT (1) Select the correct PROCEDURE to be implemented to mitigate this event?

(2) What is Technical Specification BASIS for Technical Specification LCO challenged by this event?

A. (1) DB-OP-02526 Primary to Secondary Heat Transfer Upset (2) To ensure Steam generator water inventory is maintained to provide adequate primary to secondary heat transfer B. (1) DB-OP-02526 Primary to Secondary Heat Transfer Upset (2) To preserve the initial condition assumptions for the steam generator inventory used in the main steam line break (MSLB) accident analysis C. (1) DB-OP-02000 RPS, SFAS, SFRCS TRIP OR SG TUBE RUPTURE (2) To ensure Steam generator water inventory is maintained to provide adequate primary to secondary heat transfer D. (1) DB-OP-02000 RPS, SFAS, SFRCS TRIP OR SG TUBE RUPTURE (2) To preserve the initial condition assumptions for the steam generator inventory used in the main steam line break (MSLB) accident analysis Answer: B Explanation/Justification: Meets the requirements of the SRO only white paper Section II .E page 7 first bullet and II.B Page 3 third bullet. The SRO must diagnose the primary to secondary plant heat transfer event and cause and then select the appropriate mitigation procedure. The SRO is required to understand the TS bases for the LCO that is challenged by the failure.

A. Incorrect - Part 1 is correct. Part 2 is plausible because this is the TS basis for the low level limit B. Correct -Malfunction is failure of controlling Startup (SU) level low which results in SG overfeed. See M-533-00171 R10. DB-OP-02526 R4 is correct procedure. See step 2.1.4. TS Bases as listed in B 3.7.18 page B 3.7.18-1 C. Incorrect - Plausible if it is determined the Reactor has or should be tripped on low or high level. Part 2 is plausible because this is the TS basis for the low level limit D. Incorrect - Plausible if it is determined the Reactor has or should be tripped on low or high level. Part 2 is plausible because this is the TS basis for the low level limit. Part 2 is correct Sys # System Category KA Statement 035 Steam A2 Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or Pressure/level transmitter failure Generator operations on the Steam Generator System; and (b) based on those System predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the (SG/S) consequences of those malfunctions or operations:

K/A# A2.03 K/A Importance 3.6 Exam Level SRO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

DWG M-533-171-10, DB-OP-02526 page 4 and Bases B3.7.18 page B3.7.18-1 Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: High - Comprehension 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.5 / 43.5 / 45.3 / 45.5)

(SRO ONLY)

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

94. The plant is at 100% power at minimum staffing levels.

At 0200, the following events occur.

  • The At the Controls Reactor Operator (ATC RO) falls in the Control Room and is unconscious.
  • The First Aid Team requests an ambulance to transport the ATC RO to the hospital.

Which of the following actions is required in response to this event?

A. Unit Supervisor must accompany ATC RO to the hospital in the ambulance.

B. Maintain the plant in a stable condition until the next shift of operators arrives for day shift.

C. Immediately callout a Reactor Operator to return to a minimum functional shift complement.

D. Have the Safe Shutdown Equipment Operator assume the RO position to comply with the Technical Requirements Manual.

Answer: C Explanation/Justification: Meets the requirements of the SRO only white paper Section II .A page 3 third bullet. The SRO is required to know the content of the administrative procedures related to shift staffing and the Technical Specification requirements. The actions to restore shift staffing are a SRO responsibility.

A. Incorrect - Loss of an SRO would make shift manning level worse. Plausible because supervisor is notified; however, RA-EP-02000 R5 Medical Emergencies step 6.2.9 states that when on-duty manning is minimal, a Management Representative shall be called to meet the patient at the treatment facility.

B. Incorrect - Plausible because NOP-OP-1002 step 4.1.13.3 does direct maintaining stable conditions, but allowing 3-4 hours to elapse is not consistent with taking action immediately.

C. Correct - per NOP-OP-1002 (R09), Conduction of Operations Step 4.1.13.3.

D. Incorrect - Even if the SSEO was licensed, minimum manning is not met per NOP-OP-1002 R9 Conduct of Operations Attachment 4. Plausible because the TRM does not require any non-licensed operators (see TRM 10.2.1) and per NOP-OP-1002, Conduct of Operations step 4.1.13.3 if the Shift Manager becomes incapacitated, the senior on shift licensed operator assumes the Shift Manager position; however, no such provision exists for other positions.

Sys # System Category KA Statement N/A N/A Generic Knowledge of individual licensed operator responsibilities related to shift staffing, such as medical requirements, no-solo operation, maintenance of active license status, 10CFR55, etc.

K/A# 2.1.4 K/A Importance 3.8 Exam Level SRO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

NOP-OP-1002 (R09) Step 4.1.13.3 Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: Low 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.10 / 43.2)

Objective:

(SRO ONLY)

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

95. The plant is at 100% power at 200 EFPD. Rod Height is 290 Rod Index.

Reactor Coolant Pump (RCP) 1-1 develops an oil leak and must be shutdown.

Once stable, the following conditions are noted:

  • Reactor Power 72%
  • RCP 1-1 stopped
  • Axial Power Imbalance is -10%.
  • Rod Height is 260 Rod Index.

Which of the following actions, if any, are the FIRST required to comply with Technical Specifications requirements?

References provided A. No Action is required B. Verify FQ and FNH are within limits by using the Incore Detector System to obtain a power distribution map within 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> C. Reduce THERMAL POWER to 40% RTP within 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> D. Reduce THERMAL POWER to less than or equal to the THERMAL POWER allowed by the regulating rod group insertion limits within 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> Answer: B Explanation/Justification: Meets the requirements of the SRO only white paper Section II B page 3 first bullet. SRO must interpret the TS 3.2.1.

Surveillance and graph, recognizing that the plant is in the restricted region and then select the appropriate TS action for this condition.

A. Incorrect - Plausible if the candidate uses the more typical COLR Figure 2a curve, 0 to 300 +10 EFPD, Four RC Pumps--2817 MWt RTP Davis-Besse 1, Cycle 19, instead of the correct three pump curve Figure 2c.

B. Correct - The plant is in the restricted region for 3 RCPs of Figure 2c. TS 3.2.1, Regulating Rod Insertion Limits Condition A requires performance of SR 3.2.5.1 within 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br />.

C. Incorrect - This is the required action if TS 3.2.3, Axial Power Imbalance is not met which is possible for a rapid power reduction. In this case, Axial power imbalance is within the limits of TS 3.2.3 and therefore, not applicable D. Incorrect - This is the required action if TS 3.2.1 Condition A is not met which would be required 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> from the initiating event .

Sys # System Category KA Statement N/A N/A Generic Ability to interpret reference materials, such as graphs, curves, tables, etc.

K/A# 2.1.25 K/A Importance 4.2 Exam Level SRO References provided to Candidate TS Section 3.2 and COLR Technical

References:

LCO 3.2.1; COLR Figure 2c, LCO 3.2.1 Action A Core Operating Limit and SR 3.2.5.1 Report Figures 2a, 2b, 2c, 2d, 3, 4a,.4b, 4c, 4d, 4e, 4f, 4g, 4h, 4i, 4j, Tables 4, 5, 6, 7

Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: High 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.10 / 43.5 / 45.12)

Objective:

(SRO ONLY)

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

96. An overhead Annunciator Alarm in the Control Room is not operating properly.

To avoid nuisance alarms, the Operations Manager has determined that the Annunciator will be disabled by removing the affected Annunciator Point Card.

Which of the following documents must be completed to remove this point card to disable the affected annunciator alarm?

1. Annunciator System Operating Procedure
2. Work Order for point card removal
3. 50.59 Regulatory Applicability Determination (RAD) and/or Screen
4. Engineering Change Package
5. Temporary Modification Tags
6. Clearance and Tags A. 1 and 3 B. 2, 4, and 5 C. 1 and 6 D. 2, 3 and 6.

Answer: A Explanation/Justification: Meets the requirements of the SRO only white paper Section II .C page 6 third bullet. The SRO is required to know the administrative requirements for disabling annunciators. Additionally the SRO must be knowledgeable of the requirements for implementing other types of work as well to correctly identify the required documents to disable the alarm.

A. Correct. Disabling an Annunciator Window is directed using DB-OP-06411, Station Annunciator Procedure Section 4.5 which also requires a 50.59 RAD and/or Screen.

B. Incorrect - Disabling an Annunciator Window is directed using DB-OP-06411, Station Annunciator Procedure Section 4.5 which requires a 50.59 RAD and/or Screen. Plausible for another craft such as I&C or IS to perform card removal under a Work Order, pulled circuit cards may be considered Temporary Modifications per NOP-CC-2003 R19 Engineering Changes step 2.1.3, TM Tags described in NOP-CC-2003 Attachment 7.

C. Incorrect - Disabling an Annunciator Window is directed using DB-OP-06411, Station Annunciator Procedure Section 4.5 which requires a 50.59 RAD and/or Screen. A Clearance is not necessary or directed to perform this activity. Plausible to use OPS Only Clearance for equipment control per NOP-OP-1001 R21 Clearance and Tagging Program Section 4.10.

D. Incorrect - Disabling an Annunciator Window is directed using DB-OP-06411, Station Annunciator Procedure Section 4.5 which requires a 50.59 RAD and/or Screen. A Clearance is not necessary or directed to perform this activity. Plausible for another craft such as I&C or IS to perform card removal under a Work Order and Clearance.

Sys # System Category KA Statement N/A N/A Generic Knowledge of the process for making design or operating changes to the facility K/A# 2.2.5 K/A Importance 3.2 Exam Level SRO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

DB-OP-06411 Section 4.5.

Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: Low 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.10 / 43.3 / 45.13)

Objective:

(SRO ONLY)

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

97. The Plant is in Mode 5.

Based on planned maintenance, the Key Shutdown Defense in Depth for Electrical Power Availability meets the minimum number of points to be rated Yellow.

The following event occurs:

  • A Severe Thunderstorm Watch that includes Davis-Besse is issued by the National Weather Service.

Which of the following describes the impact on the Shutdown Defense In Depth indicator for the change in weather status and the maintenance controls that must be invoked?

Key Shutdown Defense in Depth for Electrical Power Availability ________________.

References provided A. remains Yellow. This indicator is not affected by the weather forecast. Continue to comply with Yellow Risk Requirements of NOP-OP-1007, Risk Management.

B. remains Yellow but would require transition to Orange if a Severe Thunderstorm Warning is issued.

Continue to comply with Yellow Risk Requirements of NOP-OP-1007, Risk Management.

C. would transition to Orange Risk. Comply with the Orange Risk Requirements of NOP-OP-1007, Risk Management.

D. would transition to Orange Risk, but require transition to Red if a Severe Thunderstorm Warning is issued. Comply with the Orange Risk Requirements of NOP-OP-1007, Risk Management.

Answer: C Explanation/Justification: Meets the requirements of the SRO only white paper Section II .E page 7 first bullet. SRO is required to have knowledge of the content of the administrative procedures and actions taken based upon conditions of the plant. Requires detailed knowledge of the procedure and evaluation of the impact on th risk level based upon changes in the weather conditions.

A. Incorrect - Per NOP-OP-1005 Checklist, issuing a Severe Watch or Warning requires a reduction of one point which would cause the indicator to go to Orange.

B. Incorrect - Per NOP-OP-1005 Checklist, issuing a Severe Watch or Warning requires a reduction of one point which would cause the indicator to go to Orange. No further upgrade would be required if a warning is later issued.

C. Correct. Per NOP-OP-1005 Checklist, issuing a Severe Watch or Warning requires a reduction of one point which would cause the indicator to go to Orange. No further upgrade would be required if a warning is later issued.

D. Incorrect Per NOP-OP-1005 Checklist, issuing a Severe Watch or Warning requires a reduction of one point which would cause the indicator to go to Orange. Reduction of another point would drive the indicator to Red. No further upgrade would be required if a warning is later issued.

Sys # System Category KA Statement N/A N/A Generic Knowledge of the process for managing maintenance activities during shutdown operations, such as risk assessments, work prioritization, etc.

K/A# 2.2.18 K/A Importance 3.9 Exam Level SRO References provided to Candidate NG-DB-00117 and Form Technical

References:

NOP-OP-1005 Checklist and NOP-OP-1005 step NOP-OP-1005-02 4.3, NG-DB-00117 attachment 2 Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: High 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.10 / 43.5 / 45.13)

Objective:

(SRO ONLY)

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

98. A seismic event has occurred.

High Radiation Alarms are received on the following:

  • RE 8426 SFP Area
  • RE 8427 SFP Area
  • RE 8417 Fuel Handling Area
  • RE 8418 Fuel Handling Area
  • RE 8425 Equipment Hatch Area Spent Fuel Pool (SFP) Level LI1600 is 9 feet and stable.

Which one of the following actions and procedures require implementation?

A. Align a Decay Heat Removal Train to provide SFP Cooling per RA-EP-02820, Earthquake.

B. Evacuate the Spent Fuel Pool Area per RA-EP-02861, Radiological Incidents.

C. Perform off-site Dose Assessment per RA-EP-02240, Off-Site Dose Assessment.

D. Implement the Severe Accident Management Guidelines for a Severe Accident in the Spent Fuel Pool.

Answer: B Explanation/Justification: Meets the requirements of the SRO only white paper Section II .D page 6 second bullet. SRO must analyze the Radiation levels based upon the alarms received and then select the appropriate procedure to implement. The SRO is required to have knowledge of the procedure content which includes evacuating the area based upon the rise in activity and the current level in the SFP.

A. Incorrect - Plausible because RA-EP-02820 R9 would apply and step 6.2.2.h suggests this action for a loss of SFP cooling; however, this action is incorrect for a large leak. Minimum level to operate DHR Pump on SFP is 12 feet per DB-OP-02547 R4 SFP Cooling Malfunctions step 4.2.8 B. Correct - A minimum of 9.5 feet of level in the SFP is required to provide adequate biological shielding. With level below 9.5 feet and multiple high radiation alarms, RA-EP-02861 should be implemented and the area should be evacuated. RA-EP-02861 entry is also directed by DB-OP-02547 R4 SFP Cooling Malfunctions step 4.2.9.

C. Incorrect - Airborne release not in progress or imminent. See RA-EP-02240 R8 Offsite Dose Assessment step 5.0 Initiating Conditions.

Plausible because the inventory lost from the SFP has gone somewhere, however, Spent Fuel remains covered and even if the SFP contents are outside the SFP area, the inventory would not leave the site without specific action to pump the marsh area.

D. Incorrect - Plausible because a Spent Fuel Pool level of 1 foot requires entry into the Severe Accident Management Guidelines. See DB-OP-02547 R4 SFP Cooling Malfunctions step 4.2.17 RNO.

Sys # System Category KA Statement N/A N/A Generic Knowledge of radiation or contamination hazards that may arise during normal, abnormal, or emergency conditions or activities K/A# 2.3.14 K/A Importance 3.8 Exam Level SRO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

DB-OP-02547 step 4.2.9 and USAR page 9.1-9.

Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: High 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.12 / 43.4 / 45.10)

Objective:

(SRO ONLY)

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG

99. The Plant is operating at 100% power when the following occurs:
  • Multiple Fire Alarms are received from Room 603, CONTROL ROOM AC EQUIPMENT ROOM, Fire Area HH
  • The Fire Brigade is dispatched in accordance with DB-OP-02529, Fire Procedure. The Fire Brigade Captain reports a significant fire is in progress and requests off-site assistance
  • The ATC Reactor Operator reports High Pressure Injection Pump 2 and Containment Spray Pump 2 have spuriously started
  • No other effects of the fire are indicated at this time Which of the following procedures should be transitioned to NEXT?

A. DB-OP-02000, RPS, SFAS, SFRCS Trip or SG Tube Rupture B. DB-OP-02501, Serious Station Fire C. DB-OP-02508, Control Room Evacuation D. DB-OP-02519, Serious Control Room Fire Answer: B Explanation/Justification: Meets the requirements of the SRO only white paper Section II .E page 7 first bullet. SRO is required to know the actions contained in the abnormal procedures. The SRO must diagnose that equipment has spuriously actuated and that the procedure rules of use govern implementation of the serious station fire procedure.

A. Incorrect. This answer is plausible because in general, the correct procedure to implement following a Reactor Trip is DB-OP-02000.

B. Correct -Spurious operation of safety related equipment requires implementation of DB-OP-02501which takes priority over DB-OP-02000. See DB-OP-01003 R14 Operations Procedure Use Instructions step 6.5.2.a.

C. Incorrect. This answer is plausible because DB-OP-02519, Serious Station Fire Attachment 20 for Fire Area HH directs use of DB-OP-02508, Control Room Evacuation if the fire in area HH affects Control Room Habitability. In addition, a fire in the Control Room AC area could introduce smoke into the Control Room.

D. Incorrect. This answer is plausible because a fire in the Control Room AC area could introduce smoke into the Control Room, however the Control Room circuits would not be involved in the fire which would require use of DB-OP-02519, Serious Control Room Fire.

Sys # System Category KA Statement N/A N/A Generic Knowledge of the organization of the operating procedures network for normal, abnormal, and emergency evolutions K/A# 2.4.5 K/A Importance 4.3 Exam Level SRO References provided to Candidate Technical

References:

DB-OP-01003 step 6.5.2, DB-OP-02501, step 2.1 page 9 and Attachment 20 page 110.

Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: High 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.10 / 43.5 / 45.13)

Objective:

(SRO ONLY)

Davis-Besse 1LOT15 NRC Written Exam AG 100 A large break Loss of Coolant Accident has occurred. An Equipment Operator is directed to perform DB-OP-02000, Attachment 7, Section 1, Action to Close Breakers for DH7A, DH7B, DH9A, DH9B, and HP31. The assigned operator reports that RE8426 and 8427, Spent Fuel Pool Area Radiation Monitors located near MCC F11B read 30 REM/hr. The operator must access F11B to complete Attachment 7.

Which one of the following Emergency Operating Procedure DB-OP-02000 Attachments should be directed to be performed based on the indicated dose rate?

A. Continue with performance of DB-OP-02000, Attachment 7, (Section 1), Transferring LPI Suctions to the Emergency Sump. Worst case conditions for the route provided have been assumed in the development of this attachment.

B. Stop DB-OP-02000 Attachment 7 and perform Attachment 11, HPI Flow Balancing instead. The indicated dose rate prevents access to MCC F11B. As a result, train 2 of HPI will be lost requiring HPI Flow Balancing.

C. Stop DB-OP-02000 Attachment 7 and perform DB-OP-02000 Attachment 14, Establishing HPI Alternate Minimum Recirc instead. The indicated dose rate prevents access to MCC F11B. As a result, the normal recirc flowpath for train 2 of HPI will be lost. The Alternate HPI recirc flowpath must be placed in service D. Stop DB-OP-02000 Attachment 7 and perform Attachment 22, Cross Connect LPI Pump Discharge instead. The indicated dose rate prevents access to MCC F11B. As a result, Train 2 of LPI will lost. LPI must be cross connected to mitigate a possible LPI line break.

Answer: A Explanation/Justification: Meets the requirements of the SRO only white paper Section II .D page 6 second bullet. SRO must evaluate plant conditions based upon the dose rates and select a procedurally driven course of action. Requires detailed knowledge of the procedure actions and basis for assumed dose levels of transit paths contained in the procedure.

A. Correct - DB-OP-02000 Attachment 7 Warning provides information that the assumed worst case dose rate for performance of this action is 34 REM/hr. Continuing with Attachment 7 will allow transfer of the ECCS Pump Suctions to the Emergency Sump without exceeding the projected 2 REM total dose for this activity.

B. Incorrect - Plausible because if Attachment 7 is not performed, the High Pressure Injection System would lose suction once the BWST is depleted. The actions to close the breakers are required because the supply breakers are open to prevent spurious Mispositioning during a fire.

Normally, only a single train is protected for each serious station fire area, so it is plausible that only a single train of HPI would be lost and therefore Flow Balancing would be required.

C. Incorrect - Plausible because if Attachment 7 is not performed, the High Pressure Injection System Train 1 Recirc Flowpath to the BWST via HP31 would not have power. As a result, the candidate could assume the alternate recirc flowpath must be used..

D. Incorrect - Plausible because if Attachment 7 is not performed, the Low Pressure Injection System would lose suction once the BWST is depleted. The actions to close the breakers are required because the supply breakers are open to prevent spurious Mispositioning during a fire.

Normally, only a single train is protected for each serious station fire area, so it is plausible that only a single train of LPI would be lost and therefore cross connecting HPI would be required.

Sys # System Category KA Statement N/A N/A Generic Knowledge of the operational implications of EOP warnings, cautions, and notes K/A# 2.4.20 K/A Importance 4.3 Exam Level SRO References provided to Candidate None Technical

References:

DB-OP-02000 Attachment 7 Warning Question Source: New Question Cognitive Level: High 10 CFR Part 55 Content: (CFR: 41.10 / 43.5 / 45.13)

Objective: